shree uttam steel and power limited (“f

11.S2.2014.EE 2175 May, 2012

Environmental Consultant

(A Govt. of India Enterprise)MECON LIMITED

Project Proponent

Shree Uttam Steel& Power Limited

EXECUTIVE SUMMARYFOR

THE PROPOSED INTEGRATED STEEL PROJECTOF 3.0 MTPA

AT

SATARDA, SAWANTWADI (MAHARASTRA)

EIA REPORTFOR

PROPOSED PROJECT OF 3.0 MTPA INTEGRATEDSTEEL PLANT

OF SHREE UTTAM STEEL & POWER LIMITED

© 2012 MECON Limited. All rights reserved ES-

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.0 INTRODUCTION

Shree Uttam Steel & Power Limited (SUSPL) intends to enhance the steelmanufacturing capacity to 3.0 MTPA at village Satarda, Taluk Sawantwadi, districtSindhudurg, Maharashtra and produce HR coils to meet the requirements of thecustomers.

The project is situated in notified Industrial area as per the Maharashtra Governmentnotification No. TPS 1897/404/CR 30/97/UD-12 dated 6th May 2000.

SUSPL is in the process of implementation of 1.5 MTPA integrated steel plant along with2x50 MW captive power plant for which Environmental Clearance (EC) has beengranted by Ministry of Environment & Forests vide letter no. F.No. J-11011/158/2008-IAII(I) dated 20th January 2010.

Due to changed scenario over the last few years both internationally & nationally in thesteel industry, SUSPL while setting up the infrastructure for 1.5 MTPA realized that theproject would not be techno-commercially viable and therefore immediately applied forcapacity of 3.0 MTPA in the year 2010 itself.

SUSPL has submitted Form-I on 13th August, 2010 to Ministry of Environment & Forestfor prescribing Terms of Reference (TOR) for expansion of Integrated Steel Plant from1.5 MTPA to 3.0 MTPA along with Captive Power Plant from 2x50 MW to 3x50 MW atvillage Satarda, Taluk Sawantwadi, district Sindudurg, Maharashtra. The TOR has beenfinalised during the 15th meeting of the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry) of Ministryof Environment & Forest held on 25th to 27th October, 2010 for preparation of EIA/EMPreport for the proposed project.

EIA/EMP report has been prepared based on the approved TOR as green field project of3.0 MTPA and contains all the information as per the generic structure of EIA.

Shree Uttam Steel & Power Limited is a group company of Uttam Galva Steels Limited(UGSL). Uttam Galva Steels Limited (UGSL) registered and corporate office is located atUttam House, 69, P.D’Mello Road, Mumbai – 400009, India. M/s UGSL is a producer ofcold rolled steel (CR), galvanized products comprising galvanized plain (GP), galvanizedcorrugated (GC) coils and sheets and colour coated products. The company is in thebusiness of procuring hot rolled steel (HR) and processing it into CR and further intoGPs. The one million tonne plant is at Khopoli on Mumbai- Pune road. Its facilities aremainly in thinner gauge materials

The Indian steel industry is poised for faster growth in the decades ahead as theindustrial and economic development of the country gains pace. The total steelconsumption of finished steel has been estimated to touch 120 MT in the year 2012 fromthe current level of over 60 MT as per National Steel Policy. Even after approximatelydoubling the production capacity the per capita domestic consumption would continue to

EIA REPORTFOR




be substantially below the world average of 145 Kg. There is good prospect of domesticsteel consumption growing at about 6 – 7% up to the year 2012. The national steelpolicy has set a target of 80 million tonne (MT) of steel production by 2010 and toincrease it to a level of 200 million tonne by 2018. Shree Uttam Steel & Power Limited iswell positioned to fulfill its role in the nation’s quest for higher growth and development inthe new millennium.

The growth of the steel industry significantly contributes to economic growth of theNation as well as to the region as it generates employment both directly and also due todevelopment of downstream industries. The infrastructural and other social amenitiesgrow in the region leading to overall development of the region. The proposed plant willfurther enhance the overall development of the region. The above will lead tomanufacture products at a lower cost and more importantly in a more environmentfriendly way.

The proposed site is located at Satarda in Sindhudurg district of Maharastra statebetween latitude 15°42'30” & 15°45' N and longitude 73°47'30” & 73°50' E. The Statehighway No. 4 joining Shiroda and Terekhol passes adjacent to the site on the South –West side. The site is approximate ly 27KM South of Sawantwadi Town . Theexisting Redi Port is located 20 km west of the plant site. The site is located about 2km from NH No. 17 connecting Mangalore with Mumbai. The Sawantwadi railwaystation of Konkan railway is located 17 km from the site. The site is at an elevationvarying from 20 to 70 m above MSL.

The proposed plant falls under Category ‘A’ (Sl.No. 3 (a) of Schedule : "Primary andSecondary Ferrous Metallurgical Industries") and intends to produce flat products basedon BF-BOF-Slab Caster-HRM route.

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Shree Uttam Steel & Power Limited proposes to enhance the production capacity of theplant to 3.0 MTPA of Hot Rolled Steel Coils (Flat Products) to achieve Techno-commercial viability. The proposed facilities are presented in Table ES.1

Table ES.1: Facilities envisaged for the project

S l.No.

Area Capacity as per EC Proposed Capacity

1. Sinter plant 1 x 240 m 2 2 x 240 m 2

Capacity 2.46 MTPA 4.92 MTPA2. Blast furnace 1 x 2400 m 3 2 x 2400 m 3

Capacity 1.70 MTPA 3.40 MTPA

3. Basic oxygen furnace 1 x 175 t 2 x 175 t

EIA REPORTFOR





4. Ladle furnace 1 x 175 t, 35 MVA 2 x 175 t, 35 MVA eachCapacity 1.55 MTPA 3.10 MTPA

5. Secondary Refining(Vacuum degasser-RH-OB)

1 x 175 t 2 x 175 t

Capacity 1.55 MTPA 3.10 MTPA6. Slab caster 1 x 1-strand 2 x 1-strand

Capacity 1.54 MTPA 3.08 MTPA7. Hot strip mill w ith

finishing train1 x 1.5 Mt/yr 2 x 1.5 Mt/yr

Capacity 1.55 MTPA 3.10 MTPA8. Oxygen plant 2x 500 tpd 2x 500 tpd

1x 1000 tpdCapacity 1000 TPD 2000 TPD

9. Lime & Dolo plant 2 x 250 t/d (Lime)1 x 200 t/d (Dolo)

2 x 250 t/d (Lime)1 x 200 t/d (Dolo)1 x 330 t/d (Lime)

Capacity 500 TPD (Lime)200 TPD (Dolo)

800 TPD (Lime)200 TPD (Dolo)

10. Pig casting machine 5 x 1500 t/d 5 x 1500 t/d2 x 1700 t/d

Capacity 7500 TPD 10900 TPD

11. Coke oven and by-product plant

4.5 m tall two batterieseach comprising 2 blocks of

35 ovens

4.5 m tall four batterieseach comprising 2 blocks of

35 ovensCapacity 1.0 MTPA 2.0 MTPA

12. Captive power plant -Multifuel Fired

2 x 50 MW* Major fuel being Internal

surplus gases


surplus gasesCapacity 100 MW 150 MW

The details of products to be manufactured will be as per Table ES.2:

Table ES.2 Proposed Product Mix after the project

1 Hot rolled coils 3.0 mtpa2 Cold Pigs 0.2736 mtpa

The total product of the proposed plant will be as follows:

EIA REPORTFOR




Sr.No

Products Unit Proposed Capacity

1 Gross hot metal Ton/Year 3,330,000

2 Net hot metal Ton/Year 3,296,600

3 Hot metal for steelmaking

Ton/Year 2,983,600

4 Cold pigs Ton/Year 273,600

5 Granulated slag Ton/Year 990,000

3.0 Land Use Pattern in the Study Area

Existing land use in the study area has been studied through Satellite image processing(Resource at LISS III, January,2008) with Satellite data of 23.5 m resolution. Existingland use of the study area radius of 10 kms are given in Table ES.3. It is observed thatrural settlement is in 2.9% of the area and 36.8 % of the area is used for cultivation.Total forest land is 36.3% in which Dense Forest covers 6.5% , Open Forest 18.1%,Scrub 11.5% and Mangrove 0.2% of the area.

Table ES.3 : Approximate land Use in the Study Area

SN. Land use Area (ha) Distribution (%)1 Built-up area

Rural Settlement 974.65 2.92 Agriculture Land

Crop land 12260.97 36.83 Waste land

Fallow Land Waste land River sand

6783.86122.13169.13

20.30.40.5

4 Forest Land Dense Forest Open Forest Scrub Mangrove

2183.416024.463826.08

73.27

6.518.111.50.2

5 Water Bodies Rivers 940.23 2.8

TOTAL 33358.19 100.0

Land use for the proposed Project does not involve any Resettlement & Rehabilitationissues. The following pie chart gives the percentage distribution of land use in the studyarea.

EIA REPORTFOR




36.8

2.92.8

36.3

21.2

Built-up areaAgriculture LandWaste landForest LandWater Bodies

3.1 Biological Environment

Methodology of the Ecology Study

The list of Flora and Fauna found in the Forest Division (Sawantwadi) was collected fromthe Working Plan (2003/4 to 2011/12) of the division for reference. The list of flora andfauna found in the region was prepared by conducting field survey and by discussionswith concerned Forest Department personnel using the list available in the Working Planas a base. The phyto-sociology of the vegetation (covering frequency, density,abundance and species diversity) in the forest and other areas falling in the study areawas determined by conducting field studies in selected areas (by laying suitable sizes ofquadrat) falling under the respective zones. The study area is taken as 10km radiusaround the project site.

The study area is hilly in terrain studded with private plantations and few forest patches,sparsely populated. There is no wildlife and bird sanctuary within the study area. Thebiotic environment can be described under following heads.

Project Site Study Area

3.1.1.1 Project Site

Proposed Project site, admeasuring 347 Hectares is situated in Notified Industrial Areaas declared by Government of Maharashtra, falling in villages of Satarda, Satosa,Aronda, Gulduve, Talvane of Sawantwadi, Taluka of Sindhudurg.

The ecological features of the project site can be described under following heads:

i) Waste land

EIA REPORTFOR




ii) Land with shrubs

i) Waste land

Wasteland has developed in the area where the soil conditions are poor and under highbiotic pressure. The rocky outcrops and adjacent slopes where soil depth is notappropriate to support plant growth are also commonly seen in the area. All such areasare either without any vegetation or are covered with species like Lantana sp., Calotropisspp, Croton sp., Zyziphus sp., Leonotis sp., Xanthium straumarium, etc.


The hillocks and plateau are rocky at places and mostly denuded of vegetation while insome areas the shrubby vegetation is seen. At places in the project site and mostly onplateau, the land is covered with shrubs of height ranging from 0.5 to 2.0m. In theseareas the average shrub density is about 4160 /ha. The vegetation is under degradationstage consisting of closely spaced trees, stunted in growth due to high biotic pressure.Memecylon edule (Anjani), is the most dominant species followed by Carissa carandus(Karaonda), Acacia auriculiformis (Acacia), Grewia micrococus (Hasoli), Anacardiumoccidentalis (Kaju), Sterculia guttata (Wanderphal), Lannea grandis (Moi), etc. TheAcacia auriculiformis planted by the earlier industry established on the project site ismaking their presence strongly in such areas.

4.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

4.1 Introduction

The study area was taken as 10 km radius from centre of the plant around the projectsite. The baseline environmental data were generated and compiled during 2011 formeteorology, air quality, water quality, noise levels and soil characteristics by setting upa number of monitoring stations. Further, existing ecological, geological, hydrologicaland socio-economic features were also studied. The collected data were analysed foridentifying, predicting and evaluating environmental impacts. The maximum anticipatedimpacts were assessed and based on which an environmental management plan hasbeen drawn.

4.2 Meteorology

A meteorological station was set up at project site. The predominant wind directionswere ENE (prevailing for 10.73% of the time), SW (6.06%), WSW (5.37%), SSW(4.86%), ESE (4.73%) and SSE (4.39%). Calm conditions prevailed for 39.87% of thetime. The wind velocity was mostly between 1.6 to 18.0 km/hr (35.64% of the time).Ground based inversions and mixing height were also collected from IMD (IndianMeteorological Department) publications for Satarda.

EIA REPORTFOR




4.3 Ambient Air Quality (AAQ)

Ten AAQ monitoring stations were monitored. During the monitoring period, 24 hourlysamples were collected twice a week for PM 10, PM 2.5, SO2 and NO x whereas forCO three one hourly samples were taken on each monitoring day. It was observedthat the average value for PM 10 and all the values of PM 2.5, SO2, NOx and COduring the monitoring period are well within the norms for Industrial, Residential, Ruraland other area (Table ES.4).

Table ES.4: Summarised Results of AAQ Monitoring During Summer around Satarda

Parameters Results (µg/m3)Bhatwadi

village (A1)Projectsite (A2)

Satardavillage

(A3)

Maduravillage

(A4)

Satosevillage

(A5)

Ugveyvillage

(A6)

Naibagvillage

(A7)

SateliVillage

(A8)

AtrawadiVillage (A9)

Paraska(A10)

PM -10 Max 94 104 94 92 104 86 98 97 95 102Min. 45 54 47 62 64 42 45 52 40 58C98 90 92 85 86 91 82 83 82 86 93Avg. 65 73 68 75 80 62 70 74 65 80

PM -2.5 Max 45 34 35 45 38 30 25 39 32 42Min. 25 25 22 36 30 17 18 24 29 38C98 42 30 30 40 36 28 23 36 31 40Avg. 35 29 27 40 34 23 21 32 28 40

SO2 Max BDL BDL 4.9 4.9 4.5 3.9 4.7 4.5 4.1 4.8Min. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDLC98 BDL BDL 4.5 4.5 4.3 3.6 4.6 4.2 4.0 4.5Avg. BDL BDL BDL 4.0 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

NOX Max 10.6 9.9 14.5 17.4 11.3 9.9 13.5 12.5 11.5 16.2Min. BDL BDL BDL 12.6 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 10.8C98 10.5 9.6 14.2 16.8 11.0 9.7 13.3 12.1 11.3 16.0Avg. BDL BDL BDL 14.8 BDL BDL BDL 10.1 9.8 13.2

CO Max 975 1041 1154 1782 1062 1524 1368 1092 1194 1485Min. 615 724 754 954 785 935 875 782 857 926C98 950 985 1059 1520 992 1325 1250 986 1024 1398Avg. 738 892 916 1356 894 1136 1092 875 935 1068

Detection Limits of SO2, NOX and CO are 4 µg/m3, 10 µg/m3 and 114 µg/m3 respectively

4.4 Water Environment

A total of sixteen water-sampling locations were selected for the present study (8 surfacewater & 8 ground water). The water sampling locations were selected up gradient anddown gradient of the project site.

The surface water quality was compared with CPCB norm for surface water. The surfacewater quality is within the norms for Classes C, D, and E except BOD levels in all thesamples. The results indicate that surface water is not fit for drinking purposes.

EIA REPORTFOR




Results of ground water analysis were compared with IS: 10500 (IS: 10500; 1991,amendment no.1, 1993 - norms for drinking water). All the parameters at the eightlocations are well within the norm (IS: 10500, 1991), except in GW4 i.e. Paraskadvillage, iron is exceeding the desired limit but is within the permissible limit.

4.5 Soil

Five samples of top soil were collected and were analysed. The analysis results indicatethat soils in the region are more or less of acidic pH. Availability of Nitrogen &Phosphorus was medium to low in all the samples. Potassiu m was m edium tolow . Organic carbon content is medium to high in all the samples. Overall, thesoil fertility in the area may adversely effect the plant growth.

4.6 Ambient Noise

The noise monitoring was done at six locations. The values are well below therespective statutory norms as applicable.

4.7 Ecological Features

The study area is hilly in terrain studded with lean private plantations and few forestpatches, sparsely populated. There is no wildlife and bird sanctuary within the studyarea. Due to high rainfall, the vegetation is luxuriant and falls into distinct climaticformations - the South Indian tropical moist deciduous forests. The most characteristicspecies is Teak (Tectona grandis) associated with Ain (Terminalia tomentosa), Kinjal(Terminalia paniculata) Siddum (Tetrameles nudiflora), Koshimb (Scleichera oleosa),Kanai (Albizzia procera), Sawar (Salmalia malabarica), etc., and Satwin (Alstoniascholaris), Bibla (pterocarpus marsupium), Amba (Mangifera indica), Phanas(Artocarpus integrifolia), Shisham (Dalbergia latifolia), Kokum (Garcinia indica), etc., inmiddle storey. However in the study area Teak is not much present in the forests andother areas, it is only seen in some patches.

The study area is poor in wildlife as there are few good forests in the region and that toois away from the study area. In the study area, Hare, Jackals and foxes are seenadjacent to the rocky hills. Monkeys are represented by Langur and Bonnet. Wild Boar isfound in scrub jungle. Of the reptiles Rat snake, Cobra, Vipers and Phorsa are seen.

5.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

5.1 Impact during Construction

The proposed plant will come up in the existing industrial land. Large-scale excavation,soil erosion, loss of topsoil is expected. Moreover, Satrda is already a fairly welldeveloped area with all sorts of infrastructure available. Therefore influx of constructionlabour is not expected to change present land use pattern. Further this land use changeif any, during construction is only temporary and will persist during construction phaseonly.

EIA REPORTFOR




5.2 Operational Phase Impact

During operation of the plant, environmental releases in the form of air emissions,wastewater discharges, solid waste & noise may affect air, water, land and ecologicalenvironment directly. In addition to the above primary impact, some indirect impact onthe surrounding socio-economic environment may also take place. Impacts & mitigationmeasures envisaged are mentioned below in brief.

I. Air Environment

In this report, the dust content of flue gas is taken as 50 mg/Nm3 based on revisedsanction of MPCB and the load is calculated for 3.0 MTPA. Accordingly, sources andemitted pollutants are a straightforward addition, which can be directly used as sourcedata input in the ISCST-3 model to assess the additional contribution from the proposedplant to the background concentrations.

The following mitigation measures are envisaged in the design stage of the proposedplant.

Sl.No

Area of operations Air pollution control measuresproposed to be adopted

Design limits

1 Raw material handlingFugitive emissions inmaterial handling

Dust suppression systems(chemical and dry fog type)Water sprinklersDE systems with bag filters incase of conveyors, lime handling

As per MOEF Norms Stack: 50 mg/Nm3

2 Sinter PlantRaw material preparationand handling

DE systems with ESP As per MOEF Norms

Sintering process ESP for collected waste gases 50 mg/Nm3Sinter screening andtransport

ESP 50 mg/Nm3

3 Blast FurnacesSinter, coke and fluxhandling in stock house

Dust suppression systems(chemical and dry fog type)

50 mg/NM3

BF processes Gas cleaning in venturiscrubbers

50 mg/NM3

Cast house DE systems with ESP 50 mg/NM3Stoves heating Use of lean gas 50 mg/NM3

4 BOFMaterial handling operations Bag filters 50mg/NM3Converters Secondary fume extraction

system50 mg/Nm3

Desulphurisation,LHFs etc Spark arresters followed by Bagfilters

5 Rolling mill Use of low sulphur gases forSO2 control

50 mg/NM3

6 Coke ovensCoal & Coke handling DE systems Stack: 50 mg/Nm3

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl.No


Design limits

Coal charging On main charging with HPLAaspirationCGT car for aspirating gas intoadjacent ovens

As per MOEF normsapplicable for coke ovens

Adoption of relevant measureslike suction hoods.

As per MOEF Norms

Coke pushing Land based pushing emissioncontrol

As per MOEF Norms

Coke quenching Wet quenching facility As per MOEF Norms7 Power Plant ESP based air pollution control

system50 mg/NM3

All the emissions from different stacks will be kept within the norm. Stack emissiondetails are based on the consumption, gas balance, prevailing emission factors asavailable in literature, suppliers, from other steel plants and different statutoryregulations prevailing in the country.

Meteorological data used as input data of the model during computation were generatedduring the monitoring period. Spatial distribution of hourly mixing depth over Indianregion published by CPCB (Central Pollution Control Board) has been used for mixingheight.

The predicted GLC (Ground Level Concentrations) values are given in Table ES.5

Table ES.5: Prediction of GLC's at 3.0 MTPA

All Values in ug / m3Location

CodeAAQM location RPM (PM10)

Back Groundvalue

From stackprediction

Fugitiveemission

Total

A1 Bhatwadi 65 6.8 0 71.8A2 Proposed project site 73 2.4 0.6 76A3 Satarda village 68 4.2 0.8 73A4 Madura village 75 2.7 0 77.7A5 Satosa village 80 8.9 4.2 93.1A6 Ugvey village 62 6.7 0.4 69.1A7 Nayabag village 70 2.8 0 72.8A8 Sateli village 74 0.02 0 74.02A9 Atrawadi village 65 13.0 0.8 78.8A10 Paraskad village 80 8.1 0.1 88.2

Norm 100

EIA REPORTFOR




LocationCode

AAQMlocation

SO2 NOXBG* At 3.0

MTPATotal BG* At 3.0

MTPATotal

A1 Bhatwadi 3.3 0.6 3.9 8.7 0.3 9A2 Proposed

project site3.2 7.4 10.6 8.9 3.2 12.1

A3 Satardavillage

3.4 2.4 5.8 9.5 1.4 10.9

A4 Maduravillage

4 2.5 6.5 14.8 2.2 17

A5 Satosavillage

3.0 8.3 11.3 9.5 6.5 16

A6 Ugvey village 3.3 11.2 14.5 8.5 10.2 18.7A7 Nayabag

village3.3 2.6 5.9 9.4 2.3 11.7

A8 Sateli village 3.5 0 3.5 10.1 0 10.1A9 Atrawadi

village3.5 6.7 10.2 9.8 5.7 15.5

A10 Paraskadvillage

3.8 10.3 14.1 13.2 9.2 22.4

Norm 80 80

It is clear from the above that because of the proposed project, the net change in SPM,SO2 and NOx will not be appreciable and the final concentrations will be well within theMOE&F norm for residential and rural areas. Thus it can be clearly concluded that therewill not be any adverse changes in AAQ in the study area.

II. Impact on Water Environment

Effect of Water drawal & Water Usage

The proposed plant draws its requirement of raw water (3336 m3/h) from balancingreservoir which in turn receives water from the pumping station on river Tillari dam.Water is supplied to the plant for different activities from the balancing reservoir directly.In addition to this, water is also supplied to the plant from the reservoir after treating it ina water treatment plant. Chief Engineer, Water Resource Department, Konkan Regionhas confirmed availability and recommended in favour of sparing upto 84 MLD(3500m3/h) of water vide their letter dated July,2010 for Industrial purposes for the proposedproject.

Surface Water Pollution

During the design phase, all efforts have been made to adopt latest state of arttechnology and to install adequate effluent treatment facilities for different units expectedto generate water pollutants, details of which are given in brief below:

Re-circulating water in the process whereby discharged volume is minimum.

EIA REPORTFOR




Clarifier and sludge pond for removal of suspended solids. Neutralisation of acidic water by lime. Removal of oil and grease from the contaminated water by means of oil traps ,

skimming devices, etc.

The effluent quality will be kept within the permissible limits of MPCB/MoEF.

Ground Water Pollution

The proposed plant does not envisage any ground water drawal and hence no impact onground water availability around the plant is anticipated. In addition, rain waterharvesting measures are envisaged in the proposed project to re-charge/re-use thewater to keep the water drawal at minimum.

III. Impact of Solid Waste Disposal

Solid waste generated from different units and its re-utilisation and disposal is given inTable ES.6. All the solid/hazardous wastes will be utilized/disposed as per statutoryguidelines.

Table ES.6: Solid W aste Generation & D isposal

Sl.No.

Solid wastes Expectedgeneration t/year

Proposed disposal

1. BF slag 990000 Sold to Cement Plants2. BF sludge 23990 Partly used in the Sinter Plant and

partly dumped3. BF flue Dust 54834 100% reuse in the Sinter Plant4. BOF Slag 421960 Use in construction, BF, Sinter

Plant & as rail ballast & Partlydumped.

5. BOF sludge 46200 Reuse in the Sinter Plant6. BOF scale 15400 100% reuse in the Sinter Plant7. Mill scales 31080 100% reuse in the Sinter Plant8. Mill Scrap 61800 100% reuse in the BOF Plant9. Lime Dust 44600 100% reuse in the Sinter Plant10. Skull / Scrap 6200 100% reuse in the BOF Plant11. Pig casing m/c Sludge 7010 100% reuse in the Sinter Plant

IV. Impacts on Noise Levels

During plant operations, noise generated will be close to the compressors and blowersand as a result, will be confined within respective area of Bricks units, thus will not haveany impact out of the plant boundary. The incremental noise at the boundary because ofproposed plant will be negligible and the ambient noise will be within the norms.

EIA REPORTFOR




V. Impact on Ecological Features

The project site is declared industrial area, thus change in land-use pattern will not bethere and will not cause any significant loss of habitat. The project site comprisesshrubby vegetation on some of the plateau and big trees in patches in plain areas, allcare will be taken to avoid cutting of these vegetation. Efforts shall be made to haveminimum damage to the existing vegetation and to amalgamate the existing vegetationwith the green belt / cover plan.

There are no major or medium size industries in the study area. The river Terekholeflows from the Southern side of the project site. The proposed project is designed formaximum re-circulation. The project and domestic waste water will be treated and aftertreatment the same will be used for gardening purpose. A small amount of effluent aftertreatment will be discharged from the proposed plant thus there will be no impact on theecological components of surface water bodies in the area.

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

A detailed Environmental monitoring programme has been envisaged with the followingobjectives to ensure proper & effective implementation of the proposed mitigationmeasures.

To evaluate the performance of mitigation measures proposed. To evaluate the adequacy of Environmental Impact Assessment. To suggest improvements in environmental management plan, if required. To enhance environmental quality. To implement and manage the mitigative measures defined in EMP.

Environmental aspects like Meteorological data, Stack emission monitoring,solid/hazardous wastes generation/utilisation, Green belt development, House keeping,Work zone air quality, Work zone noise, Ambient Air Quality, Ambient Noise, Effluentquality, Ground water quality etc. will be monitored as per the details worked out in theEnvironmental Monitoring Programme. The Monitoring plan specifies the parameters tobe monitored, Location of the monitoring sites, Frequency and duration of monitoring,Applicable standards & Institutional responsibilities for implementation and supervision.

7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

The proposed project is of crucial importance for making it economically viable. At thesame time viable project will help long-term development of the region and the state.Public consultation, Risk Assessment and Socio-economic assessment were carried out.Overall the project is going to improve the socio-economic condition of the area withnegligible risk.

8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS

The following impacts are anticipated in the study area:

EIA REPORTFOR




The project is not going to cause any damage to the existing agricultural situation.Instead, it is likely to provide the farmers with non-farm income.

The project is going to foster the change in pattern of demand among people of thestudy area by way of shift from food items to non-food items.

There will be a positive employment and income effects, both direct as well as indirect. The project has strong positive effect on average consumption in the study area, which

is likely to lead to increase average income through multiplier effect. There is a possibility increase in industrialisation in the vicinity of the project area. This

is likely to bring more skill diversification among local people. Overall peoples’ perception on the project is good. Community development activities are going to be implemented due to the proposed

project. The project has positive impact on educational status of people of the study area.

9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

9.1 Management Policy

Management has adopted a two-pronged strategy to abate pollution, as follows:

Installation of new state of art pollution control equipment at the design stage itself. By developing a very strong monitoring/analysis and inspection setup for

compliance.

9.2 Mitigation measures in the Proposed Project

Mitigative measures for air, water & noise pollution control, solid /hazardous wastemanagement have already been envisaged in the proposed project. Environmentalmitigation measures are also a part of equipment and will be commissioned along withthe main equipment. Also, critical emission parameters have been covered under theperformance guarantee clause so that to ensure compliance.

For proper implementation of the above, an organizational set-up, Laboratory set-up,functioning of the above, training, co-ordination with internal/external agencies havealready been planned.

9.3 Air Pollution : Mitigation Measures

The proposed plant is taking a number of measures to control air pollution. The remedialand control measures planned to be adopted are discussed briefly in the followingsections.

EIA REPORTFOR




Raw Material Handling Area

In RMH area dust extraction system will comprise of pulse jet type bag filter, centrifugalfan with motor and other accessories, suction hood, duct work, stack, etc. will beprovided.

Sinter Plant

Plant De-dusting SystemIn the sinter plant suitable de-dusting system have been envisaged. A dry typeelectrostatic precipitator (ESP) will be provided for the waste gas generated in the sinterplant. ESP system will comprise of multiple fields, unit multiple cells, ESP and itsaccessories such as dust disposal system, electrics and control, instrumentation,interlock, supports etc. The ESP will be dry, horizontal flow type.

In addition to above, there will also be plant dedusting system to maintain proper work-zone condition which will serve different material transfer points. There will also be ESPsystem, comprised of fan, ESP, suction hood, ducts and stacks.

Waste Heat Utilisation

Waste heat utilization has been envisaged preheating the sinter mix before feeding tosinter bed. For the same ignition furnace with post heat hood and pre heating (beforeignition furnace) shall be installed just after the sinter mix drum feeder. Hot air fromwaste heat recovery system of sinter cooler shall also be used for preheating of rawmaterial before ignition furnace and post heat hood after ignition furnace.

Blast Furnace

The proposed project has one Blast Furnace and air pollution mitigation measures aredescribed below:

Coal Dust Injection (CDI)

Coal dust injection system will be introduced involving handling, screening, drying andpulverisation system for coal. During this handling and drying, dust will be generated. Tocontrol this dust, dust extraction system comprising of bag filter (pulse jet type), fan,suction hood, duct and stack have been envisaged.

CDI has an economic as well as an environmental advantage as it direct injection of coalinto BF as reducing agent reduces coke requirement (for every Kg of coal injectedapproximately 0.8 Kg. of coke requirement is reduced).

Gas Cleaning System

A gas cleaning plant comprising of dust catcher, scrubber and wet ESP has beenenvisaged.

EIA REPORTFOR




Cast House Dedusting System

The fans will suck the air from the hoods of the cast house. Air laden with fumes of ironoxides will be cleaned in electrostatic precipitator before being discharged intoatmosphere through stack with the help of centrifugal fans. The centrifugal fans are to beprovided after ESP and before stack for sucking the air. The suction shall be taken fromdifferent points like tap hole, skimmer, slag runner, iron runner, tilting runners and fromBF top charging conveyor discharge. Dust concentration of inlet air to ESP is 5 gm/ Nm3Collected dust at ESP hoppers will be taken to storage hopper and from there dust willbe disposed by truck. Clear height below storage hopper shall be 4.5 m to facilitate truckentry.

Dust concentration at stack outlet shall be less than 50 mg/Nm³. Work zone dustconcentration shall not exceed 5 mg/Nm³ for cast house.

De-sulphurisation Unit

The gases generated during desulphurisation process will be contaminated with dust.The fume extraction system will comprise of suction hood, associated duct,cyclone/scrubber, centrifugal fan etc.

Secondary Refining

During secondary refining process, the gases generated during mixing anddesulphurisation process will be contaminated with dust. The fume extraction system willcomprise of suction hood, associated duct, cyclone/scrubber, centrifugal fan etc.

Coke Oven and By-Product Plant

It has already been indicated that during the operation of the proposed plant there will befour coke oven battery. These are described below:

a. High Pressure Liquor Aspiration (HPLA) SystemTo control charging emission from coke oven battery, high-pressure ammonia liquoraspiration system (HPALA) have been envisaged. It shall consist of high-pressuremultistage booster pumps for ammonia liquor, spray nozzles and pipelines. The lowpressure ammoniacal liquor shall be drawn from the liquor mains, pressurized to about30 – 35 Kg / cm2 and injected into gooseneck while charging. The charging gassesevolved shall be sucked into the gas collecting mains, preventing emission of dust andsmoke into the atmosphere. HPLA system will be complete with pumps, HP nozzles, LPnozzles, goosenecks, pipes, valves, valves & fittings, electric and instrumentation.

b. New Charging CarsCharging cars fitted with screw feeders and hydraulically pressed sleeves have beenenvisaged. Feeding of coal into oven will be carried out with control speed by screwfeeders. During charging hydraulically pressed sleeves will be helping to eliminate

EIA REPORTFOR




leakage around charging holes. The new charging cars shall be of modern single spottype with hydraulic drives to cater to the needs. The charging cars shall be provided withPLC and air-conditioned operators cabin. The charging cars shall also be equipped withoven top vacuum cleaner which will help in proper up keeping of oven top.

c. Hydro Jet Door CleanersThe project has envisaged to provide hydraulic door cleaner system to reduce thepollution and improved working environment. The system will be complete with high-pressure water pump, tank, hose, nozzles etc. with pressure and volume controlarrangement. The hydro jet cleaning system will be used for door and the doorframecleaning with facility of hydro pressure up to 600 Kg/cm².

d. Leak Proof Oven DoorProject will install leak proof oven door in their batteries. Doors shall be of leak proofoven doors with flexible sealing strips and other modified features to ensure leak proofsealing. The doors shall be of heat resistant cast iron provided with spring-loadedlatches and spring loaded sealing strips.

e. Pushing Emission Control (PEC)The pushing emission control (PEC) system has been envisaged to capture theemission of hot coke dust and other pollutants when coke side door of a coke oven isopened and coke is pushed out of the oven and dropped into the coke car. In the PECsystem the dust recovery hood unit /assembly will consists of two suction hoods andconnecting duct piece. The coke car hood shall extend over the hot coke car and shallbe open to the top face of the hot coke car as well as to the discharge face of the cokeguide car. This hood will suck dust-laden gas when hot coke is dropped from coke guidecar into the hot coke car during coke pushing operation and will be a part of the cokeguide car machine. The other suction hood i.e the oven door hood shall be movableinside a telescopic sleeve and shall move /extend over oven door area to extract smokeand dust arising /emitting when the door is taken off the oven for coke pushingoperation. The telescopic sleeve of the oven door hood and the coke car hood shall bejoined into a connecting duct piece which shall be extended over stationary collectingduct positioned along the full length of the coke oven battery. The collecting duct shall beopen on top for its full length. The opening shall be internally braced with grating toprovide support for a special high temperature rubber belt. The actual connectionbetween the moving dust recovery hood unit / assembly and the stationary collectingduct shall be achieved by means of belt raising tripper car movable on the collecting ductalong the length of the collecting duct.

The pushing emission thus collected in the moving suction hoods and evacuated into thestationary collecting duct shall be taken into a wet scrubber before discharging through astack / chimney of suitable height.

Effluents will be generated from the proposed Coke Oven and By-product Plant (COBP).Effluent will be contaminated with ammonia, phenol, tar & oil, cyanide, etc. and needstreatment to remove pollutants to meet the statutory norms before use in coke

EIA REPORTFOR




quenching. A Coke Oven and By-product Effluent Treatment Plant (COBPETP) has thusbeen envisaged.

Treated effluent will conform to the following

i) pH of the treated effluent - Between 6.0 to 8.0ii) Suspended solids - Not more than 100mg/liii) Phenol - Not more than 1.0 mg/liv) Cyanide - Not more than 0.2 mg/lv) Ammonical Nitrogen - Not more than 50mg/lvi) Free ammonia - Not more than 5.0 mg/lvii) Oil & grease - Not more than 10 mg / lviii) Nitrate Nitrogen - Not more than 10mg/lix) BOD ( 3 days, 27 o C) - Not more than 30 mg/lx) COD - Not more than 250 mg/l

e. Coke Dry Cooling Plant

One Coke Dry Cooling Plant (CDCP) consisting of four cooling chambers each of 52-56t/h of coke cooling capacity will be installed to cool coke produced in the battery.Lime Plant

In Lime Plant, the waste gas cleaning will be conducted through dust extraction systemcomprising of pulse jet type bag filter, centrifugal fan with motor and other accessories,suction hood, duct work, stack etc.

Dust extraction system for lime bins (plant dedusting system) in lime cleaning complexwill comprise of pulse jet type bag filter, centrifugal fan with motor and other accessories,suction hood, duct work, stack, etc.

9.3.1 Water: Mitigation Measures

Water used and discharged from these plants are mainly from indirect cooling circuitwhich are not normally contaminated with any major pollutants. However occasionaldischarges are made as bleed off when there is built up of dissolved solids in thecirculating water due to repeated circulation. The dissolved solids are mainly differentsalt constituents of calcium and magnesium already present in water. Thus major portionof water will be re-circulated after necessary physical treatment e.g settling, cooling etc.except for the bleed off portion, which is required to be discharged for the reasons,explained above. Some of the measures taken to reuse the wastewater generated in theplant will be:

The wastewater generated from BF gas cleaning plant will be treated in scale pit andafter physical treatment will be reused in the system. Only occasional bleed off isrequired to be discharged.

Blow down water from BF re-circulation system will be reused in slag granulation

EIA REPORTFOR




plant as make up water. The wastewater is generated in the continuous casting units mainly due to machine /

mould cooling and may be contaminated with suspended solids and oil. Quality ofthis discharged water will be continuously checked and as required will be treated tomeet statutory norms before being discharged.

Blow down water from BOF re-circulation system will be reused in new SMS slag yard.

Rain water harvesting: While developing the Plant General Layout, it will be ensuredthat rain water is harvested. There are two methods in the field of rainwater harvesting,viz. rainwater recharging and rainwater collection & reuse.

Recharge may be defined as the process of augmenting the groundwater table byproviding artificial infiltration techniques which will reduce the excess surface run off andincrease the storitivity of the soil. Other is the process of utilizing the rainwater by meansof its collection. Collected water can be utilized for industrial and domestic purposes.

Run-off water from the administrative building roof will be collected and stored for futureuse.

Sanitary wastewater treatment: A sewage treatment plant will be provided for theproposed plant and treated waste water will be utilised for afforestation.

9.3.2 Solid Waste: Mitigation Measures

The source of solid waste generation along with their re-use, re-cycle, utilization anddisposal methodology are presented in Table ES.7.

Table ES.7: Solid Waste Generation their Re-Use, Re-Cycle, Utilization andDisposal

SN Type of SolidWaste

Re-UtilisationRecycle Re-use

Within Plant To be Sold1 BF slag - To C em ent P lants

2 BO F S lag - Crushed w ill be usedfor m ak ing roads, civ ilworks , etc .

- Used in Sinte r P lant- Used in BOF- Used in BF

- to parties for bu ild ingroads (aggregate forroad m aking), civ ileng ineering w orks,etc.

- Rail track ballast- Scientific dumping for

residual slag3 W aste R efractory - Used in P lant for

m ak ing refractorym orta rs in captivem orta r shops

- M ak ing / repairing plantroads

As m ateria l for m akingroad em bankm ent or forfilling low lying areas

EIA REPORTFOR




SN Type of SolidWaste


Within Plant To be Sold4 Cinder - - do -5 Lim e F ines Re-used in Sinter P lant6 M ill scale - Reused in Sinter Plant (Oil

content from 1 - 3%).- Reused as a reductant

input material in BF (Oilcontent up to 15%)

7 BF F lue D ust To downstream IronIndustries foragglomeration and reuse inIron making - BF route.

8 BF G CP S ludge - Re-used in Sinter P lant -9 BO F S ludge - - R ecycled @ of 10.2Kg/t

of liquid steel-

10 S inter E SP D ust Recyc led inS inter p lant

- -

Recycle of waste means utilization of waste in the same process from which it has been generated Re-use of waste means utilization of the waste in any process other than the process from which the

waste has been generated. The process utilizing the waste may be within the plant or out side theplant. In case of utilization outside plant, the waste is sold to firm utilizing the waste

Disposal means dumping of waste in designated areas.

Hazardous waste disposal from the proposed plant and their utilization is given in TableES.8.

Table ES.8 : Hazardous waste generation & Utilisation

S.No.

Hazardous wasteGenerated from

Quantity t / KLPer month

Mode of utilisation

1 Tar Sludge from Coke OvenDecanter (Category 13.4)

70 t The entire generation will bedespatched to MPCB approved TSDFPlants.

2 BOD plant sludge 250 t The entire generation will bedespatched to MPCB approved TSDFPlants.

3. Spent/Wash/Lubricant(Category 5.1) and batteries

30 KL/lot Will be sold to registered recyclers.

9.4 Additional Measures

Also, as an additional environmental protection measures, the following have beenplanned.

Rain water harvesting for the proposed project. Various energy conservation measures to reduce CO2 emissions also. Community development measures like Social infrastructure development under

CSR (Corporate Social Responsibility), Medical welfare, Sports etc are beingplanned to further strengthen the overall development.

EIA REPORTFOR




10.0 COST CONSIDERATIONS

The total project cost for the expansion project has been estimated to be Rs. 16000crores.

The capital outlay for environmental control measures alone is estimated to be Rs.960 crores.

The environmental impacts identified by the study are manageable. The implementationof environmental mitigation measures recommended in the report will bring theanticipated impacts to minimum. Site specific and practically suitable mitigationmeasures are recommended to mitigate the impacts.

11.S2.2014.EE 2175 May, 2012

Environmental Consultant

(A Govt. of India Enterprise)MECON LIMITED

Project Proponent

Shree Uttam Steel& Power Limited

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSEMENTAND

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

FOR

THE PROPOSED INTEGRATED STEEL PROJECTOF 3.0 MTPA

AT

SATARDA, SAWANTWADI (MAHARASHTRA)

EIA REPORTFOR



(i)

CONTENTS

Sl.No.

Description Page No.

I.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

INFORMATION RELATED TO ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTAND UNDERTAKINGS

INTRODUCTION

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATIONMEASURES

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

PROJECT BENEFITS

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN : ADMINISTRATIVEASPECTS

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

I-1 to I- 3

1 – 1 to 1 – 14

2 – 1 to 2 – 67

3 – 1 to 3 – 57

4 – 1 to 4– 112

5 – 1 to 5 – 13

6 – 1 to 6 – 48

7 – 1 to 7– 2

8 – 1 to 8 – 7

9 – 1

10 – 1 to 10-5

EIA REPORTFOR



(ii)

LIST OF FIGURES

Fig. No. Description Chapter No.2.1

2.2

2.3

3.1a

3.1b

3.1c

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

6.1

6.2

8.1

LOCATION MAP OF SITE

MATERIAL FLOW CHART OF EXPANSION PROJECT

WATER BALANCE OF EXPANSION PROJECT

WIND-ROSE AT SATARDA DURING SUMMER - DAY &NIGHT(OVERALL)

WIND-ROSE AT SATARDA DURING SUMMER - DAY

WIND-ROSE AT SATARDA DURING SUMMER - NIGHT

ISOPLETHS FOR SPM CONCENTRATION DUE TO PROPOSEDEXPANSION PROJECT

ISOPLETHS FOR SO2 CONCENTRATION DUE TO PROPOSEDEXPANSION PROJECT

ISOPLETHS FOR NOx CONCENTRATION DUE TO PROPOSEDEXPANSION PROJECT

ISOPLETHS FOR FUGITIVE EMISSION CONCENTRATION DUETO PROPOSED EXPANSION PROJECT

STEPS FOR ASSESSMENT OF SIGNIFICANCE OFENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

FLOOD HAZARD MAP OF INDIA

SEISMIC MAP OF INDIA

ORGANISATION CHART (PROPOSED) OF ENVIRONMENTMANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT

2

2

2

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

4

6

6

8

EIA REPORTFOR



(iii)

LIST OF DRAWINGS

Sl.No

Description Drawing No.

1.

2.

3.

4.

GENERAL LAYOUT WITH GREEN BELT

LOCATION OF MONITORING STATION

DRAINAGE PATTERN OF STUDY AREA

LAND USE OF STUDY AREA

MEC/Q6T9/11/14/01

MEC/ Q6V0/11/S2/01

MEC/ Q6V0/11/S2/02

MEC/ Q6V0/11/S2/03

EIA REPORTFOR



(iv)

INDEX TO MOE&F TOR COVERAGE IN THE EIA REPORT

SN. TOR POINTS GIVEN BY MOE&F COVERAGE IN EIAREPORT

REMARKS

1. Executive summary of the project Ex. Summary ES1- ES28Submitted separately

2. Photographs of the existing andproposed plant area

Annexed with EIA reportChapter-1 , page 1-11 to1-13

3. Compliance to the conditionsstipulated for existing capacity in theenvironmental clearance and NOCobtained from SPCB.

We undertake to complywith all the conditions ofEC and consent toestablish given by MPCB.

4. A line diagram/flow sheet for theprocess and EMP

Refer Chapter 2, page 2-63

5. A copy of the mutual agreement forland acquisition signed with landoustees

The proposed expansionis within the existing plantpremises and noadditional land isrequired.

6. Firm coal linkage for the CPP shouldbe submitted along with EIA report

Power will be generatedby surplus gas / wastegas. No thermal powerplant is envisaged.

7. A site location map on Indian map of1:10, 00,000 scale followed by1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2sheet with at least next 10 Kms ofterrains i.e. circle of 10 kms andfurther 10 kms on A3/A2 sheets withproper longitude/latitude/heights withmin. 100/200 m. contours should beincluded. 3-D view i.e. DEM (DigitalElevation Model) for the area in 10km radius from the proposal site. Aphotograph of the site should also beincluded.

Refer Chapter 3

Drawing No.MEC/Q6V0/11 /S2/01and 02

8. Present land use should be preparedbased on satellite imagery. High-resolution satellite image data having1m-5m spatial resolution likequickbird, Ikonos, IRS P-6 pansharpened etc. for the 10Km radius

Refer Chapter 3

Drawing No.MEC/Q6V0/11 /S2/03

EIA REPORTFOR



(v)


REMARKS

area from proposed site. The sameshould be used for land used/land-cover mapping of the area.

9. Topography of the area should begiven clearly indicating whether thesite requires any filling. If so, detailsof filling, quantity of fill materialrequired, its source, transportationetc. should be given.

Refer Chapter 3

Drawing No.MEC/Q6V0/11 /S2/01and 02

10. Location of national parks / wildlifesanctuary / reserve forests within 10km. radius should specifically bementioned. A map showinglanduse/landcover, reserved forests,wildlife sanctuaries, national parks,tiger reserve etc in 10 km of theproject site.

No national parks /wildlife sanctuary within10 km radius. ReferDrawing No.MEC/Q6V0/11 /S2/03 forland use.

11. Project site layout plan showing rawmaterials, fly ash and other storageplans, bore well or water storage,aquifers (within 1 km.) dumping,waste disposal, green areas, waterbodies, rivers/drainage passingthrough the project site should beincluded.

Refer Drawing No.MEC/Q6T9/11/14/01annexed with the report

12. Coordinates of the plant site as wellas ash pond with topo sheet co-ordinates of the plant site as well asash pond with topo sheet should alsobe included.

Refer Chapter 2, page 2-2 and Drawing No.MEC/Q6V0/11 /S2/01

13. Details and classification of total land(identified and acquired) should beincluded.

Refer Chapter 3, page 3-2The proposed expansionis within the existing plantpremises and noadditional land isrequired.

14. Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R &R) should be as per policy of theState Govt. and a detailed actionplan should be included.

No R & R issue involved.

15. Permission from tribals, if tribal landhas also to be acquired along withdetails of the compensation plan.

No tribal land

EIA REPORTFOR



(vi)


REMARKS

16. Permission and approval for the useof forest land if any, andrecommendations of the State ForestDepartment.

No forest land is involved

17. A list of industries containing nameand type in 25 km radius should beincorporated.

No industry within 10 kmradius. Tata Metallics isat an aerial distance of 15km from plant.

18. Residential colony should be locatedin upwind direction.

Will be located in up winddirection

19. List of raw material required andsource along with mode oftransportation should be included. Allthe trucks for raw material andfinished product transportation mustbe environmentally compliant.

Refer Chapter 2, clause2.8.8, page 2-53 to 2-54

20. Petrological and Chemical analysisand other chemical properties of rawmaterials used (with GPS location ofsource of raw material) i.e. ores,minerals, rock, soil, coal, iron,dolomite quartz etc. using highdefinition and precision instrumentsmentioning their detection range andmethodology such Digital Analyzers,AAS with Graphite furnace, ICPMS,MICRO-WDXRF, EPMA, XRD, Nanostudies or at least as per I30-10500and WHO norms. These analysisshould include trace element andmetal studies like Cr (vi) Ni, Fe, As,Pb, Zn, Hg, Se, S etc. Presence ofradioactive elements (U, Th etc.) ifapplicable, should also be included.


21. Petrography, grain size analysis andMajor element analysis of rawmaterial and soil from project siteand raw material should be done onthe same parameters along withanalysis for SiO2, Al2O3, MgO, MnO,K2O, CaO, FeO, Fe2O3, P2O5, H2O,CO2.


22. If the rocks, ores, raw material has Refer Chapter 3, clause

EIA REPORTFOR



(vii)


REMARKS

trace elements their petrography, oremicroscopy, XRD, elementalmapping EPMA, XRF is required toquantify the amount present in it andhence future risk involved whileusing it and management plan.

3.2.10, page 3-54 to 3-56

23. Action plan for excavation and muckdisposal during construction phase.

Refer Chapter 4, clause4.1.3.2.2, page 4-3 to 4-4

24. Studies for fly ash, muck disposal,slurry, sludge material and othersolid waste generated should also beincluded, if the raw materials usedhas trace elements and amanagement plan should also beincluded.

Refer Chapter 4, clause4.1.4.5, page 4-27 to 4-30

25. Manufacturing process details for allthe plants should be included.

Refer Chapter 2, clause2.7, page 2-3 to 2-5

26. Mass balance for the raw materialand products should be included.

Refer Chapter 2 , page 2-63

27. Energy balance data for all thecomponents of steel plant includingproposed power plant should beincorporated.

Refer Chapter 2 , page 2-65

28. Site-specific micro-meteorologicaldata using temperature, relativehumidity, hourly wind speed anddirection and rainfall should becollected.


29. Data generated in the last threeyears i.e. air, water, raw materialproperties and analysis (major, traceand heavy metals), ground watertable, seismic history, flood hazardhistory etc.

Refer Chapter 3

30. One season site-specific micro-meteorological data usingtemperature, relative humidity, hourlywind speed and direction and rainfalland AAQ data (except monsoon)should be collected. The monitoringstations should take into account thepre-dominant wind direction,

Refer Chapter 3, page 3-4 to 3-12

EIA REPORTFOR



(viii)


REMARKS

population zone and sensitivereceptors including reserved forests.

31. Ambient air quality at 8 locationswithin the study area of 10 km.,aerial coverage from project site withone AAQMS in downwind directionshould be carried out.


32. The suspended particulate matterpresent in the ambient air must beanalyzed for the presence of poly-aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH), i.e.Benzene soluble fraction. Chemicalcharacterization of RSPM andincorporating of RSPM data.


33. Determination of atmosphericinversion level at the project site andassessment of ground levelconcentration of pollutants from thestack emission based on site-specificmeteorological features.


34. Air quality modelling for steel plantfor specific pollutants needs to bedone. Air pollution control system(APCS) for the control of emissionfrom the Kiln and WHRB should alsobe included to control emissionswithin 50 mg/Nm3.


35. Action plan to follow NationalAmbient Air Quality EmissionStandards issued by the Ministryvide G.S.R. No. 826(E) dated 16th

November, 2009 should also beincluded.

National Ambient AirQuality EmissionStandards followed

36. Ambient air quality monitoringmodelling along with cumulativeimpact should be included for theday (24 hrs) for maximum GLC alongwith following :

Refer Chapter 4, clause4.1.4.2.1, page 4-10 to 4-19 and annexed at theend of chapter

Emissions (g/second) with andwithout the air pollution controlmeasures

-do-

Meteorological inputs (windspeed, m/s), wind direction,ambient air temperature, cloud

-do-

EIA REPORTFOR



(ix)


REMARKS

cover, relative humidity & mixingheight) on hourly basis

Model input options for terrain,plume rise, deposition etc.

-do-

Print-out of model input andoutput on hourly and dailyaverage basis

-do-

A graph of daily averagedconcentration (MGLC scenario)with downwind distance at every500 m interval covering the exactlocation of GLC.

-do-

Details of air pollution controlmethods used with percentageefficiency that are used foremission rate estimation withrespect to each pollutant

-do-

Applicable air quality standardsas per LULC covered in the studyarea and % contribution of theproposed plant to the applicableAir quality standard. In case ofexpansion project, thecontribution should be inclusiveof both existing and expandedcapacity.

-do-

No. I to VII are to be repeated forfugitive emissions and any othersource type relevant and used forindustry

-do-

Graphs of monthly average dailyconcentration with down-winddistance

-do-

Specify when and where theambient air quality standards areexceeded either due to theproposed plant alone or when theplant contribution is added to thebackground air quality.

-do-

Fugitive dust protection or dustreduction technology for workerswithin 30 m of the plant activeareas.

-do-

37. A plan for the utilization of waste/fuel Not Applicable

EIA REPORTFOR



(x)


REMARKS

gases in the WHRB for generatingpower have to be set out.

38. Impact of the transport of the rawmaterials and end products on thesurrounding environment should beassessed and provided. Thealternate method of raw material andend product transportation shouldalso be studied and details included.


39. One season data for gaseousemissions other than monsoonseason in 10 km radius is necessary.


40. An action plan to control and monitorsecondary fugitive emissions from allthe sources as per the latestpermissible limits issued by theMinistry vide G.S.R. 414(E) dated30th May, 2008.


41. Presence of an aquifer/aquiferswithin 1 km of the project boundariesand management plan for rechargingthe aquifer should be included.


42. Source of surface/ground waterlevel, site (GPS), cation, anion (IonChromatograph), metal traceelement (as above) chemicalanalysis for water to be used. Ifsurface water is used from river,rainfall, discharge rate, quantity,drainage and distance from projectsite should also be included.Information regarding surfacehydrology and water regime shouldbe included.


43. Ground water analysis with bore welldata, litho-logs, drawdown andrecovery tests to quantify the areaand volume of aquifer and itsmanagement.


44. Ground water modelling showing thepathways of the pollutants should beincluded.

Refer Chapter 3, clause3.2.4, page 3-19

45. Column leachate study for all typesof stockpiles or waste disposal sites

Detailed study will becarried out after

EIA REPORTFOR



(xi)


REMARKS

at 20oC-50oC should be conductedand included.

commissioning of theplant

46. Action plan for rain water harvestingmeasures at plant site should besubmitted to harvest rainwater fromthe roof tops and storm water drainsto recharge the ground water andalso to use for various activities atthe project site to conserve freshwater and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.Rain water harvesting and groundwater recharge structures may alsobe constructed outside the plantpremises in consultation with localGram Panchayat and village Headsto augment the ground water level.Incorporation of water harvestingplan for the project is necessary, ifsource of water is bore well.


47. Permission for the drawl of waterfrom the State Irrigation Departmentor concerned authority and waterbalance data including quantity ofeffluent generated, recycled andreused and discharged is to beprovided. Methods adopted/to beadopted for the water conservationshould be included.


Water balance page 2-64

Effluent generation –Chapter 4, page 4-22 to4-27

48. A note on the impact of drawl ofwater on the nearby River duringlean season.

There will not be anyimpact in lean seasonsince water is drawn fromthe downstream of TillariDam which has sufficientreserve of waterthroughout the year.

49. Surface water quality of nearby River(60 m upstream and downstream)and other surface drains at eightlocations must be ascertained.


50. If the site is within 10 km radius ofany major river, Flood HazardZonation Mapping is required at

Flood Hazard map isenclosed in Chapter 6.

EIA REPORTFOR



(xii)


REMARKS

1:5000 to 1;10,000 scale indicatingthe peak and lean river discharge aswell as flood occurrence frequency.

51. A note on treatment of wastewaterfrom different plants, recycle andreuse for different purposes shouldbe included.


52. Provision of traps and treatmentplants are to be made, if water isgetting mixed with oil, grease andcleaning agents.


53. If the water is mixed with solidparticulates, proposal for sedimentpond before further transport shouldbe included. The sediment pondcapacity should be 100 times thetransport capacity.

- Settling tankprovided

54. Wastewater characteristics (heavymetals, anions and cations, tracemetals, PAH) from washed /beneficiated plants / washery.

- Not applicable

55. The pathways for pollution viaseepages, evaporation, residualremains are to be studied for surfacewater (drainage, rivers, ponds,lakes), sub-surface and groundwater with a monitoring andmanagement plans.


56. Ground water monitoring minimum at8 locations and near solid wastedump zone, Geological features andGeo-hydrological status of the studyarea are essential as also.Ecological status (Terrestrial andAquatic) is vital.


57. Geotechnical data by a bore hole ofupto 40 mts. in every One sq. kmarea such as ground water level,SPTN values, soil fineness, geology,shear wave velocity etc. forliquefaction studies and to assessfuture Seismic Hazard andEarthquake Risk Management in thearea.


EIA REPORTFOR



(xiii)


REMARKS

58. Action plan for solid/hazardouswaste generation, storage, utilizationand disposal particularly slag from allthe sources, char and fly ash. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of ashand slag should also be included.


59. Details of evacuation of ash, detailsregarding ash pond impermeabilityand whether it would be lined, if sodetails of the lining etc. needs to beaddressed.

No generation of Fly ashin our process. Henceash pond is not required.

60. A note on the treatment, storage anddisposal of all type of slag should beincluded. Identification and details ofland to be used for SMS slagdisposal should be included. Detailsof secured land fill as per CPCBguidelines should also be included.


61. End use of solid waste and itscomposition should be covered.Toxic metal content in the wastematerial and its composition shouldalso be incorporated particularly ofslag.

There will not be anytoxic material in the solidwaste including slag.Slag will be sold tocement plant.

62. All stock piles will have to be on topof a stable liner to avoid leaching ofmaterials to ground water.

- Stable layer will beprovided

63. Action plan for the green beltdevelopment plan in 33 % area i.e.land with not less than 1,500 treesper ha. giving details of species,width of plantation, planningschedule etc. should be included.The green belt should be around theproject boundary and a scheme forgreening of the travelling roadsshould also be incorporated. Allrooftops/terraces should have somegreen cover.


64. Detailed description of the flora andfauna (terrestrial and aquatic) shouldbe given with special reference torare, endemic and endangeredspecies.


EIA REPORTFOR



(xiv)


REMARKS

65. At least 6% of the total cost of theproject should be earmarked towardsthe corporate social responsibilityand item-wise details along with timebound action plan should beincluded. Socio-economicdevelopment activities need to beelaborated upon.


66. Disaster management plan includingrisk assessment and damage controlneeds to be addressed.


67. Occupational health Refer Chapter 4, clause4.1.1.8, page 4-35 to 4-37

a) Details of existing occupational &safety hazards. What are theexposure levels of above mentionedhazards and whether they are withinpermissible exposure level (PEL). Ifthese are not within PEL, whatmeasures the company has adoptedto keep them within PEL so thathealth of workers can be preserved.

Details will be providedafter commissioning ofthe plant.

b) Details of exposure specific healthstatus evaluation of worker. If theworkers’ health is being evaluated bypre designed format, chest x-ray,audiometry, spirometry, visiontesting (far & Near vision, colourvision and any other ocular defect),ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give thedetails of the same. Detailsregarding last month analyzed dataof above mentioned parameters asper age, sex, duration of exposureand department wise.


c) Annual report of health status ofworkers with special reference tooccupational health and safety.


68. Details regarding infrastructure Refer Chapter 4, clause

EIA REPORTFOR



(xv)


REMARKS

facilities such as sanitation, fuel,restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction aswell as to the casual workersincluding truck drivers duringoperation phase.

4.1.3.1.1, page 4-2 to 4-3

69. Impact of the project on localinfrastructure of the area such asroad network and whether anyadditional infrastructure would needto be constructed and the agencyresponsible for the same with timeframe.

Refer Chapter 4, clause4.1.3.1.1, page 4-2 to 4-3

70. Environmental Management Plan(EMP) to mitigate the adverseimpacts due to the project along withitem-wise cost of its implementation.Total capital cost and recurringcost/annum for environmentalpollution control measures should beincluded.

Refer Chapter 5 & 8 ofEIA report

71. Plan for the implementation of therecommendations made for the steelplants in the CREP guidelines mustbe prepared.

Refer Chapter 4, clause4.1.1.9, page 4-37

72. A note on identification andimplementation of Carbon Creditproject should be included.


73. Any litigation pending against theproject and / or any direction / orderpassed by any Court of Law againstthe project, if so, details thereof.


EIA REPORTFOR



(xvi)

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS AND UNITS

Abbreviation / Symbol / Unit Full Formµg/m3 Micrograms per Cubic MeterAAQ Ambient Air Qualityac AcreAGM Asst. General ManagerBDL Below Detection LimitBF Blast FurnaceBOD Biochemical Oxygen DemandBOD Plant Biological Oxidation & De-Phenolization PlantBOF Basic Oxygen FurnaceCDI Coal Dust injectionMPCB Maharashtra Pollution Control BoardCO gas Coke Oven gasCPCB Central Pollution Control BoardCREP Charter on Corporate responsibility for

Environmental ProtectionD/s DownstreamdB(A) DecibelsDGM Deputy General ManagerDrg DrawingEC Electrical ConductivityED Executive DirectorEIA Environmental Impact AssessmentEMP Environmental Management PlanEMD Environment Management DepartmentESP Electro static precipitatorFig Figureg/m2/d Grams per Square meter Per Dayg/s Grams per SecondGCA Gross Cropped AreaGCP Gas Cleaning plantGHG Green house gas

EIA REPORTFOR



(xvii)

Abbreviation / Symbol / Unit Full FormGLC Ground Level ConcentrationGM General Managerha HectareHPLA High Pressure liquor aspirationHR Coil Hot rolled CoilHVAS High Volume Air SamplerIMD India Meteorological DepartmentKcal/Nm3 Kilo calorie per normal meter cubeKg/thm Kilogram per tones of hot metalkm Kilometerkm/hr Kilometer per Hourkm2 Square Kilometerl literLeq Log EquivalentLF Ladle FurnaceLPG Liquefied Petroleum gasm Meterm/s Meters per Secondm2 Square Meterm2/s Square Meters per Secondm3 Cubic Metersm3/d Cubic Meters per daym3/h Cubic Meters per hourmc MachineMEC/MECON MECON Ltdmeq/gm Mille Equivalents per Grammg/l Milligrams Per Litermg/Nm3 Milligrams per normal meter cubemm MillimeterMm3 Million Cubic MetersMoEF Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. Of IndiaMPN Most Probable Number

EIA REPORTFOR



(xviii)

Abbreviation / Symbol / Unit Full FormMT Million TonnesMTPA Million Tonnes per AnnumMWe Mega Watt ElectricityNAAQS National Ambient Air Quality StandardsNm3 normal meter cubeNOx Oxides of NitrogenNTU Nephelometric Turbidity UnitsPb LeadPF Protected ForestPP Power plantQOL Quality of Lifeqtl/ac Quintal per acreR & D Research and DevelopmentR & R Rehabilitation and ResettlementRDS Respirable Dust SamplerRF Reserved ForestRMP Refractory Material PlantRPM Respirable Particulate MatterSMS Steel Melting ShopSO2 Sulphur DioxideSPM Suspended Particulate MatterSq Squaret tonnest/m2/h Tones per meter square per hourTCS Tonnes of Crude Steeltpd Tonnes Per DayU/s UpstreamVD Vaccum Degasser

EIA REPORTFOR



© 2012 MECON Limited. All rights reserved I - 1

INFORMATION RELATED TO ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT ANDUNDERTAKINGS

The following information related to the Environmental Consultant and undertakings arebeing submitted in pursuance with Ministry of Environment and Forests’ Memo no:11013/41/2006-1A.II (I) dated 04/08/2009.

A. Consultant details:

1. Name: MECON Limited (A Govt. of India Enterprise), Ranchi – 834002[MECON Limited is a multi disciplinary planning, design, engineering and consultancyorganization working in the field of ferrous and non-ferrous metallurgy, mining, power,chemicals/petrochemical, Environmental Engineering, Systems Engineering, etc. Totalstaff strength of MECON is 2180.]

2. Accreditation: National Accreditation Board for education and Training (NABET)has recommended MECON as an EIA Consultant Organization vide their CertificateNO. NABET/EIA/1013/031 and valid upto September 30, 2013 for sixteen sectorsincluding “Metallurgical Industries (Ferrous & Non -ferrous) – both Primary &Secondary (Category A)”.

3. Experience: Engaged in baseline environmental data generation andpreparation of EIA/EMP reports since 1985. Completed more than 350 EIA/EMPstudies including assignments from Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) andCentral Pollution Control Board (CPCB).

4. Manpower: Environmental Engineering Division in MECON is a multi-disciplinarygroup of 30 engineers, specialists and scientists in the field of Hydrogeology, Geology,Ecology, Forestry, Land use & GIS, Agriculture, Microbiology, Soil sciences,Biotechnology, Technical audit & Socio–Economics and Chemical, Civil, Miningengineers.

5. Laboratory: Own laboratory recognized under Environmental (Protection) Act,1986 by CPCB.

B. Compliance of Terms of Reference (ToR) and undertaking

To the best of our knowledge and belief we have complied with the Terms of Referencein respect of EIA/EMP studies for “Expansion of Integrated Steel Plant to 3.0 MTPAalong with Captive Power Plant of 3x50 MW” of M/s Shree Uttam Steel & PowerLimited, Satarda, Taluk Sawantwadi, district Sindhudurg, Maharashtra, prescribed byMinistry of Environment and Forests (vide letter no: J-11011/467/2010-IA.II (I) dated18.11.2010) and the data submitted is factually correct.

C. The working team for EIA/EMP study of “Expansion of Integrated Steel Plantto 3.0 MTPA along with Captive Power Plant of 3x50 MW at village Satarda, TalukSawantwadi, district Sindhudurg, Maharashtra”:

EIA REPORTFOR




Sector/Area Name Role Signature

Metallurgical Industries(Ferrous & Non -ferrous) –both Primary & Secondary

Dr. Vikas Kumar EIA Coordinator

Risk Assessment & HazardManagement

Solid Waste and Hazardouswaste Management

Sanjay Sen Functional AreaExpert

Meteorology, Air QualityModeling & Prediction

Dr. V.V.S.N.Pinakapani

Functional AreaExpert

Hydrology, Ground Water &Water Conservation Dr. S Veezhinathan Functional Area

Expert

Landuse Dr. M.K.Mukhopadhyay

Functional AreaExperts

Socio Economic Aspects Dr. S. Bhattacharya Functional AreaExpert

Geology Shri A.K.Mishra Functional AreaExpert

Noise, Vibration, Air PollutionPrevention, Monitoring &Control

Dr. Vikas Kumar

Shri C.D. Goswami

Functional AreaExperts

Ecology & Bio diversity Dr. S.K.Singh Functional AreaExperts

Water Pollution Control Dr. S.C.Jain Functional AreaExpert

EIA REPORTFOR




EIA REPORTFOR



© 2012 MECON Limited. All rights reserved 1- 1

1.0 INTRODUCTION

Shree Uttam Steel & Power Limited (SUSPL) intends to enhance the steelmanufacturing capacity to 3.0 MTPA at village Satarda, Taluk Sawantwadi, districtSindhudurg, Maharashtra and produce HR coils to meet the requirements of thecustomers.

The project is situated in notified Industrial area as per the Maharashtra Governmentnotification No. TPS 1897/404/CR 30/97/UD-12 dated 6th May 2000.

SUSPL is in the process of implementation of 1.5 MTPA integrated steel plant along with2x50 MW captive power plant for which Environmental Clearance (EC) has beengranted by Ministry of Environment & Forests vide letter no. F.No. J-11011/158/2008-IAII(I) dated 20th January 2010.

Due to changed scenario over the last few years both internationally & nationally in thesteel industry, SUSPL while setting up the infrastructure for 1.5 MTPA realized that theproject would not be techno-commercially viable and therefore immediately applied forcapacity of 3.0 MTPA in the year 2010 itself.

SUSPL has submitted Form-I on 13th August, 2010 to Ministry of Environment & Forestfor prescribing Terms of Reference (TOR) for expansion of Integrated Steel Plant from1.5 MTPA to 3.0 MTPA along with Captive Power Plant from 2x50 MW to 3x50 MW atvillage Satarda, Taluk Sawantwadi, district Sindudurg, Maharashtra. The following TORhas been finalised during the 15th meeting of the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry)of Ministry of Environment & Forest held on 25th to 27th October, 2010 for preparation ofEIA/EMP report for the expansion project.

1. Executive summary of the project

2. Photographs of the existing and proposed plant area

3. Compliance to the conditions stipulated for existing capacity in the environmentalclearance and NOC obtained from SPCB.

4. A line diagram/flow sheet for the process and EMP

5. A copy of the mutual agreement for land acquisition signed with land oustees.

6. Firm coal linkage for the CPP should be submitted along with EIA report

7. A site location map on Indian map of 1:10, 00,000 scale followed by1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet with at least next 10 Kms of terrains i.e.circle of 10 kms and further 10 kms on A3/A2 sheets with properlongitude/latitude/heights with min. 100/200 m. contours should be included. 3-D 11

.S2.

2014

.EE

217

5

EIA REPORTFOR




view i.e. DEM (Digital Elevation Model) for the area in 10 km radius from theproposal site. A photograph of the site should also be included.

8. Present land use should be prepared based on satellite imagery. High-resolutionsatellite image data having 1m-5m spatial resolution like quickbird, Ikonos, IRS P-6pan sharpened etc. for the 10Km radius area from proposed site. The same shouldbe used for land used/land-cover mapping of the area.

9. Topography of the area should be given clearly indicating whether the site requiresany filling. If so, details of filling, quantity of fill material required, its source,transportation etc. should be given.

10.Location of national parks / wildlife sanctuary / reserve forests within 10 km. radiusshould specifically be mentioned. A map showing landuse/landcover, reservedforests, wildlife sanctuaries, national parks, tiger reserve etc in 10 km of the projectsite.

11.Project site layout plan showing raw materials, fly ash and other storage plans, borewell or water storage, aquifers (within 1 km.) dumping, waste disposal, green areas,water bodies, rivers/drainage passing through the project site should be included.

12.Coordinates of the plant site as well as ash pond with topo sheet co-ordinates of theplant site as well as ash pond with topo sheet should also be included.

13.Details and classification of total land (identified and acquired) should be included.

14.Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R & R) should be as per policy of the State Govt. anda detailed action plan should be included.

15.Permission from tribals, if tribal land has also to be acquired along with details of thecompensation plan.

16.Permission and approval for the use of forest land, if any, and recommendations ofthe State Forest Department.

17.A list of industries containing name and type in 25 km radius should be incorporated.

18.Residential colony should be located in upwind direction.

19.List of raw material required and source alongwith mode of transportation should beincluded. All the trucks for raw material and finished product transportation must beenvironmentally compliant.

20.Petrological and Chemical analysis and other chemical properties of raw materialsused (with GPS location of source of raw material) i.e. ores, minerals, rock, soil, coal,

EIA REPORTFOR




iron, dolomite quartz etc. using high definition and precision instruments mentioningtheir detection range and methodology such Digital Analyzers, AAS with Graphitefurnace, ICPMS, MICRO-WDXRF, EPMA, XRD, Nano studies or at least as per I30-10500 and WHO norms. These analysis should include trace element and metalstudies like Cr (vi) Ni, Fe, As, Pb, Zn, Hg, Se, S etc. Presence ofradioactive elements (U, Th etc.) if applicable, should also be included.

21.Petrography, grain size analysis and Major element analysis of raw material and soilfrom project site and raw material should be done on the same parameters alongwith analysis for SiO2, Al2O3, MgO, MnO, K2O, CaO, FeO, Fe2O3, P2O5, H2O, CO2.

22. If the rocks, ores, raw material has trace elements their petrography, ore microscopy,XRD, elemental mapping EPMA, XRF is required to quantify the amount present in itand hence future risk involved while using it and management plan.

23.Action plan for excavation and muck disposal during construction phase.

24.Studies for fly ash, muck disposal, slurry, sludge material and other solid wastegenerated should also be included, if the raw materials used has trace elements anda management plan should also be included.

25.Manufacturing process details for all the plants should be included.

26.Mass balance for the raw material and products should be included.

27.Energy balance data for all the components of steel plant including proposed powerplant should be incorporated.

28.Site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourlywind speed and direction and rainfall should be collected.

29.Data generated in the last three years i.e. air, water, raw material properties andanalysis (major, trace and heavy metals), ground water table, seismic history, floodhazard history etc.

30.One season site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relativehumidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall and AAQ data (exceptmonsoon) should be collected. The monitoring stations should take into account thepre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors includingreserved forests.

31.Ambient air quality at 8 locations within the study area of 10 km., aerial coveragefrom project site with one AAQMS in downwind direction should be carried out.

EIA REPORTFOR




32.The suspended particulate matter present in the ambient air must be analyzed forthe presence of poly-aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH), i.e. Benzene soluble fraction.Chemical characterization of RSPM and incorporating of RSPM data.

33.Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and assessment ofground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features.

34.Air quality modelling for steel plant for specific pollutants needs to be done. Airpollution control system (APCS) for the control of emission from the Kiln and WHRBshould also be included to control emissions within 50 mg/Nm3.

35.Action plan to follow National Ambient Air Quality Emission Standards issued by theMinistry vide G.S.R. No. 826(E) dated 16th November, 2009 should also be included.

36.Ambient air quality monitoring modelling along with cumulative impact should beincluded for the day (24 hrs) for maximum GLC along with following :i) Emissions (g/second) with and without the air pollution control measures

ii) Meteorological inputs (wind speed, m/s), wind direction, ambient air temperature,cloud cover, relative humidity & mixing height) on hourly basis

iii) Model input options for terrain, plume rise, deposition etc.

iv) Print-out of model input and output on hourly and daily average basis

v) A graph of daily averaged concentration (MGLC scenario) with downwinddistance at every 500 m interval covering the exact location of GLC.

vi) Details of air pollution control methods used with percentage efficiency that areused for emission rate estimation with respect to each pollutant

vii) Applicable air quality standards as per LULC covered in the study area and %contribution of the proposed plant to the applicable Air quality standard. In caseof expansion project, the contribution should be inclusive of both existing andexpanded capacity.

viii) No. I to VII are to be repeated for fugitive emissions and any other source typerelevant and used for industry

ix) Graphs of monthly average daily concentration with down-wind distance

x) Specify when and where the ambient air quality standards are exceeded eitherdue to the proposed plant alone or when the plant contribution is added to thebackground air quality.

xi) Fugitive dust protection or dust reduction technology for workers within 30 m ofthe plant active areas.

EIA REPORTFOR




37.A plan for the utilization of waste/fuel gases in the WHRB for generating power haveto be set out.

38. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surroundingenvironment should be assessed and provided. The alternate method of raw materialand end product transportation should also be studied and details included.

39.One season data for gaseous emissions other than monsoon season in 10 km radiusis necessary.

40.An action plan to control and monitor secondary fugitive emissions from all thesources as per the latest permissible limits issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R. 414(E)dated 30th May, 2008.

41.Presence of an aquifer/aquifers within 1 km of the project boundaries andmanagement plan for recharging the aquifer should be included.

42.Source of surface/ground water level, site (GPS), cation, anion (Ion Chromatograph),metal trace element (as above) chemical analysis for water to be used. If surfacewater is used from river, rainfall, discharge rate, quantity, drainage and distance fromproject site should also be included. Information regarding surface hydrology andwater regime should be included.

43.Ground water analysis with bore well data, litho-logs, drawdown and recovery teststo quantify the area and volume of aquifer and its management.

44.Ground water modelling showing the pathways of the pollutants should be included.

45.Column leachate study for all types of stockpiles or waste disposal sites at 20oC-50oC should be conducted and included.

46.Action plan for rain water harvesting measures at plant site should be submitted toharvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the groundwater and also to use for various activities at the project site to conserve fresh waterand reduce the water requirement from other sources. Rain water harvesting andground water recharge structures may also be constructed outside the plantpremises in consultation with local Gram Panchayat and village Heads to augmentthe ground water level. Incorporation of water harvesting plan for the project isnecessary, if source of water is bore well.

47.Permission for the drawl of water from the State Irrigation Department or concernedauthority and water balance data including quantity of effluent generated, recycledand reused and discharged is to be provided. Methods adopted/to be adopted for thewater conservation should be included.

EIA REPORTFOR




48.A note on the impact of drawl of water on the nearby River during lean season.

49.Surface water quality of nearby River (60 m upstream and downstream) and othersurface drains at eight locations must be ascertained.

50. If the site is within 10 km radius of any major river, Flood Hazard Zonation Mappingis required at 1:5000 to 1;10,000 scale indicating the peak and lean river dischargeas well as flood occurrence frequency.

51.A note on treatment of wastewater from different plants, recycle and reuse fordifferent purposes should be included.

52.Provision of traps and treatment plants are to be made, if water is getting mixed withoil, grease and cleaning agents.

53. If the water is mixed with solid particulates, proposal for sediment pond before furthertransport should be included. The sediment pond capacity should be 100 times thetransport capacity.

54.Wastewater characteristics (heavy metals, anions and cations, trace metals, PAH)from washed / beneficiated plants / washery.

55.The pathways for pollution via seepages, evaporation, residual remains are to bestudied for surface water (drainage, rivers, ponds, lakes), sub-surface and groundwater with a monitoring and management plans.

56.Ground water monitoring minimum at 8 locations and near solid waste dump zone,Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area are essential asalso. Ecological status (Terrestrial and Aquatic) is vital.

57.Geotechnical data by a bore hole of upto 40 mts. in every One sq. km area such asground water level, SPTN values, soil fineness, geology, shear wave velocity etc. forliquefaction studies and to assess future Seismic Hazard and Earthquake RiskManagement in the area.

58.Action plan for solid/hazardous waste generation, storage, utilization and disposalparticularly slag from all the sources, char and fly ash. Copies of MOU regardingutilization of ash and slag should also be included.

59.Details of evacuation of ash, details regarding ash pond impermeability and whetherit would be lined, if so details of the lining etc. needs to be addressed.

60.A note on the treatment, storage and disposal of all type of slag should be included.Identification and details of land to be used for SMS slag disposal should beincluded. Details of secured land fill as per CPCB guidelines should also be included.

EIA REPORTFOR




61.End use of solid waste and its composition should be covered. Toxic metal contentin the waste material and its composition should also be incorporated particularly ofslag.

62.All stock piles will have to be on top of a stable liner to avoid leaching of materials toground water.

63.Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not lessthan 1,500 trees per ha. giving details of species, width of plantation, planningschedule etc.should be included. The green belt should be around the projectboundary and a scheme for greening of the travelling roads should also beincorporated. All rooftops/terraces should have some green cover.

64.Detailed description of the flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) should be givenwith special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species.

65.At least 6% of the total cost of the project should be earmarked towards thecorporate social responsibility and item-wise details along with time bound actionplan should be included. Socio-economic development activities need to beelaborated upon.

66.Disaster management plant including risk assessment and damage control needs tobe addressed.

67.Occupational health

a) Details of existing occupational & safety hazards. What are the exposure levelsof above mentioned hazards and whether they are within permissible exposurelevel (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company hasadopted to keep them within PEL so that health of workers can be preserved.

b) Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers’health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x-ray, audiometry,spirometry, vision testing (far & Near vision, colour vision and any other oculardefect), ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the detailsof the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentionedparameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

c) Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to occupationalhealth and safety.

68.Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restrooms etc. to beprovided to labour force during construction as well as to the casual workersincluding truck drivers during operation phase.

EIA REPORTFOR




69. Impact of the project on local infrastructure of the area such as road network andwhether any additional infrastructure needs to be constructed and the agencyresponsible for the same with time frame.

70.Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to mitigate the adverse impacts due to theproject along with item-wise cost of its implementation. Total capital cost andrecurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures should beincluded.

71.Plan for the implementation of the recommendations made for the steel plants in theCREP guidelines must be prepared.

72.A note on identification and implementation of Carbon Credit project should beincluded.

73.Any litigation pending against the project and / or any direction / order passed by anyCourt of Law against the project, if so, details thereof.

The EIA/EMP report shall be submitted to Ministry for obtaining environmental clearancebased on the above TOR in addition to all the information as per the generic structuregiven in Appendix III and IIIA in the EIA notification, 2006. Public hearing in this case isnot required as the unit is located in the notified industrial area.

EIA/EMP report has been prepared based on the approved TOR as green field project of3.0 MTPA and contains all the information as per the generic structure of EIA.

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

In pursuance of Government of India policy vide Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986,any expansion project necessitates statutory prior environmental clearance inaccordance with the objectives of National Environmental policy as approved by theUnion Cabinet on 18th May, 2006 and MoEF EIA Notification dated 14.09.06, bypreparing Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report. In view of the above, the EIAreport has been prepared taking into consideration the requirement and guidelines ofstatutory bodies and also client’s requirement.

The objective of the EIA study report is to take stock of the prevailing quality ofenvironment, to assess the impacts of proposed industrial activity on environment and toplan appropriate environmental control measures to minimise adverse impacts andto maximise beneficial impacts of proposed project. The following major objectiveshave been considered:

Assess the existing status of environment. Additional impacts if any due to the proposed project. Suggest additional pollution control and ameliorative measures to minimize/reduce

the impacts.

EIA REPORTFOR




Prepare an action plan for implementation of suggested ameliorative measures. Suggest a monitoring programme to assess the efficacy of the various adopted

environmental control measures. Assess financial considerations for suggested environmental control plans. Clearances from statutory authorities

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 Nature of the ProjectGreen Field Project

1.2.2 Size of the Project

M/s Shree Uttam Steel & Power Limited has proposed to enhance plant capacity to 3.0MTPA of HR coils at Satarda, Maharashtra. Shree Uttam Steel & Power Limited is agroup company of M/s Uttam Galva Steel Limited (UGSL).

1.2.3 Project Proponent

M/s Uttam Galva Steels Limited (UGSL) has its registered and corporate office located atUttam House, 69, P.D’Mello Road, Mumbai – 400009, India. M/s UGSL is a producer ofcold rolled steel (CR), galvanized products comprising galvanized plain (GP), galvanizedcorrugated (GC) coils and sheets and colour coated products. The company is in thebusiness of procuring hot rolled steel (HR) and processing it into CR and further into GPs.The six million tonne plant is at Khopoli on Mumbai-Pune road. Its facilities are mainly inthinner gauge materials

1.2.4 Importance of the Project

The Indian steel industry is poised for faster growth in the decades ahead as the industrialand economic development of the country gains pace. The total steel consumption offinished steel has been estimated to touch 120 MT in the year 2012 from the current levelof over 60 MT compared to China’s (Our neighbour) steel production of >500 Mtpa. Evenafter approximately doubling the production capacity the per capita domestic consumptionwould continue to be substantially below the world average of 145 Kg. There is goodprospect of domestic steel consumption growing at about 6 – 7% up to the year 2012. Thenational steel policy has set a target of 80 million tonne (MT) of steel production by 2010and to increase it to a level of 200 million tonne by 2018. Shree Uttam Steel & PowerLimited is well positioned to fulfill its role in the nation’s quest for higher growth anddevelopment in the new millennium.

The growth of the steel industry significantly contributes to economic growth of theNation as well as to the region as it generates employment both directly and also due todevelopment of downstream industries. The infrastructural and other social amenitiesgrow in the region leading to overall development of the region. The proposed plant

EIA REPORTFOR




1.2.5 Location of the Project

The proposed site is located at Satarda in Sindhudurg district of Maharastra statebetween latitude 15°42'30” & 15°45' N and longitude 73°47'30” & 73°50' E. The Statehighway No. 4 joining Shiroda and Terekhol passes about 4 km away from site on theSouth – West side. The site is approximately 27 km South of Sawantwadi Town. Theexisting Redi Port is located 20 km west of the plant site. The site is located about 2 kmfrom NH No. 17 connecting Mangalore with Mumbai. The Sawantwadi railway station ofKonkan railway is located 17 km from the site. The site is at an elevation varying from 20to 70 m above MSL. Photographs of existing and proposed site is attached at the end ofthis chapter.

1.3 BASIC DATA GENERATION, FIELD STUDIES AND DATA COLLECTION

This report has been prepared on the basis of one full season baseline environmentaldata monitored and completed during March, 2011 to May, 2011 by field study. The dataincludes meteorological conditions, ambient air quality, noise, water quality and soilquality. Site survey has been conducted for studying the flora and fauna, socio-economicconditions including public consultation, land use, hydrology, geology, ecology etc.Additional information is also collected from several agencies and departments, bothunder State and Central Governments pertaining to above.

The collected data have been analysed in detail for identifying, predicting and evaluatingthe environmental impacts of the proposed project. The maximum anticipated impacts onenvironment are assessed and suitable environmental management plan has beensuggested.

1.4 REPORT COVERAGE

This report contains information on the existing environment and evaluates the predictedenvironmental and socio-economic impacts of the proposed plant. A detailed coverage ofbackground environmental quality, pollution sources, anticipated environmental impacts(including socio-economic impacts) and mitigation measures, environmental monitoringprogramme, additional studies, project benefits, environmental monitoring plan and allrelated aspects have been covered in this report.

The report including this introduction chapter includes:

- Project Description- Description of the Environment- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures- Environmental Monitoring Programme- Additional Studies: Public Consultation- Additional Studies: Socio-economic Studies- Additional Studies: Risk Assessment Studies- Project Benefits- Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

EIA REPORTFOR




- Summary and Conclusion- Disclosure of Consultant engaged

EIA REPORTFOR




PHOTOGHRAPHS OF SITE

EIA REPORTFOR




EIA REPORTFOR





2.1 INTRODUCTION

Shree Uttam Steels & Power Lim ited have plans to enhance the production capacity ofthe plant to 3.0 MTPA of Hot Rolled Steel Coils (Flat Products) for Techno -Commercialviability . The proposed facili ties are presented in Table 2.1

Table 2.1: Facilities envisaged for the project

S l.No.

Area Capacity as per EC Proposed Capacity

1. Sinter plant 1 x 240 m 2 2 x 240 m 2

Capacity 2.46 MTPA 4.92 MTPA2. Blast furnace 1 x 2400 m 3 2 x 2400 m 3


3. Basic oxygen furnace 1 x 175 t 2 x 175 t


4. Ladle furnace 1 x 175 t, 35 MVA 2 x 175 t, 35 MVA eachCapacity 1.55 MTPA 3.10 MTPA

5. Secondary Refining(Vacuum degasser-RH-OB)

1 x 175 t 2 x 175 t

Capacity 1.55 MTPA 3.10 MTPA6. Slab caster 1 x 1-strand 2 x 1-strand

Capacity 1.54 MTPA 3.08 MTPA7. Hot strip mill w ith

finishing train1 x 1.5 Mt/yr 2 x 1.5 Mt/yr

Capacity 1.55 MTPA 3.10 MTPA8. Oxygen plant 2x 500 tpd 2x 500 tpd

1x 1000 tpdCapacity 1000 TPD 2000 TPD

9. Lime & Dolo plant 2 x 250 t/d (Lime)1 x 200 t/d (Dolo)

2 x 250 t/d (Lime)1 x 200 t/d (Dolo)1 x 330 t/d (Lime)

Capacity 500 TPD (Lime)200 TPD (Dolo)

800 TPD (Lime)200 TPD (Dolo)

10. Pig casting machine 5 x 1500 t/d 5 x 1500 t/d2 x 1700 t/d

11.S

2.20

14.E

E 2

175

EIA REPORTFOR




Capacity 7500 TPD 10900 TPD

11. Coke oven and by-product plant

4.5 m tall two batterieseach comprising 2 blocks of

35 ovens

4.5 m tall four batterieseach comprising 2 blocks of

35 ovensCapacity 1.0 MTPA 2.0 MTPA

12. Captive power plant -Multifuel Fired


surplus gases


surplus gasesCapacity 100 MW 150 MW

The details of final products manufactured from the proposed plant will be as follows:

Hot rolled coils 3.0 mtpaCold Pigs 0.2736 mtpa

The total product of the proposed plant will be as follows:

Sr.No

Products Unit Proposed Capacity

1 Gross hot metal Ton/Year 3,330,000

2 Net hot metal Ton/Year 3,296,600

3 Hot metal for steelmaking

Ton/Year 2,983,600

4 Cold pigs Ton/Year 273,600

5 Granulated slag Ton/Year 990,000

2.2 TYPE OF PROJECT

The proposed project falls under Category ‘A’ (Sl.No. 3 (a) of Schedule : "Primary andSecondary Ferrous Metallurgical Industries") of the “List of project or activities requiringprior environmental clearance” of MoEF notification dated 14th September, 2006 inconnection with Environment (Protection) Rules 1986.

2.3 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

Steel being a basic commodity for all industrial activities, quantum of its consumption isconsidered as an index of industrial prosperity. Since independence, there has been asubstantial growth in the steel production in India from 1.5 Mt in 1950-51 to about 60 Mtin 2007-2008 as compared to China’s (our neighbour) steel production of > 500 Mtpa.Despite the above growth in the steel sector, the per capita finished steel consumption

EIA REPORTFOR




continues to remain at a level of about 34 kg only, compared to about 350 kg to 450kg inthe developed countries and 40 to 100 kg in some of the developing countries. Further,with nearly 20% of the world population, India’s contribution is only of the order of 3.4%of world steel production. Hence, short-term and long-term strategies are necessary inplanning the development of the steel industry in the country to improve the level of percapita steel consumption.

While modernisation of the existing steel plants in India may increase steel outputmarginally, setting up of new steel plants facilities will be essential to meet the increasingsteel demand.

The project is needed to increase Steel Production in the country as per National SteelPolicy to bridge the gap between demand and supply.

2.4 LOCATION

The proposed site is located at Satarda in Sindhudurg district of Maharastra statebetween latitude 15°42'30” & 15°45' N and longitude 73°47'30” & 73°50' E. The Statehighway No. 4 joining Shiroda and Terekhol passes adjacent to the site on the South-West side. The site is approximately 27 km South of Sawantwadi city of Maharashtra.The existing Redi Port is located 20 km west of the plant site. The site is located about 2km from NH No. 17 connecting Mangalore with Mumbai. The Sawantwadi railway stationof Konkan railway is located 17 km from the site. The site is at an elevation varying from20 to 70 m above MSL. Location map is shown as Fig. 2-1.

2.5 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

The proposed plant is intended to increase the steel production to 3.0 MTPA. Thecapacities of different units are presented in Table 2.1. The process-cum-material flowfor the proposed plant is given in Fig. 2-2.

2.6 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

The proposed integrated steel plant will be put into operation after 30 months from go-ahead signal.

2.7 TECHNOLOGY & PROCESS DESCRIPTION

Shree Uttam Steels & Power Limited will follow the conventional and well-establishedBF- BOF Route of steel making. Iron ore lumps, sinters and coke (made from cokingcoal) and fluxes such as limestone, dolomite are the major raw materials. The mainsteps in manufacturing process are as follows:

EIA REPORTFOR




Sintering

Sintering is a technology for agglomeration of iron ore fines into useful Blast Furnaceburden material. The raw materials used are: Iron ore fines (-10 mm), coke breeze (-3mm), Limestone & dolomite fines (-3mm) and other metallurgical wastes. Theproportioned raw materials are mixed and moistened in a mixing drum and is loaded onsinter machine. The raw material mix is segregated so that the coarse materials settle atthe bottom and fines onto the top. The top surface of the mix is ignited through stationaryburners at 1200oC. A high temperature combustion zone is created in the charge - beddue to combustion of solid fuel of the mix and regeneration of heat of incandescentsinter and outgoing gases. Sinter is produced as a combined result of locally limitedmelting, grain boundary diffusion and re-crystallisation of iron oxides. On the completionof sintering process, finished sinter cake is crushed and cooled. The cooled sinter isscreened and is dispatched to blast furnace.

Blast Furnace

The iron making process through Blast furnace basically consists of the conversion ofiron oxide to iron in liquid form. This requires reductant for reduction of iron oxide andheat for the reduction reaction to take place and for melting the products of smelting.The primary source to fulfill both these requirements is carbon (in the form of coke). Theblast furnace is a vertical counter-current heat exchanger as well as a chemical reactorin which burden material charged from the top descends downward and the gassesgenerated at the tuyere level ascend upward.

The top gas containing the flue dust is routed from the furnace top to the gas purifiersand then to the consumption zones. The hot air for combustion is injected through water-cooled tuyeres into the blast furnace. Hot metal is tapped through the tap hole, which isopened by power driven drills into a train of ladles kept below the runner of the casthouse. Slag comes along with the metal and is skimmed off with the help of skimmerplate towards slag runner and is collected in slag thimbles. Raw materials (ore, sinter,coke) are screened before being charged into the blast furnace through conveyors orskip. Air for combustion in the blast furnace is blown from turbo blowers, which arepreheated in hot blast stoves to temperatures around 1300oC, which is then blownthrough tuyers into the blast furnace. Each blast furnace is equipped with two or morestoves, which operate alternatively. Preheating of air helps in reducing fuel consumptionin the furnace.

Hot metal produced in the blast furnace is sent to Basic oxygen Furnace for steel makingor to Pig casting machines for cold pigs.

Pre-Treatment of Hot Metal

Hot metal from blast furnaces is treated to remove undesired elements like sulphur,silicon or phosphorous before being transformed to steel. De-sulphurising agents areapplied to reduce sulphur content of the metal.

EIA REPORTFOR




Basic Oxygen Furnace

The basic oxygen furnace (LD convertor) is a pear shaped vessel lined inside withrefractory bricks. The vessel lining consists of tar bonded dolomite / magnesia carbonbricks or other refractories. The vessel can be rotated 360o on its axis. Oxygen is blowninto the vessel with the help of water-cooled lance.

The 'heat' begins with the addition of scrap into the slightly tilted convertor, hot metal isthen added after straightening the convertor, and Oxygen is blown into the bath throughthe lance .The necessary fluxes are added during blowing. Flux addition is doneautomatically and precisely through bunkers situated above the convertor. A sample istaken after blowing for 16-18 minutes and temperature is measured using athermocouple. The steel is tapped by tilting the convertor to the tapping side and alloyingelements are added via chutes while metal is being tapped The convertor is tilted to thecharging side in order to remove the floating slag.

Reaction

During blowing operation, oxygen oxidises iron into iron oxide and carbon into carbonmonoxide. The iron oxide immediately transfers the oxygen to the tramp elements. Thecenter of the reaction has temperatures of around 2000o-2500oC. The development ofcarbon monoxide during refining process promotes agitation within the molten bath. Thereaction of the tramp elements with the oxygen and the iron oxide developed in thecenter of reaction leads to formation of reactive slag. As blowing continues, there is acontinuous decrease of carbon, phosphorous, manganese and silicon within the melt.Phosphorous is removed by inducing early slag formation by adding powder lime withoxygen. The refining process is completed when the desired carbon content is attained.The steel produced in the basic oxygen furnace is sent to continuous casting or for ingotteeming.

Continuous Casting

During continuous casting, the liquid steel passes from the pouring ladle, with theexclusion of air, via a tundish with an adjustable discharge device into the short, water-cooled copper mould. The shape of the mould defines the shape of the steel. Beforecasting, the bottom of the mould is sealed with a so-called dummy bar. As soon as thebath reaches its intended steel level, the mould starts to oscillate vertically in order toprevent the strand adhering to its walls. The red-hot strand, solidified at the surfacezones, is drawn from the mould, first with the aid of a dummy bar, and later by drivingrolls. Because of its liquid core, the strand must be carefully sprayed and cooled downwith water. Rolls on all sides must also support it until it has completely solidified. Thisprevents the still thin rim zone from disintegrating. Once it has completely solidified,mobile cutting torches or shears can divide the strand. Intensive cooling leads to ahomogeneous solidification microstructure with favourable technological properties.

EIA REPORTFOR




Coke Making - Coal Carbonisation

Coking coals are the coals which when heated in the absence of air, first melt, go in theplastic state, swell and re-solidify to produce a solid coherent mass called coke. Whencoking coal is heated in absence of air, a series of physical and chemical changes takeplace with the evolution of gases and vapours, and the solid residue left behind is coke.Coke is used in Blast Furnace (BF) both as a reductant and as a source of thermalenergy. It involves reduction of ore to liquid metal in the blast furnace and refining inconvertor to form steel.


2.8.1 Sinter Plant

The sinter plant complex will consist of one sinter machine of 240 m2 grate area alongwith associated service facilities. The sinter plant is slated for production of 2.462 Mtgross sinter per annum at a rated productivity of 1.3 t/m2/hr.

Technological consideration

Basic design and operating parameters

The basic design and operating parameters as given in Table-2.2 have been envisagedfor the proposed sinter plant.

Table – 2.2 : Design and operating parameters

SI.No. Item description Unit Quantity

1 No. of sinter machine x area No. x m2 1 x 2402 Productivity (Rated) t/m2/h 1.33 Annual sinter production t/y 2,461,9004 Size of finished sinter mm 5-405 Annual working regime d/y 3306 No. of working hours/day h/d 247 Gaseous energy consumption for ignition / ton of

BF sinter kCal/ t 15,000

8 Coke breeze consumption kg/ t of skip 709 Under-grate suction mm WC 160010 Sinter m/c bed height (including 40 - 50 mm

hearth layer) mm 700

11 Cooler bed height mm 160012 Temperature of cooled sinter °C Below 10013 Dust content in exhaust gases at stack mg/Nm3 <50

EIA REPORTFOR




Important features of the sinter plant complex

The following state of the art features have been envisaged for the proposed sinter plantcomplex.

Electronic weighing and proportioning system Combined mixing and balling drum Improved sealing system (spring loaded pallet cars) and higher under-grate suction

of 1600 mm WC. SG iron pallets with high chrome cast steel grate bars Energy efficient ignition furnace Elimination of hot sinter screen Deep bed dip rail circular sinter cooler having higher bed depth of 1600 mm Process gas and plant de-dusting systems using dry ESPs Process control and automation using PLC. Sinter size stabilization using cold sinter crushing.

Raw materials requirement

The annual requirement of various raw materials (net and dry) for sinter plant is shown inTable-2.3.

Table – 2.3 : Annual requirement of raw materials (net and dry) for belt sinter

Raw materials Size range, mm Quantity, t/yrIron ore fines - 8 2,078,400Crushed limestone - 3 126,300Crushed dolomite - 3 139,600Coke breeze -3 155,100Flue dust - 1 26,600Lime fines - 3 44,300RMP waste -3 44,300

Operating regime

The sinter plant will be operating on the basis of 3 shifts a day and 330 days in a year,taking into consideration the shutdowns required for the planned maintenance andunscheduled breakdowns as indicated below:

Durationdays/ Year

Frequency

Major capital repairs 7 14 days every two yearsScheduled maintenance 18 12 shut downs of 36 hours each

in a monthUnscheduled stoppage and Shutdowns 10 -

EIA REPORTFOR




Total 35

Specific consumption of raw materials and services

Raw materials

The specific consumption of various raw materials (net and dry basis) per ton of skipsinter is given below in Table-2.4.

Table – 2.4 : Specific consumption of raw materials (net and dry)

Raw materials kg/ t of skip sinterIron ore fines 938Limestone 57Dolomite 63Coke breeze 70Lime fines 20Flue dust 12RMP waste 20

The specific consumption of various services per ton of gross sinter is given in Table-2.5.

Table – 2.5 : Specific consumption of various services

Item Sp. Consumption / t of gross sinterMake-up water 0.22 m3

Compressed air at 6 - 7 kg/cm2 6.0 Nm3

Electrical energy 41 kWhGaseous Heat(Mixed gas CV = 2000 kcal/ Nm3 )

15,000 kCal

Material balance

The material balance of the sintering process (dry and net basis) is given in Table-2.6

Table - 2.6 : Material balance (dry and net)

Input % t/y t/h Output % t/y t/hIron Ore fines 43.72 2,078,400 262.42 BF sinter 51.79 2,461,900 310.85Limestone 2.66 126,300 15.95 IPRF 24.82 1,179,910 148.98Dolomite 2.94 139,600 17.62 Hearth layer 8.0 380,300 48.02Coke breeze 3.26 155,100 19.58 Losses 15.39 731,590 92.37Flue dust 0.56 26,600 3.36Lime fines 0.93 44,300 5.6RMP waste 0.93 44,300 5.6Hearth layer 8.0 380,300 48.02

EIA REPORTFOR




Input % t/y t/h Output % t/y t/hReturn Fines 30.0 1426,100 180.06Process water 7.0 332,800 42.01

Total 100.00 4,753,700 600.22 Total 100.00 4,753,700 600.22

Sinter quality

Based on the chemical composition of raw materials, the expected quality of sinter isfurnished in Table-2.7.

Table – 2.7 : Calculated chemical composition of sinter

Constituent %Fe2O3 73.93FeO 8.0Al2O3 2.34CaO 6.43MgO 1.53

SiO2 3.8Basicity (CaO/ SiO2) 1.69

Main plant facilities

The sinter plant complex envisages receipt of Iron ore fines, crushed fuel and flux, fluedust, RMP waste and lime fines at the storage and proportioning unit.

The sinter plant will consist of the following main technological units.- Proportioning unit Mixing and balling unit Sintering and cooling unit Sinter crushing unit- Cold sinter screening unit- Main Exhaust fan unit Waste gas dedusting unit Plant dedusting unit

The above units will be interconnected by conveyor galleries and junction houses forconveying sinter mix, finished sinter, hearth layer and sinter return fines.

A brief description of proposed major facilities is given below:

Proportioning unit

The building will house 11 overhead cylindro-conical steel bins for storage of Iron orefines, lime fines, crushed limestone and dolomite, crushed coke breeze, flue dust, RMP

EIA REPORTFOR




waste and in-plant sinter return fines. The distribution of bins for various materials isshown in Table-2.8.

All the bins will be suitably lined except return fines bins, which will be self lined.

Suitable level measuring instruments will be provided to indicate the status of each bin atany instant.

Table- 2.8 : Storage and proportioning bins for various raw materials

Sl.No.

Materials No. ofbins

Effective volume ofeach bunker, m3

Total storagecapacity, t

Storagehours

1 Iron ore fines 4 500 4400 15.42 Lime stone 1 500 800 49.13 Dolomite 1 500 800 44.54 Coke breeze 2 300 300 14.45 Lime fines 1 150 150 26.87 Miscellaneous 1 300 --- ---

8In-plant returnfines + Fluedust

1 500 900 4.9

The sinter mix constituents will be extracted from the bins by means of electronic beltweigh feeders in preset quantities and fed to a collecting conveyor leading to thecombined mixing and balling drum. Lime fines will be extracted through loss in weighfeeder from lime bin. Adequate handling facilities will be provided in the proportioningunit for maintenance purpose.

Combined mixing and balling unit

One combined mixing and balling drum of suitable capacity will be provided in a buildingfor thorough mixing. The drum located at ground floor will be provided with lifters in themixing section (1/3rd of total drum length) for thorough mixing and forward movement ofthe material. The other 2/3rd of the drum length are equipped with suitable liners to assistthe nodulising of the mix. Bulk of water will be added to the mixing section whilecontrolled amount will be sprayed in the balling section for micro pellet formation. Thetotal retention time of the mix in the drum will be approximately 5 minutes to ensureproper mixing and balling. The drum is supported on rollers through steel tyres anddriven by a girth gear. Adequate handling facilities will be provided in the mixing andballing unit.

Sintering and cooling unit

The building will mainly consist of the sinter m/c and sinter cooler. Sintering unit willhouse a 240 m2 sintering machine with all associated facilities like shuttle mix distributor,

EIA REPORTFOR




sinter mix and hearth layer feeding system, ignition hood, hot sinter breaker, spillagecollecting conveyor, etc.

The sintering machine will comprise of charging and discharging sprockets, drive unit,SG Iron spring loaded pallet cars with high chrome cast steel grate bars, rails, grate barcleaning device, automatic lubrication system, provision for thermal expansion, windboxes, wind main with dust hoppers and double cone dust valves, machine spillagehoppers, sinter machine support structures, etc.

The hearth layer (10 to 20 mm size) will be spread onto the sintering machine, followedby sinter mix. The height of the sinter mix bed onto the machine will be about 700 mmincluding 40-50 mm protective hearth layer height. The hearth layer is provided for thefollowing reasons:

Prevent plugging of the passage between grate bars Prevent the scaling and overheating of the grate bars Prevent the adhesion of fused sinter to grate bars Ensure uniform gas distribution through the sinter mix bed

The volume of the hearth layer hopper must be sufficient to allow the restart of theemptied sinter machine, subsequent to shutdowns.

The sinter mix will be ignited by mixed gas (BF gas + CO gas) of CV 2000 kCal/Nm3.The sinter cake discharged from the sintering machine will pass through a hot sinterbreaker with replaceable teeth to crush it to (-) 150 mm size before feeding it onto adeep bed dip rail circular sinter cooler of adequate capacity. The cooler will have about1600 mm bed height and 50-60 minutes retention time. Three forced draught fans will beprovided to cool the sinter below 100 0C for onward transportation to cold sinter crushingunit by belt conveyor. Adequate handling facilities will be provided in the sintering andcooling unit.

Sinter crushing unit

Cooled sinter discharged from cooler will be fed by belt conveyor to cascade chute forseparation of (+)40 and (-)40 mm sinter fraction. Sinter of (+)40 mm size is fed to doubleroll crusher through cascade chute. After crushing, (-)40 mm sinter will be discharged tobelt conveyor leading to cold sinter screen. (+)40 mm sinter will be passed throughdouble roll crusher for reducing the size and will be fed to the same conveyor. By passarrangement from crusher at cascade chute will be provided in the event of breakdownof crusher. Adequate handling facilities will be provided in the sinter screening unit.

Cold sinter screening unit

Screening of cold sinter will be carried out in two single deck vibro screens. The topscreen deck (product screen) will have 10 mm and 20mm apertures arranged in serieswhile the bottom screen deck (return fines screen) will have 5 mm aperture. The outputfrom the product screen will have three fractions, namely, -10 mm, +10 to +20 mm and

EIA REPORTFOR




+20mm.

(-) 10mm fraction from product screen will be fed to RF screen which will separate out –5mm and +5 to +10 mm fraction. The +10 to +20 mm fraction will be transported indesired quantity by a set of belt conveyors to hearth layer hopper located at the feed endof sintering machine. The surplus quantity of hearth layer and the +20 mm fraction willjoin the finished sinter conveyor stream. The -5 mm fraction will be conveyed back to thereturn fines bin in the proportioning unit whereas +5 to -10 mm size fraction from returnfines screen will join the finished sinter conveyor. Adequate handling facilities will beprovided in the sinter screening unit.

Main exhaust fan unit

For suction of air through sinter mix bed on the sintering machine, two exhausters ofadequate capacity and 1700 mmWC suction at fan inlet have been envisaged. Theexhausters will be housed in a separate building. Adequate handling facilities will beprovided in the main exhaust fan unit.

Waste gas de-dusting unit

Dry type electrostatic precipitator will be envisaged for de-dusting of waste gases beforeentering the main exhausters. The unit will have high efficiency to ensure less than 50mg/Nm3 of dust in the outgoing gases from the stack. Double cone dust valves and chainconveyor will be provided for discharge of dust from ESP hoppers. The dust from ESPwill be recycled in the sintering process, if alkali content is within permissible limits; elsethe same will be disposed off by a dump truck.

The ESP dust will be transported to return fines bin through a chain conveyor and beltconveyors.

The waste gases coming out of the exhausters will be let out into the atmospherethrough a RCC stack.

Plant de-dusting unit

One ESP will be used for plant de-dusting and de-dusted clean air will be let into theatmosphere through the steel stack. The dust from ESP will be transported to returnfines bin through a chain conveyor and belt conveyors.

In addition to the above, service facilities like power, water, compressed air, electrics,instrumentation and automation, illumination, material handling, etc. have beenenvisaged for the smooth working of sinter plant.

2.8.2 Blast Furnace Shop

Plant will be comprising of blast furnace of 2400 m3 (useful volume) along with, pigcasting machine and slag granulation plant.

EIA REPORTFOR




Units of the blast furnace complex

The main units of the blast furnace complex are as follows.

1) BF proper with 4 post tower structure and free standing design.2) Twin cast house with 2 tap holes with cast house dedusting system and cast

house slag granulation plants. Tilting runners are planned for hot metal, two (2)Nos. in each cast house.

3) Hot blast stoves with ceramic burners with internal combustion chamber andwaste heat recovery system.

4) Raw material stock house with feeding arrangement at the top of the stockhouse, along with –

a. Fines storage bunkers and conveyors.b. Blast Furnace charging conveyor.c. Stock house dust suppression system.

5) Dust catcher and gas cleaning plant.6) Blowing station for supply of cold blast to stove.7) Top energy recovery turbine.8) Coal dust preparation and injection plant9) Water supply system for various units including pump houses, over head tanks.10) Utility supply system for various units.11) Electrical sub-stations and MCC rooms.12) Hydraulic rooms.13) BF main control building and stock house control room.14) Area repair shop for mechanical and instrumentation.15) 8 Nos. of Torpedo ladle and Torpedo ladle repair shop.16) 5 Nos. Pig Casting Machine of 1500 tpd capacity.

BF technological parameters

Sl.No.

Parameter Unit Value

A Blast furnace1 No. of blast furnace No. 12 Useful volume of BF m3 24003 Hearth diameter m 10.704 Number of tuyere No. 285 Production per day t/d 49006 Productivity on useful volume t/d 2.047 Ash content of coke % 128 Ash of coal dust % 109 Sinter in burden % 80

10 Availability of Blast Furnace d/yr 350B Sp. consumption of input materials (dry basis)

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl.No.

Parameter Unit Value

1 Iron ore kg/thm 3232 Sinter kg/thm 12933 Quartzite kg/thm 214 Coke kg/thm 3755 Coal dust for CDI kg/thm 150C Blast characteristics1 Volume Nm3/thm 9182 Temperature 0C 12003 Humidity g/Nm3(Max.) 404 Oxygen enrichment % 4D BF top gas characteristics1 Pressure (operating) ata (g) 2.22 Volume Nm3/thm 14783 Temperature oC 1274 CO % 25.965 CO2 % 24.326 N2 % 46.627 CO/CO2 1.068 Calorific value kCal/Nm3 872E Sinter analysis1 Fe2O3 % 73.932 FeO % 8.03 Al2O3 % 2.344 CaO % 6.435 MgO % 1.536 SiO2 % 3.807 Basicity 1.69F Hot metal characteristics1 C % 4.32 Si % 0.603 S % 0.054 P % 0.155 Temperature oC 1500G Slag characteristics1 CaO % 33.622 MgO % 8.003 Al2O3 % 20.004 SiO2 % 35.395 CaO/SiO2 0.956 Slag rate kg/thm 260

EIA REPORTFOR




BF proper and cast house

Basic design considerations

Under hearth soft water cooled through pipes in closed circuit Hearth wall, CI/ SGI stave cooled in closed circuit with soft water Bosh, belly and part of stack (highest heat load zone) copper stave coolers with

soft water in closed circuit. Rest of stack up to throat with SGI stave coolers with embedded bricks and

vertical pipe connection with soft water closed circuit cooling. Tuyere and tuyere cooler with soft water in closed circuit.

Hot blast stoves

Hot blast stoves with waste heat recovery system have been considered for the design.The relevance of the waste heat recovery system becomes more pronounced insituations where high CV gas (~ 1100-1150 Kcal/Nm3) is not available and pre-heating offuel gas and combustion air is resorted for higher hot blast temperature. Design of hotblast stoves provides design and space provision for incorporation of the system. Forstove heating mixed gas with CV ~ 1150 Kcal/Nm3 is being envisaged. The mixed gaswill consist of BF gas, CO gas from coke oven plant.

Blast furnace shop and plant capacity

Blast furnace proper

The blast furnace will be of structural steel construction of free standing design andprovided with 4 – post tower structure. The furnace will be provided with under – hearthwater cooling system in close circuit. The Blast Furnace will have a hearth diameter ofabout 10.7 m with 28 Nos. of tuyeres.

Blast furnace top

The blast furnace charging equipment will be equipped with BLT in series hopperconfiguration with flow control and centering gate valve.

The operating parameters of the BLT System will be as follows.

Top Pressure : Normal : 2.2 atm (g)Top gas temperature : 120 – 180° C (Normal)

: 300 – 600° C (max)Charging system : Belt conveyor with material

tracking device

Main sub systems of the BF top are as follows

EIA REPORTFOR




a) Upper material receiving hopper.b) Upper and lower bank of valves.c) Transfer hopper.d) Centering device with multi bellow.e) Goggle valve.f) Transmission gear box with drive with 2 - drive Motors.g) Distribution chute with high temperature resistant steel.h) Pressure equalizing and relief equipment.i) Cooling and purging equipment.j) BLT auxiliaries.k) Centralized grease lubrication system.l) Bleeder Valve.m) Stock line winches.n) A radar gauge.

Tuyere stock assembly

28 sets, double bellow with one spherical interface. Tuyeres will be double chamber withhigh speed water flow.

BF refractory and cooling system

Blast furnace refractory lining is the most critical area of the blast furnace and its designand development in all its ramifications have been evaluated. Burdening techniques andmaterials, extent of injection of auxiliary fuels, quality of raw materials and levels ofoxygen enrichment determine the productivity levels and the thermal flow through therefractory / cooling system of the blast furnace.

The refractory and cooling design concepts that have been evaluated for this blastfurnace are as follows.

1) 4th generation stave coolers with mounted SIC refractories for furnace stack,bosh and belly, CI staves for BF hearth with under hearth water-cooling.

2) Copper stave coolers in bosh, belly and lower stack, cast iron cooler in hearthand under hearth provided with water cooling pipes. The hot face of the stave isprotected with SIC castable and shaped refractory bricks. This design is adoptedby most European designers. A variant with hearth water spray in open circuit isalso in vogue.

3) Copper plate coolers in tuyere zone, bosh, belly and stack in densities dependingon the furnace heat load along with graphite, SiC and alumina refractories. Underhearth cooling is by water with hearth wall spray cooled in open circuit.

In all the three systems soft water or demineralised water is used in close circuit alongwith secondary cooling systems. The system considered here is with soft water coolingas no tangible benefits are observed for DM water cooling. DM water cooling is

EIA REPORTFOR




considered better for the long life of the cooling members and better heat transfer butbeing a strong solvent may turn out to be corrosive. Stainless pipes and fittings will beconsidered if DM water is used.

For the working of this report we have considered under hearth cooling in close circuitwith soft water. Hearth wall with CI stave coolers in close circuit. Bosh, belly and lowerstack with copper staves in closed circuit cooling, while rest of stack is provided with SGIron staves cooled in closed circuit. Stoves valves and tuyere and tuyere coolers arealso cooled with soft water in closed circuit

Hearth refractory design

The following Hearth and Blast Furnace refractory configuration has been considered forthis report.

The blast furnace hearth will be lined with graphite blocks, followed by 2 layers of carbonand two layers of micro-pore carbon blocks. A ceramic lining will be provided above thecarbon.

Blast furnace hearth wall up to tuyere level will be lined with carbon blocks/micro-poreblocks backed by graphite blocks. The tap hole will be constructed with micro-pore/supermicro-pore carbon bricks.

Bosh and bosh parallel will be lined with silicon-carbide bricks. Throat will be lined with45% alumina bricks with 150 mm thick gunniting provided in the top cone. The stavecoolers will have SiC castable hot face.

Low iron castable will be provided between the BF shell and stoves. Gaps betweenstaves will be filled with carbon ramming mass.

Refractory for uptakes, down comer and dust catcher

Uptakes, down comers and dust catcher will be lined with 45 % alumina gunnitingcastable with stainless steel anchors.

Blast furnace cooling

The blast furnace will be provided with a close circuit soft water system to cover thefollowing zones.

Under hearth Hearth, bosh, belly and stack Tuyeres, tuyere coolers and cooler frame. Stoves valves- Spray cooling at BF top cone to control top temperature.- Industrial make-up water system and secondary cooling system.- Soft water make-up water system

EIA REPORTFOR




Probing and instrumentation of BF proper

State-of-the-art probing and instrument configuration for adequate monitoring andcontrol along with protection to the refractory and structural has been envisaged for thisblast furnace.

Hot blast stoves

The hot blast stoves will be designed for a blast temperature of 1250oC with an operatinglevel of 1200°C. The 3 stoves combination with cyclic operation is consideredappropriate for start up and operation. Combustion air and combustion gas will be pre-heated by a heat recovery system using the waste gas from the stoves. The heatrecovery system will include space provision for the future addition of a gas fired pre-heater to further reduce CO gas consumption. The stoves technological optionsavailable are as follows.

Basic stove design and operation parameters

Maximum dome temperature 1450° CMaximum hot blast temperature 1250° CHot blast volume 188,000 Nm3 / hr.Cold blast pressure 3.5 bar (g)Cold blast temperature 150 - 180° CCold blast moisture (maximum) 40 g / Nm3

Cold blast oxygen enrichment (Normal) 4%Calorific value of CO gas 4200 Kcal/ Nm3

Calorific value of BF gas 872 Kcal/ Nm3

Calorific value of mixed gas for stoves 1150 Kcal/ Nm3 (max.)

The stoves will be equipped with waste gas recovery system for preheating ofcombustion air and fuel gas

Cast house

The blast furnace will be provided with two (2) cast houses with two tap holes in eachcast house. The cast houses will be connected to each other and will be provided with aramp from the road network. Design considerations for the study are as follows.

Design consideration for cast house

Cast house, overall size ~ 90 m x 50 mFlooring Flat floor typeProduction through C/H 4900 tpd (average).Slag rate 1300 tpd (average)No of tappings for hot metal 10 – 12 taps/ day

EIA REPORTFOR




Tap holes 2 Nos. 170/180° apartLadles 300 t torpedo ladlesSlag treatment Normal : Total granulationDry slag pit Emergency : Dry slag pits on each cast house.

Iron and slag runner system

Main Trough Type Fixed refractory lined trough for metal holdingwith / without trough steel cooling

Broad dimensions ~ 2.3 m wide : 16 m longIron and slag runners with slagstopper

2 sets

Splash cover and runner cover

Splash cover 2 setsIron branch runner cover 2 setsLifting lug for runner cover 1 setTilting runner 2 setsType Trunnion with cotterTrough length ~ 5.0 mDrive Hydraulic power

Manual drive at emergencyAccessories Operating valve stand, Tilting angle

IndicatorCentralised manual greasing deviceTilting runner coverHeat shields

Hydraulic Equipment with oil pumpand valve stand, pumping unit

Tilting runner main trough cover manipulator

Main trough cover manipulator 2 sets

Cast house equipment

Clay guns 2 setsType Hydraulic power typeClay barrel 250 lPressure on clay 185 barForce on ramming piston 336 tHolding force 43 tRamming angle 10°Ramming speed 5 L/secOperation Local control panel Radio operation systemTop hole drills 2 setsType Hydraulic

EIA REPORTFOR




Angle 10°Stoke 5000 mm (total)Operation Local control panelHydraulic Equipment Pump tank, valve stand, control dustPneumatic Equipment Control panel, air lubricator filter

Main trough cover manipulator

Type Hanging typeDrive Hydraulic powerLift capacity 15 t

Mobile equipment like fork lifts and bob cats will be provided for cast house and bottomhouse.

Cast house refractories

Trough and runner will be provided with high alumina-silica carbide wear lining backedby high alumina castable refractory lining. Cast house floor paving as well as protectionof column will be done by using fireclay bricks. Heat protection shield will be providedwith fireclay castable.

Cast house slag granulation

PW-INBA type cast house slag granulation plant has been considered for granulation ofliquid slag with high pressure water jet from blowing box located under the end of slagrunner.

No. of systems 2 (For circular cast house with four tap holes)Molten slag production 1300 tpdSlag flow rate Avg. 3 t/minTransient excess 7 t / minPeak flow rate 10 t/ minSpray box Perforated plates with ceramic nozzle.Granulation tank. Overflow typeMaterial Steel plateAccessories Grid, outlet channel, wearing liner, hood connected to stack,

expansion flaps.Material Steel plateDe-watering drum INBA typeDrive Hydraulic motorSpeed 0.2 – 1.2 rpmLubrication spectrum Lubrication oil unit for drive chainSupport structure, chain cover, hood for de-watering drumHot water tank Steel plateCooling tower RCC

EIA REPORTFOR




Hydraulic equipment Comprising main pump, oil tank, circulation pump andaccessories.

Pumps Granulation pumpCooling tower pumpBooster pumpDrain pumps

Coal dust injection system

Process selection

For choosing a suitable coal dust injection technology under Indian conditions, inaddition to the suitability of the process, following aspects are also needed to beconsidered.

► Design: Design of the injection system should be such that it ensures uniform flowof PC to BF at high rates.

► Should be able to grind and inject from low volatile anthracite to high volatilebituminous coal

► Indian coal with comparatively higher ash should be able to utilize afterstabilization with imported coal.

► The system design should be compact and ensure non-pulsating coal flow at highflow rates through the tuyeres

► Low initial investment cost.► Low operation and maintenance cost.► Adequate safety measures

Raw coal handling and storage section

Raw coal silo

The raw coal bin will be sized suitably to allow for a desired storage capacity to ensuremaximum throughput of the pulveriser. A raw coal silo of 700 m3 approx volume whichwill cater the requirement of 8 hrs have been envisaged. The Bin will be supported onload cells in order to monitor the contents continuously.

A mall exhaust filter and fan will be located above the Bin to remove any dust that maybe evolved during the filling process.

A needle gate valve will be attached to the outlet of the raw coal bin to regulate coal flowand provide manual shut-off during maintenance activities. An electrically operated shut-off valve is positioned below the needle gate valve. Both these valves remain openduring normal operation. The silo will be made of steel and lined with proper linersthroughout the inner surface. The silo is provided for receiving and storing the coal fromcoal yard through reversible conveyor.

EIA REPORTFOR




Coal drying and pulversing

The coal pulverising system will comprise the following major components.Raw coal feederPulveriserSystem fanCombustion air fanGas heaterSeal gas fanBag filter

Storage, feed, distribution and injection systems

This system will comprise the following major components.

Pulverised coal binPressure-relief FiltersBall valvesExpansion jointsFeed tanksMixing teeDistributorDP measurement/ Block detector System

For the blast furnace, the PCI system will have two feed tanks, one distributor and oneinjection system. The pulverised coal is fed from the pulverised coal bin to the feed tanksin batch mode, where each tank is operated in the following sequence and repeated atthe end of each cycle: filling, pressurising, holding, injecting and de-pressurising.Automatic control of filling, injecting and change-over will be incorporated into thesystem. After leaving the Feed Tank, the coal/nitrogen mixture is mixed with transportnitrogen in the Mixing Tee, and the resulting mixture is proportioned suitably in thedistributor (sited near the top of the Furnace) before being injected into the individualtuyeres.

The entire PCI system may be operated by a suitably-integrated PLC system, resultingin a highly automated system requiring minimum manual inputs.

Nitrogen is used for all the pressurising and fluidising operations of the pulverised coal inthe Feed Tanks, thereby guaranteeing the necessary safety features inherent in thesystem.

The nitrogen-purged rotary valves, at the end of the screw conveyors of the bag filtersand pressure-relief filters and pulverised coal bin effectively isolate the hot system fromthe cold.

Handling and hoisting facilities

EIA REPORTFOR




For handling of various equipment of CDI system during maintenance activities, thefollowing hoists will be provided.

6 Nos. of hoists including 2 Nos. of 10 t capacity electric hoists, 1 No. 5 t capacityelectric hoist, 3 Nos. 2 t capacity electric hoist.

5 Nos. of chain pulley blocks of 1 t capacity.3 Nos. of manual hoists of 2 t capacity will be provided in 3 Nos. of junction houses. OneNo. of electric hoist of 3 t capacity will be provided over magnetic separator.

Lift in CDI building

A lift of 1 t capacity will be provided for the purpose of handling of materials and formovement of personnel. Suitable landings at various platforms will be considered as perdesign of the CDI main building.

Utilities

To implement coal dust injection in BF provision of following utilities have beenenvisaged are given below.

Sl.No.

Utility type Flow rate Pressure

1 Flue gas 80,000 Nm3/h. As available from stoves2 HP nitrogen

LP nitrogen7000 Nm3/hr4000 Nm3/h.

15-16 Kg/cm2 (g)7-8 kg/ cm2 (g) purity 99.5%

3 Blast furnace gas 20,000 Nm3/h. 800-1000 mm WC4 Coke oven gas 200 Nm3/h. 800-1000 mm WC

Pressurized nitrogen at the rate of 7000 Nm3/ h is required in the process as a carryingmedia for the dry coal dust. The coal is dried in the pulveriser with the help of hot fluegases coming from chimney of BF and hot gases from hot gas generator. BF gas is usedas fuel to produce required temperature of flue gases coming from chimney. Dry coaldust is transported to injection vessel.

Nitrogen

Compressed nitrogen in the coal dust injection system is used for coal conveying,inertisation, instrumentation, purging of gas pipe lines and pollution control equipments.The oxygen and carbon monoxide content of the flue gases, are also controlled bynitrogen. It is also used to meet the emergency conditions like fire in pulveriser, bagfilters etc.

For coal dust transportation nitrogen at the rate of 7000 Nm3/hr at a pressure of 14 bar(minimum) with 99.5% purity is required. High pressure nitrogen will be available fromoxygen plant.

EIA REPORTFOR




BF gas / mixed gas

BF gas/ CO gas is required for generation of hot gases to be used to achieve therequired temperature of the flue gases coming from stove chimney.

Hot gas generator

To dry and restrict the moisture content in the coal to less than 1% hot flue gases at anoptimum temperature of around 300oC and flow rate of around 80000 Nm3/hr will beneeded. The major flue gas requirement will be tapped from stove stack. CDI unit will beprovided with one Hot Gas Generators also. The hot gas generator will be fired with BFgas.

Flue gas

An insulated flue gas duct will be laid from the stove chimney to the coal mills of CDIunit. The duct will also be connected to the hot gas generator for addition of hot gasesas per requirement. To control the composition of the flue gases provision will be madeto dilute the flue gases by Nitrogen.

Bag filters

Bag filters will be used for cleaning and separating the coal dust and flue gases as wellas to minimize the dust particles in the exhaust flue gases to the atmosphere.

One ID fan will be used for sucking the cleaned flue gases from the bag filters and emit itto atmosphere through chimney. Dampers will be provided in the flue duct at the inlet ofthe ID fan.

Dedusting system

Duct extraction system will be installed to reduce the dust concentration level in raw coalcircuit of the system.

The coal dust injection system equipped with the mechanical and utility equipment arefurnished in the table given below.

Mechanical equipments

Particulars No. SpecificationRaw coal silo 1 No. 700 m3

Coal feeder 1 No.Pulverizing mill 1 No. 60 tphBag filter 1 setScrew conveyor 1 setFine coal silo 1 No. 1000 m3

EIA REPORTFOR




Particulars No. SpecificationInjection vessels 2 Nos. 25 m3

Vibrating screens 2 Nos. -Coal transportation piping 1 set -Distributor 1 No. -Conveying lines 28 sets -Injection lances 28 sets -Hydraulic station 1 set -Rotary valves 1 lot -Manual hoists 1 lot -Electric hoists 1 lot -

Utility equipments

Particulars No. SpecificationNitrogen buffer vessels - 100 m3

Nitrogen receiving vessels - 40 m3

Hot gas generator 1 -CA fan 1 15,000 Nm3/hBooster fan 1 80,000 Nm3/hID fan capacity 1 1, 76,000 Nm3/hBag filters 1 setPipes vessels and fillings 1 lot

Torpedo ladle and torpedo ladle repair shop

Eight (8) Nos. of 300 tonne torpedo ladles are has been envisaged for transportation ofhot metal from blast furnace to PCM. After installation of BOF torpedo will transport hotmetal from blast furnace to SMS. For relining, repair and maintenance of torpedo ladles,a dedicated torpedo ladle repairing facility has been planned. Torpedo ladle repair shopwill be housed with the following facilities.

Over head EOT Crane (2 Nos.) , capacity- 25/5 tonne Refractory storage area in the lean to bay, electrical room Heating system/ cooling system for torpedo ladles ( located outside shop area) De-bricking machine Re – railing equipment. Utility connection to torpedo ladle repair shop.

Pig casting machine (PCM)

Two (2) Nos. of double strand continuous type pig casting machine (PCM) of 1700 tonneper day capacity has been envisaged for casting of hot metal into cold pigs in case ofemergency. The configuration of pig casting machine (Number and capacity) has beendecided considering the amount of hot metal to be handled till BOF is installed in Phase–III. After installation of BOF hot metal will be converted to steel and PCM will be kept as

EIA REPORTFOR




provision for using during SMS shut down. Common pig storage yard has beenconsidered for pig storage along with the magnetic crane facility for handling the pigs.

The PCM will consist of the following units / facilities.

► PCM proper► Lime milk preparation unit► Lime milk splashing unit► Settling tank and pump house► Pouring end and discharge end sprocket► Centralised grease lubrication system► PCM control room and sub-station► Pig storage yard with magnet crane

Area repair shop

In order to ensure continuous operation of various production and service equipment, theplant will be provided with repair and maintenance facilities to help in maintaining thevarious equipment in smooth running condition.

A repair shop has been envisaged to meet the repair requirement of blast furnace shop.

2.8.3 Coke Oven and By-Product Plant

The battery will be of twin flue, under-jet, regenerative type, with fireclay and silicaconstruction. Oven width of 400 mm is envisaged for the proposed plant. For the annualproduction of gross coke of about 931,200 t/yr, two coke oven batteries, each comprising2 x 35 ovens, have been selected for this project. The major cold dimensions of theovens will be as follows.

Total length (between buckstays) - 13,590 mm

Total useful length - 12,860 mm

Total height - 4,500 mm

Useful height - 4,200 mm

Width at pusher side - 370 mm

Width at coke side - 430 mm

Average width - 400 mm

Taper - 60 mm

Useful volume of the oven - 21.6 m3

EIA REPORTFOR




Axial distance between ovens - 1,100 mm

Number of flues in heating wall - 28Number of charging holes - 3

No. of gas off-take holes - 2

No. of ovens - 70

Volume of production and consumption of raw materials

The volume of production and consumption of various materials for the proposed cokeoven plant on annual basis has been indicated in the Table 2.9.

Table 2.9 : Volume of production and consumption of raw materials

Sl.No. Item Unit Quantity (Net and dry)

1 Productioni) Gross Coke (dry) t/yr. 931,200ii) BF Coke t/yr. 819,600iii) Breeze Coke production t/yr. 111,600iv) Coke Oven gas generation Nm3/yr 386 x 106

2 Consumptioni) Dry Coal charge t/yr. 1,225,000ii) Coal required

(@ 7% moisture & 5% loss)t/yr. 1,386,500

iii) Coke Oven gas for heatingCV = 4300 Kcal/ Nm3

Nm3/yr. 196.60x106

Description of coke oven battery

Coke oven battery will be by-products recovery type, twin flue, under-jet, regenerativedesign with fireclay and silica construction. The constructional features of the proposedbattery are briefly described in the following paragraphs.

i) Oven brick work

Fireclay cum silica construction of brickwork has been foreseen. From the concrete raftsupporting the ovens, brickwork of bus flue and first few courses of regenerator walls willbe of first quality fireclay bricks. The brickwork for the rest of the regenerator walls,inclined flues up to the oven sole level, the heating walls and first three courses of theoven roof zone will be of high grade silica bricks.

ii) Battery anchorage system

EIA REPORTFOR




The battery anchorage system will consist of buckstays, tie rods, springs, bracings andheat resistant castings such as flash plates, door frames, oven doors etc. The ovencastings will be of heat resisting quality together with high mechanical properties. Thebuckstays will be of welded box section construction and provided with heat shield.Buckstays will apply uniform and controlled loads on the brickwork through flash platesloaded by springs. Two transverse tie rods for each buckstay will be provided at theoven top and springs will be provided at both coke and pusher sides. Flash plate willcover the entire width of heating wall ends. Door frames will sit over the flash plates andwill be fitted to the flash plate with `T’ bolts. The oven doors will be provided with springlatch mechanism and will be of self sealing type (zero leak type).

iii) Gas off-take and charging system

The gas off-take system will comprise of ascension pipes, goosenecks, isolation valves,gas collecting mains, necessary flushing liquor spraying and HPALA (High pressureammonia liquor aspiration) devices. The gas collecting mains will be provided on bothram side & coke side.

Each oven will be provided with three (3) Nos. of charging holes. The charging holeframes and lids will be of heat resisting quality cast iron.

iv) Under-firing system

The battery will have facilities to be heated with coke oven gas as well as mixed gas.Each heating wall will comprise of 14 pairs of hair pin flues. The gas will burn at the baseof one half of the each pair of flues and the products of the combustion will travel up andpass on the other half of the flue through cross over duct. The regenerators will beplaced under the heating walls and oven chambers. The coke oven gas will bepreheated in a pre heater before under firing. With coke oven gas firing half the numberof regenerators will operate on air and other half will operate on waste gas during acycle. The battery will be provided with combined waste gas and air valves at the cokeside. Flow of gas, air and waste gas will be reversed every 30 minutes and this will beachieved by means of hydraulic reversing machine. One hydraulic reversing winch foreach sub-battery will be provided.

The supply of coke oven gas will be provided through gas mains laid in cellar floor of thebattery. The gas will be pre-heated in steam heater before distribution head. Half thenumber of regenerators will be on air and other half will operate on waste gas during acycle.

v) Coal tower

One coal tower of RCC construction with a useful capacity of 2700 t will be provided.This coal tower will be adequate to cater at least one day’s requirement of coal for twosub-batteries of 35 ovens each. At the bottom of coal tower, 8 rows of outlets will beprovided. Each row will have 3 outlets along the transverse axis. At each outlet,

EIA REPORTFOR




necessary mouthpiece and sector gates will be provided. These gates will be manuallyoperated. In the case of coal hanging, pneumatic blow down arrangement will beprovided for the flow of coal from bunker into coal charging car. One weighbridge formeasuring coal weight has been provided. One passenger cum goods lift has beenconsidered in the coal tower.

vi) High pressure ammonia liquor aspiration (HPALA) system

To control charging emissions form coke oven battery, water sealed ascension pipecovers and high pressure ammonia liquor aspiration system (HPALA) will be provided. Itwill consist of high pressure booster pumps for ammonia liquor, spray nozzles and pipelines. The low pressure ammonical liquor will be drawn from the liquor mains,pressurised to about 30 kg/cm2 and injected into gooseneck while charging. Thecharging gases evolved will be sucked into the gas collecting mains, preventingemission of dust and smoke into the atmosphere.

vii) Spillage coke conveyor

The spillage coke conveyor will be provided for removing the hot coke spillage likely tofall during opening of the coke oven doors and pushing of ovens on pusher side serviceplatform. The total system will consist of a special chain conveyor fitted with drag platesrunning inside a lined trough on the service platform.

The chain conveyor will discharge the material on a belt conveyor which will carry thesame to structural storage-hopper for disposal by trucks.

Proper water spraying arrangement before belt conveyor will be provided in the systemto take care of temperature of coke to be transported on to belt conveyor.

viii) Pollution control measures

Different pollution control measures are being adapted in the proposed batteries whichare already mentioned in different chapters narrated above. However these measurescan be short listed as

- Land based pushing emission control system.- De-dusting car at the oven top to get rid of the charging emission.- Water sealed ascension pipe lids and water sealed bridge valve to reduce gas off

take leakage (PLO).- Oven door with knocking edge type sealing frame to reduce leakage through door

(PLD).

Pushing emission control system

Land based pushing emission control system shall be provided for the coke ovenbattery. This system shall consist of suction hood in the guide car and moving with thecar, stationary dust collecting trunk pipe in the coke side equipped with fixed joint valve

EIA REPORTFOR




and finally waste gas purification centre consisting of ground piping, accumulator cooler,pulse bag dust collector, silencer, ventilation unit, stack etc. The huge amount of cokedust filled high temperature fumes produced during pushing shall be collected under theeffect of hot float fan in the suction hood of the guide car and shall enter the dustcollection trunk pipe through the special exchange device (joint flap valve). It shall bedissipated into atmosphere after purification by the pulse dust collector after cooled bythe accumulator cooler. The coke dust collected by dust collector shall be delivered bythe chain conveyor to the dust storage bin and finally shall be transported out by trucksafter humidifying treatment. The dust transfer system shall be totally enclosed and dustsuction hoods shall be installed in each dust generation point which shall be connectedto the ground de-dusting system. The whole system shall be PLC controlled. Theexhaust fan shall be adjusted with the hydraulic coupling.

Charging emission control system

Specially designed de-dusting car shall be provided at the oven top which will removethe emission during charging through de-dusting holes at the top of the ovens. Theeffectiveness of de-dusting shall be 90%.

ix) Automatic control system

a) DCS is to be adopted to improve the automatic control of the coke ovenoperation which will also improve the heat efficiency and reduce the energyconsumption. Chosen DCS system shall be advanced and reliable. Theparameters which are needed to be displayed and controlled shall be operatedand controlled on DCS operating station. DCS system shall have the functions ofcircuit management, data historical trend management, data real time recording,dynamic process image, data report etc. Two operation stations and two printersshall be configured to the DCS system.

b) Conventional instrument panels shall be adopted in auxiliary and public works totest and control but the instruments to be used in dangerous places shall beexplosion proof up to the appropriate grade. List of instruments shall includetemperature and pressure measurement instruments, flow meters, material levelmeters, magnetic pressure oxygen analyzers, pneumatic film adjusting valves,butterfly valves etc. The high temperature transmitters shall be installed ininsulated can.

c) The power supply of DCS provided with UPS shall be 240V AC 50 Hz.

d) Clean dry de-dusted and de-oiled compressed air shall be supplied for theinstrument operation. The pressure of the air shall be 7000 Pa(G) and dew pointshall be 100 C lower than lowest temperature of the environment.

x) Computerised combustion control system (CCCS)

EIA REPORTFOR




Computerised combustion control system aims at carbonising the coal charge to aconstant final temperature while supplying the optimum heat to the ovens. It will not onlysave energy and labour but by reducing the variation in net coking time, improves cokequality. Certain variables are monitored continuously by instrumentation and othervariables and conditions are manually entered into computers to calculate heat input forthe given set of conditions. While certain conditions like gas flow, chimney draft arecontrolled automatically from the set-point received from computer. Others are to beadjusted manually as per computer output. Several proprietary systems with varyingdegree of success have been developed over the years. These systems differ mainly interms of monitored variables, method of heat control, degree of automatic control, etc.Calculation models are developed to match these parameters.

Heat saving to the extent of 3 to 6% is claimed. While the most suitable proprietarysystem will be selected later, the following description may be considered as general innature.

The computerised combustion control system will consist of installation of infraredpyrometers to monitor distribution of coke mass temperature. This will enable indetermining the vertical flue temperature of the battery. This will be correlated with theproperties of input coal/output coke (manually entered) and will be used as a guidingfactor for heat control. Thermocouples will be installed to monitor the temperature ofcoking process. The properties of coal blend, fuel gas and hydraulic regime will be fed tothe computer through standby measurement practices by manual mode.

The combustion control of the entire battery will be accomplished by the computer,based on the quality and the amount of coal charge, calorific value of fuel gas, itstemperature and moisture and waste gas analysis. With the help of these parametersand the coke mass temperature as determined above, the total heat input to the batterywill be controlled. The system will be complete with instrumentation computer blocks,services facilities and necessary building with air conditioning, etc.

Description

Heat control of a coke oven battery will comprise of the following functions:

- Calculation of heat in-put required from a set of given conditions.

- Determination of flow rate of fuel gas needed for combustion.

- Setting the required total flow rate to the battery by adjusting the control valves.

- Determination of thermal regime for obtaining the feed back on the system viz.Vertical flue temperature/oven wall temperature/coke mass temperature, etc. andto indicate correction needed. Correction on individual walls/flues will be manuallycarried out.

- Determination of hydraulic regime conditions.

EIA REPORTFOR




- Setting the required hydraulic regime by manual/automatic methods.

- Determination of the setting needed to achieve the required correct excess aircoefficient, getting feed back based on WG analysis and inform correction.

xi) Oven machines

The following oven machines will be provided as described below.

Machines Unit QuantityCoke pusher machine Nos. 3Coal charging car Nos. 3Coke guide car Nos. 3Coke quenching car Nos. 3Electric loco Nos. 3

All machines will be designed with electro mechanical / hydraulic drives and will be ofrobust design. The machines will be of single spot type and will be provided withpollution control features. Quenching car and loco will be suitable for standard broadgauge track.

xii) High pressure water jet door cleaner

One set of hydro jet door cleaner consisting of cleaning station (one on P/S and one onC/S) of recommended operating pressure of 600 bars. The cleaner unit shall be built atthe side of platform and fixed to them like door racks. A common high pressure waterpower pack, electrical control and hydraulic power pack shall be located on the sameplatform as that of the door cleaner.

The high pressure door cleaner system shall consist of one cleaner station at pusherside and one cleaner station at coke side, designed to clean the doors presented andheld on the door extractor of the coke pusher and coke guide machine respectively. Thecleaner unit shall be built into a heavy steel structure, supported and bolted to theinterconnecting platform frame work.

xiii) Auxiliary facilities

The coke oven battery will have service benches on both sides. One intermediate benchand two end benches will be provided which will have maintenance facilities like fixeddoor rack, ram beam changing station, door repair station etc. Manual / electrical hoist atthe face of coal tower and end benches are foreseen.

xiv) Coke Dry Cooling Plant

EIA REPORTFOR




One Coke Dry Cooling Plant (CDCP) consisting of four cooling chambers each of 52-56t/h of coke cooling capacity will be installed to cool coke produced in the battery.

Normally 2 cooling chambers will be in operation to cool the coke produced from battery,1 cooling chamber will work as hot reserve, while one chamber will be under repair andmaintenance.

The technological parameters / features of coke dry cooling plant will be as indicated intable below:-

Description Unit ValueTemperature of coke charged in the chamber 0C 1050Temperature of coke after cooling 0C < 200Temperature of circulating gas before entering

cooling chamber0C 170-180

Temperature of circulating gas before wasterheat boiler

0C 750-800

Thermal efficiency % 80-85Pressure of steam generated ata 66Temperature of steam generated 0C 500Generation of steam / boiler t/h 50Capacity of one cooling chamber t/h 52-56Time of coke cooling in chamber h 2-2.5Working shifts per day nos. 3

xv) Coke wharf

RCC wharf with cast iron liner plates shall be provided for dumping wet quenched cokefor cooling and stabilisation. Two coke wharfs will be provided for one pair of batteriesi.e. 2 x 70 ovens. From wharf, coke shall be loaded to wharf conveyor through scrappercoke charging machine.

Environment

i) General

Whenever an industrial plant is established, it disturbs the natural ecological balance inthe area. This disturbance is generally described as pollution of the environment. Thepollution can be due to the discharge of material waste in the form of gases, liquids,solids or in the form of generation of heat, noise and odour, can be aesthetic also. Cokeoven complex is a major contributor to environmental pollution as it discharges a largeamount of waste products.

ii) Sources and type of pollution

EIA REPORTFOR




Pollution is caused by several agents. Pollution of air is caused by the large volumes ofdust generated when raw material in bulk are processed and handled, and by emissionof dust, smoke, gases etc. Coke oven and by products plants use large quantities ofwater for cooling, cleaning, and process use. The effluent discharge is generallycontaminated by suspended matter, oil, grease, acids or other substances with which itcomes into contact during use. Some of these contaminants may be toxic. Water mayalso be contaminated by faecal sewage. Noise associated with running machinery andrelative motion is another source of pollution. Thermal pollution is naturally caused bythe heat dissipated to the environment by production processes, running machinery andhuman occupation. Odour pollution is a characteristic of some area of plant like cokeoven and by products

iii) Policy

M/s Shree Uttam Steel & Power Limited (SUSPL) will implement a safety, health andenvironmental policy that recognize the importance of safety and protection of humanhealth and the environment. M/s SUSPL will direct all persons and entities that operateand maintain the plant on it’s behalf to act in a manner consistent with this policy and tocomply with all applicable environmental laws and regulations. These policies will beimplemented through written procedures, training, inspection, record keeping, reportingand other routine compliance activities as well as periodic compliance review, correctionof deficiencies and continual improvement.

iv) Pollution control measures

a) Air Pollution

By far the most important and major unresolved problems in the area of controlling airemission are resulting from coke oven operation. The major directions in which effortsare made to resolve these are by the development of smokeless charging techniquessuch as HPALA, EPC, leak proof doors, etc.

Pollution control standards for coke ovens

Adequate pollution control measure shall be provided to meet the pollution control normsas per directive of GOI dated 3rd Feb. 2006

Water pollution control measures

Water pollution from the plant is mainly controlled by adopting the following schemes.

- Recirculating process water in the process whereby the discharge volume isminimised.

- Provide adequate effluent treatment plant with units for neutralisation and forremoval of suspended particles.

- Providing settling tanks to remove suspended coal/coke particles.

EIA REPORTFOR




Providing an adequate sewage treatment plant for sanitary waste water and usetreated waste water in green belt development.

Noise pollution control

In the coke oven plant noise is generated due to mechanical operations, crushers andscreens.

The noise levels of proposed equipment and machinery will be in the range of 90 to 110dB (A). Acoustic enclosures, hoods, laggings and screens are proposed to be provided insuch areas so that the sound pressure levels in working areas are restricted below 90 dB(A) for 8 hours duty.

In areas where it is not feasible to control the noise level within acceptable limits, personnelworking in these areas will be provided with hearing protection such as ear muffs asrequired to use such protection.Other proposed measures for controlling noise are

The building will be provided with an adequate ventilation and noise protectionarrangements.

Ventilated control pulpits will be provided for working in noisy areas. Vibration isolation will be provided for fans. Regular monitoring of noise pressure level will be conducted inside and outside shops. Checking leakage in high pressure steam pipelines and carrying out maintenance.

Providing silencers in exhaust line of steam vents. Regular checking of vibration level in boiler feed water pumps.

With the above measures the noise level in the surrounding area of the plant site will bewithin safe limits.

b) Occupational safety and health

The plant will be operated in compliance with all applicable safety and health laws andregulations.

Maintenance of occupational safety and health are closely related to productivity and goodemployer – employee relationship.

As mentioned earlier the main factor of occupational health is fugitive dust, noise and heat.For occupational safety in the proposed plant, the following measures will be provided:

The coke oven roof courses will be provided with insulation materials. All hot surfaces will be properly lagged. Rubber mats will be provided around the electrical panels. Provision of all safety measures like use of safety appliances, safety training, etc.

EIA REPORTFOR




Ear muffs will be provided to workers who are exposed to noisy environment likeexhauster, boiler, etc.

c) House keeping

The coke oven plant involves crushing, screening and handling of coal/coke material.These activities can create a lot of dust nuisance inside the plant. Good house keeping ismust to maintain proper working conditions. The following methods will be practiced in thecoke oven.

Regular cleaning of plant roads to avoid accumulation of dust and waste/dusty material. Regular cleaning of shop floors. Regular wetting of roads with water.

a. Keeping all dedusting systems of the coke oven plants in good working order.b. Keeping ventilation systems in good working order to avoid accumulation of dust on

equipments inside the organizing room. The air filters will be regularly cleaned asper the manufacturer’s instructions.

Maintaining adequate green belts inside and along the plant for not only suppression ofnoise and pollutant transportation but also for better aesthetics.

- Proper control of fugitive dust from sources inside coke oven plant by sprayingwater.

- Maintaining hygienic conditions in areas like canteens, near drinking water sourcesand toilets.

d) Safety

The plant and work force will be provided with various safety and disaster control facilities.The location of the coke oven plant is distant enough to avoid affecting the nearbypopulation. However, accidents inside the plant might affect the workers.

The work-force inside the plant is normally exposed to various high pressure pipelines andvessels, to fuel such as coal, and fuel oil, water treatment chemicals, material handlingsystems, heavy vehicles, high tension electric lines, level crossings, overhead cranes andvarious other handling and transport systems always have risk of accidents. Adequatedesign safe guards and regular worker training will be provided to organization the risk ofaccident and injuries.

The plant will have a safety department suitably manned by experienced staff whose mainjob will be to bring about safety consciousness amongst the work force of the plant.

The safety department will be conducting regular safety awareness courses by organizingseminars and training of the personnel among the various workings levels. Various posters

EIA REPORTFOR




highlighting the safe working practices in different shops, hazards involved in working area,public places and roads, etc, will also create safety awareness. Safety engineers of theplant will also conduct regular checks on the safe working of their department and reportswill be given to the concerned departmental head for corrective measures to improve thesafety conditions. Training on safety, accident prevention, first-aid, hazard control, housekeeping and environmental management will also be arranged on regular basis. Mock drillsin disaster control will be carried out.

The proposed plant will be provided with up-to-date communication facilities withtelecommunication and wireless facilities, walkie-talkies and loudspeaker in each shop,office and gate to warn workers in case of any accident.

h) Overall environmental aspect

The proposed coke oven plant will not have a significant adverse impact on the existingenvironment as sufficient pollution control measures have been considered in the processtechnology and to control effluents, gaseous emissions and solid waste generation.

Since very tall stacks are proposed for the coke oven plant the pollutants like particulatematter, SO2 and NOx will be well dispersed into the atmosphere and will not have asignificant impact on the surrounding residential and rural areas and also will not cause anysignificant impact or damage to the existing vegetation and forest present near the plant.

The population in the area of the plant will be protected and adopting various environmentalprotection measures will also protect the vegetation and aquatic systems of the area.

By-product plant

General

The proposed plant will have a capacity to process 43,500 Nm3/hr of coke oven gas.With a view to keep the capital cost of the project low and techno-economically viablethe by-product plant will be designed for recovery of only essential by-products likeammonia and crude tar. In addition to that, naphthalene scrubbing unit will be installed toremove naphthalene from coke oven gas. Naphthalene rich solar oil generated innaphthalene scrubbing unit will be sold to outside parties for recovery of naphthalenefrom solar oil. This regenerated solar oil (stripped of naphthalene) will be reused in theunit with addition of make-up fresh solar oil. However in view of the requirement byClient, Elemental Sulphur Production unit has been considered.

Technological parameters

The design of by-products plant is based on the quantity of production and the yieldfigures given in Table 2.10.

Table – 2.10 : Annual production of by-products

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl. No. Item Unit Quantity1. Coke Oven Gas Nm3/h 43,5002. Ammonium Sulphate t/yr 13,5003. Crude Tar t/yr 37,0004. Sulphur t/yr 1250

The production figures are subject to variation with change in the characteristics of coalcharge and carbonization conditions in the actual operating plant.

Operating conditions

In various units of by-products plant, operating conditions, which have been envisaged,are shown in Table 2.11.

Table – 2.11 : Operating - Condition

Sl.No.

Unit Operating Condition Standby equipment/ units

1. Coke oven gascondensation and tar/liquor separationfacilities

Three shift operation Standby will be provided forrotary machines and forequipment, which requireperiodic maintenance

2. Ammonium sulphateplant

Three shift operation.However, loading ofammonium sulphate willbe carried out in thegeneral shift

Standby will be provided forrotary machines and forequipment, which requireperiodic maintenance

3. Final gas cooling andNaphthalenescrubbing Unit


4. Elemental Sulphurremoval Unit


Quality of input/ output

Raw coke oven gas

Impurities, g/Nm3

- Tar 100 – 120- Benzol hydrocarbons 30 – 36- Hydrogen sulphide 3 – 4- Naphthalene 8 – 10

EIA REPORTFOR




- Ammonia 10 – 12

Clean coke oven gas

Composition, %

- Hydrogen 52 – 59- Carbon monoxide 6 – 7- Carbon dioxide 3 – 4- Oxygen 0.3 – 0.7- Methane 24 – 28- Nitrogen 4 – 7- CnHm 1.5 – 2.5

Residual impurities in gas, g/Nm3

- Tar 0.02- Hydrogen sulphide 0.50- Ammonia 0.05- Naphthalene 0.3 (max)- Benzol hydrocarbons 30 – 32- Net calorific value, kCal/Nm3 4200 – 4300

Crude Tar

1. Moisture content, % Upto 42. Specific gravity at 380C 1.23. Softening point of residue above 3600C 70 – 80

Ammonium Sulphate

As per IS:826 -1980

Requirement of chemicals

The requirements of various chemicals in the by-products plant are given in the Table2.12.

Table – 2.12 : Requirement of chemicals

Sl.No.

Requirement of chemicals Unit (t/yr)

01 Ammonium Sulphate plant– Sulphuric acid (100%)– Caustic Soda (NaOH – 100%)

9,975240

02 Naphthalene scrubbing unit– Solar oil (Make up) 350

EIA REPORTFOR




03 Catalyst (Alumina) 10

Technological units

Facilities proposed in the by-products plant have been summarized in theTable 2.13.

Table – 2.13 : Facilities proposed

Sl.No. Plant Facilities proposed

1. Gas condensation plant for cooling ofgas, removal of tar fog, separation oftar and liquor

Primary gas coolers, electrostatic tarprecipitator (ETP), exhauster (electricaldriven), decanter with tar and liquorhandling facilities

2 Ammonium sulphate plant for removalammonia in the form of ammoniumsulphate

Saturator, centrifuge, pumps, saltdrying and bagging system, ammoniacolumn and associated equipment

3. Final gas cooling and Naphthalenescrubbing unit

Final gas cooler, Naphthalenescrubber, tanks, pumps, etc.

4. Elemental Sulphur Removal Unit Absorption section, reactor, Tanks,separator, Pumps etc.

2.8.4 Steelmaking and Continuous Casting Shop

General

The steelmaking and continuous casting shop has been envisaged for production ofabout 1,554,000 t/yr of liquid steel. Slab casting facilities have been considered forcasting of liquid steel into slabs. In order to cast various value added products, suitablesecondary refining facilities have also been considered.

Steelmaking facilities

State-of-the-art steelmaking facilities have been considered for the present project. Inview of economics of operation of large integrated steel plant through BF –BOF routeand superior quality of products achieved, BOF route has been considered forproduction of liquid steel. In order to achieve the target production of 1,554,000 t of liquidsteel per year, it has been envisaged to install one No. basic oxygen furnace (BOF) of175 t capacity. There will be one 175 t ladle furnace (LF) of 35 MVA transformer ratingfor secondary refining treatment.

Source of metallic charges

EIA REPORTFOR




Hot metal, scrap and DRI will comprise the major charge mix for the BOF operation. Inorder to have smooth handling of such a quantity of hot metal, torpedo cars have beenenvisaged.

In-plant generated and purchased scrap will be used in BOF. For additional coolantrequirement, purchased DRI will be used due to scarcity of good quality scrap.

In order to control sulphur in liquid steel to the desired level, one No. desulphurisationstation has been envisaged, which will be used for desulphurisation of hot metal beforecharging into converter.

Steelmaking shop configuration

The proposed basic oxygen furnace shop will comprise of one No. of175 t capacity BOF and one No. of 175 t capacity ladle furnace along with their auxiliaryfacilities. The brief description of the major facilities are given below.

Basic oxygen furnace (BOF) shop

One No. of top blown basic oxygen furnace has been envisaged for production of1,554,000 t of liquid steel annually. Facilities for inert gas blowing from converter bottomhave been envisaged. Inert gas blowing will be of either argon or nitrogen dependingupon the grade of steel considered for production.The BOF shop will be provided with following major technological facilities.

Blowing of the converter Slag splashing facility Top relining facilities in converter Converter top cone cooling system Facilities for minimising slag carry over into steel ladle during tapping Emergency lance lifting facilities in case of power failure Hot metal temperature measurement in charging ladle Slag sensing device in steel ladle Dynamic process control model based on off-gas analysis from BOF Secondary emission control facilities.

Technological parameters of BOF

The major technological parameter of basic oxygen furnace is given inTable 2.14

Table -2.14 : Technological parameters of basic oxygen furnace

Sl.No.

Item Unit Quantity

1. Liquid steel production t/yr 1,554,000

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl.No.

Item Unit Quantity

2. No. of converter installed No. 13. No. of converter in operation No. 14. Nominal heat weight t 1755. Tap-to-tap time min 506. Oxygen blowing rate,

avg. max

Nm3/min600750

7. Specific consumption of oxygen for blowing Nm3/t 558. Converter lining life, approx. Heats 50009. Converter relining time h 24010. No. of heats / d (max.) No. 27.711. Working days of converter per year No. 32012. Metallic yield % 90.66

The break up of tap-to-tap time is given the Table-2.15

Table 2.15 : Break-up of tap-to-tap time of converter

Sl.No. Activity Duration (min)

1. Scrap charging 32. Hot metal charging 43. Oxygen blowing 184. Sampling and temperature measurement 65. Tapping 56. Slag drain off 37. Slag splashing 58. Unforeseen delay / reserve 6

Tap-to-tap time 50

Ladle furnace (LF)

Ladle furnace is widely used secondary refining unit for carrying out heating, de-oxidation, desulphurisation, alloying and homogenisation of temperature and chemicalcomposition of steel tapped into ladle from steelmaking vessels. Ladle furnace will helpproduce various steel grades, improve productivity, steel quality and operating indices ofthe steel melting unit. In addition, ladle furnace can be used as holding furnace whencaster is not ready to receive heat or for maintaining sequences and during emergencysituations.

One No. of 175 t capacity ladle furnace will be installed for treatment / holding of liquidsteel tapped from BOF. The ladle furnace will be equipped with a transformer of about35 MVA with 20% overload rating. After treatment in LF, ladle containing liquid steel willbe placed on the ladle turret of thin slab caster.

EIA REPORTFOR




Technological features of the ladle furnace is given in Table 2.16

Table 2.16 : Technological features of ladle furnace

Sl.No. Parameters Unit Value / Features

1. Liquid steel to be treated, max. t/yr 1,554,0002. Heats to be treated per day, max. No. 27.73. Ladle capacity t 1754. Treatment time min 455. Type of ladle furnace - Single station with water-cooled

roof6. Transformer capacity MVA 35 (with 20 % overloading)7. Heating rate ºC/min 48. Method of charging additives - Mechanised with the system of

burners, vibro feeders, weighhoppers, conveyors

9. Method of argon purging for bathstirring

- Porous plug at the ladle bottom

10. Main functions of ladle furnace - AlloyingHeatingHomogenisation of chemicalcomposition andtemperatureDesulphurisationInclusion morphology controlHolding of liquid steel incase of emergencySteel cleanliness

11. Fume collection system andcleaning of off- gas

- Fume chamber above electrodeports, ducting connected to baghouse for fume cleaning.

12. Automation - Level – II

Overhead bins will be provided over the ladle furnace platform for storing lime,deoxidizers, fluorspar and ferro-alloys. Weighed quantity of these materials will becharged into ladle LF for treatment.

Argon purging facilities will be provided at ladle furnace station. Handling andtransportation of steel ladle at the ladle furnace station will be done by steel ladletransfer car.

Wire feeding and carbon injection facilities will also be provided at ladle furnace station.

RH-OB unit

EIA REPORTFOR




In view of the envisaged product-mix, vacuum degassing system has also beenconsidered. It is used extensively for removal of gases such as hydrogen, oxygen, etc. Italso assists in production of low carbon steel grades.

Technological features of vacuum degassing unit is given in Table 2.17.

Table-2.17 : Technological features of vacuum degassing unit

Sl.No.

Parameter Unit Value / Feature

1. Heat size t 1752. Cycle time min. 25-303. Heats per day Nos. 25-304. Availability of VD unit d/yr 3205. Stirring system Argon purging through porous plug6. Sampling and temperature

measurementUnder vacuum

7. Alloying Through system of bins, weighhoppers conveyors, chutes etc.

8. Type of unit Tank degassing with movablecover

9. Vacuum pump 4 stage vacuum pump with 2parallel ejectors for stages 3 & 4.

10. Steam requirement t/hr. 20-22 at 350-375 oC super heat atpress. 15-16 kg/cm2

11. Flooding device - Atmospheric

Requirement of raw materials

The estimated specific consumption per tonne of liquid steel and annual requirement ofmajor raw materials is given in the Table 2.18.

Table – 2.18 : Annual requirement of major raw materials

Sl.No. Material Specific consumption, kg/t

of liquid steelAnnual requirement, t(Net and dry basis)

1. Hot metal 991 1,540,0002. Steel scrap 40 62,2003. Iron ore lump 10 15,5004. DRI (purchased) 62 96,4005. Lime ( incl. LF) 57 73,1006. Burnt dolomite 20 31,1007. Coke breeze 1.0 1,5408. Fe-Si 3 4,6609. Si-Mn 8.5 13,210

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl.No. Material Specific consumption, kg/t

of liquid steelAnnual requirement, t(Net and dry basis)

10. Aluminum 0.5 78011. Flourspar 0.75 12012. Ferro alloys - 1,05213. Elemental Ni - 270

Requirement of services

The estimated annual requirement of various services for steelmaking and secondaryrefining are given in the Table 2.19.

Table – 2.19 : Annual requirement of services

Sl. No. Services Unit Value1. Oxygen MNm3 85.52. CO gas Mkcal 6.53. Propane Nm3 15,5004. Compressed air MNm3 315. Argon MNm3 0.196. Nitrogen MNm3 0.197. Steam t/yr 78,000

Process description of steelmaking unit

Receipt of hot metal

Hot metal will be received in hot metal receipt-cum-desulphurisation bay of BOF shop bytorpedo ladle cars from the blast furnace. The hot metal will be poured into 175 t hotmetal charging ladle placed on transfer car running in a pit. Carry over BF slag will beremoved from charging ladle by means of slag raking machine. Facilities formeasurement of weight and temperature of hot metal and for taking sample fromcharging ladle for chemical analysis will be provided. HM will be received in 350 tcapacity torpedoes which will retain hot metal for 2 heats.

Hot metal desulphurisation

After receipt of hot metal in HM charging ladle, it is taken into desulphurisation injectionstation. It is an enclosed chamber where desulphurisation reagents are injected into hotmetal by injection lance. After completion of desulphurisation operation, slag is againremoved by slag raking machine in the slag pot. The desulphurised hot metal chargingladle will be placed on self-propelled transfer for onward transportation to outgoing baywith the help of two EOT hot metal charging cranes of 2 x 300 + 80/25 t capacity each.

Scrap handling

EIA REPORTFOR




Scrap will be received in scrap bay of the BOF shop by rail / road. Scrap will beunloaded into the scrap pit by two magnet cranes of capacity each 20+20 t. The scrapwill be loaded into the scrap charging box by magnet crane and transferred to chargingbay of BOF shop by self-propelled transfer car. Scrap will be charged into converters bytwo EOT hot metal charging cranes of 300+80/25 t capacity each.

Bulk material and ferro-alloy charging

Bulk materials e.g. iron ore, calcined lime, burnt dolo from lime and dolo plantrespectively and coke for preheating will be transported to converter shop by beltconveyor and will be discharged onto a reversible shuttle conveyor for distribution totheir respective service bunkers. These bunkers will be arranged in one single row oneither side of the converter. All the bunkers will be fabricated from steel with replaceablewear resistant liner plates. Bunkers will be so arranged that charging into the converterfrom both sides is possible. Adequate storage capacity of the bunkers has beenenvisaged for each material. Number of service bunkers with their storage capacity foreach material is given in the Table 2.20.

Table – 2.20 : Storage capacity of service bunker for each BOF

Sl.No. Material No. of

bunkers Stock of material, h

1. Lime 2 162. Burnt dolomite 1 243. DRI 2 484. Iron ore 1 485. Flux 1 -6. Coke for preheating 1 Required during preheating7. Reserve 1 -

Total 9 -

Material will be withdrawn from the service bunkers by means of vibratory feedersprovided at the outlet of each bunker. The vibro-feeders will in turn discharge thematerial to respective weigh hoppers provided below the group of bunkers on either sideof the converter. From the weigh hoppers, the weighed charge will be fed to the chargeholding hopper (intermediate bunker), through drop chute. From charge holding hopper,the flux material will be added directly into the converter via a drop chute holding hopperbelow each group of service bunker.

Ferro-alloys, e.g. silico-manganese and HC ferro-manganese, Al-shorts and cokebreeze required for ladle addition, will be brought from ferro-alloys storage in the self–discharging containers and will be stored in their respective bunkers provided in theconverter shop. As and when required, the ferro-alloys will be withdrawn by vibro-feeders. The predetermined quantity of material will be charged into the ladles

EIA REPORTFOR




automatically from the control room. Al-bars / shorts will be manually charged into theladle.

Steel handling

Liquid steel from the converter will be tapped into the casting ladle of 175 t capacityplaced on the self-propelled transfer car operating beneath the converter. Themovement of the steel ladle transfer car will be remotely controlled from local controlpulpit/ auxiliary control pulpit of converter. The ladle contained with liquid steel will betaken to ladle furnace station at secondary refining/ladle handling bay for furthertreatment before casting.

Slag handling

Slag will be poured out from converter into 20 m3 slag pot placed on self-propelledtransfer car. The filled slag pot will then be transported to the adjacent slag handling bayby self-propelled slag pot transfer car. Hot slag will be dumped into the slag pit with thehelp of two EOT cranes of capacity each 120+ 20 t and water will be sprayed to cool theslag. Cool slag from the pit will be dispatched by road to slag dump for furtherprocessing. Processing of solid slag for recovery of scrap and usable slag will be carriedout.

Lance storage, repair and testing and ferro-alloys storage

Used lances laden with slag and skull will be brought in converter bay. The floor level issame as charging bay. Additionally, any repair work, like, removal of lance tip or de-skulling of lance surface will be done here. High pressure water testing of the lance willbe done in this bay before usage in BOF for blowing. One 50 t capacity lance handlingcrane has been provided to handle the lances. Ferro-alloy bunkers will also be located inthis bay. Ferro-alloys received by road transport will be lifted by one 20/5 t capacitiesferro-alloy handling crane. This will then be stored in the designated bunkers for furtherusage.

Shop layout and facilities

The main building of the BOF shop will comprise hot metal receipt-cum-desulphurisationbay, scrap bay, charging bay, converter bay and slag handing bay. The dimensions ofthe bays and the number and capacity of the cranes installed therein are indicated inTable-2.21.

Table -2.21 : Dimension of BOF shop and crane parameters

Sl.No. Item EOT crane capacity Crane rail

height, mBay sizemxm

1. Hot metal receipt–cum-desulphurisation bay

2 x 300+80/25 t +26.5 26 x 96

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl.No. Item EOT crane capacity Crane rail

height, mBay sizemxm

2. Scrap handling bay 2 x 20+20 t with magnet/grab +12.0 26 x 603. Charging bay 2 x 300+80/25 t +20.0 21 x 2184. Converter bay 1 x 50 t +52.0 21 x 625. Ladle preparation bay 2 x 120+20 t (with magnet on

20 t)+26.0 24 x 194

2.8.5 Continuous casting shop

General

State-of-the-art continuous casting facilities have been considered for the presentproject.

In order to meet the production of 1.5 Mt/yr. of HR coils. SMS will be producing HR coils, 1x 1 strand slab caster coupled with hot strip finishing train has been envisaged for theproject. Slab caster coupled with hot strip finishing train is capable to produce the samebased on 1,554,000 t of liquid steel produced from the SMS.

Continuous casting facilities

To meet the annual production requirement, 1 x 1 strand continuous slab castingmachine along with in-line tunnel furnace and hot strip mill complex will be installedalong with necessary auxiliary and service facilities.

Production programme

The production programme of the continuous casting shop is given in Table – 2.22.

Table –2.22 : Production programme of continuous casting shop

Sl.No.

Steel grades HR Strip width x thk,mm x mm HRC, t/yr

1. Low carbon 900-1650 x 1.81-6.5 690,0002. Medium carbon 900-1650 x 1.81-11.0 585,0003 High carbon/other alloy steel grades 1100-1650 x 1.81-11.0 225,000

Slab caster

The main technological parameters of slab caster and design features are furnished inTable-2.23 and 2.24.

Table –2.23 : Technological parameters of slab caster

Sl.No. Item Unit Parameter

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl.No. Item Unit Parameter1. No. of machines No. 1x1 Strand2. Type of machine - Vertical bending3. Bending radius m 3.254. Design range mm x mm 180/250x 900-16505. Average heat size t 1756. Casting speed m/min 0.6 – 6.07. Casting time min 508. Casting practice Closed with SEN9. No. of heats/sequence Nos. 2010. Preparation time min 4011. No. of heats / day Nos. 28 max.12. Plant availability days/yr 32013. Production capacity of slab caster Mt/yr 1.5 (HR Coils)

Table -2.24 : Salient design features of slab caster

Sl.No.

Item Design features

1. Ladle holding device Ladle turret with lifting / lowering andweighing facility

2. Tundish Refractory lined,capacity – 40 t.

3. Tundish transfer car 2 Nos. – semi-gantry type with lift / lower andweighing facility

4. Mould Funnel type, 1000 mm long5. Mould level controller Eddy current type6. Mould oscillating mechanism Hydraulic7 Secondary cooling Dynamic controlled spray cooling8. Withdrawal & straightening

machineHydraulically operated pinch rolls

9. Type of dummy bar Rigid , vertical type and insertion from bottom10. Slab cutting device Pendulum shear11. Discharge of slabs To tunnel furnace through roller table with

descaler facility at the furnace input side.

Requirement of raw materials, consumables and services

The estimated annual requirement of basic raw materials and consumables for thecontinuous casting shop is are given in Table-2.25.

Table –2.25 : Requirement of raw materials and consumables

Sl. No. Item Annual requirement, t1. Liquid steel 1,554,000

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl. No. Item Annual requirement, t2. Refractories 25,003. Insulating compound 5004. Casting powder 4005. Copper plates 50

The annual estimated requirement of services for continuous casting shop is given inTable-2.26.

Table –2.26 : Requirement of services

Sl. No. Item Unit Annual requirement slab caster1. Argon Nm3 x 106 0.252. Oxygen Nm3 x 106 0.053. Mixed gas Nm3 x 106 3.04. Compressed air

- Industrial quality- Instrument quality

Nm3 x 106

Nm3 x 10615.05.0

Process description

The steel ladle after treatment at the ladle furnace will be picked up by ladle handlingcrane and placed on the ladle turret of the slab caster in SMS. A preheated refractorylined tundish mounted on tundish car will be moved from its parking position to thecasting position. The ladle turret will be rotated through 180º to bring the steel ladle intothe casting position. A refractory shroud will be fixed to the ladle slide gate by the ladleshroud manipulator, which will then be opened to allow flow of liquid steel into thetundish.

Prior to the start of the casting operation, the dummy bar will be introduced into themould. The tundish-submerged nozzles will be opened to allow flow of metal into themould. When the metal level in the mould reaches the requisite level, the drive of themould oscillating mechanism and withdrawal and straightening unit will be switched on.

The withdrawal of dummy bar begins at the minimum speed and gradually increased tonormal casting speed within a few minutes. The lubrication of the funnel shaped mouldwalls will be done by adding mould powder in the moulds.

During casting operation, the metal level in the mould will be maintained withinpredetermined limit by automatic mould level controller.

The partially solidified strand after leaving the mould will pass through strand guide rollersegment where intensive but controlled cooling of the strand will be effected by directwater sprays / air-mist cooling along with liquid core reduction to around 65 mm so as tomatch with the slab profile. The solidified strand will be guided through strand guidesystem and withdrawal and straightening unit before entering the cutting zone

EIA REPORTFOR




comprising of a pendulum shear. Thereafter the slab strand shall be descaled and fed inthe in-line tunnel furnace having temperature equalizing facility for final hot rolling in thein-line hot rolling finishing train located downstream of the tunnel furnace. The rolled HRcoils shall be coiled and strapped automatically in the down coilers for further processingof the HR coils.

The dummy bar will be separated from the strand at the withdrawal and straightening /strand guides system and will be stored vertically down beneath the vertical slab caster.

Plant facilities and layout

The layout of continuous casting shop has been planned taking into consideration themethod of transfer of steel ladle from BOF shop and feeding of cast product to the mill.

The continuous casting shop is located adjacent to the BOF shop and will comprise ofsecondary refining / ladle handling bay and casting & tundish preparation bay.

The building houses the above two (2) parallel adjacent bays as follows.

Secondary refining / ladle handling bay

Ladle turret of the slab caster will be located in such a way that one arm of the ladleturret is in ladle handling bay while the other shall be in casting bay. Liquid steel ladle isplaced on ladle turret in ladle handling bay and then rotated through 180o to bring it incasting position in casting bay.

The bay will be served by two Nos. of 300+80/25 t EOT cranes.

Casting and tundish preparation bay

This bay shall house casting platform equipment viz. tundish cars, ladle shroudmanipulator, mould flux feeder, tundish preheating stations, mould, mould oscillatingmechanism, strand guide segments, pendulum shear unit, casting platform, tundishmaintenance equipments, mould and segment preparation/maintenance facilities, etc.The bay will be served by 1 x 100/20 t and 1 x 80/20 t EOT cranes.

The dimensions of the above mentioned bays showing the number and capacity of majorEOT cranes and crane rail levels are given in Table-2.27.

Table -2.27 : Dimensions of different bays in continuous casting shop

BayDimension EOT crane

capacity, tCrane raillevel, m

No. ofcraneLength

(m)Width

(m)Secondary refining/ladlehandling bay

174 28 300 + 80/25 +30.0 2

Casting & tundish 174 36 100/20 & 80/20 +30.0 2

EIA REPORTFOR




preparation bayTunnel furnace maintenancecrane

240 23 10/5 + 9.0 1

2.8.6 Hot strip mill with finishing train

The proposed slab caster linked hot strip mill which will be designed to process1,522,800 t/yr. of slabs into 1,500,000 t/yr HR coils.

The rolling mill equipment will primarily comprise a Slab Re-heating furnace, one highpressure descaling station, one vertical edger, one 4-hi roughing stand, heat transfertable, rotary shear, descaling unit, six 4-high finishing stands, runout roller tableequipped with laminar type strip cooling system, two sub-floor coilers, coil handling andinspection facilities, coil storage yard, auxiliary facilities and roll shop equipment.

The major operating / technical parameters of hot strip mill are given below:

Technological parameters of hot strip mill

Sl No. Item Unit Parameter1. Capacity – HR coil t/yr 1,500,0002. Input material

Type Continuously cast slabsThickness mm 180-240Width mm 900– 1650Weight t 33 max

3. Finished productType - HR coilStrip thickness mm 1.2 – 12.7Width mm 900 – 1650Specific coil weight Kg/mm 20 (max.)Major equipment data

4. Temperature equalising furnace Two zone furnace with heating andholding sections

Furnace dimension approx. :Length m 240 (Approx)Descaling system :Type - High pressure water descaler

5. Vertical edger No. 16. Four Higher roughing stand No. 1

Four-high finishing stands : No. 6Strip cooling system :Type - Laminar / waterwall

7. Special features- Hydraulic AGC for gauge control

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl No. Item Unit Parameter- Continuous variable crown (CVC) work roll shifting for control of strip shape

and profile- Work roll bending- Hydraulic looper- Roll gap lubrication- High power interstand cooling- Automatic quick work roll changing device on all stands to improve mill

availability- Laminar strip cooling system at the runout table with edge masking for

control of metallurgical properties and improving cold strip flatness- Heavy duty downcoiler with hydraulic operated wrapper rolls with automatic

step control for adjustment during head and tail end coiling to reduce coilmark.

- On-line automatic strapping devices for circumferential and radial strappingof HR coils.

2.8.7 Lime Plant

The lime plant will comprise of one (1) No. vertical shaft kiln of capacity 330 tpd to meetthe requirement of soft lime for steel making process.

The lime plant will have the following production capacity is given in Table- 2.28.

Table- 2.28 : Production capacity

Sl.No.

Item Quantity,(t/yr)

1. Lime for SMS, LF & MISC 96,5002. Under sized lime for sinter plant and desulphurisation 52,100

The proposed lime plant will comprise a vertical shaft kiln for calcinations of limestone.Metallurgical lime of size (+) 10mm will be used as flux in steel making shop. Lime finesfines of size 0-10mm will be used in sintering plant. The major technological parametersof the lime plant are given in Table 2.29.

Table 2.29 : Major Technological Parameters of Lime Plant

SN Parameters Value1 Nos. of lime kiln 12 Capacity of lime Kiln 330 tpd3 Kiln feed size, mm 25-554 Calcination temperature, C 1050-11505 Specific consumption of fuel 920 (Kcal/kg of burnt lime and dolo)6 Working schedule of the plant (3

shifts/day)330 days/yr

EIA REPORTFOR




Size of raw lime will be 25 – 55 mm for charging into the shaft kiln. Raw lime fines in thecharge will be screened out to achieve soft burnt reactive calcined lime for steel making.Calcination will be carried out at a temperature of 1100 – 1150°C. Mixed gas (BOF gasand coke oven gas) will be used as fuel for calcination. The shop will be working 24hours a day and 330 days in a year. Waste gas coming out of the kiln will be cleanedbefore being discharged into the atmosphere.

2.8.8 Raw Materials

The annual raw material requirement for the proposed production units / facilities isgiven in Table 2.30.

Table 2.30 : Gross Annual Raw Material Requirement for the Proposed Facilities

Sl.No.

Raw materialQuantity t/yr

Source Mode oftransport

As per EC Proposed Total1. Iron ore Lump for BF 639700 639700 1279400 Bellary/Hospet Rail2. Iron ore fines for BF 2228300 2228300 4456600 Goa/Bellary/Ho

spet Rail

3. Iron ore Lump for SMS 19700 19700 39400Bellary/Hospet Rail

4. Non-coking coal for CDIfor BF

282700 282700 565400 Imported Rail

5. Raw limestone (BFGrade)

237200 237200 474400 Imported(Dubai/Oman) Rail

6. Dolomite fines for SP 196600 196600 393200 Imported(Egypt) Rail

7. Dolomite for SMS 101900 101900 203800 Imported(Egypt) Rail

8. Quartzite for BF 56700 56700 113400 Sindhudurg Road9. Imported Coking Coal 1312600 1312600 2625200 Australia/South

Africa Rail

10. Raw limestone (SMSgrade)

265900 265900 531800 Imported(Dubai/Oman) Rail

11. Purchased scrap forSMS

157200 157200 314400 Imported Rail

12. Ferro-alloys 800 800 1600Partly Imported& Partly fromlocal Market

Road/Rail13. Flourspar 1170 1170 234014. Fe-Si 3750 3750 750015. Si-Mn 15600 15600 3120016. Aluminium 3100 3100 6200

Total 5522920 5522920 11045840

Bulk of raw materials / finished goods will be transported through rail.

EIA REPORTFOR




2.8.9 Oxygen Plant

Oxygen will be required mainly for oxygen enrichment of blast volume in BF and blowinginto BOF for steel making. Oxygen will also be required to meet cutting and generalrepair needs in Steel Melting Shop and other units of the Steel Plant. 1 nos. of planthaving capacity 1000tpd has been envisaged. The plant will have facilities for generatingOxygen, Nitrogen and Argon. Argon will be required for rinsing in ladles and also tomaintain inert atmosphere in the mould / tundish. Nitrogen will be required for purging ofgas pipelines, blast furnace top charging equipment, etc.

Oxygen, Nitrogen and Argon will be produced by air separation process based on lowpressure cryogenic cycle and double column rectification system.

2.8.10 Power Supplying Facilities

Power requirement for the plant will be met from the proposed in-house 1X50 MWCaptive Power Generation, 7.5 MWTRT & also from existing 220/ 33 kV MSEB InsuliGrid Substation through D/C( Double Circuit) 220 kV Tower line at the tune of 40 MW.

Integrated steel plant requires substantial amount of Power and steam. It also producessufficient quantity of surplus gases. These surplus gases can be gainfully utilized toproduce steam and power for meeting the requirement of the steel plant.

The proposed steel plant produces surplus fuel gases (BF, CO and BOF gases) havinggood calorific value. The elevated top gas pressure of the blast furnace also has thepotential to extract a part of the power/energy it consumes.

The surplus gases can be used as fuel in the boilers to produce steam. This steam canbe utilized to supply process steam through back pressure turbo generators andgenerating some power. The steam can also be directly utilized in the condensing typeturbine for driving turbo blowers. The top gas pressure of blast furnace can be gainfullyutilized to generate power through top pressure recovery turbine.

To meet the requirement of the plant, power can be generated inside the plant byutilizing the excess gas and balance fuel from outside sources. In the absence of in plantcaptive power generation, M/s Shree Uttam Steels & Power Limited would have todepend on external grid in order to meet the power requirement, which is limited in thestate of Maharashtra.

The captive power plant and turbo blower station have been envisaged in phaseskeeping in view of the availability of surplus gases and requirement of steam for variousutilities.

Parameters of the major equipment are as follows.

1. Multi fuel fired boiler:

EIA REPORTFOR




i. Qty. - 2 Nos.ii. Type - Coal and Gas, fire, natural

circulation, top hanged, semi-outdoor,balanced draft

iii. Steam parametersat Superheater outlet - 96 ata,5400 C

iv. Steaming Capacity - 150 t/h eachv. Stack - 1x 110 m height, RCC

construction common forthree Nos. boilers.

2. Steam Turbine-Generator (STG) :

i. Qty. - 1 Nos. (All working)ii. Rating - 50 MW eachiii. Type - Single cylinder, condensing typeiv. Inlet Pressure - 90 atav. Inlet Temperature - 5350C

3. Steam Turbo- Blower (STB) :

i. Qty. - 2 Nos. (1W+1S)ii. Shaft Power Requirement - 10 MW eachiii. Type -

Turbine - Single cylinder, condensing type.Blower - Centrifugal type.

iv. Discharge flowa. Peak duty - 126000 Nm3/hb. Normal duty - 108000 Nm3/hv. Discharge Pressurea. Peak duty - 4.1 kg/cm2(g)b. Normal duty - 3.3 kg/cm2(g)

4. TRT :

i. Qty. - 1 No.ii. Rating - 7.5 MWiii. Type - Two stage, wet type,

axial, reaction turbine

iv. Inlet gas pressure - 2.8 atav. Outlet gas pressure - 1.1 ata

EIA REPORTFOR




7. Electrics for generators, transformers, switch gears, others like illumination,battery room, etc.

8. Instrumentation and controls.9. Deaerators and feed water system10. Auxiliary service systems such as

Fuel handling Ash handling and disposal system CW, ACW system DM water make-up Handling and hoisting facilities Telecommunication and public annunciation system Fire fighting In-shop piping etc.

2.9 POWER REQUIREMENT

The estimated overall power demand of the proposed plant up to 3.0 MTPA is expectedto be 223.44 MW.

Source of Power

Power requirement for the plant will be met from the proposed in-house 3X50 MWCaptive Power Generation, 7.5 MWTRT & also from existing 220/ 33 kV MSEB InsuliGrid Substation through D/C( Double Circuit) 220 kV Tower line to the extent of 40 MWPower from MSEB which is already sanctioned.

2.10 WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM

Source of water

The water requirement of 84 MLD (3500 m3/hr) have been sanctioned by Government ofMaharashtra by a letter no. Tillari-2010/38/(210/2010) dated 09/07/2010 from Tillari river(45 Kms.) for Industrial purposes for the proposed project (Copy Enclosed).

The total make-up water requirement for the plant units is estimated as indicated below:

WATER REQUIREMENT

Sl.No.

Description of units Make-up water, cu m/hrSoft/ demin. water Industrial water

1 Coke Oven & By Product Plant 120 3102 Blast Furnace including SGP &

GCP50 700

3 Pig Casting Machine - 804 Sinter Plant - 130

EIA REPORTFOR




5 Basic Oxygen Furnace 20 2306 Vacuum Degassing Unit - 1447 Slab Caster 10 1708 Hot Strip Mill - 2009 Tunnel Furnace 10 4610 Oxygen Plant - 22011 Lime Plant - 1212 Captive Power Plant 120 25013 Drinking water - 4014 AC / Ventilation including DS in

RMHS- 400

15 Compressed air station - 24Sub Total 330 2956

Grand Total 3286Recycled water 250

Net make-up requirement 3036Losses 300

Raw water to be drawn from source 3336

Water conservation schemes

In order to conserve water to the maximum possible extent, closed recirculating coolingsystem have been adopted using recirculating soft water as the primary cooling mediaand air or industrial water as secondary cooling media in heat exchangers. For someusers, the industrial water will be used directly/ indirectly as primary cooling media. Thehot recirculating industrial water will be cooled in cooling towers.

To minimise water loss, blow down from the cooling tower of clean circuit will be fed asmake-up to cooling circuit of dirty cycle. Contaminated dirty circuit will comprisenecessary pressure filtration system.

Backwash water from the pressure filters will be treated in a sludge thickener and theconcentrated sludge will be pumped to the sludge drying bed.

Rain water harvesting schemes will be included in the proposed project as part of waterconservation measures.

Water pollution control system

In order to combat the industrial pollution and to comply with the guidelines (CPCB /MPCB norms), treatment units to control water pollution have been considered for thedirect cooling water (DCW) circuit, recirculating industrial water and waste waterdischarge from DM plant. Major pollutant in DCW circuit are scales in suspension, oil,grease & temperature.

Cooling tower has been considered for removing heat from both industrial water & DCWin circulation. For treatment of contaminated DCW, scale pit, oil skimmer, pressurefilters, thickener and sludge drying beds have been considered. Filtrate from sludgedrying bed will be reused in the system. Dry sludge will be disposed off in a suitable

EIA REPORTFOR




manner. Waste water from DM plant will be treated in neutralisation pits and treatedwater will be used for afforestation with in the plant area.

Detailed water balance diagram is enclosed as Fig. No. 2-3.

2.11 FUEL REQUIREMENT

BF gas

Blast furnace (BF) gas will be used mainly as fuel for stoves after augmenting its CV withCO gas. In addition to the above consumers, BF gas will also be used in CDI, casthouse runner drying, LRS. Semi-clean BF gas will be used for pressure equalization ofBF top. BF gas will be distributed to the consumers through pipeline system operating ata pressure of 800 mm WC. The network pressure will be maintained by flaring excessBF gas, if any, through BF gas flare system. Surplus BF gas can be used as fuel inpower plant.

Coke oven gas

Coke oven gas will be used mainly as fuel in coke oven batteries, converter shop, blastfurnace, sinter plant, etc. in association with other gas. CO gas will be distributed to theconsumers through pipeline system operating at a pressure of 400 mmWC. Surplus COgas can be used as fuel in power plant.

Mixed gas

Mixed gas will be used mainly as fuel for stove heating, sinter plant, CCM and reheatingfurnaces. For stove heating, BF gas, CO gas will be mixed in proper ratio to get requiredCV of 2000 kCal/ Nm3. For other needs BF gas and CO gas will be mixed in proper ratioto get required CV of 2000 kCal/Nm3. From mixing station mixed gas will be distributedto the consumers through pipeline system operating at a pressure of 600 mm WC.

BOF gas

BOF gas will be used as fuel in lime plant. Surplus BOF gas will be used as fuel in powerand blowing station along with available surplus BF gas and CO gas.

Hourly gas balance is attached at the end of this chapter.

2.12 MANPOWER

The total requirement of manpower after 3.0 MTPA is estimated to be 4034. Theestimate covers the top management; middle and junior level executives and othersupporting staff. However, the manpower estimate excludes the manpower required for

EIA REPORTFOR




outsourcing of major repair and maintenance jobs of the plant and also does not coverthe personnel for township, medical facilities, etc.

2.13 CAPITAL COST

Cost of proposed plant is estimated at Rs 16000 crores.

2.14 DESCRIPTION OF MITIGATION MEASURES INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECTTO MEET ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND ENVIRONMENTAL OPERATINGCONDITIONS OR OTHER EIA REQUIREMENTS

The following mitigation measures have been envisaged for the plant which will meet therelevant environmental standards.

Air Pollution Control Measures:

Bag filter based DE system in BF with gas cleaning plant.

Bag filter based DE system for ground based pushing emission control in CokeOven battery

Dry fog type DS system for material handling junction pointsFume Extraction system for BOF & LF along with gas cleaning plant.

Dust extraction system in Sinter Plant.

Dedusting System in lime & dolo plant.

Water Pollution Control Measures:

Re-circulating water in the process whereby discharged volume is minimum.Clarifier and sludge pond for removal of suspended solids.Neutralisation of acidic water by lime.Removal of oil and grease from the contaminated water by means if oil traps ,skimming devices, etc.

Waste handling & Noise Control Measures:

Solid waste generated will be reused/sold and rest will be disposed off as perstatutory guidelinesNoise level with in the shop will be less than 85 dB (A) at 1 m distance from thesource

All the emissions / effluent quality parameters will be kept with in the stipulated norms.These are being taken as guaranteed parameters with suppliers for ensuringcompliance.

2.15 IDENTIFICATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF CARBON CREDIT PROJECT

EIA REPORTFOR




The following projects have been identified for availing carbon credit in the plant:

(i) Coal dust injection in Blast Furnace(ii) Top Gas Recovery Turbine in Blast Furnace

Project Design Document (PDD) and Project Concept Note (PCN) will be prepared afterdetail engineering.

2.16 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISK OFTECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE

The technology envisaged for the project is not new and is available & workingelsewhere in India / World.

EIA REPORTFOR




Fig. 2.1 LOCATION OF SITE

EIA

REP

OR

TFO

RPR

OPO

SED

PR

OJE

CT

OF

3.0

MTP

A IN

TEG

RA

TED

STEE

L PL

AN

TO

F SH

REE

UTT

AM S

TEEL

& P

OW

ER L

IMIT

ED

© 2

012

MEC

ON

Lim

ited.

All

right

s re

serv

ed2-

63

EIA

REP

OR

TFO

RPR

OPO

SED

PR

OJE

CT

OF

3.0

MTP

A IN

TEG

RA

TED

STEE

L PL

AN

TO

F SH

REE

UTT

AM S

TEEL

& P

OW

ER L

IMIT

ED

© 2

012

MEC

ON

Lim

ited.

All

right

s re

serv

ed2-

64

EIA

REP

OR

TFO

RPR

OPO

SED

PR

OJE

CT

OF

3.0

MTP

A IN

TEG

RA

TED

STEE

L PL

AN

TO

F SH

REE

UTT

AM S

TEEL

& P

OW

ER L

IMIT

ED

© 2

012

MEC

ON

Lim

ited.

All

right

s re

serv

ed2-

65

Hou

rly

fuel

gas

bal

ance

Sl No

Nam

e of

the

shop

/ uin

tPr

oduc

tA

nnua

lou

tput

/in

put

(x10

00t)

Ann

ual

hrs

ofop

era

tion

Sp.y

ield

/co

nsum

ptio

n(G

cal/t

)

CV

ofga

s(k

cal/N

m3)

Hou

rlyfu

elsu

ply/

cons

um

ptio

n(G

cal /

hr)

BF

gas

CO

gas

Con

ver

ter

gas

Tota

lG

ener

atio

n1

Bla

st fu

rnac

eH

ot m

etal

3330

8400

1.35

850

535.

1053

5.10

00

2C

oke

oven

batte

ryB

lend

edco

al23

19.4

8760

1.37

4000

362.

800

362.

800

3C

onve

rter s

hop

Liqu

id s

teel

3108

7680

0.14

418

0058

.28

00

58.2

8To

tal g

ener

atio

n95

6.17

535.

1036

2.80

58.2

8C

onsu

mpt

ion

1B

F st

ove,

PC

I,LR

S,e

tc.

Hot

met

al33

3084

000.

6811

5025

7.83

184.

4473

.39

0

2C

oke

oven

batte

ries

Dry

coa

l23

19.4

8760

0.55

4000

145.

600.

0014

5.60

0

3S

inte

r pla

nt o

nm

ixed

gas

Sin

ter

4739

.879

200.

015

1500

9.18

4.13

5.05

0

4S

teel

mel

ting

shop

Liqu

id s

teel

3108

7680

0.02

540

0020

.00

20.0

0

5H

ot S

trip

Mill

Stri

ps30

61.5

7680

0.18

115

0072

.032

.38

39.6

20

6Li

me/

Dol

opl

ant

Lim

e/D

olo

364.

879

200.

9220

0042

.36

11.4

330

.93

07

BF

Loss

es @

2%10

.70

10.7

00

08

BO

FLo

sses

@2%

1.17

00

1.17

9C

OLo

sses

@ 1

%3.

630

3.63

0To

tal

cons

umpt

ion

562.

4724

3.09

318.

221.

17

Surp

lus

for

Pow

erG

ener

atio

n

393.

7029

2.01

44.5

857

.11

EIA REPORTFOR




EIA REPORTFOR



© 2012 MECON Limited. All rights reserved 3 - 1

3.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 INTRODUCTION

3.1.1 General

EIA is the most important aspect of overall environment management strategy. EIAneeds a datum on which the prediction can be done. Information on the existing baselineenvironmental status is essential for assessing the likely environmental impacts of theproposed project. For studying the existing baseline environmental status the followingbasic steps are required:

Delineation of project site and study area. Delineation of the environmental components and methodology Delineation of study period. Delineation of the location of proposed Steel Plant and description of its

surroundings based on secondary data.

After delineation of the above for the present case the following studies were conducted:

Baseline data generation / establishment of baseline for different environmentalcomponents

3.1.2 Project Site and Study Area

The area where the proposed plant activities will be concentrated is designated as theproject site or core zone. The study area or buffer zone for the present study is taken as10km radius around the proposed plant site. The location of the core zone & buffer zoneis marked in Drg. No. MEC/Q6V0/11/S2/01.

3.1.3 Environmental Components and Methodology

The environmental components studied and the methodologies followed for thepreparation of EIA report are given in Table 3.1a.

3.1.4 Study Period

The baseline environmental data generation and other field studies for the preparation ofEnvironmental Impact Assessment were completed in 2011 (Continuously for 13 weeks).

11.S

2.20

14.E

E 2

175

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 3.1a: Environmental Components and the Methodologies Adopted For the Study

3.1.5 Location of the Steel Plant and its Surroundings

The Project site is located at Satarda in Sindhudurg district of Maharastra state betweenlatitude 15°42'30” & 15°45' N and longitude 73°47'30” & 73°50' E. The State highwayNo. 4 joining Shiroda and Terekhol passes adjacent to the site on the South – West side.The site is approximately 27 km South of Sawantwadi Town. The existing Redi Port islocated 20 km west of the plant site. The site is located about 2 km from NH No. 17connecting Mangalore with Mumbai. The Sawantwadi railway station of Konkan railwayis located 17 km from the site. The site is at an elevation varying from 20 to 70 m aboveMSL. The plant site gently slopes towards the Southeast direction and the Konkanrailway line passes from North to South direction by the side of the plant.

Agriculture is the primary activity in the area. No other industries exist within 10 kmradius of the proposed project.

The plant will be expanded in the existing Industrial area of 867 acres as notified byMaharashtra Government notification No. TPS 1897/404/CR 30/97/UD-12 dated 6th May2000.

The district headquarter is Orus which lies about 45 km in the north-east direction. Theonly river which passes through the study area is Terekhol river, which also physicallyseparates Maharashtra and Goa state. Its source is in the east in Manoharghad inSahyadris range. The upper reaches is known as Banda river and in the lower reachesas Terekhol river. From the Manoharghad, the river flows southwest to meet the sea.River Terekhol flows from North to South and East to West around the project site.

The study area is mostly undulating. The southwest monsoon is mainly responsible forbringing in rains in the study area. Marmugoa is the nearest IMD observatory station andis about 60 km south of site. The rainfall is plentiful and regular during June toSeptember. May is the hottest month with mean daily maximum temperature of 31.3°Cand mean daily minimum of 26.9°C. Fresh breeze from the sea relieves the oppressiveheat during the evenings. The on set of southwest monsoon in early June brings down

SN Area EnvironmentalComponents

Parameters Methodology*

1 Study Area Air Meteorology Field Monitoring Ambient Air Quality (prescribed

parameters by CPCB).Noise Levels

2 Study Area Water Water Quality Ground (parameters as per IS: 10500) Surface ( parameters as per IS: 10500)

Field Monitoring

3 Study Area Soil Soil Quality (Physico-chemicalcharacteristics)

Field Monitoring

4 Study Area Ecological Features Flora & Fauna Field Study / Secondary Data5 Study Area Geology & Hydrology Formation of rocks

Water use and impactField Monitoring / SecondaryData

* Detailed in respective sections

EIA REPORTFOR




the temperature slightly. After the withdrawal of the southwest monsoon by the end ofSeptember, the day temperature increases and is almost like the summer months. Theweather is cooler during the months of December to February. The area has typicalcoastal climate with average relative humidity between 60% to 87%. Observations onwind pattern made and recorded at the IMD station at Marmugoa indicate that thedirection of prevailing winds during the monsoon periods, June to September, is fromsouth west to west. During this season the wind speed is generally stronger. FromOctober to December wind is generally moderate and blows from directions rangingbetween Northeast to Southeast in the morning and between West to Northwest in theevening. In the months of January to March the winds continue to be moderate andpredominantly from directions between north and east.

As per IMD's climatological data monitored at Marmugoa during 1931 to 1961, theseasonal temperature varies from 16.7oC to 37.2oC. The humidity of the region variesfrom 60 - 66%. The average rainfall in the region is 2611.7 mm. The South –Westmonsoon contributes nearly 45% of total rainfall in the area, while the North-Eastmonsoon accounts for another 30-35 %. Annually the predominant wind directions areshown in Table 3.1b.

Table 3.1b: Pattern of Annual Winds in Study Area

Wind N NE E SE S SW W NW CalmAnnual % Frequency 9.5 9 14.5 5 5.5 12.5 31 17.5 0.5Predominance Sequence 5th 6th 3rd 8th 7th 4th 1st 2nd

3.2 BASELINE DATA GENERATION/ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE FORENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS

The establishment of baseline for different environmental components in the study areaand at the project site has been done by conducting field monitoring for baseline datageneration. The data generation was carried out covering Meteorology, Ambient AirQuality, Noise Levels, Water Quality, Soil and Ecology features. Besides additionaldata/information regarding water availability, ecology and demographic patternconditions were collected from various central and state government agencies.

EIA REPORTFOR




3.2.1 Meteorology

Meteorology plays a very important role in the environmental impacts of industrialproject. Meteorological conditions govern the dispersion (and hence dilution) of airpollutants. Hence Meteorological studies form an integral part of environmental impactassessment studies.

A meteorological station was set up at project site in the proposed study area. Themeteorological data was generated hourly during the monitoring period. The location ofthe meteorological data monitoring stations is marked in Drg. No. MEC/Q6V0/11/S2/01.

At the meteorological station, Wind Speed & Direction, Temperature, Relative Humidityand Cloud Cover were recorded at hourly intervals throughout the monitoring period.Total Rainfall for the entire monitoring period was also recorded. The summarisedmeteorological data is given in Table 3.2a.

Table 3.2a: Summarised Monitored Meteorological Data at Satarda

Period Wind Speed(km/hr)

Temperature (oC) Relative Humidity(%)

Cloud Cover(Oktas)

Max. Min. Avg. Max. Min. Avg. Max. Min. Avg. Max. Min. Avg.

March-May

27.4 0.0 5.8 43.5 22 31.2 95 38 52 8 0 2.6

Wind frequency distribution during the monitoring period at the site is given as Tables3.2b for the period March’2011 to May’ 2011 (summer season). The Wind Rosediagrams for winter seasons are given as Figs. 3.1a, 3.1b and 3.1c respectively.

From Table 3.2b it was observed that in summer season overall, the predominant winddirections for March’2011– May’2011 were W (prevailing for 19.82% of the time), NW(7.53%), SW (7.42%), N (6.06%), S (5.61%) and NNW (3.07%). Calm conditionsprevailed for 34.92% of the time. The wind velocity was mostly between 1.6 to 18.0km/hr (61.22% of the time). While during the Day, the predominant wind directions wereW (prevailing for 31.77% of the time), NW (11.25%), SW (8.65%), W (8.52%) and S (for5.43%). Calm conditions prevailed for 13.84% of the time. The wind velocity was mostlybetween 1.6 to 18.0 km/hr (78.14% of the time). Whereas during the night, thepredominant wind directions were W (9.74%), SW (6.39%), S (5.76%), NW (4.39%) andN (3.98% of the time). Calm conditions prevailed for 52.77% of the time. The windvelocity was mostly between 1.6 – 18 km/hr (46.92% of the time).

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 3.2b: Wind Frequency Distribution (%) at Satarda during Summer Season, 2011

A: Day & Night (Overall)Wind Direction Wind Speed Ranges (m/s) Sum

0.44 – 2.0 2.0 – 3.0 3.0 – 4.0 4.0-5.0 5.0 – 6.0 >6.0N 3.34 1.02 0.62 0.68 0.23 0.17 6.06NNE 1.02 0.34 0.17 0.06 0.00 0.06 1.65NE 1.53 0.23 0.17 0.17 0.00 0.00 2.10ENE 0.68 0.28 0.17 0.11 0.00 0.00 1.24E 1.47 0.17 0.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.81ESE 0.11 0.17 0.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 0.34SE 1.41 0.51 0.06 0.17 0.11 0.00 2.26SSE 0.06 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.06S 3.51 1.08 0.79 0.23 0.00 0.00 5.61SSW 0.91 0.57 0.11 0.06 0.06 0.00 1.71SW 4.31 1.59 0.74 0.45 0.23 0.11 7.43WSW 1.42 0.40 0.17 0.23 0.06 0.00 2.28W 5.22 4.87 4.31 3.17 1.47 0.79 19.83WNW 1.30 0.28 0.40 0.06 0.00 0.06 2.10NW 3.57 1.30 1.47 0.74 0.28 0.17 7.53NNW 1.53 0.85 0.40 0.23 0.00 0.06 3.07Sum (%) 31.39 13.66 9.75 6.42 2.44 1.42 65.08Calm ( Wind Speed <0.44 m/s or <1.6 km/hr) = 34.92%

Fig. 3.1a: Wind-Rose at Satarda during Summer: Day & Night (Overall)

EIA REPORTFOR




B: Day

WindDirection

Wind Speed Ranges (m/s) Sum0.44 – 2.0 2.0 – 3.0 3.0 – 4.0 4.0 – 5.0 5.0 – 6.0 >6.0

N 3.47 1.48 1.36 1.36 0.49 0.37 8.53NNE 0.49 0.25 0.12 0.12 0.00 0.12 1.10NE 0.62 0.25 0.25 0.37 0.00 0.00 1.49ENE 0.37 0.25 0.12 0.25 0.00 0.00 0.99E 2.10 0.25 0.12 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.47ESE 0.25 0.12 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.37SE 0.99 0.75 0.00 0.37 0.25 0.00 2.36SSE 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00S 2.47 1.60 1.11 0.25 0.00 0.00 5.43SSW 0.99 0.62 0.00 0.00 0.12 0.00 1.73SW 3.84 2.22 1.36 0.62 0.37 0.25 8.66WSW 1.48 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.12 0.00 2.71W 6.43 6.92 7.42 6.30 2.97 1.73 31.77WNW 1.61 0.62 0.62 0.00 0.00 0.12 2.97NW 4.33 1.61 2.72 1.60 0.62 0.37 11.25NNW 1.74 1.24 0.74 0.49 0.00 0.12 4.33Sum (%) 31.18 18.55 16.31 12.10 4.94 3.08 86.16Calm ( Wind Speed <0.44 m/s or <1.6 km/hr) = 13.84%

Fig. 4.1b: Wind-Rose at Satarda during summer - Day

EIA REPORTFOR




C: NightWind

DirectionWind Speed Ranges (m/s)

SUM0.44 – 2.0 2.0 – 3.0 3.0 – 4.0 4.0 – 5.0 5.0 – 6.0 >6.0N 3.25 0.63 0.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 3.98NNE 1.49 0.42 0.21 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.12NE 2.31 0.21 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.62ENE 0.94 0.31 0.21 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.46E 0.94 0.10 0.21 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.25ESE 0.00 0.21 0.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.31SE 1.78 0.31 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.19SSE 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10S 4.41 0.63 0.52 0.21 0.00 0.00 5.77SSW 0.84 0.52 0.21 0.10 0.00 0.00 1.67SW 4.72 1.05 0.21 0.31 0.10 0.00 6.40WSW 1.36 0.42 0.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 1.88W 4.19 3.15 1.68 0.52 0.21 0.00 9.75WNW 1.05 0.00 0.21 0.10 0.00 0.00 1.36NW 2.93 1.05 0.42 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.40NNW 1.36 0.52 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98Sum (%) 31.65 9.53 4.18 1.54 0.31 0.00 47.23Calm (Wind Speed <0.44 m/s or <1.6 km/hr) = 52.77%

Fig. 4.1c: Wind-Rose at Satarda during summer – Night

EIA REPORTFOR




Thermal Inversion Frequency

Ground based inversions were collected from IMD publications for Goa (Panjim) to havean idea about the dilution of pollutants in the area and are given below:

Months Ground level inversions in %5.30 17.30

January 3 1February 7 0March 2 1April 1 0May 0 1June 1 0July 1 1August 1 0September 5 0October 3 0November 3 0December 2 1

3.2.2 Ambient Air

General

In order to evaluate the resultant air quality around the project site, it is necessary todetermine the existing air quality in terms of Respirable Particulate Matter (PM-10), PM-2.5 , Sulphur–di–oxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Carbon Monoxide (CO).Accordingly these parameters were monitored at selected Ambient Air Quality (AAQ)monitoring stations.

Selection of Monitoring Stations

For locating the ambient air quality (AAQ) monitoring stations, the evaluation area maybe considered a circle of radius 50 times the maximum stack height. Since the maximumstack height for the proposed project is 100 m, the evaluation area is a circle of radius5.0 km. However, as the project site is large, so to have a conservative approach themonitoring stations has been fixed in a radius of 10km around the proposed plant takingmid point of project site as centre.

To select the locations of the ambient air quality monitoring stations, informationpublished by India Meteorological Department (IMD) was used. The IMD observatorynearest to plant site is at Marmugoa about 60 km from the project site.

The main objective of AAQ data generation / establishment of baseline for AAQ is toassess the future scenario of the surrounding environment by superimposing thepredicted pollution levels on the existing pollution levels. Thus it will be possible toidentify the location where maximum concentrations of pollutants are likely to occur due

EIA REPORTFOR




to emissions from the proposed plant. The location of AAQ stations were finalised withthe help of screening models, which were run with actual source inventory andmeteorological data. The predominant wind direction of nearest IMD observatory atMarmugoa was identified with the help of wind frequencies. The predominant annualwind frequencies of Marmugoa are W (31.0%), NW (17.5%), E (14.5%) and SW(12.5%). (Table 3.1b).

The locations of AAQ stations are given in Table 3.3. The AAQ stations were located inthe upwind and downwind direction of annual winds with respect the proposed plant siteand by considering the additional points mentioned below:

1. Location of AAQ stations within 10 km radius around the proposed plant.2. Approachability to and habitation near the monitoring stations.

Table 3.3: Location of AAQ Monitoring Stations

StationNo.

Location Distance & Directionfrom Project Site

Relative Location With Respect to IMDWind Pattern

A1 Bhatwadi 2.0 NW D/W of 8rth predominant annualwind SE.

A2 Project site -A3 Satarda village 1.5 SW D/W of 6th predominant annual wind

NE.A4 Madura village 7.0 NNE D/W of 4th predominant annual wind

SW.A5 Satosa village 4.0 ENE D/W of 1st predominant annual wind

W.A6 Ugvey village 3.0 SE D/W of 2nd predominant annual wind

NW.A7 Nayabag village 3.0 SW D/W of 6th predominant annual wind

NE.A8 Sateli village 5.0 W D/W of 5th predominant annual wind N.A9 Atrawadi village 4.0 NNE D/W of 4th predominant annual wind

SW.A10 Paraskad village 4.0 S D/W of 5th predominant annual wind N.

Methodology

As per the CPCB guidelines on methods of monitoring & analysis, 10 (Ten) AAQmonitoring stations were selected. These stations are marked in Drg. No.MEC/Q6V0/11/S2/01.

During the monitoring periods, 24 hourly samples were collected twice a week forRPM(PM-10) and PM-2.5, SO2, NO x and Pb, whereas for CO one hourly sample weretaken on each monitoring day. The methods of sample collection, equipment usedand analysis procedure as followed are given in Table 3.4.

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 3.4: Methodology of Sampling and Analysis for AAQ Monitoring

Parameter Instrument/Apparatus Used Methodology Reference

RSPM (PM-10) Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS), Gravimetric CPCB Notification of 18-11-2009

PM-2.5 PM-2.5 Dust Sampler Gravimetric CPCB Notification of 18-11-2009

SO2 HVAS with Impinger Tube,Spectro–photometer

Improved West & GaeckeMethod

CPCB Notification of 18-11-2009

NOx HVAS with Impinger Tube,Spectro–photometer

Jacobs & Hoccheiser Modified(Sodium Arsenite) Method

CPCB Notification of 18-11-2009

CO GC/CO Analyser GC/NDIR Method CPCB Notification of 18-11-2009

PAH HPLC Chromatography APHA

Results of Ambient Air Quality

The summarised AAQ results are given in Tables 3.5a & 3.5b. The results have beencompared with Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) norms.

The average results of RSPM (PM-10) and PM- 2.5, SO2, NOx, CO at all the monitoringstations were well within the respective permissible limit for Industrial, Residential, Ruraland other area (Table 3.5a & b).

A1 station is located at Bhatwadi village, 2.0km D/W of 8rth predominant annual wind inNW direction of project site. All the values of PM-10, PM- 2.5, SO2, NOX, and CO duringthe monitoring period are well within the norms for Industrial, Residential, Rural andother area.(Table 3.5a & b).

A2 station is located at project site. All the values PM- 2.5, SO2, NOx and CO and theaverage values of RSPM (PM-10), during the monitoring period are well within the normsfor Industrial, Residential, Rural and other area (Table 3.5a & b).

A3 station is located At Satarda village 1.5 Km down wind of 6th predominant annualwind in SW direction of project site. All the values of PM-10, PM- 2.5, SO2, NOX, and COduring the monitoring period are well within the norms for Industrial, Residential, Ruraland other area (Table 3.5a & b).

A4 station is located at Madura village, 7.0 km down wind of 4th predominant annual windin NNE direction of project site. All the values of PM-10, PM- 2.5, SO2, NOX, and COduring the monitoring period are well within the norms for Industrial, Residential, Ruraland other area (Table 3.5a & b).

A5 station is located at Satose village 4.0 km down wind of 1st predominant annual windin ENE direction of project site. All the values of PM- 2.5, SO2, NOx and CO and theaverage values of RSPM (PM-10), during the monitoring period are well within the normsfor Industrial, Residential, Rural and other area (Table 3.5a & b).

EIA REPORTFOR




A6 station is located at Ugvey village 3.0 km down wind of 2nd predominant annual windin SE direction of project site. All the values of PM-10, PM- 2.5, SO2, NOX, and COduring the monitoring period are well within the norms for Industrial, Residential, Ruraland other area (Table 3.5a & b).

A7 station is located at Naibag village 3.0 km down wind of 6th predominant annual windin SW direction of project site. All the values of PM-10, PM- 2.5, SO2, NOX, and COduring the monitoring period are well within the norms for Industrial, Residential, Ruraland other area (Table 3.5a & b).

A8 station is located at Sateli Village, 5.0 km down wind of 5th predominant annual windin W direction of project site. All the values of PM-10, PM- 2.5, SO2, NOX, and CO duringthe monitoring period are well within the norms for Industrial, Residential, Rural andother area (Table 3.5a & b).

A9 station is located at Atrawadi Village, 4.0 km down wind of 4th predominant annualwind in NNE direction of project site. All the values of PM-10, PM- 2.5, SO2, NOX, andCO during the monitoring period are well within the norms for Industrial, Residential,Rural and other area (Table 3.5a & b).

A10 station is located at Paraska Village, 4.0 km down wind of 5th predominant annualwind in South direction of the project site. All the values of PM- 2.5, SO2, NOx and COand the average values of RSPM (PM-10), during the monitoring period are well withinthe norms for Industrial, Residential, Rural and other area (Table 3.5a & b).

Table 3.5a: Summarised Results of AAQ Monitoring during summer around SatardaParameters Results (µg/m3)

Bhatwadivillage (A1)

Projectsite (A2)

Satardavillage

(A3)

Maduravillage

(A4)

Satosevillage

(A5)

Ugveyvillage

(A6)

Naibagvillage

(A7)

SateliVillage

(A8)


Paraska(A10)

PM -10 Max 94 104 94 92 104 86 98 97 95 102Min. 45 54 47 62 64 42 45 52 40 58C98 90 92 85 86 91 82 83 82 86 93Avg. 65 73 68 75 80 62 70 74 65 80

PM -2.5 Max 45 34 35 45 38 30 25 39 32 42Min. 25 25 22 36 30 17 18 24 29 38C98 42 30 30 40 36 28 23 36 31 40Avg. 35 29 27 40 34 23 21 32 28 40

SO2 Max BDL BDL 4.9 4.9 4.5 3.9 4.7 4.5 4.1 4.8Min. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDLC98 BDL BDL 4.5 4.5 4.3 3.6 4.6 4.2 4.0 4.5Avg. BDL BDL BDL 4.0 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

NOX Max 10.6 9.9 14.5 17.4 11.3 9.9 13.5 12.5 11.5 16.2Min. BDL BDL BDL 12.6 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 10.8C98 10.5 9.6 14.2 16.8 11.0 9.7 13.3 12.1 11.3 16.0Avg. BDL BDL BDL 14.8 BDL BDL BDL 10.1 9.8 13.2

EIA REPORTFOR




Parameters Results (µg/m3)Bhatwadi

village (A1)Projectsite (A2)

Satardavillage

(A3)

Maduravillage

(A4)

Satosevillage

(A5)

Ugveyvillage

(A6)

Naibagvillage

(A7)

SateliVillage

(A8)


Paraska(A10)

CO Max 975 1041 1154 1782 1062 1524 1368 1092 1194 1485Min. 615 724 754 954 785 935 875 782 857 926C98 950 985 1059 1520 992 1325 1250 986 1024 1398Avg. 738 892 916 1356 894 1136 1092 875 935 1068

Detection Limits of SO2, NOX and CO are 4 µg/m3, 10 µg/m3 and 114 µg/m3 respectively

Table 3.5b: Average AAQ Monitored Values during Summer Season as Compared with CPCB Norms

AAQ Station/CPCB Standards

Ambient Air QualityPM-10 (µg/m3) PM- 2.5 (µg/m3) SO2 (µg/m3) NOX (µg/m3) CO* (µg/m3)

Bhatwadi village 65 35 3.3 8.7 543Project site 73 29 3.2 8.9 845Satarda village 68 27 3.4 9.5 944Madura village 75 40 4 14.8 845Satosa village 80 34 3.0 9.5 820Ugvey village 62 23 3.3 8.5 1069Naibag village 70 21 3.3 9.4 995Sateli Village 74 32 3.5 10.1 663Atrawadi Village 65 28 3.5 9.8 840Paraska 80 40 3.8 13.2 990Industrial, Residential,Rural and other area(24hr./*1hr.Av)

100 60 80 80 4000

Note: 24/8 hourly values should be met 98% of the time in a year. However 2% of the time it may exceed but not on 2consecutive days; * 1 Hour

On the basis of monitored values it may be concluded that the area under study meetNAAQ standards for PM-10, PM-2.5, SO2, NOX and CO.

Chemical characterization of RSPM as well as PAH in SPM were collected in locationsA2, A5 and A7 for important parameters and the results are given in Table 3.5c.

Table 3.5c: Report on analysis of PAH and Characterisation of RSPM

Sl.No

Parameters Project site(A2)

Satose(A5)

Naibag(A7)

Norms

01 Calcium 1.68 2.94 1.86 NS02 Magnesium 1.32 1.81 0.87 NS

EIA REPORTFOR




03 Flouride BDL BDL BDL NS04 Mercury BDL BDL BDL NS05 Sulphate 0.41 1.42 0.62 NS06 Benzo-a-pyrene BDL BDL* BDL* 10 ng/m3

DETECTION LIMIT: F= 10 µg/m3, Hg = 0.02 µg/m3 & Benzo-a-pyrene = 1 ng/m3

All values have units µg/m3 except Benzo-a-pyrene.* Sample analysed using HPLC method as per CPCB.

Noise

Selection of Monitoring Locations

A total of six noise monitoring stations were selected to cover all type of areas as givenin Table 3.7.

Table 3.7: Noise Monitoring LocationsStationNo.

Location Type of Area

N1 Road leading to Vengurle from Satarda SH - 4 (Industrial Area) Industrial

N2 NH – 17 near Paraska, (Industrial Area) Industria l

N3 Project site (Industrial Area) Industrial

N4 Madura (Residential Area) Residentia l (U rban)

N5 Satose (Residential Area) Residentia l (U rban)

N6 Satarda (Residential Area) Residentia l (U rban)

Methodology

To have an idea of the present background noise level of the project site, a detailedmeasurement of noise level was carried out at 6 locations once during the monitoringperiod. Precision integrated sound level meter (type 2221 of Bruel & Kjaer of Denmark)was used for measurement of noise level for the study. The measurements were carriedout for 24 hours. Hourly readings were recorded by the operating instrument for 15–20minutes in each hour at one-hour intervals in which leq. dB(A) have been measured.

Results

The results of ambient noise monitoring are given in Table 3.8. The results have beencompared with MOE&F norms (Noise (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000) given in Table3.9. The result shows that near SH-4 (N1) and NH - 17 (N2) day and night time noiselevel is exceeding the norm for commercial area. At all other locations, the noise levelsare below the norm for residential areas.

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 3.8: Results of Noise MonitoringStnNo.

Location Day (0600 -2200 hr.) Night (2200 -0600 hr.)Max. Min. Mean* Max Min Mean*

N1 Road leading to Vengurle from Satarda SH - 4(Industrial Area)

71.2 53.9 68.3 60.2 47 54.9

N2 NH – 17 near Paraska, (Industrial Area) 73.9 53.6 67.3 63.5 47.4 59.1N3 Project site (Industrial Area) 48.5 37.5 44.6 39.1 34.8 36.8

N4 Madura (Residential Area) 47.2 33.6 42.5 39.4 34.2 36.6

N5 Satosa (Residential Area) 53.6 39.6 49.0 43.0 34.9 39.1

N6 Satarda (Residential Area) 51.2 39.5 46.7 39.4 34.6 37.4

Day - 0600 to 2200 hrs.; Night - 2200 to 0600 hrs.; All values in dB(A); * Logarithmic Averages.

Table 3.9: Ambient Air Quality Norms in Respect of Noise

Type of Area Day (0600-2200 hrs) Night (2200-0600 hrs)Industrial Area.Commercial Area.Residential Area.Silence zone.

75655550

70554540

All values in dB (A)

3.2.3 Geology

The plant area is almost flat topography covered by lateritic hillocks to the monthtrending in E-W direction, sloping down to from a flat topography and gradually slopingdown to the south and joins to the river which is trending east-west direction.

Geological formation of north western part continues towards north and occupies theplant premises at Satarda. The various geological formations encountered within thearea studied and given below in their chronological sequence off.

Recent to sub-recent - Sub aerial formation and soilalluvial deposits of laterite.

The older and younger groups of rocks are affected by structural disturbances such asfaults, weathering etc. The ground water occurs in these fractures and weatheredformations.

Sub Surface Geology

The proposed plant site is composed of loose laterite to hard laterite as crust and hard

EIA REPORTFOR




crystalline rock as mantle. From the geophysical investigation it is evident that the hardrock (basement rock-Archean age) may occur at an average depth of 45m. The generalsub-surface geology at plant site is as follows:

0 - 3m depth loose lateritic soil3 - 30m litho merge30 - 40 beneath metagrewack rock expected with highly fractures rock40 - basement rock with fracture

Boring and Drilling

More than thirty bore holes were explored in a square grid pattern spaced at a distanceof 100 m in both directions. These boreholes are within the co-ordinates – Northings9700 and 10300 and Eastings 8900 and 9900. Majority of boreholes were terminated atdepths ranging between 20m to 24.5m below the existing ground levels.

The other tests conducted for soil investigation includes the following:

Performing standard penetration tests (SPT) in boreholes Record standing ground water levels in boreholes, if encountered. Carrying out relevant laboratory tests. Preparation and submission of Geo-technical report.

All the boreholes were bored/drilled using the conventional rotary drilling technique.Methodology followed for boring confirmed to IS: 1892- 2000. Boring in soil formationswas generally progressed by the cutting action of rotating bit with water circulation andstabilising the side of the boreholes by using casing pipes in top soil layer followed bybentonite slurry suspension to prevent collapse of sidewall. TC bits were used infractured rock formations. Diamond bit drilling was adopted in rock strata, whereprogress achieved using even TC bit slowed down considerably. Wherever cores couldbe recovered, same has been sequentially logged.

Sub-Soil Profile

In general, the subsoil conditions present across the site can be grouped into fourprimary layers. The range of thickness of these layers at the explored borehole locationsis summarised below :

Range of Thickness of Subsoil Layers

Type of Stratum Plant AreaStratum – I (Lateritic fill) Nil to 3.0 mStratum – II (Upper soils) Nil to 5.0 mStratum – III (Laterite) 3.7 to 21.0 mStratum – IV (Lateritic soils) Nil to 26.4 m

EIA REPORTFOR




The above four stratums can be further described as follows :

Stratum – I

Recently placed lateritic fill soil

This fill is of recent origin and primarily consists of materials originating from blastingoperations at the site. This fill has not been compacted in layers to any specified criteriaof optimum moisture content and maximum dry density and hence should be consideredas non-structural fill. Lateritic fill soils extended to a maximum depth of 3.0 metres.

Physical observation by geotechnical personnel indicated that fill soils are containinglarge amount of gravel and boulders. Sieve and hydrometer analysis indicates that thegroup classification for the fill soils has a wide range – GC, GM – GC, GW – GM & SC.

SPT tests performed in this stratum resulted in `N’ values ranging from 12 to 43. Certainvalues may have been exaggerated due to presence of boulders at the test depths.

Stratum – II

Stiff to very stiff, mottled, reddish brown lateritic clayey silt to silty clay with somesand and gravel (CH-MH).

Soil in this stratum primarily consists of clayey silt to silty clay with some sand andgravel. Standard Penetration Tests (SPT) performed in this stratum resulted in `N’values ranging from 10 to 38 indicating a consistency ranging from stiff to hard.

Range of index properties of samples obtained from this stratum are as follows:

Liquid limit, LL - 41 to 76%Plastic limit, PL - 23 to 43%Plasticity Index, PI - 18 to 35%Natural Moisture content, NMC - 16 to 27%Bulk density, - 1.48 to 2.06 T/m3

Stratum – III

Moderately soft to hard, reddish brown, vesicular, partially weathered, fracturedlaterite.

Rock encountered in this stratum was a reddish brown, vesicular, fractured, partiallyweathered laterite which matches with the published literature of geology of this area.

The vesicles were filled up with soft lateritic soil or limonitic (light yellow) or (yellowishwhite) clay. In some boreholes, while drilling through this stratum, there was loss ofwater (drilling fluid) indicating the presence of cavities or wide continuous joints. As

EIA REPORTFOR




typical of lateritic rock formations, the upper zone of this stratum has been weather-hardened and was found to be relatively strong.

Details of Stratum – III for different areas can be summarised as follows :

SALIENT FEATURES OF STRATUM III

Item Plant AreaThickness of Stratum – III in metres 3.7 to 21.0Core Recovery (CR) in % 5 to 94Rock Quality Designation (RQD) in % Nil to 44

Physical examination in the field and laboratory test results indicated hardness of lateritevarying from moderately soft to hard. Although the exposed caprock is hard, due tovesicular and jointed (fractured) nature of this rockmass, the overall behaviour may beconsidered as that of a moderately soft to medium hard rock.

Different tests were conducted on representative rock core samples to determine theengineering properties such as – dry density, water absorption, porosity, crushingstrength, etc. Summary of these results is as follows :-

SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS

Item Range for Samples fromPlant Area

Dry density (g/cc) 1.97 to 3.36Water Absorption (%) 4.9 to 12.78Porosity (%) 10.99 to 25.8Crushing Strength (T/m2) 375 to 1,690

Stratum – IV

Hard to stiff, mottled, reddish brown lateritic clayey silt / silty clay with traces ofsand & gravel (CH-MH).

Beneath the laterite, boreholes encountered lateritic soils which could be classified assilty clay to clayey silts. Rotary drilling was continues though this stratum down to therespective borehole termination depths.

SPT tests indicated that `N’ values were greater than 10 in all the boreholes. Most of theboreholes indicated reducing `N’ values with increasing depths with consistency rangingfrom very stiff to hard at the top and becoming stiff at greater depths.

Grain size test was carried out on select soil samples by performing sieve andhydrometer analyses. These results indicate that the soil below the laterite deposit issilty clay to clayey silt with traces of sand and gravel.

EIA REPORTFOR




Atterberg limit tests indicated that Liquid Limit (LL) ranges between 48% and 118% andPlastic Limit (PL) values are between 23% and 44%. The corresponding plasticity index(PI) ranged from 17% to 75%.

3.2.4 Hydrology

Hydro-geological the area can be ground under hard rocks comprising Archaean Argillitegroup of rocks and consolidated laterites. In the area occupied by the hard rocks, theground water occurs under unconfined conditions in joints, fractures etc. of the freshrock below. Its occurrence controlled by the intensity and depth of weathering and by thepresence of joints and fractures which vary place to place. The maximum thickness ofweathered zone in this area is about 10.0 m.

The water levels of the open wells were measured during study period. It was found thatthe groundwater level ranges from 2m to 13.1 m below ground level. The shallow waterlevel is confined to low lying area and deep water levels are confined to high grounds.

Water contour map indicates that the natural groundwater flow is towards South-Westdirection with a hydraulic gradient of 7m/km. The regional groundwater direction alsoappears to be South-West but it is localized due to rugged topography.

Aquifer Parameters

The aquifer parameters are available from dug-well pumping tests conducted duringprevious studies by CGWB. The summarised results of pumping test are given below.The specific capacity ranges from 3.38 to 424.57 lpm/m of drawdown, transmissivityranges form 5.58 to 375.22 m

2/day, whereas permeability varies from 4.28 to 425.22

m/day.

S.No.

Aquifer Specific Capacity(lpm/m of dd)

Transmissivity(m2/day)

Permeability(m/day)

1 Laterite 79.10 to 424.57 46.59 to 375.22 7.40 to 425.22

2 Fractured Basalt 3.38 to 51.44 5.58 to 28.95 4.28 to 24.85

Yield of WellsThe yields of the wells are the functions of the permeability and transmissivity of aquiferencountered and vary with thickness of the aquifer zone encountered, location, diameterand depth etc. Ground water in the area is being developed by two type of abstractionstructures i.e., borewells and dugwells. However dugwells are the main ground waterabstraction structures in the area. Majority of dugwells in the area are basically used fordomestic purpose.

EIA REPORTFOR




The yields of dugwells in area ranges from 2 to 5 m3/day. The wells located intopographic lows have better yield than located elsewhere. However, the yield of thedugwells is more during post-monsoon period and declines with the approach ofsummer.

Ground Water ResourcesCentral Ground Water Board and Groundwater Survey and Development Agency(GSDA) have jointly estimated the ground water resources of Sindhudurg district.As per the estimation the total annual ground water recharge is 105.68 MCM with thenatural discharge of 5.40 MCM, thus the net annual ground water availability comes tobe 100.30 MCM. The total annual draft for all uses is estimated at 70.74 MCM withirrigation sector being the major consumer having a draft of 52.92 MCM. The net annualground water availability for future irrigation is 17.48 MCM, whereas the allocation fordomestic and industrial requirements is 29.88 MCM. The stage of ground waterdevelopment is 38.35% and have been categorised as “Safe”.

Particle tracking

Particle tracking is usually used to determine the trace of flow paths along which thesolutes are likely to move with water. After obtaining satisfactory results from the flowmodel using MODFLOW, particle tracking was carried out in order to understand thedirection and rate of movement of conservative solutes by advection. Particles wereintroduced from the center of the plant area and time taken by this particle at the edge ofTerekhol river was analysed. MODPATH module was used for this particle trackingstudy. The particle flow path indicates that the particle will not reach river even after 10years.

3.2.5 Water Environment

Water quality monitoring was carried out with the following objectives:

To collect baseline data on existing water quality. To assess the raw water quality to be used by the proposed project.

Selection of Sampling Locations

A total of sixteen water-sampling locations were selected for the present study. Eightsurface water sampling location were selected in the vicinity of study area. Eight groundwater sampling locations were selected up gradient and down gradient of proposedplant.

Water monitoring locations is marked in Drg. No. MEC/Q6V0/11/S2/02.

EIA REPORTFOR




Methodology

In order study the existing water quality within the study area, grab samples of waterwere collected from sixteen (16) locations, as given in Table 3.10. Ground watersamples were analysed for different parameters as per IS: 10500. The water samplesanalysed for different parameters as per American Public Health Association (APHA),2005 - "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water" and IS:10550 1993 (reaffirmed 2003).

Table 3.10: Location of Water Monitoring Station

SN Station No. Location Type1 Proposed intake well near Banda SW 1 Surface Water2 Madura Nallah SW 2 Surface Water3 Up stream of Terikhol river near Satose SW 3 Surface Water4 Down stream of Terikhol river near Naibag SW 4 Surface Water5 Terikhol river near dump site (between Satarda and Satose) SW 5 Surface Water6 Telari dam SW 6 Surface Water7 Satarda Nallah near project site SW 7 Surface Water8 Satarda Nallah near confluence with Terikhol river SW 8 Surface Water9 Well water in Satosa village i.e. Up gradient of dump site GW 1 Ground Water10 Well water in Satarda village i.e. down gradient of dump site GW 2 Ground Water11 Well water of Bhatwadi village GW3 Ground Water12 Well water of Paraskad village GW 4 Ground Water13 Borewell near project site GW 5 Ground Water14 Well water of Sateli village GW 6 Ground Water15 Borewell water of Madura village GW 7 Ground Water16 Borewell water of Ugvey village GW 8 Ground Water

Results of Surface Water Quality

The result of analysis of Surface Water is given in Tables 3.11a & 3.11b. The surfacewater quality was compared with CPCB norm for surface water, as given in Table3.11c. The surface water quality is within the norms for Classes C, D, and E (Table3.11c) except BOD levels in all the samples. The results indicate that surface water isnot fit for drinking purposes.

Table 3.11a: Surface Water Quality

Sl.No.

Parameters Proposedintake wellnear Banda

(SW 1)

MaduraNallah(SW 2)

U/S ofTerikhol Rivernear Satose

(SW 3)

D/S ofTerikhol Rivernear Naibag

(SW 4)Summer Summer Summer Summer

1. pH Value 7.02 6.65 6.37 6.612. Conductivity, ms/cm 68.4 13.8 59.6 62.4

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl.No.

Parameters Proposedintake wellnear Banda

(SW 1)

MaduraNallah(SW 2)

U/S ofTerikhol Rivernear Satose

(SW 3)

D/S ofTerikhol Rivernear Naibag

(SW 4)3. Suspended solids, mg/l 292 29 268 2754. Dissolved Oxygen (as O2), mg/l 4.3 6.1 4.7 5.45. BOD,3 days at 27° C, mg/l 11.6 7.8 10.2 17.46. Free Ammonia (as N), mg/l, Max. 0.027 0.012 0.038 0.0467. Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, Max. 172 8 184 2088. Magnesium (as Mg), mg/L, Max. 430 11.7 508 7559. Sodium (as Ca), mg/l, Max. 9175 22.5 8221 990510. Potasssium (as Mg), mg/L, Max. 375 2.0 345 35311. Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, Max. 15148 19.7 14013 1776612. Fluoride (as F) mg/L, Max. 0.29 0.29 0.57 0.8913 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, Max. 421 3.6 980 54014 Phosphate (as PO4) mg/l, Max. 0.28 0.06 0.21 0.3215 Chromium (as Cr6 +), mg/l, Max. <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.0116 Total Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max. 0.01 0.061 0.034 0.07317. Copper (Cu), mg/l, Max. 0.011 <0.01 <0.01 0.0118. Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, Max. 0.018 0.011 0.015 0.01319. Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, Max. <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.000520. Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, Max. <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.00521. Selenium (as Se), mg/l, Max. <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.00522. Arsenic (as As), mg/l, Max. <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.0323. Boron (as B) mg/l, Max. 2.8 <0.2 2.94 2.7224. Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max. <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.0525. Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max. 0.016 0.011 0.019 0.03426. Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l, Max. 96 35 56 6427. Coliform organisms, MPN/100ml 9.0 x 102 4 1.6 x 103 2.2 x 103

28. Sodium Absorption Ratio 85.07 1.19 70.8 71.52

Table 3.11b: Surface Water Quality

Sl.No.

Parameters Terikhol Rivernear dump sitebetween Satose

and Satarda(SW 5)

Tellaridam

(SW 6)

SatardaNallah nearproject site

(SW 7)

Satarda Nallahnear confluence

with Terikholriver

(SW 8)Summer Summer Summer Summer

1. pH Value 6.48 6.52 6. 44 6.282. Conductivity, ms/cm 64.2 12.4 0.26 47.63. Suspended solids, mg/l 356 115 17 2594. Dissolved Oxygen (as O2), mg/l 5.1 5.6 5.9 4.65. BOD,3 days at 27° C, mg/l 11.8 9.2 8.6 17.26. Free Ammonia (as N), mg/l, Max. 0.047 0.035 0.026 0.0177. Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, Max. 172 6.4 6.4 40.8

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl.No.

Parameters Terikhol Rivernear dump sitebetween Satose

and Satarda(SW 5)

Tellaridam

(SW 6)

SatardaNallah nearproject site

(SW 7)

Satarda Nallahnear confluence

with Terikholriver

(SW 8)8. Magnesium (as Mg), mg/L, Max. 594 18.46 19.44 331.79. Sodium (as Ca), mg/l, Max. 9362 4.5 5.0 285010. Potasssium (as Mg), mg/L, Max. 335 5.0 3.0 12.511. Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, Max. 16384 13.6 14.8 493512. Fluoride (as F) mg/L, Max. 0.39 0.06 0.72 0.5713 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, Max. 562 4.59 8.7 71514 Phosphate (as PO4) mg/l, Max. 0.54 0.04 0.022 0.2915 Chromium (as Cr6 +), mg/l, Max. <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.0116 Total Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max. 0.01 0.08 0.24 0.07317. Copper (Cu), mg/l, Max. 0.012 0.019 0.014 0.01518. Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, Max. 0.018 0.012 0.08 0.01419. Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, Max. <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.000520. Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, Max. <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.00521. Selenium (as Se), mg/l, Max. <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.00522. Arsenic (as As), mg/l, Max. <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.0323. Boron (as B) mg/l, Max. 2.64 <0.2 <0.2 1.6424. Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max. <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.0525. Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max. 0.011 0.06 0.014 0.01626. Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l, Max. 26 32 24 2827. Coliform organisms, MPN/100ml 1.6x 103 50 2.2x 102 2.2x 103

28. Sodium Absorption Ratio 75.93 0.204 0.23 32.35

Table 3.11c: Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) Surface Water Quality Criteria

SN Parameters Class A Class B Class C Class D Class E1. pH 6.5–8.5 6.5–8.5 6.0-9.0 6.5–8.5 6.5–8.52. Dissolved oxygen (as O2), mg/l, min 6 5 4 4 -3. BOD, 5 days at 20 C, max 2 3 3 - -4. Total coliform organism, MPN/100 ml, max 50 500 5000 - -5. Free ammonia (as N), mg/l, max - - - 1.2 -6. Electrical conductivity, mhos/cm, max - - - - 22507. Sodium absorption ratio, max. - - - - 268. Boron (as B), mg/l, max. - - - - 2

Class A :Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after dis-infectionClass B :Outdoor bathing (organised)Class C :Drinking water source after conventional treatment and after dis-infectionClass D :Propagation of Wild life and FisheriesClass E :Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, and Controlled Waste DisposalBelow E :Not meeting A, B, C, D & E Criteria

EIA REPORTFOR




Results of Ground Water Quality

The results of ground water quality are given in Table 3.11d & 3.11e. In absence of anyspecific norms for Ground Water Quality, the results have been compared with drinkingwater norms (IS: 10500). All the parameters at the eight locations are well within thenorm (IS: 10500, 1991), except in GW4 i.e. Paraskad village, iron is exceeding thedesired limit but is within the permissible limit.

Table 3.11d: Ground Water Quality

Sl.No.

Characteristics *Requirement(Desirable

limits)

*Permissiblelimits in theabsence ofalternatesource

ResultsSatosaviilage(GW -1)

Satardaviilage

(GW - 2)

Bhatwadiviilage

(GW - 3)

Paraskadviilage

(GW - 4)Essential Characteristics: Summer Summer Summer Summer

1 Colour, Hazen Units, Max. 5 25 <5 <5 <5 <52 Odour Unobjectionable - Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj.3 Taste Agreeable - Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr.4 Turbidity, NTU, Max. 5 10 <5 <5 <5 <55 pH Value 6.5 to 8.5 No rlaxation 5.81 6.04 5.49 6.036 Total Hardness (as CaCO3), mg/l, Max. 300 600 20 16 24 407 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max. 0.3 1 0.19 0.21 0.29 0.528 Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, Max. 250 1000 17.8 11.8 13.89 Residual Free Chlorine, mg/l Min. 0.2 - Nil Nil Nil Nil10 Fluoride (as F) mg/L, Max. 1 1.5 0.17 0.14 0.29 0.74

Desirable Characteristics :11 Dissolved Solids mg/l, Max. 500 2000 84 106 82 10612 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, Max. 75 200 6.4 8.0 6.4 6.413 Magnesium (as Mg), mg/l, Max. 30 100 9.7 36.9 14.6 13.614 Copper (Cu), mg/l, Max. 0.05 1.5 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.0215 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, Max. 0.1 0.3 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.0216 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, Max. 200 400 0.14 0.35 0.16 6.117 Nitrate (as No3), mg/l, Max. 45 100 3.7 5.8 0.2 6.818 Phenolic Compounds (as C6 H5OH), mg/l Max. 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.00119 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, Max. 0.001 No relaxation <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.000520 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, Max. 0.01 No relaxation <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.00521 Selenium (as Se), mg/l, Max. 0.01 No relaxation <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.00522 Arsenic (as As), mg/l, Max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.0323 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, Max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.0124 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.0525 Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max. 5 15 <0.01 <0.01 0.03 0.0126 Anionic detergent (as MBAS) mg/l, Max. 0.2 1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.127 Chromium (as Cr6 +), mg/l, Max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.0128 Mineral oil mg/l, Max. 0.01 0.03 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.129 Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l, Max. 200 600 28 12 12 2830 Aluminum (as A1) mg/l, Max. 0.03 0.2 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.131 Boron, mg/l, Max. 1 5 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01*IS 10500 ( 1991) : Norms for Drinking Water.

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 3.11e: Ground Water Quality

Sl.No.

Characteristics*Requirement

(Desirablelimits)

*Permissiblelimits in theabsence ofalternatesource

ResultsProject

site(GW -5)

Sateliviilage

(GW - 6)

Maduraviilage

(GW - 7)

Ugveyviilage

(GW - 8)Essential Characteristics Summer Summer Summer Summer

1 Colour, Hazen Units, Max. 5 25 <5 <5 <5 <52 Odour Unobjectionable - Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj.3 Taste Agreeable - Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr.4 Turbidity, NTU, Max. 5 10 <5 <5 <5 <55 pH Value 6.5 to 8.5 No rlaxation 5.72 6.14 6.14 6.576 Total Hardness (as CaCO3), mg/l, Max. 300 600 24 32 30 367 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max. 0.3 1 0.17 0.31 0.28 0.328 Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, Max. 250 1000 15.8 11.8 23.79 Residual Free Chlorine, mg/l Min. 0.2 - Nil Nil Nil Nil

10 Fluoride (as F) mg/L, Max. 1 1.5 0.26 0.31 0.47 0.61Desirable Characteristics :

11 Dissolved Solids mg/l, Max. 500 2000 102 89 178 10712 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, Max. 75 200 6.4 8.0 11.2 8.013 Magnesium (as Mg), mg/l, Max. 30 100 24.3 16.52 27.21 18.4614 Copper (Cu), mg/l, Max. 0.05 1.5 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.0215 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, Max. 0.1 0.3 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.0216 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, Max. 200 400 0.28 3.1 1.8 2.417 Nitrate (as No3), mg/l, Max. 45 100 2.2 4.2 4.9 5.318 Phenolic Compounds (as C6 H5OH), mg/l Max. 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.00119 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, Max. 0.001 No relaxation <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.000520 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, Max. 0.01 No relaxation <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.00521 Selenium (as Se), mg/l, Max. 0.01 No relaxation <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.00522 Arsenic (as As), mg/l, Max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.0323 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, Max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.0124 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.0525 Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max. 5 15 <0.01 <0.01 0.03 0.0126 Anionic detergent (as MBAS) mg/l, Max. 0.2 1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.127 Chromium (as Cr6 +), mg/l, Max. 0.05 No relaxation <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.0128 Mineral oil mg/l, Max. 0.01 0.03 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.129 Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l, Max. 200 600 24 8 68 3230 Aluminum (as A1) mg/l, Max. 0.03 0.2 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.131 Boron, mg/l, Max. 1 5 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01*IS 10500 ( 1991) : Norms for Drinking Water.

* Requirement (Desirable limits)** Permissible limits in the absence of alternate source*** Through out any year, 95 % of samples should not contain any coli-form organism and

that no sample should contain more than 10 MPN/100 ml of coli-form organism andfurther no coli-form organism should be detectable in any two of the consecutivesamples.

3.2.6 MONITORING OF TRAFFIC DENSITY

EIA REPORTFOR




To quantify the impact of the proposed steel plant and allied activities on traffic, it isnecessary at first to evaluate the existing load of vehicular traffic near plant site. Themajor transport of finished products/ raw material passes thorough these roads. Thereare two major roads near by the proposed plants. The plant traffic along with majorMaharastra city traffic and inter state transport passes through these junctions. Twenty-four hours monitoring were done for traffic density once at each of the followingjunctions:

i) SH -4 near Satarda Post Officeii) NH – 17 near Paraska bus stand

Monitoring results depicted in Table 3.12 indicate that during 04.00 to 20.00 all type ofvehicles are maximum at both the junctions. Heavy vehicle are maximum at Paraskachowk near bus stand compared to SH – 4 near post office at Satarda. Maximum VCVcategory vehicles maximum at this junction is due to inter city and inter state buses arealso crossing this junction.

Table 3.12: Results of Traffic density Monitoring

Time Two Wheeler LMV HMVSH -4 NH – 17 SH -4 NH – 17 SH -4 NH – 17

10.00 -11.00 AM 184 156 32 122 87 10211.00 -12.00 PM 201 132 125 113 102 11512.00 -13.00PM 191 148 138 115 106 13413.00-14.00PM 132 119 68 124 52 9614.00 – 15.00PM 145 156 41 205 115 7915.00 – 16.00 PM 106 124 74 162 62 10416.00 – 17.00 PM 170 98 128 108 68 8917.00 -18.00 PM 194 84 84 145 32 12418.00 – 19.00 PM 115 62 98 196 41 9319.00 – 20.00 PM 84 44 72 115 35 8720.00 – 21.00 PM 38 35 24 92 43 10121.00 – 22.00 PM 11 17 35 65 61 8422.00 – 23.00 PM 6 21 29 47 39 9523.00 – 00.00 AM 15 28 21 62 44 10800.00 – 01.00 AM - 24 8 89 58 12401.00 – 02.00 AM - 35 5 95 65 9802.00 – 03.00 AM - 86 11 105 79 14203.00 – 04.00 AM - 138 15 116 46 9404.00 – 05.00 AM 11 164 19 107 35 8705.00 – 06.00 AM 32 205 25 124 52 6906.00 – 07.00 AM 56 171 54 139 43 10407.00 – 08.00 AM 84 192 72 125 85 8708.00 – 09.00 AM 142 215 95 154 115 9109.00 – 10.00 AM 168 194 102 128 92 107

EIA REPORTFOR




3.2.7 Soil

Selection of Sampling Location

The soil sampling locations were selected with the following objective: To assess the background / baseline soil quality of the region.

A total of five sampling locations as marked in Drg. No. MEC/Q6V0/11/S2/02 wereselected for the study. The selected locations and the justification for their selection aregiven in Table 3.13.

Table 3.13: Selection of Soil Sampling Locations and Justification

SampleNo.

Type ofLand

Location of Sampling StationName With Respect to Project side Vs IMD Wind

PatternJustification

S1 Agricultural Sateli Village The location is D/W of most predominantannual wind in ENE direction of project site.

Between the location and project side thereare no other industries.

To assess the impact ofproposed plant emissionson agricultural land andsolid waste dumpsite(U/S).

S2 Agricultural Bhatwadi Village The location is D/W of 8th predominantannual wind NW direction of project site.

Between the location and project side thereare no major industries.

To assess the impact ofproposed plant emissionson agricultural land andsolid waste dumpsite(D/S).

S3 Barren Project site The location is down gradient of Slag Dump To assess the impact ofproposed plant emissionson soil.

S4 Agricultural Fly ash dumpsite betweenSatosa andSatarda

Soil at this location is irrigated with Terikhol river To assess the impact ofdumping of fly ash onagricultural land.

S5 Agricultural Down gradient ofFly ash dumpsite near Satarda

The location is D/W of 6th predominantannual wind SW.

To assess the impact ofdumping of fly ash in thedown gradient agriculturalland.

Methodology

In order to have an idea about the baseline soil quality in the study area, samples oftopsoil were collected from the five locations once during the study period. The soilsamples were marked, brought to laboratory, air-dried and analysed for differentphysico-chemical characteristics by following the methodology given in Jackson, M.L.(1967): "Soil Chemical Analysis" (Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Limited, New Delhi) and"Soil Test Methodology" (1992), Edited B.S. Mathur. SSAC (BAU) Tech. Bull. 3/92. Pp.312. Department of Soil Sciences and Agriculture Chemistry, Birsa AgricultureUniversity, Ranchi.

EIA REPORTFOR




Results of Soil Analysis

The results of analysis are given in Tables 3.14, 3.15, 3.16 and 3.17. Soil pH plays avery important role in the availability of nutrients. The composition of the soil microbialcommunity is also dependent on the soil pH. In the study area the soil samples hadacidic pH in all samples except in S3.

Electrical conductivity is a measure of the concentration of soluble salts and ionicactivity. Salt concentration is directly proportional to the osmotic pressure, which governsthe process of osmosis in the soil – plant system. The electrical conductivity in all the soilsamples ranged from 0.134ms/cm (S3) to 0.576 ms/cm (S5).

Table 3.14: Physico-Chemical Properties of Soils

Sl.No

ResultsType of Soil Colour Texture Bulk

Density(gm/cc)

WaterHolding

Capacity (%)

pH(1: 5ratio)

ElectricalConductivity(µmhos/cm)

S1 Agricultural Brown Loamy clay 1.06 67.4 5.68 341S2 Agricultural Brown Loamy clay 1.14 62.5 5.91 172S3 Barren land Brownish

YellowLoamy clay 1.17 57.5 7.88 134

S4 Agricultural YellowishBrown Sandy clay 1.26 54.8 6.44 485

S5 Agricultural LightBrown

Sandy clay 1.17 53.2 6.12 576

Phosphorus and Nitrogen are limiting nutrients. In the tested soil samples, availability ofNitrogen is medium and Phosphorus and available potassium is medium in all thesamples except S5 where it is high. Organic carbon content is high in S1 and S5 ,Medium in S2 and low in S3 and S4 samples.

Table 3.15: Available Major Nutrients in Soil

Nutrients and Ratings ResultsS1 S2 S3 S4 S5

Organic Carbon (%) 1.31High

0.5Medium

0.1Low

0.15Low

1.01High

Organic Matter (%) 2.65 1.20 0.53 0.58 1.01Available Nitrogen (kg/ha) 305

Medium340

Medium180

Medium198

Medium301

MediumAvailable Phosphorus (kg/ha) 6.5

Low5.6Low

3.5Low

4.3Low

7.8Low

Available Potassium (kg/ha) 205Medium

295Medium

270Medium

262Medium

412High

EIA REPORTFOR




Nutrients and Ratings ResultsS1 S2 S3 S4 S5

Ratings:Organic Carbon : <0.50 – Low; 0.50 to 0.75 – Medium; >0.75 – HighAvailable Nitrogen : <280 – Low; 280 to 560 – Medium; >560 – HighAvailable Phosphorus : <10 – Low; 10 to 25 – Medium; >25 – HighAvailable Potassium : <120 – Low; 120 to 280 – Medium; >280 – High

The results show that the Calcium and Magnesium constitutes the bulk of exchangeablecations in the tested soil samples whereas levels of exchangeable sodium andpotassium are relatively low.

Table 3.16: Exchangeable Cations

Cations ResultsS1 S2 S3 S4 S5

Calcium (meq/100 gm) 3.99 (42.27) 0.27 (6.59) 8.62 (37.62) 0.23 (3.80) 0.81 (13.80)Magnesium (meq/100 gm) 4.00 (42.37) 3.00 (73.17) 13.4 (58.49) 5.00 (82.51) 4.20 (71.55)Sodium (meq/100 gm) 0.78 (8.26) 0.66 (16.10) 0.87 (3.80) 0.81 (13.37) 0.83 (14.14)Potassium (meq/100 gm) 0.67 (7.10) 0.17 (4.14) 0.02 (0.09) 0.02 (0.33) 0.03 (0.51)Total Bases (meq/100 gm) 9.44 (100) 4.10 (100) 22.91 (100) 6.06 (100) 5.87 (100)Values in ( ) give the % of respective cation of the total cations.

Soil micro–nutrients also play an important role in plant growth and can act as limitingnutrients. Soil micro–nutrient analysis can be employed as a diagnostic tool forpredicting the possibility of deficiency of a nutrient and the profitability of its application.For this it is necessary to fix the critical limits. The critical limit of a micro–nutrient is thatcontent of extractable nutrient at or below which plantation practised on it will produce apositive response to its application. Iron, Copper and Zinc is high in all the tested soilsamples. Since in the study area, the level of all micro–nutrients are above the criticallimits and thus are in available amount and may prove helpful to plant growth. However itmust be noted that very high concentrations of one or more micro–nutrients may bedetrimental to plant growth and soil fertility may be adversely affected.

Table 3.17: Available Micronutrients

Micro Nutrient Results (in mg/kg)S1 S2 S3 S4 S5

Iron (as Fe) 53.8 39.6 47.2 31.4 47.5Copper (as Cu) 1.16 2.68 3.1 2.42 3.26Zinc (Zn) 0.79 2.15 0.67 0.81 1.15Manganese (Mn) 4.12 36.5 41.2 31.5 49.8

Critical Limits (mg/kg)Iron 4.5 – 6.0 Copper 0.20 – 0.66 Zn 0.50 – 0.65

EIA REPORTFOR




3.2.8 Land Use Pattern in the Study Area

Existing land use in the study area has been studied through Satellite image processing(Resource at LISS III, January,2008) with Satellite data of 23.5 m resolution. Existingland uses of the study area are given in Table 3.18. It is observed that rural settlement isin 2.9% of the area and 36.8% of the area is used for cultivation. Total forest land is36.3% in which Dense Forest covers 6.5%, Open Forest 18.1%, Scrub 11.5% andMangrove 0.2% of the area. Land use coverage is shown in Drawing No.MEC/Q6V0/11/S2/03.

Table 3.18 : Approximate land Use in the Study Area

SN. Land use Area (ha) Distribution (%)1 Built-up area

Rural Settlement 974.65 2.92 Agriculture Land

Crop land 12260.97 36.8

3 Waste land Fallow Land Waste land River sand

6783.86122.13169.13

20.30.40.5

4 Forest Land Dense Forest Open Forest Scrub Mangrove

2183.416024.463826.08

73.27

6.518.111.50.2

5 Water Bodies Rivers 940.23 2.8

TOTAL 33358.19 100.0

3.2.9 Biological Environment

Methodology of the Ecology Study

The study area is taken as 10km radius around the project site.

The list of Flora and Fauna found in the Forest Division (Sawantwadi) was collected fromthe Working Plan (2003/4 to 2011/12) of the division for reference. In addition, thepublication “Flora of Sindhudurg District by B.G. Kulkarni; Pub. Botanical Survey ofIndia,1988” was also referred. The website www.biosearch.in maintained by NationalInstitute of Oceanography was referred for aquatic fauna. The list of flora and faunafound in the region was prepared by conducting field survey and by discussions withconcerned Forest Department personnel using the list available in the Working Plan as abase. The phyto-sociology of the vegetation (covering frequency, density, abundanceand species diversity) in the forest and other areas falling in the study area was

EIA REPORTFOR




determined by conducting field studies in selected areas (by laying suitable sizes ofquadrat) falling under the respective zones. The list of avifauna was supplemented byactual observations. Fishermen’s hauls were examined for supplementing the list ofaquatic fauna.

The study area is hilly in terrain studded with private plantations, sparsely populated.There is no wildlife and bird sanctuary within the study area. The biotic environment canbe described under following heads.

Project Site Study Area

3.2.9.1 Project Site

The project site is declared industrial area as per Gazette notification of Government ofMaharashtra, covering an area of 351ha falling in villages of Satarda, Satosa, Aronda,Gulduve, Talvane. The area exhibits an undulated topography.

The ecological features of the project site can be described under following heads:

i) Waste landii) Land with shrubsiii) Land with trees

i) Waste land

Wasteland has developed in the area where the soil conditions are poor and under highbiotic pressure. The rocky outcrops and adjacent slopes where soil depth is notappropriate to support plant growth are also commonly seen in the area. All such areasare either without any vegetation or are covered with species like Lantana sp., Calotropisspp, Croton sp., Zyziphus sp., Leonotis sp., Xanthium straumarium, Mimosa pudica etc.

EIA REPORTFOR




Photo 3.1: Barren land within project site


The hillocks and plateau are rocky at places and mostly denuded of vegetation while insome areas the shrubby vegetation is seen. At places in the project site and mostly onplateau, the land is covered with shrubs of height ranging from 0.5 to 2.0m. In theseareas the average shrub density is about 4160 /ha. The vegetation is under degradationstage consisting of closely spaced trees, stunted in growth due to high biotic pressure.Memecylon edule (Anjani), is the most dominant species followed by Carissa carandus(Karaonda), Acacia auriculiformis (Acacia), Grewia micrococus (Hasoli), Anacardiumoccidentale (Kaju), Sterculia guttata (Wanderphal), Lannea grandis (Moi), etc. TheAcacia auriculiformis planted by the earlier industry established on the project site ismaking their presence strongly in such areas.

EIA REPORTFOR




Photo 3.2: Shrub vegetation within project site

The phyto-sociological features of the land with shrubs in the project site are shown inTable 3.19a & 3.19b. The species diversity, as measured Shannon-Weaver Index insampled plots in the study area for shrubby vegetation is about 3.27.

Table 3.19a: Shrubs growing in the project siteSN Plant species No. of Quadrat (5m x 5m)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Total1 Acacia auriculiformis (Acacia) 5 0 2 0 0 7 1 0 0 2 172 Anacardium occidentale (Kaju) 1 2 0 2 1 0 0 1 1 0 83 Buchnania latifolia (Char) 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 24 Carissa carandus (Karaonda) 0 2 1 2 2 1 0 0 3 1 125 Grewia micrococus (Hasoli) 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 1 66 Lannea grandis (Moi) 0 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 1 0 57 Memecylon edule (Anjani) 3 0 4 1 3 0 6 0 1 2 208 Lantana spp. (Tantana) 1 1 0 2 1 2 2 2 5 3 199 Sapium insigne (Hure) 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 2

10 Terminalia paniculata (Kunjal) 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 211 Wrightia tinctoria (Kuda) 2 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 512 Opuntia sp (Neolkanda) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 313 Sterculia guttata (Wanderphal) 1 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 614 Terminalia paniculata (Kinjal) 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 315 Miscellaneous 1 2 0 1 1 0 0 1 3 2 11

Total 17 9 13 12 10 13 9 7 16 15 121

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 3.19b: Phyto-sociological features of shrubs growing in project siteSN Plant species Freq. Density

(No./ha)Abundance RF RD IVI Sp.

Div1 Acacia auriculiformis (Acacia) 50 680 3.40 7.69 14.05 21.74

1.089

2 Anacardium occidentale (Kaju) 60 320 1.33 9.23 6.61 15.843 Buchnania latifolia (Char) 20 80 1.00 3.08 1.65 4.734 Carissa carandus (Karaonda) 70 480 1.71 10.77 9.92 20.695 Grewia micrococus (Hasoli) 30 240 2.00 4.62 4.96 9.586 Lannea grandis (Moi) 30 200 1.67 4.62 4.13 8.757 Memecylon edule (Anjani) 70 800 2.86 10.77 16.53 27.308 Lantana spp. (Tantana) 90 760 2.11 13.85 15.70 29.559 Sapium insigne (Hure) 20 80 1.00 3.08 1.65 4.7310 Terminalia paniculata (Kunjal) 20 80 1.00 3.08 1.65 4.7311 Wrightia tinctoria (Kuda) 40 200 1.25 6.15 4.13 10.2812 Opuntia sp (Neolkanda) 10 120 3.00 1.54 2.48 4.0213 Sterculia guttata (Wanderphal) 40 240 1.50 6.15 4.96 11.1114 Terminalia paniculata (Kinjal) 30 120 1.00 4.62 2.48 7.1015 Miscellaneous 70 440 1.57 10.77 9.09 19.86

Total 650 4840 100 100 200RF: Relative Frequency; RD: Relative Density; IVI: Importance Value Index

iii) Land with trees

In plain and low elevation areas where the soil condition is better few patches of trees,which have evaded biotic pressure are seen. The tree height in these areas ranges from5m to 12m. In these areas the average tree density is about 218/ha. The vegetation isunder degradation stage with cut stumps clearly seen and sparsely spaced trees.Anacardium occidentale (Kaju), is the most dominant species followed by Lanneagrandis (Moi), Buchnania latifolia (Char), Alstonia scholaris (Satwin), Mangifera indica(Aam), Garcinia indica (Kokum), etc.

Photo 3.3: Land with trees within project site

EIA REPORTFOR




The phyto-sociological features of the land with shrubs in the project site are shown inTable 3.20a & 3.20b. The species diversity, as measured Shannon-Weaver Index insampled plots in the study area for shrubby vegetation is about 1.03.

Table 3.20a: Trees growing in the project siteSl.

No.Plant species No. of Quadrat (20m X 20m)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Total1 Acacia chundra (Khair) 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 1 52 Anacardium occidentale (Kaju) 4 2 5 2 2 0 3 3 2 1 243 Buchnania latifolia (Char) 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 44 Garcinia indica (Kokum) 1 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 45 Lannea grandis (Moi) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 16 Mangifera indica (Aam) 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 37 Caryota urens (Shawari) 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 28 Sapium insigne (Hure) 2 1 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 69 Syzigium cumnii (Jamun) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 2

10 Terminalia paniculata (Kinjal) 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 311 Ficus asperrima (Kharwat) 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 412 Alstonia scholaris (Satwin) 1 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 1 513 Zanthoxylon rhesia (Triphal) 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 414 Acacia auriculiformis 1 0 0 1 1 2 1 3 1 2 1215 Thespesia populnea (Bhendi) 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 5

Total 10 10 5 7 9 10 7 9 6 11 84

Table 3.20b: Phyto-sociological features of trees growing in project siteSl.

No.Plant species Freq. Density


Div1 Acacia chundra (Khair) 40 12.5 1.25 7.02 5.95 12.97

1.032

2 Anacardium occidentale (Kaju) 90 60 2.67 15.79 28.57 44.363 Buchnania latifolia (Char) 40 10 1.0 7.02 4.76 11.784 Garcinia indica (Kokum) 30 10 1.33 5.26 4.76 10.025 Lannea grandis (Moi) 10 2.5 1.0 1.75 1.19 2.946 Mangifera indica (Aam) 30 7.5 1.0 5.26 3.57 8.837 Caryota urens (Shawari) 20 5 1.0 3.51 2.38 5.898 Sapium insigne (Hure) 40 15 1.5 7.02 7.14 14.169 Syzigium cumnii (Jamun) 20 5 1.0 3.51 2.38 5.89

10 Terminalia paniculata (Kinjal) 20 7.5 1.5 3.51 3.57 7.0811 Ficus asperrima (Kharwat) 40 10 1.0 7.02 4.76 11.7812 Alstonia scholaris (Satwin) 40 12.5 1.25 7.02 5.95 12.9713 Zanthoxylon rhesia (Triphal) 40 10 1.0 7.02 4.76 11.7814 Acacia auriculiformis 80 30 1.5 14.04 14.29 28.3315 Thespesia populnea (Bhendi) 30 12.5 1.67 5.26 5.95 11.21

Total 570 210 100 100 200

EIA REPORTFOR




3.2.9.2 Study Area

The study area covers 10 km radius around the project site. Due to high rainfall, thevegetation is luxuriant and falls into distinct climatic formations - the South Indian tropicalmoist deciduous forests. The most characteristic species is Teak (Tectona grandis)associated with Ain (Terminalia tomentosa), Kinjal (Terminalia paniculata) Siddum(Tetrameles nudiflora), Koshimb (Scleichera oleosa), Kanai (Albizzia procera), Sawar(Salmalia malabarica), etc., and Satwin (Alstonia scholaris), Bibla (Pterocarpusmarsupium), Amba (Mangifera indica), Phanas (Artocarpus integrifolia), Shisham(Dalbergia latifolia), Kokum (Garcinia indica), etc., in middle storey. However in the studyarea Teak is not much present in the forests and other areas, it is only seen in somepatches.

The study area can roughly be divided in to, Hillocks and Plateau areas. The former iseither barren or covered with private plantations and in very few patches are Forestareas (acquired forests1). The forest of the study area is of Southern tropical moistmixed deciduous forests type. The plateau areas are best utilized for cultivation andplantations. The plant species commonly found in the forest areas in the study area isgiven in Table 3.21.

Table 3.21: List of plants growing in study areaSN. Local vernacular

nameBotanical name Family Habit

TREES1 Ain Terminalia tomentosa Combretaceae Tree2 Amba Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae Tree3 Ambada Spondias mangifera Anacardiaceae Tree4 Amli/ Apta Bauhinia racemosa Caesalpiniaceae Tree5 Anjani Memecylon edule Memecylaceae Tree6 Asana, Kutgi Bridelia retusa Euphorbiaceae Tree7 Ashok Saraca indica Fabaceae Tree8 Australian acacia Acacia auriculiformis Mimosaceae Tree9 Awala Emblica officinalis Euphorbiaceae Tree10 Babool Acacia arabica Mimosaceae Tree11 Bakul Mimusops elengi Sapotaceae Tree12 Bel Aegle marmelos Rutaceae Tree13 Bhaya Cassia fistula Caesalpiniaceae Tree

Under the Maharashtra Private Forests (Acquisition) of Land Act (MPFA Act), 1975,such land classified as private forest (in revenue records) can be acquired by the ForestDepartment. The MPFA Act in Maharashtra came into force, bringing with it a whopping3.03 lakhs hectares of private land under the fold of reserved forest area after thegovernment acquired it. he acquired forests were deemed to be reserved forests underthe MFPA. The act was amended in 1978 to provide that acquired private forest landhad to be restored to a certain category of farmers.

EIA REPORTFOR




SN. Local vernacularname

Botanical name Family Habit

14 Bhendi Thespesia populnea Malvaceae Tree15 Bherlimad Caryota urens Arecaceae Tree16 Bhokar Cordia myxa Cordiaceae Tree17 Biba Semecarpus anacardium Anacardiaceae Tree18 Bibla Petrocarpus marsupium Papilionaceae Tree19 Bondara, Lendi Lagerstroemia parviflora Lythraceae Tree20 Bor Zizyphus jujuba Rhamnaceae Tree21 Champhar Flacourtia montana Flacourtiaceae Tree22 Chandan Santalum album Santalaceae Tree23 Char Buchanaia latifolia Anacardiaceae Tree24 Chinch / Imli Tamarindus indica Fabaceae Tree25 Dalchini Cinnamomum zyelannicum Lauraceae Tree26 Dhaman Grewia tiliaefolia Tiliaceae Tree27 Dikamali Gardenia lucida Rubiaceae Tree28 Goinda Diospyros montana Ebenaceae Tree29 Gul-mohar Delonix regia Caesalpinaceae Tree30 Hed Adina cordifolia Rubiaceae Tree31 Hela Terminalia belerica Combretaceae Tree32 Hirda Terminalia chebula Combretaceae Tree33 Hure Sapium insigne Euphorbiaceae Tree34 Jambha Xylia xylocarpa Mimosoideae Tree35 Jambhul Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae Tree36 Jangli-jhau Casuarina equisetifolia Casuarinaceae Tree37 Kadam Anthocephalus cadamba Rubiaceae Tree38 Kajra Strychnos nux-vomica Loganiaceae Tree39 Kaju Anacardium occidentalis Anacardiaceae Tree40 Kakad Garuga pinnata Burseraceae Tree41 Kalamb Mitragyna parvifolia Rubiaceae Tree42 Kalhoni Hopea wightiana Dipterocarpaceae Tree43 Kaphis, Khargol Trema orientalis Ulmaceae Tree44 Karambel Dillenia pentogyna Dilleniaceae Tree45 Karanj Pongamia pinnata Papillionaceae Tree46 Kevda Pandanus odoratissimus Pandanaceae Tree47 Khair Acacia catechu Mimosaceae Tree48 Kharwat Ficus asperrima Moraceae Tree49 Kinai Albizzia procera Mimosaceae Tree50 Kinjal Terminalia paniculata Combretaceae Tree51 Kirni Mimusops hexandra Sapotaceae Tree52 Koker, Wandarphal Sterculia guttata Sterculiaceae Tree53 Kokum Garcinia indica Clusiaceae Tree54 Koshimb Schleichera oleosa Sapindaceae Tree55 Kuda Wrightia tinctoria Apocynaceae Tree56 Kudo, indrajava Holarrhena antidysenterica Apocynaceae Tree

EIA REPORTFOR






57 Kudi, Tambada Wrightia tomentosa Apocynaceae Tree58 Kumbhi Careya arborea Lecythidaceae Tree59 Mahua Madhuca latifolia Sapotaceae Tree60 Moi, Shemat Lannea grandis Anacardiaceae Tree61 Nagchapha Mesua ferrea Clusiaceae Tree62 Nai-Ain-Arjun Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae Tree63 Nana Lagerstroemioa lanceolata Lythraceae Tree64 Nariel Cocos nucifera Palmae Tree65 Nilgiri Eucalyptus spp Myrtaceae Tree66 Palas Butea monosperma Fabaceae Tree67 Panerukh, Kandol Sterculia urens Sterculiaceae Tree68 Pangara Erythrina indica Fabaceae Tree69 Pat Phanas Artocarpus hirsuta Moraceae Tree70 Petari Trewia nudiflora Euphorbiaceae Tree71 Phanas Artocarpus integra Moraceae Tree72 Pimpal Ficus religiosa Moraceae Tree73 Pitkuli, Bhedas Eugenia zeylanica Myrtaceae Tree74 Pung / Supari Areca catechu Palmae Tree75 Ranjaiphal Myristica malabarica Myristicaceae Tree76 Rita Sapindus emarginata Sapindaceae Tree77 Rubber tree Ficus elastica Moraceae Tree78 Sag Tectona grandis Verbenaceae Tree79 Satwin Alstonia scholaris Apocynaceae Tree82 Sawar / semal Bombax malabaricum Malvaceae Tree83 Shawri Phoenix humilis Arecaceae Tree84 Shendri, Kumkum Mallotus philippinensis Euphorbiaceae Tree85 Shevga Moringa oleifera Moringaceae Tree86 Shiras Albizzia lebbek Mimosaceae Tree97 Shiras, Kala Albizzia odoratissima Mimosaceae Tree88 Shissam Dalbergia latifolia Papilionaceae Tree89 Shivam Gmelina arborea Verbenaceae Tree90 Tendu Diospyros melanoxylon Ebenaceae Tree91 Torch tree, Kurat Ixora parviflora Rubiaceae Tree92 Triphal Zanthoxylum rhetsa Rutaceae Tree93 Undi Calophyllum inophyllum Clusiaceae Tree94 Wad Ficus bengalensis Moraceae Tree95 Warang Kydia calycina Malvaceae Tree96 Waras Heterophragma

quadriloculareBignoniaceae Tree

97 Wavala Holoptelea integrifolia Urticaceae TreeSHRUBS

98 Adulsa Adhatoda vasica Acanthaceae Shrub99 Akra Strobilanthes heyneanus Acanthaceae Shrub100 Ankul Alangium salvii folium Alangiaceae Shrub101 Bedki, Kalikardori Gymnema sylvestre Asclepiadaceae Shrub

EIA REPORTFOR






102 Bhandira Clerodendron infortunatum Verbenaceae Shrub103 Ghanari, Tantani Lantana aculeata Verbenaceae Shrub104 Ghat bor Zizyphus xylopyra Rhamnaceae Shrub105 Hasoli Grewia microcos Tiliaceae Shrub106 Karand, Karwand Carissa carandus Apocynaceae Shrub107 Karinimb Murraya koenigii Rutaceae Shrub108 Kevda Pandanus furcatus Pandanaceae Shrub109 Kevni Helicteres isora Sterculiaceae Shrub110 Kutri Solanum giganteum Solanaceae Shrub111 Lajalu Mimosa pudica Fabaceae Shrub112 Manikyan Glycosmis pentaphylla Rutaceae Shrub113 Modgi Casearia tomentosa Salicaceae Shrub114 Neolkanda Opuntia sp Cactaceae Shrub115 Nirgudi Vitex negundo Verbenaceae Shrub116 Pandhari Murraya paniculata Rutaceae Shrub117 Pitkuli Ixora coccinea Rubiaceae Shrub118 Ranjai, Kusari Jasminum arborescens Oleaceae Shrub119 Rui Calotropis gigantea Asclepiadaceae Shrub120 Rui Calotropis procera Asclepiadaceae Shrub121 Sabja Ocimum basilicum Lamiaceae Shrub122 Satavari Asparagus racemosus Liliaceae Shrub123 Sherwod, bhutkes Mussaenda frondosa Rubiaceae Shrub124 Kela Musa sapientum Musaceae Shrub

CLIMBERS125 Bhui Kohola Ipomaea digitata Convolvulaceae Climber126 Cane Callamus pseudoenuis Palmaceae Climber127 Chambuli Bauhinia vahlii Leguminosae Climber128 Gunj Abrus precatorius Liliaceae Climber129 Kanheri Zizyphus oenoplia Rhamnaceae Climber130 Piloka Combretum extensum Combretaceae Climber131 - Cuscuta reflexa Convovulaceae Climber

BAMBOOS132 Choua, Chuva Oxytenanthera monostigma Poaceae Bamboo133 Kalak, Padai Bambusa bambos Poaceae Bamboo134 Shib, Udha Dendrocalamus strictus Poaceae Bamboo

GRASSES135 Bhalekusal Andropogon strictus Gramineae Grass136 Bhuri Aristida paniculata Poaceae Grass137 Chikra Eragrostis tremula Poaceae Grass138 Gondal Andropogon pumilis Poaceae Grass139 Kusali Heteropogon contortus Poaceae Grass140 Marvel Dichanthium annulatum Poaceae Grass141 Pandhari Kusal Aristida panicualata Poaceae Grass142 Rosha Cymbopogon martini Gramineae Grass143 Wavashi Saccharum procerum Poaceae Grass

The ecological features of the study area can be described under following heads:

EIA REPORTFOR




i) Plantations around Human Settlementsii) Waste landiii) Forest areaiv) Plantationsv) Agriculturevi) Terekhol Rivervii) Wild life and avi-fauna

i) Plants around Human Settlements

The species commonly found are given in Table 3.22. The trees commonly grownaround human settlement are mostly of economic importance. Among the fruit trees,which are common are Mango, Drumstick, Jackfruit, Bel, Jamun, Narial, Neebu,Banana, Papaya, etc.

Table 3.22: List of trees/shrubs growing in and around human settlementSl. No. Scientific Name Common Name1 Albezzia procera Kinnai2 Aegle marmelos Bel3 Artocarpus integra Panasa4 Bambusa bambos Kalak, Padai5 Bougainvellea spectabilis Bougainvellea6 Carica papaya Papita7 Citrus lemon Nimbu8 Delonix regia Gulmohar9 Eucalyptus spp Nilgiri10 Ficus bengalensis Wad11 Ficus religiosa Pimpal12 Mangifera indica Amba13 Moringa oleifera Shevga14 Musa sapientum Banana15 Phoenix humilis Shawri16 Pongamia pinnata Karanj17 Syzigium cumnii Jamul18 Tamarindus indica Chinch / Imli19 Zyziphus sp. Ber20 Embelica officinalis Awala21 Dendrocalamus strictus Shib, Udha22 Madhuca latifolia Mahua23 Spondias mangifera Ambada24 Anacardium occidentalis Kaju25 Bombax malabaricum Sawar / semal26 Cassia fistula Bhaya27 Cocos nucifera Nariel28 Ficus elastica Rubber tree29 Lagerstroemia parviflora Bondara, Lendi30 Saraca indica Ashok

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl. No. Scientific Name Common Name31 Azadirachta indica Neem

ii) Waste land

The features and the vegetation found in the wasteland are same as described underproject site.

iii) Forest areas

The forests in the study area are classified as Southern tropical moist mixed deciduousforests. There are few patches of forest with in the study area as shown in Table 3.23.

Table 3.23: Forest patches falling within 10km radius of the project siteSl.No.

Forest Area / Nearest Location From Project SiteDistance (km) Direction

1 Sateli acquired forest 2.5 N2 Padlos acquired forest 5 N3 Navheli acquired forest 7.5 NW4 Ronapal acquired forest 7.5 N

The forests in the study area are mostly in degraded condition due to biotic pressurefrom nearby villagers. Moreover these forests are acquired forests by forest department,which have been acquired after land ceiling act from land holders. The tree height variesfrom 5 to 12m. The phyto-sociological features of forest areas in the study area areshown in Tables 3.24a & 3.24b.

Terminalia paniculata (Kinjal), is the most dominant species followed by Acaciaauriculiformis (Australian Acacia), Lannea grandis (Moi), Buchnania latifolia (Char),Terminalia tomentosa (Ain), Zanthoxylon rhesia (Triphal), Tectona grandis (Teak), etc.The species diversity in forests in study area is about 3.213. The floors of the forestalong the roads are mostly covered with Lantana sp.

EIA

REP

OR

TFO

RPR

OPO

SED

PR

OJE

CT

OF

3.0

MTP

A IN

TEG

RA

TED

STEE

L PL

AN

TO

F SH

REE

UTT

AM S

TEEL

& P

OW

ER L

IMIT

ED

© 2

012

MEC

ON

Lim

ited.

All

right

s re

serv

ed3

-41

Tabl

e 3.

24a:

Tre

es g

row

ing

in d

egra

ded

fore

st a

reas

in th

e st

udy

area

, adj

acen

t to

east

ern

boun

dary

of t

he P

roje

ct S

iteSN

Plan

t spe

cies

No.

of Q

uadr

at (5

m x

5m

)

12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920

Tota

l1

Acac

iach

undr

a(K

hair)

00

10

00

20

00

10

00

00

01

00

52

Acac

ia a

uric

ulifo

rmis

(Aca

cia)

20

01

2015

30

85

120

07

010

06

03

923

Anac

ardi

um o

ccid

enta

lis(K

aju)

02

01

00

00

00

00

10

10

00

00

54

Arto

carp

us h

irsut

a(P

hana

s)0

00

00

00

10

00

10

00

00

01

03

5Bu

chna

nia

latif

olia

(Cha

r)1

00

13

01

01

10

42

01

02

00

219

6C

arey

a ar

bore

a(K

umbh

i)0

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

11

02

7G

arci

nia

indi

ca(K

okum

)0

10

00

00

10

10

00

00

00

00

03

8La

gers

troem

ioa

lanc

eola

ta(N

ana)

20

00

00

01

00

00

00

10

00

01

59

Lann

ea g

rand

is(M

oi)

11

31

40

21

20

01

30

01

01

00

2110

Man

gife

ra in

dica

(Aam

)0

00

00

00

00

10

00

00

02

02

05

11C

aryo

ta u

rens

(Sha

war

i)0

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

10

00

12

12Po

ngam

ia p

inna

ta(K

aran

j)0

10

00

10

00

00

01

00

00

01

04

13Sa

pium

insi

gne

(Hur

e)1

01

00

00

20

10

00

00

11

00

18

14Sc

hlei

cher

a ol

eosa

(Kos

him

b)0

10

00

00

00

00

00

00

01

02

04

15St

rych

nus

nux-

vom

ica

(Kaj

ra)

02

00

00

01

00

01

00

00

01

01

616

Syzi

gium

cum

nii(

Jam

un)

00

00

00

00

00

00

01

00

10

00

217

Tect

ona

gran

dis

(Sag

)2

10

00

01

00

10

00

00

10

00

28

18Te

rmin

alia

pan

icul

ata

(Kin

jal)

33

45

00

65

12

23

51

90

40

50

5819

Alst

onia

sch

olar

is(S

atw

in)

11

00

02

12

12

00

10

00

02

02

1520

Zant

hoxy

lon

rhes

ia(T

ripha

l)2

20

00

00

10

00

00

00

03

01

110

21Th

espe

sia

popu

lnea

(Bhe

ndi)

00

10

10

00

01

00

00

00

11

00

5To

tal

1515

109

2818

1615

1315

1510

139

1214

1513

1314

282

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 3.24b: Phyto-sociological features of degraded forests in the study areaSl.

No.Plant species Freq. Density

(No./ha)Abundance RF RD IVI Sp. Div

1 Acacia chundra (Khair) 20 100 1.25 3.25 1.77 5.03

1.001

2 Acacia auriculiformis (Acacia) 60 1840 7.76 9.76 32.62 42.383 Anacardium occidentalis (Kaju) 20 100 1.25 3.25 1.77 5.034 Artocarpus hirsuta (Phanas) 15 60 1.00 2.44 1.06 3.505 Buchnania latifolia (Char) 55 380 1.73 8.94 6.74 15.686 Careya arborea (Kumbhi) 10 40 1.00 1.63 0.71 2.347 Garcinia indica (Kokum) 15 60 1.00 2.44 1.06 3.5048 Lagerstroemioa lanceolata (Nana) 20 100 1.25 3.25 1.77 5.029 Lannea grandis (Moi) 60 420 1.75 9.76 7.45 17.21

10 Mangifera indica (Aam) 15 100 1.67 2.44 1.77 4.2111 Caryota urens (Shawari) 10 40 1.00 1.63 0.71 2.3312 Pongamia pinnata (Karanj) 20 80 1.00 3.25 1.42 4.6713 Sapium insigne (Hure) 35 160 1.11 5.69 2.84 8.5314 Schleichera oleosa (Koshimb) 15 80 1.33 2.44 1.42 3.8615 Strychnus nux-vomica (Kajra) 25 120 1.20 4.07 2.13 6.2016 Syzigium cumnii (Jamun) 10 40 1.00 1.63 0.71 2.3317 Tectona grandis (Teak) 30 160 1.33 4.88 2.84 7.7118 Terminalia paniculata (Kinjal) 75 1160 3.86 12.19 20.57 32.7619 Alstonia scholaris (Satwin) 50 300 1.50 8.13 5.32 13.4520 Zanthoxylon rhesia (Triphal) 30 200 1.67 4.88 3.55 8.4221 Thespesia populnea (Bhendi) 25 100 1.00 4.07 1.77 5.84

Total 615 5640 100 100 200RF: Relative Frequency; RD: Relative Density; IVI Importance Value Index

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 3.25a: Trees growing in degraded forest areas ~1 km West of Project SiteSl.No, Plant species No. of Quadrant (20mX20m)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Total1 Acacia auriculiformis (Acacia) 1 0 1 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 52 Anacardium occidentale (Kaju) 0 3 1 0 2 1 1 0 2 2 123 Artocarpus hirsuta (Phanas) 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 24 Bombax ceiba (Semal) 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 45 Ficus religiosa (Pipal) 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 36 Garcinia indica (Kokum) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 17 Grewia tiliaefolia (Dhaman) 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 38 Lagerstroemioa lanceolata (Nana) 2 0 0 1 4 1 0 0 1 1 109 Lannea grandis (Moi) 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 4

10 Mangifera indica (Aam) 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 1 1 511 Caryota urens (Shawari) 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 212 Sapium insigne (Hure) 1 0 2 1 1 0 2 0 0 0 713 Strychnus nuxvomica (Kajra) 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 314 Syzigium cumnii (Jamun) 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 415 Tectona grandis (Teak) 0 0 0 2 1 0 0 3 2 0 816 Terminalia paniculata (Kinjal) 1 0 0 0 2 0 1 1 0 0 517 Alstonia scholaris (Satwin) 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 218 Zanthoxylon rhesia (Triphal) 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 219 Thespesia populnea (Bhendi) 1 0 0 1 1 3 0 0 0 1 7

Total 13 5 8 10 12 12 7 6 8 8 89

Table 3.25b: Phyto-sociological features of degraded forests ~1 km West of Project SiteSl.

No,Plant species Freq. Density


Div1 Acacia auriculiformis (Acacia) 40 12.5 1.25 5.88 5.62 11.50

1.203

2 Anacardium occidentale (Kaju) 70 30.0 1.71 10.29 13.48 23.783 Artocarpus hirsuta (Phanas) 20 5 1.00 2.94 2.25 5.194 Bombax ceiba (Semal) 40 10 1.00 5.88 4.49 10.385 Ficus religiosa (Pipal) 30 7.5 1.00 4.41 3.37 7.786 Garcinia indica (Kokum) 10 2.5 1.00 1.47 1.12 2.597 Grewia tiliaefolia (Dhaman) 20 7.5 1.50 2.94 3.37 6.318 Lagerstroemioa lanceolata (Nana) 60 25 1.67 8.82 11.24 20.069 Lannea grandis (Moi) 40 10 1.00 5.88 4.49 10.38

10 Mangifera indica (Aam) 40 12.5 1.25 5.88 5.62 11.5011 Caryota urens (Shawari) 20 5 1.00 2.94 2.25 5.1912 Sapium insigne (Hure) 50 17.5 1.40 7.35 7.87 15.2213 Strychnus nuxvomica (Kajra) 30 7.5 1.00 4.41 3.37 7.7814 Syzigium cumnii (Jamun) 40 10 1.00 5.88 4.49 10.3815 Tectona grandis (Teak) 40 20 2.00 5.88 8.99 14.8716 Terminalia paniculata (Kinjal) 40 12.5 1.25 5.88 5.62 11.5017 Alstonia scholaris (Satwin) 20 5 1.00 2.94 2.25 5.1918 Zanthoxylon rhesia (Triphal) 20 5 1.00 2.94 2.25 5.1919 Thespesia populnea (Bhendi) 50 17.5 1.40 7.35 7.87 15.22

Total 680 222.5 100 100 200RF: Relative Frequency; RD: Relative Density; IVI Importance Value Index

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 3.26a: Trees growing in degraded forest areas ~3 km South-East of Project SiteSl.No, Plant species No. of Quadrant (20mX20m)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Total1 Acacia auriculiformis (Acacia) 10 0 2 0 2 3 1 0 2 1 212 Anacardium occidentale (Kaju) 2 5 0 1 0 1 1 3 0 0 133 Artocarpus hirsuta (Phanas) 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 34 Bombax ceiba (Semal) 0 1 3 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 65 Ficus religiosa (Pipal) 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 26 Garcinia indica (Kokum) 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 1 37 Grewia tiliaefolia (Dhaman) 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 38 Lagerstroemioa lanceolata (Nana) 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 49 Lannea grandis (Moi) 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 2 4

10 Mangifera indica (Aam) 1 0 0 1 2 0 1 0 0 1 611 Caryota urens (Shawari) 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 112 Sapium insigne (Hure) 2 0 1 1 0 0 0 2 0 1 713 Strychnus nuxvomica (Kajra) 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 414 Syzigium cumnii (Jamun) 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 315 Tectona grandis (Teak) 0 0 2 0 2 0 0 0 1 1 616 Terminalia paniculata (Kinjal) 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 217 Careya arborea (Kumbhi) 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 318 Zanthoxylon rhesia (Triphal) 0 0 0 3 1 1 2 0 0 0 719 Thespesia populnea (Bhendi) 0 1 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 1 5

Total 16 7 10 8 14 10 13 7 7 11 103

Table 3.26b: Phyto-sociological features of degraded forests ~3 km South-East of Project SiteSl.

No,Plant species Freq. Density


Div1 Acacia auriculiformis (Acacia) 70 52.5 3.00 10.61 20.39 30.99

1.166

2 Anacardium occidentale (Kaju) 60 32.5 2.17 9.09 12.62 21.713 Artocarpus hirsuta (Phanas) 30 7.5 1.00 4.55 2.91 7.464 Bombax ceiba (Semal) 30 15.0 2.00 4.55 5.83 10.375 Ficus religiosa (Pipal) 20 5.0 1.00 3.03 1.94 4.976 Garcinia indica (Kokum) 20 7.5 1.00 3.03 2.91 5.948 Grewia tiliaefolia (Dhaman) 30 7.5 1.00 4.55 2.91 7.469 Lagerstroemioa lanceolata (Nana) 30 10.0 1.33 4.55 3.88 8.43

10 Lannea grandis (Moi) 30 10.0 1.33 4.55 3.88 8.4311 Mangifera indica (Aam) 50 15.0 1.20 7.58 5.83 13.4012 Caryota urens (Shawari) 10 2.5 1.00 1.52 0.97 2.4913 Sapium insigne (Hure) 50 17.5 1.40 7.58 6.80 14.3714 Strychnus nuxvomica (Kajra) 40 10.0 1.00 6.06 3.88 9.9415 Syzigium cumnii (Jamun) 20 7.5 1.50 3.03 2.91 5.9416 Tectona grandis (Teak) 40 15.0 1.50 6.06 5.83 11.8917 Terminalia paniculata (Kinjal) 20 5.0 1.00 3.03 1.94 4.9718 Careya arborea (Kumbhi) 30 7.5 1.00 4.55 2.91 7.4619 Zanthoxylon rhesia (Triphal) 40 17.5 1.75 6.06 6.80 12.8620 Thespesia populnea (Bhendi) 40 12.5 1.25 6.06 4.85 10.91

Total 660 257.5 100 100 200RF: Relative Frequency; RD: Relative Density; IVI Importance Value Index

EIA REPORTFOR




iv) Plantations

The study area is undulating, the hillocks and slopes are either denuded of vegetation orwith trees, most of the tree areas are private plantations, most of which are natural orother wise replanted by mono-cultures of Teak, Cashew, mango, etc. The floors of theplantations along the roads are mostly covered with Lantana sp.

v) Agriculture

The warm and humid weather in the study area is most suitable forhorticulture,especially for mango, cashew and jackfruit. The world-famous King ofMangoes Alphanso is grown in the region. The main agriculture crops are Paddy, Vari,Nagli, Groundnut, Mango, Cashew, Jackfruit, Coconut, Beetlenut, Spices.

Owing to inadequate irrigation facilities most of the agricultural crops are dependent onmonsoon. Kharif (early monsoon) crops covers most of the gross cropped area in theregion. Paddy is the main Kharif crop of the region. Eleusine coracana (Ragi / Fingermillet / Nagli), Paspalum scrobiculatum (kodra / millet) and Panicum meliaceum (Varai /Proso grass) are other Kharif crops. Pulse crops like horsegram (kulthi), black gram(udid), small fruited dolichos (chavli) etc. are also taken in this season.

A Rabi (late monsoon) crop occupies very less per cent, of the gross cropped area.Paddy and some pulse crops like horse-gram (kulthi), large fruited dolichos (wal) etc. aregrown at few places. Paddy cultivation is largely restricted to southern parts where it istaken as an irrigated crop.

vi) Terekhol River

Terekhol is the only river in study area. This river is tidal and flows into the Arabian seaabout 11 km west of the project site. Close to the project site, the river flows in betweenhillocks, where not much spread area is available (refer following photographs).

Photo 3.4: View of Terekhol River Near Project site

EIA REPORTFOR




Photo 3.5: View of Terekhol River Near Project site

However close to its mouth, the river widens considerably. The are patches ofmangroves near the estuary mouth at the fringe of the study area. The mangrovepatches are marked in Land use Drawing No. MEC/Q6K5/11/S2/03. The mangrovespecies found in Terekhol River are listed in Table 3.27 and shown in Photographs 3.6,3.7 and 3.8.

Table 3.27: List of Mangroves and Associates found in Terekhol RiverSl. No. Habit Scientific Name Common Name

(English / Marathi)Mangroves

1 Shrub Acanthus illicifolius Sea holly / Marandi2 Small tree Aegericas majus - / Kajla3 Small tree Avicennia alba - / Tivar4 Tree Avicennia officinalis White Mangrove / Tivar5 Small tree Ceriops candolleana - / Chauri6 Woody climbing shrub Derris uliginosa -7 Large shrub Excoecaria agallocha Binding tree / Geva8 Small tree Kandelia rheedii -9 Tree Rhizophora mucronata - / Kamodumbi10 Small tree Sonneratia acida -11 Tree Sonneratia apetala -12 Small tree Sonneratia alba -

Associates13 Straggling shrub Clerodendron inerme -14 Small tree Pongamia glabra Honge tree / -15 Sedge Scirpus littoralis -16 Shrub / small tree Salvadora persica -

EIA REPORTFOR




Photo 3.6: Mangroves near Terekhol River Mouth

Photo 3.7: Mangroves ~2.5 km Upstream of Terekhol River Mouth

EIA REPORTFOR




Photo 3.8: Close up of Mangroves ~2.5 km Upstream of Terekhol River Mouth

Close to the river mouth the extent of mangroves is very small and limited to a fewhectares only; Avicennia, Rhizophora and Sonneratia are the dominant species.

However there are much larger patches of mangroves on island about 2.5 km upstreamof the river mouth. Excoecaria agallocha plays the role of pioneer. Rhizophora andAvicennia and Rhizophora are dominant close to the water’s edge. Kandelia rheedei ispresent in increasing numbers on the landward side.

The Bioinformatics Centre, National Institute of Oceanography2, Goa has reported thepresence of the following organisms in Terekhol River.

Table 3.28a: Organisms known to be Present in Terekhol RiverSl. No. Organism

a. Diatoms1 Amphiprora gigantea2 Chaetoceros curvisetus3 Ditylum sol4 Ditylum brightwelii5 Hemiaulus sinensis

2 Website: http://www.biosearch.in

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl. No. Organism6 Leptocylindrus danicus7 Leptocylindrus minimus8 Nitzschia longissima9 Nitzschia sigma

10 Planktoniella sol11 Rhizosolenia robusta12 Thalassiothrix frauenfeldii

b. Dinoflagellates13 Ceratium furca14 Noctiluca miliaris15 Prorocentrum gracile16 Prorocentrum micans

c. Rhodophyceae17 Gelidium pusillum18 Hypnea valentiae19 Porphyra vietnamensis

d. Phaeophyceae20 Sargassum ilicifolium21 Spatoglossum asperum22 Stechospermum marginatum

e. Polychaete Worms23 Ancistrosyllis constricta24 Armandia lanceolata25 Dendronereis aesturina26 Diopatra claparedii27 Glycinde oligodon28 Lycastis indica29 Minuspio cirrifera30 Nephthys polybranchia31 Nerine cirratulus32 Onuphis eremite33 Pectinaria abranchiata34 Pectinaria antipoda35 Syllis cornuta

f. Copepods36 Acrocalanus gibber

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl. No. Organism37 Centropages furcatus38 Pseudodiaptomus aurivilli39 Pseudodiaptomus serricaudatus40 Temora turbinate

g. Other Crustaceans41 Evadne tergestina42 Lucifer hansenii43 Pinnotheres sinensis (Pea crab)

h. Bivalves44 Meritrix casta45 Katelysia opima

i. Gastropods46 Nassarius ornatus47 Potamides cingulatus48 Umbonium vestiarum (Button top)

Table 3.28b: Aquatic Fauna of Terekhol River seen in Fishermen’s nets orAlong river banks*

Sl. No. Organisma. Crustaceans

1 Atypopenaeus stenodactylus. (Periscope shrimp)2 Charybdis annulata (Swimming crab)3 Charybdis cruciata (Cross crab)4 Matuta lunaris (Moon crab)5 Matuta planipes (Reticulated Moon crab)6 Metapenaeus spp. (Shrimp)7 Alpheus spp. (Pistol shrimp)8 Uca spp. (Fiddler Crabs)9 Parapenaeopsis hardwikii (Spear shrimp)

10 Parapenaeopsis sculptilus (Rainbow shrimp)11 Squilla spp. (mantis shrimp)

b. Bivalves12 Rock oysters

c. Cirripedia13 Acorn barnacles

d. Fishes

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl. No. Organism14 Anodontostoma chakunda (Chacunda gizzard shad)15 Arius spp. (Sea catfish)16 Coilia dussumieri (Gold spotted grenadier anchovy)17 Cynoglossus microlepidotus (Tongue sole)18 Cynoglossus punticeps (Speckled tongue sole)19 Dendrophyssa russelii (Goatee croaker)20 Euryglossa orientalis (Oriental sole)21 Harpodon nehereus (Bombay duck)22 Johnius dussumieri (Sin croaker)23 Johnius glaucus (Pale spotfin croaker)24 Kathala axillaris (Kathala croaker)25 Lepturacanthus spp. (Ribbon fish)26 Lutjanus johni (John’s snapper)27 Mugil cephalus (Flat-head mullet)28 Otolithes cuvieri (Bahaba)29 Otolithoides biauritus (Bronze croaker)30 Paranibea semiluctosa (Half mourning croaker)31 Protonibea dicanthus (Spotted croaker)32 Terapon jarbua (Jarbua terapon)33 Thryssa spp.. (Anchovy)34 Periopthalmus novemradiatus (Indian Mudskipper)

Names in ( ) are the Common English names.

vii) Wild life and avifauna

The study area is poor in wildlife as there are few good forests in the region and that toois away from the study area. In the study area, Hare, Jackals and foxes are seenadjacent to the rocky hills. Monkeys are represented by Langur and Bonnet. Wild Boar isfound in scrub jungle. Of the reptiles, Rat snake, Cobra and Vipers are seen. Since,there are no large tracts of dense forests in the study area, diversity of wild animals islow. The fauna of the project site is listed in Tables 3.29. The wild life and avi-faunafound in the study area are given Tables 3.30 and 3.31, respectively.

Table 3.29: List of Wild life species in the Project AreaSl.No.

Common Name / LocalName

Scientific Name Schedule of Wild LifeProtection Act in Which Listed

Mammals1. Common Mongoose Herpestres edwardsii IV2. Indian Fox / Kolha Vulpes bengalensis II3. Jackal / Khokad Canis aureus II

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl.No.



4. Squirrel Funambulus pennanti IV5. Bhekar Muntiacus muntjak III6 Common house Rat Rattus rattus V7 Jungle Cat / Baul Felis chaus II8 Wild Boar / Ran dukkar Sus scrofa III9 Civet Paradoxurus sp. II10 Indian hare Lepus nigricollis ruficaudatus IV11 Porcupine / Sayal Hystrix lecura IV12 Indian Field Mouse Mus booduga V13 Common Langur Presbytis entellus II14 Bonnet monkey / Makad Macaca radiata II

Reptiles15 Common Krait Bungarus caeruleus -16 Russel’s Viper Vipera russelii II17 Cobra Naja naja II18 Saw Scaled Viper Echis carinatus IV19 Yellow Rat Snake Ptyas mucosus II20 Banded Krait Bungarus fasciatus IV21 Russel’s Earth Boa Eryx conicus IV22 Russel’s Viper Vipera russelii II23 Common Skink Mabuya carinata -24 Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor -25 Python Python molurus I

Birds26 Buzzard Buteo hemilasius -27 Blue Rock Pigeon Columba livia IV28 Bustard Quail Turnix suscitator IV29 Common Crow Corvus splendens V30 Jungle Crow Corvus marorhynchos IV31 Common Mynah Acridotheres tristis IV32 Jungle Mynah Acridotheres fuscus IV33 Doves Streptopelia spp. IV34 Gray Quail Coturnix coturnix IV35 Grey Jungle Fowl Gallus sonnerattii IV36 Grey Partridge Perdix perdix IV37 House Sparrow Passer domesticus -38 Jungle bush Quail Perdicula asiatica IV39 Crow Pheasant Centropus sinensis IV40 Jungle fowl Gallus gallus IV41 Painted partridge Francolinus pictus IV42 Pale harrier Circus macrourus IV43 Pariah Kite Milvus migrans -44 Partridge / Teetar Francolinus spp. IV45 Pea Fowl Pavo cristatus I46 Pied Mynah Sturnus contra IV47 Rain Quail Coturnix coromandelica IV48 Rose Ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri IV

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl.No.



49 Wagtail Motacilla spp. IV50 White breasted kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis IV51 Blue rock thrush Monticola solitarius IV52 Blue faced Malkoha Phaenicophaeus viridostris IV53 Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicata IV54 Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis IV55 Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica IV56 Small green bee-eater Merops orientalis IV57 Jungle babbler Turdoides spp. IV58 Red whiskered bulbul Pycnonntus jocosus IV

Table 3.30: List of Wild life species in the study areaSl.No.



Mammals1. Common Mongoose Herpestres edwardsii IV2. Indian Fox / Kolha Vulpes bengalensis II3. Jackal / Khokad Canis aureus II4. Flying Squirrels Petaurista petaurista II5. Bhekar Muntiacus muntjak III6 Common house Rat Rattus rattus V7 Jungle Cat / Baul Felis chaus II8 Wild Boar / Ran dukkar Sus scrofa III9 Civet Paradoxurus sp. II10 Indian hare Lepus nigricollis ruficaudatus IV11 Porcupine / Sayal Hystrix lecura IV12 Indian Field Mouse Mus booduga V13 Common Langur Presbytis entellus II14 Bonnet monkey / Makad Macaca radiata II15 Hyaena Hyaena hyaena III16 Squirrel Funambulus pennanti IV

Reptiles17 Common Krait Bungarus caeruleus -18 Russel’s Viper Vipera russelii II19 Cobra Naja naja II20 Saw Scaled Viper Echis carinatus IV21 Yellow Rat Snake Ptyas mucosus II22 Banded Krait Bungarus fasciatus IV23 Russel’s Earth Boa Eryx conicus IV24 Chameleon Chameleon zeylanicus II25 Common Skink Mabuya carinata -26 Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor -27 Python Python molurus I28 Russel’s Viper Vipera russelii II

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 3.31: List of birds found in the Study AreaSl.No.



1. Buzzard Buteo hemilasius -2. Blue Rock Pigeon Columba livia IV3. Bustard Quail Turnix suscitator IV4. Common Crow Corvus splendens V5. Jungle Crow Corvus marorhynchos IV6. Common Mynah Acridotheres tristis IV7. Jungle Mynah Acridotheres fuscus IV8. Doves Streptopelia spp. IV9. Gray Quail Coturnix coturnix IV10. Grey Jungle Fowl Gallus sonnerattii IV11. Grey Partridge Perdix perdix IV12. House Sparrow Passer domesticus -13. Jungle bush Quail Perdicula asiatica IV14. Crow Pheasant Centropus sinensis IV15. Jungle fowl Gallus gallus IV16. Garganey Teal Anas querquedula IV17. Painted partridge Francolinus pictus IV18. Pale harrier Circus macrourus IV19. Pariah Kite Milvus migrans -20. Partridge / Teetar Francolinus spp. IV21. Pea Fowl Pavo cristatus I22. Pied Mynah Sturnus contra IV23. Rain Quail Coturnix coromandelica IV24. Rose Ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri IV25. Snipe Rhynchocoela bengalensis IV26. Wagtail Motacilla spp. IV27. Whistling teal Dendrocygna javanica IV28. White Scavenger Vulture Neophron percnopterus IV29. Grey Heron Ardea cinerea IV30. Purple Heron Ardea purpurea IV31. Dunlin Calidris alpina IV32. Kentish Plover Charadius alexandrinus IV33. Red footed Falcon Falco amurensis IV34. Black capped kingfisher Halcyon pileata IV35. White breasted kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis IV36. Gulls Larus spp. IV37. Bar tailed godwit Limosa lapponica IV38. Blue rock thrush Monticola solitarius IV39. Blue faced Malkoha Phaenicophaeus viridostris IV40. Grey Plover Pluvialis squatarola IV41. Terns Sterna spp. IV42. Little grebe Tachybaptus ruficollis IV43. Common redshank Tringa totanus IV44. Sandpiper Xenus cinerea IV45. Brahminy Kite Haliastus indus IV46. Pond Heron Ardeola grayii IV

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl.No.



47. Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicata IV48. Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis IV49. Little egret Egretta garzetta IV50. Indian Reef Heron Egretta gularis IV51. Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica IV52. Small green bee-eater Merops orientalis IV53. Jungle babbler Turdoides spp. IV54. Red whiskered bulbul Pycnonntus jocosus IV55. White breasted waterhen Amaurornis phoenicurus IV56. Cormorant Phalacrocorax niger IV

3.2.10 Petrological & Chemical Analysis of Raw Materials

SUSPL is using various raw materials for their operations in the steel plant. GPSlocations and Petrological & Chemical analysis of various raw materials are given below:

GPS locations of raw materials sources

Sl.No.

GPS Location Iron OreBellary Hospet Goa

1 Latitude 15°08'17.66''N 15°16'07.87''N 15°17'57.57''N2 Longitude 76°55'08.28''E 76°23'27.33''E 74°06'57.08''E

Sl.No.

GPS Location Lime stone Dolomite CoalDubai(Ras-al-

Khaimah)Egypt(Adabiya) Australia(Bow

en)1 Latitude 25°34'24.93''N 29°52'21.62''N 20°00'43.91''S2 Longitude 55°53'41.96''E 32°28'04.21''E 148°14'46.65''E

Chemical analysis of raw materials used in steel making

Sl.No.

Parameters Iron OreFines

Lime Stone(10-30 MM)

Dolomite(10-30 MM)

Quartzite( 15-30 MM)

1 Loss on ignition, % 2.87 39 - 41 40.71 -2 Silica (as SiO2), % 8.89 5.19 9.40 99.23 Aluminium (asAl2O3), % 4.52 0.99 2.17 0.24 Iron (as Fe2O3), % 58 - 65 0.70 1.15 0.55 Calcium (as CaO), % - 45 - 49 26.78 Nil6 Magnesium (as MgO), % - 2.21 18.50 Nil7 Sodium (as Na2O), % - 0.013 0.012 Nil8 Phosphorous ,as P % 0.056 0.022 0.580 Nil

EIA REPORTFOR




Trace Element analysis of raw materials used in steel makingSl.No.

Parameters Iron Ore Lime stone Dolomite

Bellary Hospet Goa Dubai Egypt1 Arsenic (As), ug/g 0.002 BDL BDL BDL BDL2 Cadmium (Cd) ,ug/g 0.005 0.022 0.016 0.017 0.0133 Chromium (Cr), ug/g 0.03 0.066 0.019 0.055 0.094 Copper (Cu), ug/g 2.02 1.26 1.126 0.062 0.025 Iron (Fe),ug/g 0.286 0.456 0.335 0.450 0.316 Lead (Pb), ug/g 1.52 1.34 1.32 0.008 0.0117 Mercury (Hg),ug/g BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL8 Manganese (Mn), ug/g 0.079 0.045 0.091 BDL BDL9 Nickel (Ni), ug/g 0.024 BDL BDL 0.011 0.00210 Zinc (Zn), ug/g 0.319 0.054 0.029 0.07 0.22

Source: Bowen Basin (Coking Coal) Place: Australia

Total moisture, % 9.1 CSN 1.5Proximate analysis (Air dry basis) HGI 70

Inherent moisture, % 1.5 Petrographic analysisAsh, % 12.3 Vitrinite, % 46.6Volatile matter, % 26 Semi-vitrinite, % 0.8Fixed carbon, % 53 Inertinite, % 45.5Sulphur, % 0.35 Exinite, % 0.8Calorific value, kcal/kg 7563 Mineral Matter, % 6.3

Ash analysis (Air dry basis) Vitrinite DistributionSiO2, % 53.26 V6, % -Al2O3, % 23.68 V7, % -Fe2O3, % 12.65 V8, % -CaO, % 3.72 V9, % -MgO, % 0.04 V10, % 15Mn3O4, % 0.70 V11, % 52TiO2, % 1.14 V12, % 27P2O5, % 1.05 V13, % 6SO3, % 0.32 V14, % -Na2O, % 0.12 V15, % -K2O, % 1.04 V16, % -

Gieseler Plastometer V17, % -IST, °C 413 V18, % -Max. fluidity, ddpm 1.0 V18 & above, % -Max. fluidity temperature, °C 456 V10-V13, % 100FST, °C 468 Ro (average) 1.18Plastic Range 55 MMR 1.25

Trace Elements / MetalsArsenic (As), ug/g 0.008Cadmium (Cd) ,ug/g 0.007Chromium (Cr), ug/g 0.152Copper (Cu), ug/g 0.026Iron (Fe),ug/g 2Lead (Pb), ug/g 0.016Mercury (Hg),ug/g BDLManganese (Mn), ug/g 0.03Nickel (Ni), ug/g 0.042Zinc (Zn), ug/g 0.037Selinium (Se), ug/g BDL

EIA REPORTFOR




Source:Non-coking Coal Place: AustraliaTotal moisture, % 10.7 CSN 1

Proximate analysis (Air dry basis) HGI 58Inherent moisture, % 3.2 Petrographic analysisAsh, % 9.5 Vitrinite, % 39Volatile matter, % 27.2 Semi-vitrinite, % 2Fixed carbon, % 60.1 Inertinite, % 49Sulphur, % 0.57 Exinite, % 3Calorific value, kcal/kg 6887 Mineral Matter, % 7

Ash analysis (Air dry basis) Vitrinite DistributionSiO2, % 50.4 V6, % 74Al2O3, % 32.8 V7, % 18Fe2O3, % 7.7 V8, % 8CaO, % 2.8 V9, % -MgO, % 0.9 V10, % -Mn3O4, % 0.5 V11, % -TiO2, % 1.4 V12, % -P2O5, % 1.4 V13, % -SO3, % 1.2 V14, % -Na2O, % 0.4 V15, % -K2O, % 0.6 V16, % -

Gieseler Plastometer V17, % -IST, °C 423 V18, % -Max. fluidity, ddpm 1 V18 & above, % -Max. fluidity temperature, °C 450 V9-V13, % 8FST, °C 460 Ro (average) 0.67Plastic Range 37 MMR 0.71Trace Elements / MetalsArsenic (As), ug/g 0.005Cadmium (Cd) ,ug/g 0.065Chromium (Cr), ug/g 0.145Copper (Cu), ug/g 0.032Iron (Fe),ug/g 1.5Lead (Pb), ug/g BDLMercury (Hg),ug/g BDLManganese (Mn), ug/g 0.065Nickel (Ni), ug/g 0.034Zinc (Zn), ug/g 0.029Selinium (Se), ug/g BDL

The amount of the trace elements present in the raw materials is minimal and they donot pose any risk to environment or human health.

3.2.11 Litigation pending against the project

No litigation and / or any direction / order passed by any court of law against the projectis pending.

EIA REPORTFOR




4.00 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION

In this chapter, the anticipated environmental impacts and the proposed mitigationmeasures for the proposed plant have been described.

Impact prediction is a way of mapping the environmental consequences of the significantaspects of the proposed plant. The impact assessment will focus on the proposed plantand will broadly cover the following information and components:

Assessment of physical effects for all phases including location, design,construction, operation and possible accidents.

Estimation by type and quantity of expected contaminants, residues, and emissions(air, water, noise, solid wastes) resulting from the operation of the proposed plant.

The anticipated environmental impacts of the proposed plant are discussed below underthe following categories:

Impacts and mitigation measures due to project location.Impacts and mitigation measures due to project design.Impacts and mitigation measures during construction.Impacts and mitigation measures during operation.Impacts and mitigation measures because of possible accidents.

4.1.1 IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES DUE TO PROJECT LOCATION

4.1.1.1 Impacts

The proposed integrated steel plant will be done in the existing land. Further the steelplant area is declared as an Notified Industrial Area. Therefore from location point ofview, the proposed plant does not have any adverse impact.

4.1.1.2 Mitigation Measures

No impact envisaged.

4.1.2 IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES DUE TO PROJECT DESIGN

4.1.2.1 Impacts

The proposed plant is being envisaged based on techno-economic feasibility of the stateof art technology as presently available in the country and thus no anticipated impactsare envisaged due to project design.

11.S

2.20

14.E

E 2

175

EIA REPORTFOR





A number of environmental friendly features have been envisaged in the proposed plantdue to which the anticipated adverse environmental impacts are either avoided orminimized. These features are briefly described here under.

i) Incorporation of Coal Dust Injection System in Blast Furnaces

Coal dust Injection (CDI) in BF has been planned at the rate of about 150 Kg/t hot metal.The CDI has an economic as well as an environmental advantage. Direct injection ofcoal as reducing agent means replacing part of the required coke. It is considered thatfor every Kg of coal dust injected approximately 0.8 Kg of coke requirement is reduced.Thus a considerable amount of coke production can be avoided. It is estimated thesaving in coke requirement vis-a –vis coke production will be around 588 t/day, based ontotal hot metal production of 4900 t/day. Thus indirectly the CDI system will reduce theair emissions considerably.

ii) Use of Continuous Casting Technology

The introduction of 100% production through continuous casting facilities will be a majorstep towards energy conservation and environmental protection. The majorenvironmental advantages of the same are:

Considerable energy savings will result in lower energy requirement per ton of cast,vis-à-vis less energy generation. Thus reducing the emissions to the environment.

Less scrap production resulting in improved yield and less solid waste handling. Elimination of Soaking pits resulting in reduction in consumption of fuels and

Electricity.

iii) Use of Waste Gas

The expansion plant will utilize the waste flue gas generated in Blast Furnace Stoves forpartial preheating and removal of moisture from Coal Dust to be injected in BlastFurnace. This will reduce and economize the energy consumption and will reducepollution.

4.1.3 IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Construction phase impact may be on land use, ground water, water quality, air quality,noise etc. These aspects are discussed here under.

4.1.3.1 Land Use

4.1.3.1.1 Impacts

The proposed plant will be accommodated in 867 acres of industrial land. Large-scaleexcavation, soil erosion, loss of topsoil is expected. Moreover, Satrda is already a fairlywell developed area with all sorts of infrastructure available. It is therefore most

EIA REPORTFOR




unexpected that influx of construction labour is going to change present land usepattern. Further this land use change during construction is only temporary and willpersist during construction phase only.

During construction, manpower required for steel plant construction varies from 2500 to5000 depending on the phase of the project. All the construction workers will beaccommodated in temporary facilities in a secure location near the steel plant site. Theywill have the following facilities:

Portable drinking water Common toilets & septic tanks Waste collection & disposal Dedicated doctor to meet the medical needs of worksmen

The workers will be provided with free transport facility from the place of stay to place ofwork. Hence this will not have any major impact on the surrounding infrastructuralfacilities related to temporary migration of construction workers.

4.1.3.1.2 Mitigation Measures


4.1.3.2 Air Quality

4.1.3.2.1 Impacts

The construction and other associated activities will lead to emission of differentpollutants. During the construction phase, SPM will be the main pollutant. As plant willbe constructed in phases, construction activity covering a large area is not expected.Therefore the particulate matter emission will not be much and will be localized only.Gaseous pollutants like SO2, NO x, CO will also be added to the ambient air due tovehicular traffic movement associated with this construction phase. Gaseous emissionsfrom construction machineries and vehicles will be minimized by enforcing strictemission monitoring system for the suggested mitigation measures. The impact will beconfined within the specific plant area where the construction is taking place. Further,the impact of such activities will be temporary and will be restricted to the constructionphase only.

During the construction period the impacts that are associated with the air quality are:

Deterioration of air quality due to fugitive dust emissions from construction activities(especially during dry season) like excavation, back filling and concreting, haulingand dumping of earth materials and from construction spoils.

Generation of pollutants due to operation of heavy vehicles and movement ofmachineries and equipment for material handling, earth moving, laying of sands,metal, stones, asphalt, etc.

EIA REPORTFOR





The following mitigation measures will be employed during construction period to reducethe pollution level to acceptable limits.

Proper and prior planning, appropriate sequencing and scheduling of all majorconstruction activities will be done, and timely availability of infrastructure supportsneeded for construction will be ensured to shorten the construction period vis-à-visto reduce pollution.

Construction materials will be stored in covered godown or enclosed spaces toprevent the wind blown fugitive emissions.

Stringent construction material handling / overhauling procedures will be followed. Truck carrying soil, sand, stone dust, and stone will be duly covered to avoid spilling

and fugitive emissions. Adequate dust suppression measures such as regular water sprinkling at vulnerable

areas of construction sites will be undertaken to control fugitive dust during materialhandling and hauling activities in dry seasons.

The construction material delivering vehicles will be covered in order to reducespills.

Low emission construction equipment, vehicles and generator sets will be used. It will be ensured that all construction equipment and vehicles are in good working

condition, properly tuned and maintained to keep emission within the permissiblelimits and engines turned off when not in use to reduce pollution.

Vehicles and machineries would be regularly maintained so that emissions confirmto standards of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB).

Monitoring of air quality at regular intervals will be conducted during constructionphase.

Construction workers will be provided with masks to protect them from inhaling dust.

4.1.3.3 Water Quality

4.1.3.3.1 Surface Water

Impacts

The impacts on water quality during construction phase mainly arise due to site cleaning,leveling, excavation, storage of construction material etc. A leveling and excavationactivity normally increases the level of suspended solids in the surface water runoff.However, for the expansion plant, no large scale leveling is required. Excavation will alsobe limited.

Mitigation Measures

Quality of construction wastewater emanating from the construction site will becontrolled through the existing drainage system with sediment traps (silting basin aswater intercepting ditch) for arresting the silt / sediment load before its disposal.

All the washable construction material will be stored under sheds or enclosed space

EIA REPORTFOR




by fencing it with brick or earth in order to prevent spillage into the drainage network,so that the same does not find its way into the surface water runoff.

The sediment traps and storm water drainage network will be periodically cleanedand especially before monsoon season.

A small quantity of effluent after treatment will be let out. Majority of the watergenerated will be utilized for dust suppression and afforestation within the plantpremises.

4.1.3.3.2 Ground water

Impacts

The water requirement during the construction phase will be low and will be met throughthe already existing water supply facilities. Thus no ground water extraction isenvisaged. Therefore, it is most unlikely that construction phase will bring any significantmodification in the ground water regime of the area. Therefore, the construction phaseof the expansion plant will have insignificant impact on the ground water.

Mitigation Measures


4.1.3.4 Noise

4.1.3.4.1 Impacts

Major sources of noise during the construction phase are vehicular traffic, constructionequipment etc. The operation of the equipments will generate noise level below 85 dB(A). However this noise level will be near the source only and is not expected to createany noise pollution problem at far off distances and outside the plant premises. Thenoise generated during the construction phase from different equipments may havesome adverse impact on the operators.


Protective gears such as earplugs, earmuffs etc. will be provided to constructionpersonnel exposed to high noise levels as preventive measures by contractors andwill be strictly adhered to minimize / eliminate any adverse impact.

It will be ensured that all the construction equipment and vehicles used are in goodworking condition, properly lubricated and maintained to keep noise within thepermissible limits and engines turned off when not in use to reduce noise.

EIA REPORTFOR




4.1.3.5 Social

4.1.3.5.1 Impacts

The social impact during the construction stage will be of beneficial nature. About 2500people on daily average basis will get employment during the construction stage. Theconstruction stage will extend up to 30 months. Local people will be preferred foremployment and depending upon their skill and experience, they will be allotted suitablejobs.

During construction phase, pressure on housing, educational facility and health facilitywill not increase because construction workers will be accommodated in a separatespace with proper mitigation measures.



4.1.4 IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES DURING OPERATION PHASE

4.1.4.1 General

During the operation phase, depending upon operating condition environmental releasesmay occur from raw material and product handling, processing, fuel burning etc.Environmental releases may be in the form of

a) Air emissionb) Waste water dischargesc) Solid waste disposald) Noise etc.

These emissions, discharges and disposal may release different pollutants, which mayaffect air, water, land and ecological environment directly. However, all these are mainlyprimary impact. In addition to these primary impacts, any industrial project has someoverall impact on its surrounding socio-economic environment through the existence ofsocial and economic linkages between the project and society, which are actuallysecondary impact. Under this clause, all the primary impacts due to this expansion plantare being discussed and wherever required, impacts have also been quantified.Accordingly under subsequent clauses impacts on air environment, water environment,soil and noise due to the expansion plant are being elaborated. The socio-economicimpacts due to the expansion plant are separately discussed in Chapter 6.

4.1.4.2 Air Environment

In integrated Steel plant, air pollutants are generated at different stages of production.Air pollutants may be particulate matter, sulphur dioxide, oxides of nitrogen etc. Thepollutants may be released as point source emission or fugitive emission. Accordingly itis most expected that there will be some variation in the emitted pollution load. It is

EIA REPORTFOR




therefore most justified to first assess the anticipated variation in the emitted pollutionload. Once these variations vis-à-vis increase or decrease in emitted pollution load areestimated, its impact on air environment will be assessed and predicted.

Major unit wise emission potentials are discussed below.

a) Sintering Plant

During the process of agglomeration by sintering, waste gases are generated whichcarries along with it particulate matter, oxides of sulphur and nitrogen as major pollutant.The waste gases generated during the process stage and cooling of sinter after passingthrough an electrostatic precipitator are released to the atmosphere. Furthertransportation and handling of different material in the sinter plant area will also generatedust, for which dust extraction systems will be provided and the clean air will bedischarged through stacks.

b) Blast Furnace

Flue gas from hot stoves is the main emission source from the operation of blastfurnace. Hot stoves are fired with blast furnace and CO gas for heating air fed to blastfurnace. Flue gas generated in the hot stoves is discharged to the atmosphere throughstacks. This flue gas contains particulate matter (in very small quantity) and oxides ofSulphur and Nitrogen. Oxides of nitrogen are formed due to the high temperature of thestoves.In addition to the above emissions fugitive emissions also occurs during charging and incast house. During charging normally a sealed charging system is provided but since thefurnace pressure is higher than atmospheric pressure, the components present in BFGas along with particulate matter may be emitted.

c) Pig Casting

The pig casting facilities will cast surplus hot metal when during poor take off of hotmetal from SMS. The casting of pig iron generates fugitive emissions, mainly arisingfrom contact between hot metal and slag and ambient oxygen. The main pollutants inthe fugitive emissions are particulate matter with some amount of sulphur dioxide.

d) Slag Granulation Plant (SGP)

The process of treating blast furnace slag involves pouring the molten slag through ahigh-pressure water spray in a granulated head. Due to high-pressure water spray noparticulate matter is expected to be emitted.

e) De-sulphurisation

A de-sulphurisation unit for hot metal pre-treatment to ensure consistent supply ofhomogenous and low sulphur hot metal to the BOF has been envisaged. The process ofde-sulphurization generates fugitive emissions. The exhaust air generated in the processis contaminated with particulate matter.

EIA REPORTFOR




f) Basic Oxygen Furnace (BOF) Shop

The objective of Basic Oxygen Furnace (BOF), in steel making is to burn (oxidise) theundesirable impurities contained in the metallic feedstock. The main elements are thusconverted into oxides are carbon, silicon, manganese, phosphorus, and sulphur. Thepurpose of this oxidation process is:

To reduce the carbon content to a specified levelTo adjust the contents of desirable foreign elementsTo remove undesirable impurities to the greatest possible extent

The production of steel by the BOF process is a discontinuous process, which involvesthe following steps:

Transfer and storage of hot metalPre-treatment of hot metal (de-sulphurization)Oxidation in the BOF (de-carburization and oxidation of impurities)Secondary metallurgical treatmentCasting (continuous or/and ingot)

The following emissions of off gases are generally recognized in BOF area:Oxygen blowing and BOF gas

Secondary off gases are generated during:Removal of undesirable impurities (to the maximum possible extent)BOF chargingTapping of liquid steel and slag from BOF and ladlesContinuous Casting

Air pollution control system comprising of suction hood, duct and bag filters are providedin the existing BOF, for bulk material charging system, mixer and de-slagging systems.However due to different operational problems some times the pollution control systemsare not functioning properly. Due to which the fumes generated due to puffing in theconverters escapes into the BOF shop. Further the fumes generated during chargingand tapping of converters are also not controlled at times. The fugitive emissions in thearea will be limited within the limits given below:

i) Respirable Particulate Matter : 2000 microgram / m3

ii) Suspended Particulate Matter : 5000 microgram / m3

iii) SO2 : 250 microgram / m3

iv) NOx : 150 microgram / m3

v) CO (8 hr.) : 5000 microgram / m3

g) Secondary Refining Facilities:

The secondary refining is not an emission intensive process except for some fugitivedust emissions during the process. Necessary fume extraction system has beenenvisaged for the process.

EIA REPORTFOR




h) Coke Oven

The operation of a Coke Oven battery comprises of the following activities: Coal charging Heating / Firing of the chambers Coking Coke pushing and Coke quenching

During coke making, heating of the Coke Oven chambers is carried out by burning CokeOven / BF gas as fuel and the resultant flue gas is led to the stacks. Excess Coke Oven /BF gas is transported via pipeline to large gas holders to utilize these gases for Powergeneration and plant heating needs.

During operation of Coke Ovens fugitive emissions are also generated during charging,pushing, and quenching activity. However MOEF prescribed emission standard for cokeoven emission shall be met.

i) Raw Material Handling Complex (RMHC)

Necessary pollution control facilities in the form of dust extraction / dust suppressionsystem will be provided to restrict the emitted pollutant within statutory norms. Dustextraction system provided will discharge air after cleaning to limit the dust content in theemitted air within statutory norms.

The proposed 3.0 MTPA steel plant will have an impact of the air environment. While theimpact of fugitive emissions will be within the core area, the effect of emissions from thepoint sources is a major concern as it will have a major impact on the ambient air qualityin the surrounding area. The sources of emissions from the proposed steel plant and thecontrol measures adopted are given below. In addition to the measures taken to controlpollution, it is also proposed to limit the design emission norms to a maximum of 50mg/Nm3 of particulates.

Sl.No


Design limits

1 Raw materialhandlingFugitive emissions inmaterial handling

Dust suppression systems(chemical and dry fog type)

Water sprinklers DE systems with bag filters in

case of conveyors, limehandling

Work area : Asper MOEF norms

Stack: 50mg/Nm3

2 Coke ovensCoal & Coke handling DE systems Stack: 50 mg/NmCoal charging On main charging with HPLA

aspiration CGT car for aspirating gas into

As per MOEF normsapplicable for cokeovens

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl.No


Design limits

adjacent ovensCarbonization Leaking of doors, lids etc

Use of lean gas for under firing Low NOx burners

As above

Coke pushing Land based pushing emissioncontrol

As above

Coke quenching Dry quenching As above3 Sinter Plant

Sintering process ESP for collected waste gases 50 mg/Nm3Raw materialpreparation andhandling

Centralised De-dusting systemwith ESP common for bothareas

50 mg/Nm3

Sinter screening andtransport

4. Blast FurnacesSinter, coke and fluxhandling in stockhouse

ESP/Bag filters 50 mg/NM3

BF processes Gas cleaning in venturiscrubbers

5 mg/NM3

Cast house FE systems with ESP/Bag filter 50 mg/NM3Stoves heating Use of lean gas 50 mg/NM3

5. BOFMaterial handlingoperations

Bag filters 50mg/NM3

Converters Secondary fume extractionsystem

50 mg/Nm3

Desulphurisation,RHFs, LHFs etc

Spark arresters followed by Bagfilters

6. Rolling mills Use of low sulphur gases forSO2 control

Low NOx burner

50 mg/NM3

7. Power Plant ESP Low NOx burners

50 mg/Nm3

4.1.4.2.1 Methodology: Impact Assessment on Air Environment

The proposed plant will have an impact on the air environment. While the impact offugitive emissions will be within the core area, the effect of emissions from the pointsources is a major concern as it will have an impact on the ambient air quality in thesurrounding area.

For prediction of impacts for any proposed projects, in order to study the impacts due toincrease in pollution load, in general, contributions from the new units will be added tothe existing back ground concentrations and predictions will be done accordingly.

EIA REPORTFOR




Once the pollutants are emitted into the atmosphere, the dilution and dispersion of thepollutants are controlled by various meteorological parameters like wind speed anddirection, ambient temperature, mixing height, etc. In most dispersion models therelevant atmospheric layer is that nearest to the ground, varying in thickness fromseveral hundred to a few thousand meters. Variations in both thermal and mechanicalturbulence and in wind velocity are greatest in the layer in contact with the surface. Theatmospheric dispersion modeling and the prediction of ground level pollutantconcentrations has great relevance in the following activities:

Estimation of impact of setting up of new industry on surrounding environment. Estimation of maximum ground level concentration and its location in the study area.

The prediction of Ground level concentrations (GLC) of pollutants emitted from thestacks have been carried out using ISCST-3 Air Quality Simulation model released byUSEPA which is also accepted by Indian statutory bodies. This model is basically aGaussian dispersion model which considers multiple sources. The model accepts hourlymeteorological data records to define the conditions of plume rise for each source andreceptor combination for each hour of input meteorological data sequentially andcalculates short term averages up to 24 hours.

The impact has been predicted over a 10 km X 10 km area with the proposed location ofthe stack as the centre. GLC have been calculated at every 500 m grid point.

In this report, the dust content of flue gas is taken as 50 mg/Nm3 and the load iscalculated for 3.0 MTPA.

Accordingly, the emissions are estimated for the proposed plant and the details of thestacks and emissions from them are given in Table 4.1.

Table 4.1: Stack emission details

UnitNo.

Source Typeof flue

Height(m)

TopDia. (m)

Flow RateNm3/h

Temp.0C

Emissions (g/s)

PM SO2 NOx

1. Coke Oven -1stack

C 90 3.5 120000 200 1.7 13.3 13.3


C 90 3.5 120000 200 1.7 13.3 13.3


C 90 3.5 120000 200 1.7 13.3 13.3


C 90 3.5 120000 200 1.7 13.3 13.3

5. Pushing Emission1

DD 40 2.0 8000 40 0.1 0.89 0.89


DD 40 2.0 8000 40 0.1 0.89 0.89


DD 40 2.0 8000 40 0.1 0.89 0.89


DD 40 2.0 8000 40 0.1 0.89 0.89

9. BF1 stove C 60 3.0 2,16,000 200 0.3 1.8 3.0

EIA REPORTFOR




UnitNo.

Source Typeof flue

Height(m)

TopDia. (m)

Flow RateNm3/h

Temp.0C

Emissions (g/s)

PM SO2 NOx

10. BF 1 Cast House DD 40 5.0 7,20,000 40 10.0 - -11. BF1 Stock House DD 40 3.5 3,00,000 40 4.2 - -12. BF 2 stove C 60 3.0 2,16,000 200 0.3 1.8 3.013. BF 2 Cast House DD 40 5.0 7,20,000 40 10.0 - -14. BF2 Stock House DD 40 3.5 3,00,000 40 4.2 - -15. Sinter machine-1 C 100 5.5 10,20,000 150 14.2 56.67 56.6716. Sinter Plant-1 de

dustingDD 60 4.0 4,00,000 40 5.6 - -

17. Sinter machine-2 C 100 5.5 10,20,000 150 14.2 56.67 56.67

18. Sinter Plant-2 dedusting

DD 60 4.0 4,00,000 40 5.6 - -

19. Tunnel Furnace-1 C 50 1.5 45,000 300 0.6 12.5 520. Tunnel Furnace-2 C 50 1.5 45,000 300 0.6 12.5 521. Fume Extrac. Sys

1.BOF-LFDD 40 5.0 16,00,000 60 22.2 - -

22. Fume Extrac. Sys2.BOF-LF

DD 40 5.0 16,00,000 60 22.2 - -

23. Lime Plant -1 DD 45 1.5 50000 135 0.7 - -24. Lime Plant -2 DD 45 1.5 50000 135 0.7 - -25. Lime Plant -3 DD 45 1.5 50000 135 0.7 - -26. Dolo Plant -1 DD 45 1.5 50000 135 0.7 - -

Load due to proposed units (g/s) 124.2 198.7 186.1

Stack emission details are mainly based on the actual monitoring data done elsewhere,consumption, fuel balance, prevailing emission factors as available in literature forstainless steel plants, and different statutory regulations prevailing in the country.

Meteorological data plays an important role in computation of Ground LevelConcentration using ISCST-3 model. Meteorological data of the project site is anotherinput required for computation of the contribution by the expansion plant. Theparameters required are:

Wind velocity and directionStabilityMixing height

Data related to wind velocity and direction were generated during the monitoring period.Part of this site specific monitored data have been used as input data of the modelduring computation.

The hourly occurrence of various stability classes at the project site is also an importantinput parameter to the model. Further site specific mixing depth (mixing height orconvective stable boundary layer and inversion height or nocturnal stable boundarylayer) is also an important input parameter for computation and assessment of realisticdispersion of pollutants. There are different methods for generating these parameters,but in the present case data published by CPCB in Spatial distribution of hourly mixingdepth over Indian region have been used. The input meteorological data used in thecomputation are presented in Table 4.2 and uniform Cartesian grid system was used to

EIA REPORTFOR




locate/fix sources and receptors in the study area. The predicted GLC values are givenin Table 4.3.

However, the above computation is considering the stack emissions only and does nottake into account any changes in the fugitive emission. However, since the fugitiveemissions are being released mainly from near ground sources, are not expected totravel / disperse to a longer distance to reach beyond the plant boundary and thus arenot expected to have any impact on the ambient air.

Table 4.2: Meteorological data used as input for Air quality modeling

Hour Wind Speed(m/s)

Predominant WindDirection (N as 1800)

Ambient airtemp. ( K)

HourlyStability Class

Mixingdepth (m)

01 0.54 23.0 301 6 10002 0.52 23.0 301 6 10003 0.75 23.0 301 6 20004 0.57 315.0 300 6 24805 0.80 315.0 300 5 38006 0.56 293.0 300 4 41107 0.57 248.0 299 3 54208 0.54 270.0 299 3 97409 1.72 270.0 300 2 99510 2.36 293.0 302 2 103611 3.42 293.0 303 2 106812 3.03 45.0 304 1 109913 1.19 315.0 306 1 113014 2.42 315.0 306 1 116215 4.36 315.0 306 2 116216 4.39 315.0 306 3 116217 3.25 270.0 305 4 116218 2.28 270.0 303 5 95419 2.33 270.0 303 6 54620 0.75 248.0 303 6 43821 0.67 315.0 302 6 33022 0.58 338.0 302 6 22323 0.58 315.0 302 6 21524 0.50 315.0 302 6 2071= Extremely Unstable, 2= Moderately Unstable, 3= Slightly Unstable,4 = Neutral, 5= Slightly Stable, 6= Moderately Stable

4.1.4.2.2 Results: Impact on Air Environment

The resultant ambient air concentrations after the setting up integrated steel plant hasbeen presented in Table 4.3 for RPM, Fugitive emission, SO2 & NOx . Fugitive emissionfactor considered for stock yards was 0.0001754 g/s/m2.Thus it is anticipated that therewill not be any adverse changes in AAQ in the study area. The isopleths of thecomputed results for SPM, SO2, NOx and Fugitive emission are presented in Fig. 4.1,4.2 4.3 & 4.4 respectively.

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 4.3 Prediction of GLC's at 3.0 MTPAAll Values in µg / m3

LocationCode

AAQM location RPM (PM10)Back Ground

valueFrom stackprediction

Fugitiveemission

Total

A1 Bhatwadi 65 6.8 0 71.8A2 Expansion project site 73 2.4 0.6 76A3 Satarda village 68 4.2 0.8 73A4 Madura village 75 2.7 0 77.7A5 Satosa village 80 8.9 4.2 93.1A6 Ugvey village 62 6.7 0.4 69.1A7 Nayabag village 70 2.8 0 72.8A8 Sateli village 74 0.02 0 74.02A9 Atrawadi village 65 13.0 0.8 78.8A10 Paraskad village 80 8.1 0.1 88.2

Industrial, Residential,Rural & other area

Norm

100

LocationCode

AAQMlocation

SO2 NOXBG* At 3.0

MTPATotal BG* At 3.0

MTPATotal

A1 Bhatwadi 3.3 0.6 3.9 8.7 0.3 9A2 Expansion

project site3.2 7.4 10.6 8.9 3.2 12.1

A3 Satardavillage

3.4 2.4 5.8 9.5 1.4 10.9

A4 Maduravillage

4 2.5 6.5 14.8 2.2 17

A5 Satosavillage

3.0 8.3 11.3 9.5 6.5 16

A6 Ugvey village 3.3 11.2 14.5 8.5 10.2 18.7A7 Nayabag

village3.3 2.6 5.9 9.4 2.3 11.7

A8 Sateli village 3.5 0 3.5 10.1 0 10.1A9 Atrawadi

village3.5 6.7 10.2 9.8 5.7 15.5

A10 Paraskadvillage

3.8 10.3 14.1 13.2 9.2 22.4

Industrial,Residential,

Rural & otherarea Norm

80 80

EIA REPORTFOR




Maximum G.L.C : 28.9 µg/m3 at (12000, 10000)

Fig. 4.1: Isopleths for RPM Concentration Due to proposed project

EIA REPORTFOR





Fig. 4.2: Isopleths for SO2 Concentration Due to proposed project

EIA REPORTFOR





Fig. 4.3: Isopleths for NOx Concentration Due to proposed project

EIA REPORTFOR





Fig. 4.4: Isopleths for Fugitive Emission Concentration Due to proposed project

EIA REPORTFOR




A graph of daily average concentration (MGLC scenario) for RPM, SO2 and NOX hasbeen plotted with downwind distance at every 500m interval covering the exact locationof GLC.

Grid wise results of RPM, SO2 , NOX and Fugitive emission is given in the annexure atthe end of the chapter.

EIA REPORTFOR





During the design phase all efforts have been made to adopt latest state of arttechnology and to install adequate pollution control measures for different processes andde-dusting stacks and for different fugitive emission sources. During the constructionphase of the proposed project appropriate mitigation measures will be implemented toameliorate the anticipated air quality problems. The following mitigation measures will beemployed during operation period to reduce the pollution level to acceptable limits:

Bag filter based DE system in BF with gas cleaning plant. Bag filter based DE system for ground based pushing emission control in Coke

Oven battery Dry fog type DS system for material handling junction points Fume Extraction system for BOF & LF along with gas cleaning plant. Dust extraction system in Sinter Plant. Dedusting System in lime & dolo plant Stack monitoring to ensure proper functioning of different major stacks. Air monitoring in the Work-zone to ensure proper functioning of fugitive emission

control facilities. Adequate plantation in and around different units. Vehicles and machineries would be regularly maintained so that emissions confirm

to the applicable standards. Monitoring of ambient air quality through online AAQ monitoring system at two

locations. Workers will be provided with adequate protective measures to protect them from

inhaling dust.

4.1.4.3 Impact of Transportation of Raw Materials and Finished Products by Road

Impact

The total annual external freight will be approximately 15.2 Mt including 11.0 Mt ofincoming materials and 4.2 Mt of outgoing finished products. The quantity of rawmaterials to be received and the finished products to be dispatched annually is shown intable below.

Table below shows the transportation of raw materials and finished product to and fromthe plant. From the table it can be seen that the majority of bulk quantity of raw material /finished product is being transported from Rail and only small quantity of material isbeing transported from road. A total of maximum 746 trucks per day will be running forthe requirement of the Steel Plant. For traffic volume estimation, considering receipt ofRaw Materials in three shifts (24hrs.) about 31 trucks per hour will be additionallyrunning on the NH 17 / SH 4 for the Steel Plant.

EIA REPORTFOR




Transportation of Raw Materials and Finished Product

Sl.No.

Raw material Source Quantity(tpa)

Mode oftransport

Number ofHeavy

Vehicles(16t)/day

1. Iron ore Lump for BF Bellary/Hospet 1279400 Rail 02. Iron ore fines for BF Goa/Bellary/Ho

spet4456600 Rail 0

3. Iron ore Lump for SMS Bellary/Hospet 39400 Rail 0

4. Non-coking coal forCDI for BF Imported 565400 Rail 0

5. Raw limestone (BFGrade)

Imported(Dubai/Oman)

474400 Rail 0

6. Dolomite fines for SP Imported(Egypt)

393200 Rail 0

7. Dolomite for SMS Imported(Egypt)

203800 Rail 0

8. Quartzite for BF Sindhudurg 113400 Road 199. Imported Coking Coal Australia/South

Africa2625200 Rail 0

10. Raw limestone (SMSgrade)

Imported(Dubai/Oman)

531800 Rail 0

11. Purchased scrap forSMS Imported 314400 Rail 0

12. Ferro-alloysPartly Imported& Partly fromlocal Market

1600 50 % Railand 50 %

Road

413. Flourspar 234014. Fe-Si 750015. Si-Mn 3120016. Aluminium 6200

Sub Total 11045840 23Dispatch

1 HR Coil 3000000 Road 5142 Granulated Slag 999000 Road 1623. Cold Pigs 273600 Road 47

Sub total 4223500 723Grand Total 15269340 746

Mitigation Measures

To reduce the traffic on SH 4, SUSPL is planning a by pass road. This will reduce thetraffic substantially.

4.1.4.4 Water Environment

Water environment may be affected by industries in different ways depending upon thetype of industries. The water environment may be surface or ground water or both.

EIA REPORTFOR




Water environment may be affected by the industry due to drawal of water, discharge ofpolluted water / waste water, and by contaminated leachate from land disposal /dumping of solid waste. The present activities are scrutinized in light of the abovefactors and its impact is predicted accordingly.

4.1.4.4.1 Effect of Water Drawal (Surface water)

Impacts

The proposed plant draws its requirement of raw water from balancing reservoir which inturn receives water from the pumping station on river Tillari. Water is supplied to theplant for different activities from the balancing reservoir directly. In addition to this, wateris also supplied to the plant from the reservoir after treating it in a water treatment plant.Chief Engineer, Water Resource Department, Konkan Region has confirmed availabilityof water for Industrial purposes.

No impact on ground water is also envisaged since no ground water will be drawn by theexpansion plant.

Mitigation Measures

No impact envisaged. Various water conservation schemes envisaged are :

Blow down water from power plant will be reused for Pig Casting Machines andCoke Quenching in Coke ovens.

Blow down water from BOF re-circulation system will be reused in SMS slagyards for spraying on hot slag.

Blown down water from Blast Furnace re-circulation system will be reused inSlag Granulation Plant as make-up water to SGP re-circulation Water System.

In addition, rain water harvesting schemes are envisaged for the proposed project.

4.1.4.4.2 Water Usage

Background

In an integrated Steel plant wastewater may be generated from different units / shops.Some are being discharged after treatment; some are reused in the plant itself aftertreatment and only bleed off quantity are being discharged. Attempts will be made toachieve Zero discharge from plant.

Impacts

In an integrated steel plant water is generally used for purposes like: Material conditioning i.e. for slurrying, quenching, mill scale removal, rinsing etc. Air pollution control i.e. for wet scrubbing of air pollutants Heat transfer i.e. water used for protecting the equipment by cooling refractory and

shell of equipment.

EIA REPORTFOR




Overall approximately 75 % of water use is for heat transfer. Accordingly, a considerableportion of water supplied is lost by evaporation. Evaporation losses include slagquenching at blast furnaces and basic oxygen furnaces, Coke quenching, spraychamber cooling at casters and evaporation in cooling towers.

Wastewater discharges from an integrated steel plant can be broadly divided into twoparts. Non-contact water discharges and contact water discharges. Water is used in aseries of heat exchangers in coke oven gas treatment, blast furnaces, basic oxygenfurnaces, and rolling operations and boilers. This non-contact water is generallycontaminated with high dissolved solids comprising of salts of calcium and magnesiumwhich were originally present in the raw / feed water. Due to repeated re-circulation andhigh temperature concentration of these salts starts to built up necessitating bleeding offof some part of circulating water. Water is also used for contact cooling e.g quenching,Coke oven gas treatment, slag handling etc. This contact water discharges may becontaminated with different pollutants and needs to be treated prior to discharges.

a) Sinter Plant

Wastewater may generate in Sinter plant if wet scrubbers are used for pollution controlfacilities. However in this project dry ESPs are used in the sinter plant for pollutioncontrol, which does not generate any effluent. Further the water requirement /consumption in sinter plant is very less and no water is required for process purposesand as such no wastewater is generated from the process.

b) Blast Furnace

Blast furnace requires a considerable quantity of water. Water required is mainly fordirect contact water used in the gas coolers / wet scrubbers which cleans the blastfurnace gas. This water is treated in settling tank / clarifier for removal of suspendedsolids and the overflows are recycled to the gas scrubbers.

Only the final blow down from the re circulated systems are being discharged. The blowdown will conform to the following quality:

pH 6.5 - 8.5Suspended Solids (mg/l) 100Oil & Grease (mg/l) 10Cyanide as CN - (mg/l) 0.2Ammoniacal Nitrogen as NH 3 – N (mg/l) 50

Therefore there is no possibility of any adverse impact of water pollution.

c) Steel Making and Primary Refining: Basic Oxygen Furnace (BOF)

The water requirement for BOF is not significant. The wastewater generated from GasCleaning Plant will be contaminated only with particulate matter and will be pumped to asludge pond. Further any bleed off water from cooling circuit will be used for slag coolingand as such no wastewater is anticipated to be generated from cooling water circuit.Thus no adverse impact on water environment is anticipated.

EIA REPORTFOR




d) Secondary Refining Facilities: Laddle Furnace

The other water usages indicated are mainly for refining and casting operations. Therefining operation except vacuum degassing does not generates any effluent.

e) Continuous Casting Facilities and Rolling Mills

Continuous Caster usually requires water for cooling of different mechanical equipment,and for flushing of mill scale (generated during cutting) down the flume beneath therunout table. The principal pollutants are suspended solids oil and greases. This will betreated in scale pits for mill scale recovery and oil removal and the treated effluent will bedischarged.

f) Coke Oven & By Product Plant

Waste waters are generated from the coke oven & bye product plant as waste ammonialiquor from moisture contaminated in the charged coal, steam used in distilling ammoniafrom the waste liquor, light oil recovery and other processes. Wastewaters arecontaminated with oil & grease, ammonia, cyanides, thiocyanates, and phenols.

Further whatever wastewater is generated from the Coke Oven & By Product Plant areais collected and transported through pipeline to a wastewater treatment plant (BODPlant). The wastewater after treatment is meeting the statutory norms for discharge oftreated effluent but instead of discharging it outside, the wastewater is used for cokequenching and as such no water pollution is anticipated.

Effluents will be generated from the proposed Coke Oven and By-product Plant (COBP).Effluent will be contaminated with ammonia, phenol, tar & oil, cyanide, etc. and needstreatment to remove pollutants to meet the statutory norms before use in cokequenching. A biological Effluent Treatment Plant (BOD Plant) has thus been envisaged.The scheme of proposed BOD plant is given below:

EIA REPORTFOR




g) Wastewater from Other Sources

In addition to the above some additional wastewater may be generated due to floorwashings and also from the toilet blocks of the units envisaged during the expansionplant. The sewage generated from the toilet blocks will be very less in quantity and willbe taken to the Sewage Treatment Plant.

Mitigation Measures

During the design phase all efforts have been made to adopt latest state of arttechnology and to install adequate effluent treatment facilities for different units expectedto generate water pollutants. During the construction phase of the proposed projectappropriate mitigation measures will be implemented to ameliorate the anticipated water/effluent quality problems. The following mitigation measures will be employed duringoperation period to reduce the pollution level to acceptable limits.

Re-circulating water in the process whereby discharged volume is minimum. Clarifier and sludge pond for removal of suspended solids.

EIA REPORTFOR




Neutralisation of acidic water by lime. Removal of oil and grease from the contaminated water by means if oil traps,

skimming devices, etc. Effluent quality monitoring at inlet and outlets of different effluent treatment plants to

ensure proper functioning of different effluent treatment facilities. Use of treated wastewater in different shops and for plantation development as far

as practicable.

The list of water pollution control systems envisaged is summarized below.

List of Water Pollution Control Systems

Source Pollutants Control SystemRaw material handling yard Suspended Solids Catch PitsRaw Water Treatment Plant Suspended Solids Clarifier, Thickener,BF& BOF Gas CleaningPlant

Suspended Solids Clarifier, Thickener,

Coke Oven and by productplant

Oils, Suspended Solids,ammonia, phenols etc

Oil, organics and ammoniaremoval, in BOD Plant

Bloom Caster, Billet caster& Rolling mills

Suspended Solids, Oil &Grease

Settling Tanks fitted with Oil &Grease Trap

Soft and DM Water Plant pH and dissolved solids Neutralizing PitCooling Tower and BoilerBlow-down

Temperature, DissolvedSolids

For re use

Canteens, Toilets BOD, Suspended Solids Sewage treatment plant

The new plant aims at zero discharge philosophy. In case of problem in water recoverysystem, maximum 100 m3/h, occasional discharge can be anticipated for a short periodof time. It is presumed that after completion of the project the water environment willimprove significantly.

4.1.4.4.3 Ground Water

Impacts

The expansion plant does not envisage any ground water drawl and hence no impacton ground water availability around the plant is anticipated.

The waste disposal area around any industry is one of the major factors deterioratingground water quality, if the water leached from the waste dumps contains toxicsubstances. At the expansion plant, some wastes are dumped in secured land fill sitesand some inert wastes are dumped in low lying area. All other solid wastes are eitherreused / recycled or sold out.

Mitigation Measures

Periodical monitoring of ground water quality at up-gradient and down gradient ofslag dump area.

Disposal of waste generated from the proposed project will be done in a systematic

EIA REPORTFOR




/scientific manner as per guidelines to prevent any ground water pollution.

4.1.4.5 Solid Waste Generation and Disposal

4.1.4.5.1 General

Integrated Iron & steel plant generates solid wastes, some of which are hazardous whileothers are non-hazardous. Some of these wastes are reused / re-utilised and some arenot. SUSPL is also not exception to that. Solid wastes are mainly generated from:

- Sinter Plant- Blast Furnace- BOF- Coke Oven & By-product Plant- Different Rolling Mills- Lime & Dolomite Plant

In addition to above, wastes are also generated during operation / maintenance / annualmaintenance of other units / shops etc, which are

- Flue dust from BF- Blast Furnace Gas Cleaning Plant sludge- BOF Gas Cleaning Plant sludge- Waste Refractory materials- Waste lubricant / oil etc. and Waste Lead – Acid Batteries-

The characteristics of the generated solid wastes are presented in Table 4.4a. From thetable it can be noticed that except some sludge generated from Coke Oven and ByProduct area none are hazardous. The generation quantity along with the reuse / recycleand disposal methodology for the solid waste is presented in Table 4.4b.

Table 4.4a: Source of Generation / Characterisation of Solid Wastes

Shop Type ofwaste

Source of Generation Typical Chemistry(%)

Characterisation of wasteas per Hazardous Wastes(Management & Hand-ling)Amendment Rules, 2000

Coke OvenPlant

SpentRefractories

Rebuilding of coke ovensand miscellaneous repairsin coke ovens

By-ProductsPlant

Acid Sludge Washing of crude benzol Acid : 61.4(100% Concn.)Light oil : 5.1Water : 0.3Polymer : 33.2

As per Sl.No.13 of Schedule -1

DecanterSludge

Decanter for separation oftarry sludge fromammonical liquor and tar

As per Sl.No.13 of Schedule -1

EIA REPORTFOR




Shop Type ofwaste



BF Plant BF Flue Dust Flue dust of coarserparticle is collected in dustcatcher located before wetscrubbling

Fe(t) : 37.00C : 23.69SiO2 : 9.01Al2O3 : 7.26,TiO2 : 0.87,CaO : 6.37,MgO : 5.46,MnO : 2.02,P2O5 : 0.25,S : 0.27

BF Sludge Flue dust of fine particlestrapped by scrubbling andfinally settled at sludgepond

Fe(t) : 20-30FeO : 7-12Fe2O3 : 25-35C : 30-40S : 0.5-0.8P : 0.09-0.12Na2O : 0.1-0.2K2O : 0.5-0.7ZnO : 0.2-0.4CaO : 8-10SiO2 : 5.0-7.0MgO : 0.3-0.5Al2O3 : 0.8-1.3MnO : 0.5-0.8

BF Slag BF CaO : 30-31SiO2 : 32-33Al2O3 : 18-22MgO : 8-10FeO : 0.2-0.6MnO :1.5-3.0S : 1.5-1.7,

SpentRefractories

Bricks from BF, dismantledladles / torpedo ladles, casthouse runners, etc.

Hot metalPretreatmentUnit

Hot MetalPretreatmentDust

Dust collected in baghouse filter of dustextraction system

Hot MetalPretreatmentSlag

Slag skimmed afterpretreatment of hot metal

EIA REPORTFOR




Shop Type ofwaste



BOF Shop BOF Dust /Sludge

BOF flue dust collected ingas cleaning system eitherin dry form or as sludge

BOF dust :Fe(t) : 52.25SiO2 : 5.92,Al2O3 : 1.1TiO2 : 0.43CaO : 18.26MgO : 5.98MnO : 2.59P2O5 : 0.36S : 0.18

BOF sludge :

Fe(t) : 50.84CaO : 15.39SiO2 : 2.19P : 0.17,MgO : 4.31Al2O3 : 0.71S : 0.29Na2O : 0.51,K2O : 0.06Zn : 1.10,C : 2.58

BOF Slag BOF CaO : 40-50FeO : 20,SiO2 : 15-17P2O5 : 2.45MgO : 3.9 - 4.5MnO : 4.5Al2O3 : 5.2-6.3

SpentRefractories

Bricks from dismantledconverter

RefractoryMaterialsPlant

Limestone /DolomiteFines

Screening of rawlimestones / dolomite inraw materials handlingyard / lime plant / dolomitecalcination plant

Lime /CalcinedDolomiteFines

Screening of calcined lime/ dolomite in lime /dolomitecalcination plant

SpentRefractories

Bricks from dismantledkilns of refractory materialsplant

RMP Sludge Collected after scrubbingof kiln flue

EIA REPORTFOR




Shop Type ofwaste



ContinuousCastingPlant

Caster Scale Caster Area Fe(t) : 62-68FeO : 60-70Fe2O3 : 15-25C : 0.3-0.5,S : 0.12-0.25P : 0.15-0.25Na2O : 0.05-0.1,K2O : 0.01-0.03ZnO : 0.04-0.06CaO : 0.3-0.5SiO2 : 0.8-1.5,MgO : <0.01Al2O3 : 0.1-0.2MnO : 0.3-0.5

CasterSludge

Sludge pit of continuouscasting plant

SpentRefractories

Repair of tundishes andladles

Hot RollingMill

Mill Scales Relatively coarse mill scaleis collected from reheatingfurnaces and dryprocessing areas likecooling beds,straighteners, shears andsaws

Fe(t) : 62-68FeO : 60-70Fe2O3 : 15-25C : 0.3-0.5,S : 0.12-0.25P : 0.15-0.25Na2O : 0.05-0.1,K2O : 0.01-0.03,ZnO : 0.04-0.06CaO : 0.3-0.5SiO2 : 0.8-1.5,MgO : <0.01Al2O3 : 0.1-0.2MnO : 0.3-0.5

Mill Sludge Fine mill scalecontaminated with oil iscollected in sludge pit

Fe(t) : 64.4CaO : 0.6,SiO2 : 4.0P : 0.085MgO :0.22MnO :0.44Al2O3 : 1.85TiO2 : 0.07Cr2O3 : 0.08LOI : 0.4Oil : 10-11

SpentRefractories

Bricks from dismantledreheating furnaces

EIA REPORTFOR




4.1.3.2 Impacts

Solid waste generated from different units and its re-utilisation and disposal is given inTable 4.4b.

Table 4.4b: Solid Waste Generation and Disposal

Sl.No.

Solid wastes Expectedgeneration t/year

Proposed disposal

1. BF slag 990000 Sold to Cement Plants2. BF sludge 23990 Partly used in the Sinter Plant and

partly dumped3. BF flue Dust 54834 100% reuse in the Sinter Plant4. BOF Slag 421960 Use in construction, BF, Sinter Plant

& as rail ballast & Partly dumped.5. BOF sludge 46200 Reuse in the Sinter Plant6. BOF scale 15400 100% reuse in the Sinter Plant7. Mill scales 31080 100% reuse in the Sinter Plant8. Mill Scrap 61800 100% reuse in the BOF Plant9. Lime Dust 44600 100% reuse in the Sinter Plant10. Skull / Scrap 6200 100% reuse in the BOF Plant11. Pig casing m/c Sludge 7010 100% reuse in the Sinter Plant


All attempts to utilise solid waste as per the guidelines given in CREP.

4.1.4.6 Hazardous Waste Generation and Disposal

4.1.4.6.1 Impacts

Hazardous waste generation and its utilization for the expansion plant plan is given inTable 4.5.

Table 4.5: Net Increase Expected for Hazardous Waste Generation and its Disposal

S.No.

Hazardous waste Generatedfrom


Mode of utilisation


70 t Sold to MPCB approved TSDF Plants

2 BOD plant sludge 250 t Sold to MPCB approved TSDF Plants3. Spent/Wash/Lubricant

(Category 5.1) and batteries30 KL/lot Will be sold to registered recyclers.

EIA REPORTFOR





All hazardous wastes to be sold to MPCB approved TSDF Plants

4.1.1.6 Noise Levels

4.1.1.6.1 Impacts

During normal operations of the plant ambient noise levels may increase close to thecompressors and blowers but this will be confined only within plant boundary and thattoo will be confined within shops. The level will be further minimised when the noisereaches the plant boundary and the nearest residential areas beyond the plantboundary.


Various measures proposed to reduce noise pollution include reduction of noise atsource, provision of acoustic lagging for the equipment and suction side silencers,vibration isolators, selection of low noise equipment, isolation of noisy equipment fromworking personnel. In some areas, personnel working will be provided with noisereduction aid such as ear muffs/ ear plugs and also the duration of exposure of thepersonnel will be limited as per the norms. The following measures will be undertaken:

Technological Measures

Plugging leakages in high-pressure gas/air pipelines. Reducing vibration of high speed rotating machines by regular monitoring of vibration

and taking necessary steps.

Design of absorber system for the shift office and pulpit operator's cabin. Noise absorber systems in pump houses. Noise level at 1m from equipment will be limited to 85 dB (A). The fans and ductwork will be designed for minimum vibration. All the equipment in different new units and in units where capacity expansion is

taking place will be designed/operated in such a way that the noise level shall notexceed 85 dB (A).

Periodical monitoring of work zone noise and outside plant premises.

Management Measures

In a steel plant, with a variety of noise producing equipment, it may not be practicable totake technological control measures at all the places. In such cases the followingadministrative measures shall also be taken:

Un-manned high noise zone will be marked as "High Noise Zone". In shops where measures are not feasible, attempts shall be made to provide

EIA REPORTFOR




operators with soundproof enclosure to operate the system. Workers exposed to noise level will be provided with protection devices like earmuffs

as per present practice and will be advised to use them regularly, while at work. Workers exposed to noisy work place shall be provided with rotational duties. All workers will be regularly checked medically for any noise related health problem

and if detected, they will be provided with alternative duty.

Over and above all these adopted measures, trees and shrubs belts of substantialdepths within and surrounding plant premises will further attenuate the sound levelsreaching the receptors within and out side the plant premises.

4.1.1.7 Ecological Features

4.1.1.7.1 Impacts

Erection and commissioning of the project may change the land-use pattern of thearea and may cause significant loss of habitat, which is unavoidable. However, amajor pert of the project site is declared industrial area – thus such changes are notof major concern.

During construction most of the existing vegetation in the project site will have to becleared.

The animals in the project area and its immediate vicinity will migrate to nearbyforest areas. However some of the smaller animals like, snakes, lizards, birds,squirrels, mongoose, rodents etc. will take up residence in the project’s green belt..

Emissions from plant operation may affect the natural and agricultural crops aroundthe expansion plant.

The thresh-hold limit for continuous exposure of SO2 on plants is about 50 µg/m3

and that for NOx is 100 µg/m3 (Env. Engg, Chapter 7 by H. S. Pavy, D. R. Rowe,G.T. Chobanoglous. Mc.Graw-Hill Book Co.1986). The level of air pollutants due tooperation of the present project will be much below the above said level, thus it isexpected that the natural vegetation in the area will not be affected. So far asagriculture crops are concerned, as they will remain in the field for three to sixmonths only, the impact on the same is also not anticipated.

Emissions from the project operation may cause harm to the wild life and forests inthe study area and more so to the animals residing in forests close to the project site(Table 3.5). The maximum predicted SO2 / NOx levels in the forest locations isbetween 2 - 5µg/m3, which is well below the permissible level of SO2 levels forsensitive areas. Thus it is expected that the Fauna and fauna in the study area willnot get affected due to the proposed project.

Noise generated due to the proposed project may cause disturbance to the faunalspecies.

Strong light in the project premises during night may cause some disturbance to thefauna in the near by areas.

The waste water from plant operation and domestic use may cause water pollutionin the area.

EIA REPORTFOR




Overall the ecological features of the study area will hardly be affected due to theexpansion plant.


The project site is declared industrial area, thus change in land-use pattern will notbe there and will not cause any significant loss of habitat.

The project site comprises shrubby vegetation on some of the plateau and big treesin patches in plain areas, all care will be taken to avoid cutting of these vegetation.Efforts shall be made to have minimum damage to the existing vegetation and toamalgamate the existing vegetation with the green belt / cover plan.

All technological measures to limit air emissions, waste water discharge and noisegeneration are envisaged in the expansion plant design and hence no furthermitigation measures envisaged.

An elaborate green belt / cover has been planned within and around the plant toameliorate the fugitive emissions and noise from the project operation.

There are no major or medium size industries in the study area. The Terekhol Riverflows on the southern side of the project site. The proposed project is designed formaximum re-circulation. The project and domestic waste water will be treated andafter treatment the same will be used for gardening purpose. No effluent will bedischarged from the expansion plant thus there will be no impact on the ecologicalcomponents of surface water bodies in the area.

Mitigation Measures for Reducing Impacts on Faunal Species

Direct Disturbance: Ten feet high fencing will be erected all around the project siteso that no animals come to the project site. Further a green belt within the fencing(facing the expansion plant) of more than 50m all around the proposed steel plantarea.

Noise: The maximum predicted noise level out side the expansion plant projectboundary will be below 40 dB(A), which is the permissible limit of noise for silencezone. Further a 50m wide green belt all along the project boundary will furtherreduce the noise level so as to cause any disturbance to the faunal species. Thusthe animals in the study area will not get impacted due the noise from the proposedproject activity.

Strong Light (during Night): The strong light in the project premises during nightmay cause some disturbance to the fauna in the near by forests. It is proposed thatall the light posts erected along the boundary wall will face inwards and down wards(with reflectors facing the plant and downwards), so that the light do not spreads outside the plant boundary.

EIA REPORTFOR




4.1.1.8 Occupational Safety and Health

Impact

Working operation of integrated steel plant is cumbersome and negligence in plantoperations may cause risk to safety and health problems.

Mitigation Measures

For ensuring better occupational health and safety the following measures will beprovided:

General Measures

Proper control of fugitive dust from sources inside plant including open stockyardsand to keep all de-dusting systems in prefect conditions. The de-dusting systemsprovided in shops will be regularly monitored and the level of dust in working zonewill be reported to the management for necessary control action.

Keeping plenum ventilation systems of premises in perfect working order to avoidaccumulation of dust on equipment inside the pressurized room. Regular cleaning ofair filters.

Keeping air conditioning plants in perfect running condition for control /instrumentation rooms.

Proper functioning of pollution control systems to minimise dust fall on plant andoutside areas.

Based on the environmental monitoring for dust, gases, toxic chemical, noise &vibration, the workers exposed to these will be regularly checked in medical unit andresults will be intimated to management.

Workers exposed to noise prone areas will be medically checked and proper noiseprotective equipment will be supplied to them and will be encouraged to use thesame.

Spot cooling facilities will be provided for workers exposed to high heat generatingshops and will be checked periodically. If necessary, rotation of duties is advised.

Proper attention is given to township water quality so that water borne disease maynot affect residents.

More doctors in township hospital and plant medical unit will be additionally trainedin the field of occupational health as policy matter.

House Keeping Measures

Proper house keeping is the key to proper environmental management. This createsproper working environment for the work force and safe working conditions. However, forthe proposed capacity expansion the following good house keeping measures will beadopted:

Regular cleaning and watering of plant roads to avoid accumulation of dust/garbage.

EIA REPORTFOR




Regular cleaning of shop floors. Avoiding accumulation and dumping of wastes and damaged equipment and items

anywhere inside the plant affecting aesthetics. Developing a positive outlook in the employees for keeping the work place, both in

factory, office or laboratory, clean and well maintained. Maintaining hygienic conditions in areas like canteens, near drinking water sources

and toilets.

4.1.1.9 Management Initiatives for Charter on Corporate Responsibilities forEnvironmental Protection (CREP)

The Charter on Corporate Responsibility (CREP) as laid down by Central PollutionControl Board (CPCB) for Integrated Iron and Steel Industry will guides the production inthe proposed steel plant.

Management Initiatives for Charter of Corporate Responsibility as followed

SN Unit / Item Responsibilities Extent of fulfillment1. Coke Oven Meeting parameters related to PLD, PLL,

PLO etc.These criteria will be fulfilled

2. SMS To reduce fugitive emission by installing asecondary dedusting system

secondary dedusting facility envisagedto reduce the fugitive emission

3. BF Direct Injection of reducing agents Coal Dust Injection (CDI) system for BFhas been envisaged

4. SMS / BF Utilisation of SMS and BF Slag 100 % utilization will be explored5. Coke Oven Charging of Tar sludge / ETP sludge to

coke ovenPossibility will be explored

6. Waterconservation/pollution

Reduce specific water consumption to 5m³/t for long products and 8 m³/t for flatproducts.

Operation of COBP Effluent TreatmentPlant efficiently to achieve notifieddischarge standards

The statutory norms will be complied.

4.1.2 IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES BECAUSE OF ACCIDENTS

The major chemicals handled / stored in the expansion plant includes LPG .

In all the above listed chemicals (except LPG), any accident / mishap resulting in Fire orconsequent to fire will not have any serious repercussions as that of a major hazard.Furthermore, the fire in such of these installations will be contained and confined to theinstallation / facility only and there are no chances of escalation.

Since LPG is used as fuel in the furnaces, any leakage of the same may lead to fireaccidents which may cause damage to men, material and machinery in the nearby areasand are controllable. Whereas, once the `BLEVE’ sets in, it is uncontrollable and it is amajor disaster situation. The physical damage caused by a `BLEVE’ cannot becontrolled.

EIA REPORTFOR




Mitigation Measures

Proper on-site / off-site emergency plans & Disaster Management Plan will be made. Inaddition, various fixed installations for Fire Detection, Alarm and Fire fighting will beavailable to effectively tackle the situation before the fire escalates into a conflagration.Regular mock drills will be conducted to check the effectiveness of the system

4.2 Measures for Minimizing and / or Offsetting Adverse Impact

The potential adverse environmental impacts possible verses the mitigation measuresincorporated to minimize the possible impacts, in the expansion plant have beensummarized in brief in Table 4.6.

Table 4.6: Potential Impacts Verses Mitigation Measures Adopted

SN. ImpactTopics

Impact On Impact Due To Adopted Measures

1 PhysicalResources

Airenvironment

Release of air pollutants Incorporation & installation of air pollution controlsystems and ensuring their effective functioning.Refer clause no. 4.1.4.2.3

Waterenvironment

Drawl of water & releaseof polluted waste water

Sufficiency of water availability assessed, maximumre-circulation of water envisaged, and Incorporation &installation of water pollution control systems andensuring their effective functioning. Refer clause no.4.1.4.3.2

Soil Release of polluted wastewater, Deposition of SPMreleased, & Dumping ofsolid waste

Incorporation & installation of water and air pollutioncontrol systems, Handling & disposal of solid wasteincluding hazardous waste in accordance withstatutory norms.

2 BiologicalResources

Vegetation Release of pollutedwastewater, Deposition ofpollutants released.

Incorporation & installation of water and air pollutioncontrol systems

3 Landacquisition

Landenvironment,Aesthetics

Conversion of existingland use pattern

Land acquired is declared as Industrial land

4 Noise Habitats Use of equipment havingoperating sound levelmore than the statutorylevel.

Noise Control measures as required have beenenvisaged. All noise levels will be maintained withinthe permissible statutory limits.Refer clause no. 4.1.4.6.2

5 HazardousSubstance

Habitat,Surroundingenvironment

Release of hazardouschemicals

Incorporation of different process control systems,Safety features, Alarm arrangements, and follow up ofDisaster management / Emergency response plan

6 Transportation

Habitat,Surroundingenvironment

Release of pollutant,Improper trafficmanagement.

Use of vehicles meeting the statutory norms related toemission, transport by railway freight, proper trafficmanagement.

7 Social &Economic

Human,livelihood,Education etc

Influx of people,Settlement, Stress onexisting infrastructure etc.

No negative impact envisaged since Satarda isalready a planned town. Moreover additional socialimprovement activities have also been planned by theproject management in the region.

8 Culturalresources

Human Influx of people,Settlement

No negative impact envisaged since Satarda isalready a planned town

However, the detailed technological aspects of mitigation measures are given in clause4.5 of Chapter 4.

EIA REPORTFOR




4.3 Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitments of Environmental Components

The project is not expected to create any irreversible and irretrievable impacts becauseof the following:

The project is coming within the Notified Industrial land, hence there is no change inthe land use pattern.

No forest land is involved. No rehabilitation of site dwellers is required. All the impacts created by the project can be mitigated by adoption of suitable

mitigation measures.

4.4 Assessment of Significance of Environmental Impacts

4.4.1 General

The assessment of effects of a particular action judgment must be made as to whetherthese effects are “Significant”. Significance is a relative concept, which reflects thedegree of importance placed on the impact in question. Having identified the eventsassociated with the proposed activity and their potential consequences, the next issuerequired to be addressed is the extent to which these make the proposed activityenvironmentally significant. In developing the criteria for determining this, the criteriaoutlined in the different guidelines for determining the level of environmental impact wereconsidered.

These criteria entail an assessment of the level of certainty in the prediction of anactivity’s potential environmental consequences (Predictability Criterion), combinedwith an assessment of the degree to which these consequences can be managed(Manageability Criterion).

The predictability criterion involves determining the level of certainty in the prediction ofdifferent issues for each of the events and their potential environmental consequencesassociated with the activity.

The manageability criterion focuses on the extent to which the potential environmentalconsequences can be either avoided or minimised in terms of size, scope and duration.It is based on the recognition that minimising the environmental impact of an activityprimarily entails managing the environmental consequence(s) of those activities byeither avoiding them in the first place or by mitigating them to as low as reasonablypractical. From the significance scores for the predictability and manageability criteria,the level of environmental significance for each of the potential events associated withthe proposed activity can then be determined as either High, Medium or Low on thebasis of environmental significance matrix.

The steps followed for assessing the significance are presented schematically in Fig. 4.5below. The aspect of environment and their environmental consequences consideredare presented in Table 4.7.

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 4.7: Events and their Environmental Consequences

Aspect ofEnvironme

nt

Category ofImpact

Type of Event Likely Consequences

NaturalEnvironment

Soil Impact Soil earthworks Reduction in visual amenity of area.

Air ImpactsEmissions to air (eg. dust, SO2, NOxgases etc)

Health risk to local community;Greenhouse effect.

Surface &GroundWaterImpacts

Water extraction Water shortage to local community, agriculture andecosystem.

Spills into water bodies (eg. oil orchemical spills)

Inconsumable water to the local community andecosystem.

Altering drainage patterns Reduced water capacity of natural water bodies.Increased soil erosion.

FaunaImpacts

Disturbing terrestrial or aquatic species Endangering species; Displacing species

FloraImpacts

Disturbing native floraClearing native vegetation

Threaten biological diversity Destroy fauna habitats;Threaten biodiversity

SensitiveArea Impacts

Disturbance of National orConservation Parks

Loss of conservation value

Disturbance of WorldHeritage areas

Loss of world heritage value of area

Disturbance of areas under national orinternational registers /conventions

Loss of register/convention values

SocialEnvironment

CommunityResourceImpacts

Use of public resources Degradation of public infrastructure (eg. roads)Change in land use Disadvantage groups within the community; Loss of

recreational amenity of a regionChange visual attributes of area Reduction in aesthetic and recreational value of area

CulturalImpacts

Change demographic structure of anarea

Changes to community make up;Changes in community cultural identity and values

HeritageImpacts

Disturbance to natural or man madefeatures of an area

Changes to aesthetic value of area;Changes to historical value of area

Disturbance to aboriginal sites Loss of aboriginal affiliation with an areaCommunityHealthImpacts

Air emissions Health problems in the communityNoise and vibration Discomfort to local community;Water contamination Health risk to local communityPotentially hazardous operations (eg.high pressure pipelines, hazardoussubstance storage)

Health and safety risk to local community

EconomicEnvironment

CommunityWelfareImpacts

Altering economy of a region Changes to the standard of living in the region;Altering employment rate within acommunity

Changes to the standard of living; Socialinstability/stabilityChanges in employment levels;

NaturalResourceImpacts

Disturbance of natural resources ofother industries in the region

Changes in level of viability of other industries, Changesto industry types within Region

Altering existing land use. Changes to land value;

4.4.2 Criteria For Determining Significance

Issues considered under the predictability criterion are given in Table 4.8.

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 4.8: Issues Considered under Predictability Criterion

a) Size of event(s) & consequence(s):The accuracy of the predicted quantity of potential pollution discharge on a unit or total basis, theamount of population, land, fauna and flora disturbed, and the size of the potential consequences ofsuch events.

b) Scope of consequence(s):For example, the accuracy of the predicted extent to which the potential consequences extendbeyond the confines of the area or region of direct disturbance.

c) Duration of event(s) & consequence(s):This includes the accuracy of the predicted timeframe (i.e. short or long term) over which the eventand their potential consequences are expected to last.

d) Likelihood of eventsThe likelihood at which the events that can potentially result in the consequences are estimated tooccur.

e) Stakeholder Concerns of event(s) & consequence(s)The extent to which the stakeholder perceptions, views and concerns of the events and theirconsequences associated with the activity is known.

As a first step, the level of certainty in the prediction of these issues has beendetermined and categorised as either Low, Medium or High as defined in Table 4.9.

Table 4.9: Level of Certainty in the Prediction of Activity Events and theirAssociated Consequences

Low Extreme uncertainty in the prediction of the issue. Well-informed decision-making is verydifficult to make.

Medium Some uncertainty in the prediction of the issue. Sufficient confidence in the accuracy of thedata to make informed decision-making possible.

High Insignificant uncertainty in the prediction of the issue. Confidence in making an informeddecision is very high.

The level of certainty for the above issues for each event is then determined. For ease ofassessment, the results has been tabulated as shown below in Table 4.10

EIA REPORTFOR




Identify events associated with the proposed activity and any potentiallyenvironmentally adverse consequences associated with these events

Predictability CriterionAssess the level of certainty in the prediction of the activity events and theirassociated adverse environmental consequences in relation to their : Size Scope, Duration, Likelihood and Stakeholder Concerns

Manageability CriterionAssess the level to which any adverse consequences for each event can bemanaged in relation to : Being avoided; Likelihood of occurring; Duration; Size and scope; Cumulative effects; Stakeholder concerns

Determine the environmental significance scores for each event against thepredictability and manageability criterion (Table 4.11 and 4.15 respectively).

Ascertain the level of environmental significance (Low, Medium or High) foreach event (environmental significance matrix : Table 4.16).

Classify level of Environmental Impact of the overall proposed activity on thebasis of the level of environmental significance of each event.

Fig. 4.5: Steps For Assessment of Significance of Environmental Impacts

EIA REPORTFOR




4.4.3 Environmental Significance Against Predictability Criterion

Once the level of certainty of each of the issues is determined, it is then possible toassess the environmental significance of each of the events associated with the activityagainst the predictability criterion. The environmental significance is determined andassessed on a scale of 1 to 5 as described in Table 4.10.

The significance score can then be tabled into the “significance score” column of thepredictability criterion Table 4.11.

Table 4.10: Predictability Criterion Significance Score

SignificanceScore

Predictability Criterion

1 All of the issues outlined in Table 4.7 have been fully addressed; all events and theirconsequences associated with the activity have been accurately predicted to a high levelof confidence.

2 There is a mixture of high and medium certainty of the issues. No issue is of lowcertainty.

3 All issues are of medium certainty.4 There is low certainty in at least 1 of the issues for either the events or their potential

environmental consequence(s).5 There is low certainty in all of the issues for either the events or consequences.

Table 4.11: Predictability Criterion Table

Step 1 Each of the events of the proposed activityand their associated consequences are assessedagainst certainty (Low, Medium or High asdescribed in Table 4.9) in the prediction of: •thesize; •scope; •duration; •likelihood; and•stakeholder concerns Step 2 Significance Scoreof 1 to 5 is assigned for each event using Tables4.9 & 4.10. Si

ze

Scop

e

Dur

atio

n

Freq

uenc

y

Stak

ehol

der

Con

cern

s

Sign

ifica

nce

scor

e

NATURAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTSImpact on Soil Earthworks High High High High High 1

Contamination (eg spills) High High High High High 1Air Impacts Air emissions Medium Med. Med. Med. High 2Surface/GroundWater Impacts

Water contamination Medium Med. Med. Med. High 2Water extraction High High High High High 1

Altering drainage patterns High High High High High 1Fauna ImpactsDisturbance to species High High High High High 1Disturbance to habitats High High High High High 1Flora ImpactsDisturbing native flora species High High High High High 1Clearing extensive areas of native vegetation High High High High High 1Sensitive Area ImpactsDisturbance to National Parks High High High High High 1Disturbance to World Heritage Areas High High High High High 1National and/or worldwide register or High High High High High 1

EIA REPORTFOR




Step 1 Each of the events of the proposed activityand their associated consequences are assessedagainst certainty (Low, Medium or High asdescribed in Table 4.9) in the prediction of: •thesize; •scope; •duration; •likelihood; and•stakeholder concerns Step 2 Significance Scoreof 1 to 5 is assigned for each event using Tables4.9 & 4.10. Si

ze

Scop

e

Dur

atio

n

Freq

uenc

y

Stak

ehol

der

Con

cern

s

Sign

ifica

nce

scor

e

NATURAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTSSOCIAL IMPACTSCommunity Resource ImpactsPublic infrastructure High High High High High 1Land use High High High High High 1Changes to visual attributes of area High High High High High 1Cultural ImpactsChanges to demographic structure of area High High High High High 1Heritage ImpactsDisturbance to natural features High High High High High 1Disturbance to man made features High High High High High 1Disturbance to aboriginal sites High High High High High 1Community Health ImpactsAir quality changes Medium Med. Med. Med. High 2Noise and vibration High High High High High 1Changes to water quality High High High High High 1Hazardous operations introduced Medium Med. Med. Med. High 2ECONOMIC IMPACTSCommunity Welfare ImpactsWealth and employment High High High High High 1Natural Resource ImpactsDisturbance of natural resources of otherindustries

High High High High High 1

Altering existing land use High High High High High 1

4.4.4 Manageability Criterion

This criterion focuses on the extent to which the potential environmental consequencescan be either avoided or minimised in terms of size, scope and duration. It is based onthe recognition that minimising the environmental impact of an activity primarily entailsmanaging the environmental consequence(s) of those activities by either avoiding themin the first place or by mitigating them to as low as reasonably practical. That is, anyevent will have an impact of some sort on the natural, social or economic aspects of theenvironment within which it occurs. However, the severity of the impact(s) depends onthe extent to which the consequences to the environment can be eliminated orminimised. Therefore, the manageability criterion assesses the level to which theenvironmental consequences of each event can be either avoided or mitigated.

4.4.5 Issues Under Manageability Criterion

In assessing the level to which the environmental consequences can be managed theissues given in Table 4.12 may need to be addressed.

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 4.12: Issues Considered under Manageability Criterion

a) Avoidance of ConsequencesThe extent to which the associated consequences of the various activity events can be totally avoided.

b) Likelihood of Event OccurringThe likelihood or probability of an event occurring must also be addressed. If the likelihood of such anevent or sequence of events occurring has been managed so as to be very low and acceptable toother stakeholders, then it could be said that this is being managed appropriately and therefore of lowsignificanceIf the likelihood of such an event or sequence of events occurring has been managed so as to be verylow and acceptable to other stakeholders, then it could be said that this is being managedappropriately and therefore of low significance

c) Duration of ConsequencesWhether the consequences can be managed to be short-term needs to be addressed – short-termneeds to be defined in the context of the environment within which the potential consequences arelikely to occur. That is, concepts such as the resilience of the environment would come intoconsideration.

d) Size and ScopeConsideration should be given to the extent to which the size and scope of the consequences can bemanaged, for example area of land, amount of flora and fauna or number of people affected by anactivity. Consideration should be given to the size and intensity of the impacted environment relative tothe undisturbed surroundings. Also whether the consequences are potentially catastrophic in terms ofhuman and environmental well being, for example wide scoping and irreversible consequences.

e) Cumulative EffectsThis includes any cumulative effects of the consequences, for example, the number of individualactivities, which individually may not pose a significant environmental risk but collectively their potentialconsequences may be very significant in a particular region.

f) Stakeholder ConcernsThe level of severity of the environmental consequences perceived by stakeholders (e.g. the outrageeffect).

Table 4.13 outlines some basic questions, which can be used to address the aboveissues.

Table 4.13: Questions for Addressing Issues under Manageability Criterion

Issues QuestionsAvoidance ofconsequences

Can the potential adverse environmental consequences be avoided; or are there is nosuch consequence? (Yes or No)

Likelihood ofevent

What is the probability of an event occurring, which may result in the adverseenvironmental consequence(s)? (Low, Medium or High on the basis of the results of therisk assessment carried out in accord with relevant standards)

Duration ofconsequences

Are the consequences likely to be Short, Medium or Long term?

Size and scope Can the consequences be managed so as to be small or confined to a designated area?(Small or Confined?) If they are not small or confinable are the consequences potentiallycatastrophic? ( wide Scoping and Irreversible).

Cumulativeeffects

Is it likely that the potential consequences of the proposal in conjunction with those ofother existing activities are likely to pose a higher and unacceptable risk to theenvironment than if the individual activities where carried out on their own?

Stakeholderconcerns

Is there any major concern of other stakeholders on any of the consequences of theproposed activity?

EIA REPORTFOR




4.4.6 Environmental Significance Against Manageability Criterion

Once the potential environmental consequences have been addressed in relation to theabove issues, the level of environmental significance of each of the events associatedwith the proposed activity can then be assessed against the manageability criterion. Aswith the predictability criterion, the environmental significance for the manageabilitycriterion is assessed on a scale of 1 to 5 as described in Table 4.14.

Table 4.14: Manageability Criterion Significance score

SignificanceScore

Manageability Criterion

1 Adverse consequences of the various events associated with the proposed activitycan be totally avoided, or it is highly unlikely that the events will ever occur.

2 Adverse consequences can be managed to be short-term. Short-term needs to bedefined in the context of the environment within which the potential consequences arelikely to occur.

3 Adverse consequences are not or cannot be managed to be short-term, but they canbe confined so as to be insignificant in terms of size and scope relative to thesurroundings.

4 Adverse consequences in conjunction with those of existing activities pose significantcumulative effects. Or Consequences are significant in terms of duration and/or sizeand scope relative to surroundings.

5 Consequences are potentially catastrophic. Or There is high stakeholder concern onthe severity of the consequences. Catastrophic in this context means wide scope andlong term or irreversible consequences such as death or serious injury to manyindividuals or permanent adverse change to the environment.

A step-by-step outline of the use of Tables 4.13 & 4.14 to assess the level ofenvironmental significance for each of the events associated with the proposed activityagainst the manageability criterion is suggested as follows.

Step1: Where potential adverse consequences can be totally avoided; or where thereare no adverse consequences associated with the events of the activity; or where thereis a low likelihood of an event occurring which would lead to adverse consequencesbeing realised, then the event can be considered as being of low significance. In thiscase a significance score of 1 should be assigned.

Step 2: Where potentially adverse consequences cannot be totally avoided or wheretheir likelihood of being realised is not low, consideration needs to be given to theduration of the consequences. If the consequences can be managed to occur only forshort term in the context of the environment within which they will occur. In such casesa significance score of 2 should be assigned.Step 3: If the consequences are not short term, then the question of whether or not theycan be confined within a designated area, which is relatively small, compared to thesurrounding environment needs to be addressed. If they can be confined to being small,then a significance score of 3 is assigned. If they cannot be confined to being small andare significant in terms of size and scope relative to surroundings and/or duration, then asignificance score of 4 is assigned.

EIA REPORTFOR




Step 4: Before assigning a 2 or 3 significance score, the question as to whether theconsequences may pose a significant risk to the environment as a result of thecumulative effects with the consequences of other existing activities needs to beconsidered. If it is considered that the cumulative effects are a significant risk, asignificance score of 4 should be assigned.

Step 5: In the case where the consequences are potentially catastrophic in terms ofbeing wide scoping and irreversible, or where there are major concerns by otherstakeholders of the consequences, then a significance score of 5 should be assigned.

The significance score can then be entered into the “significance score” column of themanageability criterion Table 4.15.

Table 4.15: Manageability Criterion Table

Step 1 The associated consequences of each of the impactsare assessed against the following issues: •the extent to whichthey can be avoided; •the likelihood of events occurring whichresult in the impacts being realised •their duration; •the sizeand scope the consequences; •the cumulative effects of theconsequences; and •stakeholder concerns Step 2 Each ofthese issues are addressed using the questions given in Table4.13. Step 3 Significance Score of 1 to 5 is assigned for eachimpact-using Table 4.14.

Avo

idan

ce

Like

lihoo

d

Dur

atio

n

Size

& S

cope

Cum

ulat

ive

Effe

cts

Stak

ehol

der

Con

cern

s

Sign

ifica

nce

Scor

e

NATURAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTSSoil ImpactsEarthworks Yes Low Med. Small No No 2Contamination (eg spills) Yes Low Med. Small No No 2Air ImpactsAir emissions Yes Low Med. Small No No 2Surface/Ground Water ImpactsWater extraction No Low Med. Small No No 1Water contamination Yes Low Med. Small No No 2Altering drainage patterns No - - - - - 1Fauna ImpactsDisturbance to species No - - - - - 1Disturbance to habitats No - - - - - 1Flora ImpactsDisturbing native flora species No - - - - - 1Clearing extensive areas of native vegetation No - - - - - 1Sensitive Area ImpactsDisturbance to National Parks No - - - - - 1Disturbance to World Heritage Areas No - - - - - 1National and/or worldwide register or convention areas No - - - - - 1SOCIAL IMPACTSCommunity Resource ImpactsSxe3Public infrastructure No - - - - - 1Land use No - - - - - 1Changes to visual attributes of area No - - - - - 1Cultural ImpactsChanges to demographic structure of area No - - - - - 1Heritage ImpactsDisturbance to natural features No - - - - - 1Disturbance to man made features No - - - - - 1

EIA REPORTFOR




Step 1 The associated consequences of each of the impactsare assessed against the following issues: •the extent to whichthey can be avoided; •the likelihood of events occurring whichresult in the impacts being realised •their duration; •the sizeand scope the consequences; •the cumulative effects of theconsequences; and •stakeholder concerns Step 2 Each ofthese issues are addressed using the questions given in Table4.13. Step 3 Significance Score of 1 to 5 is assigned for eachimpact-using Table 4.14.

Avo

idan

ce

Like

lihoo

d

Dur

atio

n

Size

& S

cope

Cum

ulat

ive

Effe

cts

Stak

ehol

der

Con

cern

s

Sign

ifica

nce

Scor

e

NATURAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTSDisturbance to aboriginal sites No - - - - - 1Community Health ImpactsAir quality changes Yes Low Med. Small No No 2Noise and vibration No - - - - - 1Changes to water quality Yes Low Med. Small No No 2Hazardous operations introduced Yes Low Med. Small No No 2ECONOMIC IMPACTSCommunity Welfare ImpactsWealth and employment No - - - - - 1Natural Resource ImpactsDisturbance of natural resources of other industries No - - - - - 1Altering existing land use No - - - - - 1

4.4.7 Environmental Significance

From the significance scores for the predictability and manageability criteria, the level ofenvironmental significance for each of the potential events associated with the proposedactivity can then be determined as either High, Medium or Low on the basis ofenvironmental significance matrix presented in Table 4.16.

Table 4.16: Matrix for Determining Level of Environmental Significance

Scores Manageability Criterion1 2 3 4 5

Predictability Criterion 1 L L L M H2 L L L M H3 L M M H H4 L M M H H5 L M M H H

H = High; M = Medium; L = LowAs observed in Table 4.16, it is proposed that where adverse environmentalconsequences can be avoided or where it is very unlikely that an event will occur whichwould result in such consequences (i.e a Score of 1 against the manageability criterion),then the significance of the individual event associated with the proposed activity can beconsidered to be low regardless of the predictability score.

The significance matrix provided in Table 4.17 can be developed so as to set the threelevels of significance at other positions within the matrix.

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 4.17: Activity Environmental Significance Table

PredictabilityCriterion Score1-5 (Table 4.10)

ManageabilityCriterion Score1-5 (Table 4.15)

Level of EnvironmentalSignificance H: High M:

Medium L: Low (Table 4.16)NATURAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTSSoil ImpactsEarthworks 1 2 LContamination (eg spills) 1 2 LAir ImpactsAir emissions 2 2 LSurface/Ground Water ImpactsWater extraction 1 1 LWater contamination 2 2 LAltering drainage patterns 1 1 LFauna ImpactsDisturbance to species 1 1 LDisturbance to habitats 1 1 LFlora ImpactsDisturbing native flora species 1 1 LClearing extensive areas of native vegetation 1 1 LSensitive Area ImpactsDisturbance to National Parks 1 1 LDisturbance to World Heritage Areas 1 1 LNational and/or worldwide register or conventionareas

1 1 L

SOCIAL IMPACTSCommunity Resource ImpactsPublic infrastructure 1 1 LLand use 1 1 LChanges to visual attributes of area 1 1 LCultural ImpactsChanges to demographic structure of area 1 1 LHeritage ImpactsDisturbance to natural features 1 1 LDisturbance to man made features 1 1 LDisturbance to aboriginal sites 1 1 LCommunity Health ImpactsAir quality changes 2 2 LNoise and vibration 1 1 LChanges to water quality 1 2 LHazardous operations introduced 2 2 LECONOMIC IMPACTSCommunity Welfare ImpactsWealth and employment 1 1 LNatural Resource ImpactsDisturbance of natural resources of otherindustries

1 1 L

Altering existing land use 1 1 L

4.5 Technological Details Of Environmental Mitigation Measures

4.5.1 Introduction

All new or expansion of any projects including expansion plant may be accompanied by

EIA REPORTFOR




certain undesirable consequences requiring mitigative measures. Since the objective ofenvironmental impact assessment is to ensure that development proceeds hand in handwith ecological conservation so as to achieve sustained growth, it becomes imperativethat a proper mitigative vis-à-vis environmental control measures are adopted at theplanning and implementation stage itself. Environmental control measures arenecessary for any major expansion projects to maintain environmental balance and tocheck possible harmful effects. These control measures are of multidisciplinarydimensions and varies with type of projects. Therefore, the measures described in thisreport are to be regarded as good beginning and depending upon the situations,continuing advice is to be updated. In this part of the report environmental managementplan has been worked out based on present baseline status, and environmental impactassessment as presented in the environmental impact assessment part of the report. Ithas already been indicated earlier in the EIA part that a number of environmental factorsneeds to be considered covering ambient air quality, water pollution, solid wastemanagement, social factors, etc. The environmental control measures thus envisagedfor the proposed plant are described in following text.

It has been observed in the previous chapters that there will be very little negativeimpact in case control measures are undertaken. To ameliorate the adverse impacts ofthe project and for scientific development of the local environment, a comprehensiveEnvironmental Management Plan (EMP) is necessary. This has been worked out basedon present environmental conditions, environmental impact assessment andenvironmental prediction. The EMP has been made for formulation, implementation andmonitoring of environmental protection measures during and after commissioning of theexpansion plant-cum-modernization plan taking into consideration of the following:

Mitigation of adverse impacts. House keeping. Occupational safety and health plan Green belt development plan.

4.5.2 Carbon Credit Technology / Projects Envisaged

Under Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) in steel sector the Green House Gases(GHG) reduction projects which can be taken through the CDM route to accrue carboncredits benefits as financial incentives for the efforts. Following are the areas which shallbe developed as CDM project activity and have been identified for availing carbon creditin the proposed plant:

1. Top Pressure Recovery Turbine (TRT) in Blast Furnace2. Coal dust injection in Blast Furnace3. Sinter Plant: Waste Heat Utilisation4. CDQ in Coke Oven

Project Concept Note (PCN) and Project Design Document (PDD) will be prepared afterdetail engineering.

EIA REPORTFOR




Top Pressure Recovery Turbine (TRT) in Blast Furnace

Top Pressure Recovery Turbine (TRT) is a power generation system, which converts thephysical energy of high-pressure blast furnace top gas into electricity by using anexpansion turbine. Although the pressure difference is low, the large gas volumes makethe recovery economically feasible. The key technology of TRT is to secure the stableand high-efficiency operation of the expansion turbine in dusty blast gas conditions,without harming the blast furnace operation. Two types of system are available, WetTRT system and Dry TRT system.

Benefits:

Generates electric power for example in Japanese Integrated Steel Works :Generates more than 8% of electricity consumed in the ironworks.

Excellent operational reliability, abrasion resistant. Suitable for larger furnaces and higher temperature gases.

Coal Dust Injection (CDI) in Blast Furnace

Pulverized coal injection in BF replaces part of the coke used to fuel the chemicalreaction, reducing coke production, thus saving energy. The increased fuel injectionrequires energy from oxygen injection, coal, and electricity and equipment to grind coal.The maximum injection depends on the geometry of the BF and impact on the ironquality (e.g., sulfur).

Coal dust injection system will be introduced involving handling, screening, drying andpulverisation system for coal. CDI has an economic as well as an environmentaladvantage as it directs injection of coal into BF as reducing agent which reduces cokerequirement (for every Kg of coal injected approximately 0.8 Kg. of coke requirement isreduced).

Benefits:

Reduces emissions of coke ovens by reducing coke making, as required for withoutCDI.

Increased costs of oxygen injection and maintenance of BF and coal grindingequipment offset by lower maintenance costs of existing coke batteries and/orreduced coke purchase costs, yielding a net decrease in operating and maintenancecosts.

Decreased frequency of BF relining Improved cost competitiveness with cost reduction of hot metal High reliability and easy operation Increased productivity

Sinter Plant Waste Heat Utilisation

Waste heat utilization has been envisaged preheating the sinter mix before feeding to

EIA REPORTFOR




sinter bed. For the same ignition furnace with post heat hood and pre heating (beforeignition furnace) shall be installed just after the sinter mix drum feeder. Hot air fromwaste heat recovery system of sinter cooler shall also be used for preheating of rawmaterial before ignition furnace and post heat hood after ignition furnace.

Approximately 250 to 350 deg C hot air for the combustion is supplied from wasteheat recovery system of sinter cooler. De-dusting system shall be provided at inlet ofcombustion air fan to supply clean hot air from discharge of cooler. The hot air forcombustion shall have control by having intake in cold air. The ignition temperature shallbe 1200 – 1300 deg C. Pilot burners shall be provided for start up and safety.

Benefits:

Fuel savings in terms of reduction in Coke consumption and steam Exhaust heat recovery. NOx, SOx and particulate emissions reduction Increased productivity, yield, and cold strength

CDQ in Coke Oven

Coke oven is the equipment to carbonize coal to make coke and discharge periodicallycoke at around 1000 deg. C. This coke is cooled by the inert gas instead of water. Themajor advantages are :

- Power generation from sensible heat- Particulate emission

4.5.3 AIR POLLUTION : MITIGATION MEASURES

A number of environmental friendly features have been envisaged in the proposed plantdesign plan due to which the anticipated adverse environmental impacts are eitheravoided or minimized. SUSPL is taking a number of measures to control air pollution.The remedial and control measures planned to be adopted are discussed briefly in thefollowing sections.

4.5.3.1 Fugitive Dust Emission Control

Coke Oven and By-Product Plant

To minimize fugitive emissions from the Coke Ovens during charging, High PressureAmmonia Liquor Aspiration (HPLA) system has been considered for effective on-maincharging. The oven doors would be provided with special type of sealing device. Thecoke side fugitive emission would be controlled by providing land based pushingemission control system, integrated with coke transfer car. Computerised combustionControl System (CCS) has been envisaged for the Coke Ovens to improve efficiency ofcombustion. The measures considered to control the fugitive or secondary emissionsfrom the coke oven batteries for the proposed project is described below:

EIA REPORTFOR




a. High Pressure Ammonia Liquor Aspiration (HPLA) SystemTo control charging emission from coke oven battery, high-pressure ammonia liquoraspiration system (HPLA) has been envisaged. It shall consist of high-pressuremultistage booster pumps for ammonia liquor, spray nozzles and pipelines. The lowpressure ammonia liquor shall be drawn from the liquor mains, pressurized to about 30– 35 Kg / cm2 and injected into gooseneck while charging. The charging gassesevolved shall be sucked into the gas collecting mains, preventing emission of dust andsmoke into the atmosphere. HPLA system will be complete with pumps, HP nozzles, LPnozzles, goosenecks, pipes, valves, valves & fittings, electric and instrumentation.

b. Coal Charging CarsSUSPL has intended to provide charging cars fitted with screw feeders and hydraulicallypressed sleeves. Feeding of coal into oven will be carried out with control speed byscrew feeders. During charging hydraulically pressed sleeves will be helping to eliminateleakage around charging holes. The charging cars shall be of modern single spot typewith hydraulic drives to cater to the needs. The charging cars shall be provided with PLCand air-conditioned operators cabin. The charging cars shall also be equipped with oventop vacuum cleaner which will help in proper up keeping of oven top.

c. Hydro Jet Door CleanersDuring the coking process in the Ovens, the bitumen separates out mainly at the bottomof the Oven and if there are any gaps in the door seal, Coal tar oozes out of the door. Attimes, it is impossible to get the door back onto the Oven because of a build up ofbitumen in the faces. This results in leaking doors allowing Coal gas and sulphurousfumes to escape to the surrounding. It is therefore required to maintain clean door.SUSPL have envisaged to provide hydraulic door cleaner system to reduce the pollutionand improved working environment. The system will be complete with high-pressurewater pump, tank, hose, nozzles etc. with pressure and volume control arrangement.The hydro jet cleaning system will be used for door and the doorframe cleaning withfacility of hydro pressure up to 600 Kg/cm².

d. Leak Proof Oven DoorLeak proof oven door will be installed the Coke Oven batteries. Doors shall be leak proofwith flexible sealing strips and other modified features to ensure leak proof sealing. Thedoors shall be of heat resistant cast iron provided with spring-loaded latches and springloaded sealing strips.

e. Pushing Emission Control (PEC)Pushing emission control (PEC) system has been envisaged to capture the emission ofhot coke dust and other pollutants when coke side door of a coke oven is opened andcoke is pushed out of the oven and dropped into the coke car. In the PEC system thedust recovery hood unit /assembly will consists of two suction hoods and connectingduct piece. The coke car hood shall extend over the hot coke car and shall be open tothe top face of the hot coke car as well as to the discharge face of the coke guide car.This hood will suck dust-laden gas when hot coke is dropped from coke guide car intothe hot coke car during coke pushing operation and will be a part of the coke guide carmachine. The other suction hood i.e the oven door hood shall be movable inside atelescopic sleeve and shall move /extend over oven door area to extract smoke and dust

EIA REPORTFOR




arising /emitting when the door is taken off the oven for coke pushing operation. Thetelescopic sleeve of the oven door hood and the coke car hood shall be joined into aconnecting duct piece which shall be extended over stationary collecting duct positionedalong the full length of the coke oven battery. The collecting duct shall be open on top forits full length. The opening shall be internally braced with grating to provide support for aspecial high temperature rubber belt. The actual connection between the moving dustrecovery hood unit / assembly and the stationary collecting duct shall be achieved bymeans of belt raising tripper car movable on the collecting duct along the length of thecollecting duct.

The pushing emission thus collected in the moving suction hoods and evacuated into thestationary collecting duct shall be taken into a dust control system (Wet Scrubber / BagFilter) before discharging through a stack / chimney of suitable height.

f. Dry-fog Dust Suppression System in Coke Cutter / Coke Conveyor

When temperature of the Coke reaches normal, Dry fog type dust suppression system isproposed for the coke cutting house / coke conveyor transfer points to suppress thecoke dust and other dust particles in the major areas like Transfer towers, Coke crushingstation, Coke screening station, etc.

The Duel Fluid Dust Suppression "DFDS" (water atomization with compressed air) DustControl System works on the principle of agglomeration. Dust particles released froma material handling or processing plant, which become air borne, are made to passthrough a blanket of extremely fine fog. The dust particles and the micro-sized fogdroplets collide and adhere to each other, thus increasing their mass. After a series ofsuch collisions, the mass becomes heavy enough to cause settlement of theagglomerates on to the larger mass of the material being handled.

The "DFDS" (water atomization with compressed air) Dust Control System is envisagedfor controlling the dust generated during Material Transfer at Junction Houses. Thissystem has been envisaged based on the consideration that Micronic Fugitive Dust isgenerated during handling of material in these areas, which is hazardous for the peopleworking in the work zone, and can best be controlled effectively by the "DFDS" TypeDust Control System.

Basic principle of the system is based on the fact that if water droplets of approximatelythe same size as the dust particles are produced, the probability of collision between thetwo is extremely high. On the other hand, if the droplets exceed the size of dustparticles, possibility of collision decreases rapidly. The DFDS System uses an Air DrivenAcoustic Oscillator Nozzle which is capable of producing super fine atomization of waterdroplets that greatly increase the dust particle to water droplet contact resulting insettlement of dust. The fine droplets evaporate before wetting anything but the dust. Thewater addition is 0.1% of the weight of material being handled. These atomized waterdroplets are best described as "FOG". Since it does not wet the product, the system iscalled "DRY FOG".

EIA REPORTFOR




Coal Handling and Coke Sorting Plant

The following air pollution control system will be installed in coal handling and cokesorting plant:

Water sprinklers for wagon tipplers Dust Extraction system (Bag Filter based) for coal crusher house Dust suppression system at crusher feeding point – Duel Fluid Dust Suppression

(DFDS) DFDS Dust suppression system (compressed air and water) for coal handling plant Dust Extraction system with Bag Filter in coke sorting plant

Raw Materials Handling (RMHS) Section

To control the fugitive dust emissions at the stock piles on the ground, conveyor transferpoints, vibrating screens, etc which would be major source of fugitive dusts, both watersprinkling and dry fogging (DFDS) would be adopted for dust suppression. The DFDSsystem generates a layer of fine water droplets (fog) that a dust particle cannot passthrough without colliding with water droplet. It does not use any chemicals as dustsuppressant agent. DF requires only compressed air and water pressure for atomizationthrough specially designed nozzles. DF is applicable for coal dusts, coke dust, ore dustetc which are non-reactive with water – if the material is not hot.

For lime dust abatement, conventional dust extraction (DE) would be adopted. The DustExtraction system will comprise of pulse jet type bag filter, centrifugal fan with motor andother accessories, suction hood, duct work, stack, etc. will be provided. The pollutionControl Facility at RHMS can be summarized as:

Stock Pile & Wagon Tripler – Plain water spray Rest all transfer point – DFDS All crusher House – Bag Filter based Dust Extraction. DE system with bagfilters in case of crusher house of lime/dolo handling plant.

Sinter Plant

There will be plant de-dusting system for different material transfer points in Sinter PlantStock House and sinter screening and transport (to maintain proper work-zonecondition). The ESP system will comprise of fan, ESP, suction hood, ducts and stacks.

BF : Stock House and Cast House De-dusting System

The DE system based on fabric filter / electrostatic precipitator (ESP) would be providedfor room air cleaning such as BF Stock House and BF Cast House fume extraction.

EIA REPORTFOR




The fans will suck the air from the hoods of the working cast house and there will be nosuction from hoods of the standby cast house except partial suction of air from tap hole.Pneumatic / Electrically operated dampers shall be provided in duct line to prevent idlesuctions from non-working cast house. Variable inlet vane type pneumatic / electricallyoperated dampers are also to be provided at fan inlet.

Air laden with fumes of iron oxides will be cleaned in electrostatic precipitator beforebeing discharged into atmosphere through stack with the help of centrifugal fans. Thecentrifugal fans are to be provided after ESP and before stack for sucking the air. Thesuction shall be taken from different points like tap hole, skimmer, slag runner, ironrunner, tilting runners and from BF top charging conveyor discharge. Dust concentrationof inlet air to ESP is 3-5 gm/ Nm3

Collected dust at ESP hoppers will be taken to storage hopper and from there dust willbe disposed by truck. Clear height below storage hopper shall be 4.5 m to facilitate truckentry.

Dust concentration at stack outlet shall be less than 50 mg/Nm³. Work zone dustconcentration shall not exceed 5mg/Nm³.

SMS

Material Handling Operations

The SMS would be one of the prime sources of fugitive dust emissions during materialhandling operations, charging / tapping / blowing, argon rinsing, steel pouring, de-slagging etc. Air pollution control system comprising of suction hood, duct and bag filtersare provided in the SMS for bulk material charging system, mixer, desulphurization andLF.

Lime and Dolomite Plant

In Lime and Dolomite Plant - raw material bunker building, lime / dolo sizing plant, Dustextraction (plant de-dusting system) system will be provided. In lime / dolomite DEsystem will comprise of pulse jet type bag filter, centrifugal fan with motor and otheraccessories, suction hood, duct work, stack, etc.

4.5.3.2 Point Source Dust Emission Control

Wherever there is fuel gas fired combustion systems like coke oven batteries, BF stovesand reheating furnace of mills where cleaned fuel gases are used as fuel, no dustemission control devices are proposed.

Process Dust Emission Control

In case of BF, BOF top gas having calorific value and contains large amount of dust. Toclean the gas wet scrubbing / ESP will be installed for cleaning fuel gases. However, asper process requirement at regular intervals fuel gases will be burnt in the flare stacks.All efforts will be made to utilize the fuel gases.

EIA REPORTFOR




In case of Sinter plant and lime / dolo kilns, the waste gases contain large amount ofdust and will require ESP/bag filter to arrest the particulates and emit the clean flues tothe atmosphere. The ESP/Bag filters will be designed to limit the emissions to less than50 mg/NM3. However, in order to meet the statutory ground level concentration limits forSO2, NOx and other gaseous pollutants, suitable stack heights will be provided forproper dispersion. All stacks will be provided with port-hole and working platform so thatstack monitoring can be done as per norms of statutory authority.

All bag filters shall have bags with non-adhesive coating to avoid blinding of bags and noair infiltration into bag house including ducting shall be ensured. However, the suitabilityof non-adhesive coating for specific application will be examined during detailedengineering. Pug mills shall be provided below dust silos to prevent secondary pollution /fugitive emission during unloading of dust. The collected dust from bag filters shall betransported to near by material handling system. In case this is not feasible, the samewill be transported by trucks to consumer points such as sinter plant or the plant dump.

Sinter Plant

A centralized de-dusting system with dry type electrostatic precipitator (ESP) will beprovided for raw material preparation and handling and sinter screening and transportarea. ESP system will comprise of multiple fields, unit multiple cells, ESP and itsaccessories such as dust disposal system, electrics and control, instrumentation,interlock, supports etc.

Blast Furnace

A number of measures have been considered to control the emission from the blastfurnaces:

Coal Dust Injection (CDI)

Coal dust Injection (CDI) in BF has been planned at the rate of about 150 Kg/t hot metal.The CDI has an economic as well as an environmental advantage. Direct injection ofcoal as reducing agent facilitates replacing part of the required coke. It is considered thatfor every Kg of coal dust injected approximately 0.8 Kg of coke requirement is reduced.Thus a considerable amount of coke production can be avoided. Thus indirectly the CDIsystem will reduce the air emissions considerably.

Coal dust injection system will be introduced involving handling, screening and dryingand pulverisation system for coal. During this handling and drying, dust will begenerated. To control this dust, dust extraction system comprising of bag filter (pulse jettype), fan, suction hood, duct and stack have been envisaged.

Gas Cleaning System

A gas cleaning plant comprising of dust catcher, scrubber and wet ESP will be installed.

EIA REPORTFOR




BOF – Convertors / LF

BOF Gas Cleaning System

The dust cleaning (of primary gases) system will be of venturi scrubber type.

Secondary Refining

During secondary refining process, the gases generated during mixing and de-sulphurisation process will be contaminated with dust. A centralised secondary dust andfume extraction system for Converters and LFs will comprise of Bag Filter suction hood,ducts and stacks.

Lime and Dolomite Plant

In Lime and Dolomite Plant, the waste gas cleaning will be conducted through dustextraction system comprising of pulse jet type bag filter, centrifugal fan with motor andother accessories, suction hood, duct work, stack etc.

4.5.3.3 Gaseous Emission Control

SO2 Emission Control

The main sources of sulphur dioxides from the steel plant operations are themetallurgical coal used in the coke ovens. In consideration to this, it is proposed to uselow sulphur blended coal (S < 0.5 w/w). A major portion of sulphur present in coal orcoke would be fixed in BF and BOF slag. The balance sulphur in the form of H2S ispresent in coke oven gas would be partly removed in the by- products plant to 3 - 4gm/Ncu m of H2S. For power generation it is envisaged to use relatively sulphur free fuelgases hence no significant emissions from power plants are envisaged. The othersource of sulphur dioxide emissions is from the sinter plant, where the sulphur present incoke is reflected as sulphur dioxide in the waste gases. The emissions can be reducedby using metallurgical coal with low sulphur (<0.5%) and also be incorporating wasteheat recovery systems.

NOX Emission Control

The source of NOX is fixed nitrogen in coal. During coking, nitrogen is converted toammonia and is present in coke oven gas. The ammonia is removed in the byproductsplant so that the generation of NOX is reduced in furnaces where C.O Gas is used asfuel.

Other than this NOX, there would be thermal NOX during combustion of fuels. It istherefore proposed to have combustion control devices by adopting waste gasrecirculation and introducing secondary air in the combustion process. For this using lowNOx burners so as to minimize the formation of NOX will be installed to limit combustiontemperature in different units as feasible.

EIA REPORTFOR




Carbon Monoxide Emission Control

The source of carbon monoxide generation is from the waste gases form the combustionoperations. The control of air/fuel will be adjusted in such a way that formation of carbonmonoxide is minimised in presence of excess oxygen in the flues.

4.5.3.4 Summary of Proposed Air Pollution Control (APC) Measures

In line with the above stated proposals for air pollution prevention and control of theemissions from proposed production facilities, a summarized list of required APCmeasures is presented below. Air pollution control measures envisaged above will bedesigned suitably so as to meet the air emission norms. The table indicates designtarget and control measures at respective sources.

Emission Norms for Air Pollution Control (APC) MeasuresSN.

ProductionUnit/

Facilities

Proposed Emission Control Devices Design TargetNon-Point Sources Point Sources

1. CoalHandling /CokeSortingPlant

- Dust suppression: watersprinkler & DFDS- DE system bag filterbased: Coal crusher house /Coke sorting plant.

- Dust outlet: < 50 mg/N m3

Work zone Dust level:< 5 mg/ m3

2. RawMaterialsHandlingSection

- Covered conveyor- Dry Fogging- Water sprinkling- Bag filter - DE system

DE Stacks Dust outlet: < 50 mg/N m3


3. Coke OvenBattery

- On-main charging byHPLA

- Coke side dust extraction

Combustion Stack

Fugitive Emissions:5% PLD1% PLL4% PLO

BaP:Work Zone (Battery Top) :

5 ug/m³Other Units in Coke Ovens: 2 ug/m³

Stack emissions:SPM < 50 mg/ m3

SO2 < 800 mg/ m3

NOx < 500 mg/ m3

4. Sinter Plant - Raw feed proportioningbuilding, Sinter Cooler, AirCleaning by DE Systemcomprising of ESP

- Waste flue gascleaning by ESP- Sinter Process De-dusting by ESP- Sinter process: lowNOx burners

Dust outlet: < 50 mg/N m3


5. BlastFurnaces

- BF Stock House by DEsystem

- BF Stove Stack

- BF Stove : low NOx

Dust outlet < 50 mg/N m3

Work zone Dust level:

EIA REPORTFOR




SN.

ProductionUnit/

Facilities

Proposed Emission Control Devices Design TargetNon-Point Sources Point Sources

- BF Cast House by DEsystem: ESP

burners < 5 mg/ m3

6. SteelMeltingShop

SMS Material Handling - DEsystem by Bag filter

Centralisedsecondary fumeextraction systemfor converters / LFswith Bag filter.



7. Lime & DoloPlant

- Lime Plant Raw MaterialBunker Building - De-dusting by Bag Filter.

- Lime sizing plant – De-dusting by Bag Filter.

Waste flue gasthrough Bag filter(fabric)



8. Rolling MillReheatingFurnace

- Low NOx burners Dust outlet < 50 mg/N m3

9. Power Plant - - Low NOx burners- ESP



4.5.4 Water: Mitigation Measures

Water used and discharged from these plants are mainly from indirect cooling circuitwhich are not normally contaminated with any major pollutants. However occasionaldischarges are made as bleed off when there is built up of dissolved solids in thecirculating water due to repeated circulation. The dissolved solids are mainly differentsalt constituents of calcium and magnesium already present in water. Thus major portionof water will be re-circulated after necessary physical treatment e.g settling, cooling etc.except for the bleed off portion, which is required to be discharged for the reasons,explained above. Some of the measures taken to reuse the wastewater generated in theplant will be:

The wastewater generated from BF gas cleaning plant will be treated in scale pit andafter physical treatment will be reused in the system. Only occasional bleed off isrequired to be discharged.

Blow down water from BF re-circulation system will be reused in slag granulationplant as make up water.

The wastewater is generated in the continuous casting units mainly due to machine /moulds cooling and may be contaminated with suspended solids and oil. Quality ofthis discharged water will be continuously checked and as required will be treated tomeet statutory norms before being discharged.

Blow down water from BOF re-circulation system will be reused in new SMS slag yard.

EIA REPORTFOR




Rain water harvesting:

The Rainwater harvesting is the simple collection or storing of water through moderntechniques from the areas where the rain falls. It is as far the best possible way toconserve water.

There are two methods in the field of rainwater harvesting, viz. rainwater recharging andrainwater collection & reuse.

Recharge may be defined as the process of augmenting the groundwater table byproviding artificial infiltration techniques which will reduce the excess surface run off andincrease the storitivity of the soil. Other is the process of utilizing the rainwater by meansof its collection. Collected water can be utilized for industrial and domestic purposes.

Recharge

Rainfall collected over the roof top of building will be taken through down-comers.Rainwater will be taken to the Recharge pit with filtration bed at bottom through pipesconnected with the down-comers. Before taking the water to the recharge pit, a first flashvalve will be connected with each down-comer so that first rain usually containing higherlevel of silt can be diverted from the filtration circuit. There will be 2 nos. recharge pit withfilter bed including 2 m of filtration bed at the bottom. Collected water from roof top willbe first taken to a screen chamber. This chamber will be fitted with screens. Water fromthe screen chamber will be taken to 1st recharge pits and 2nd recharge pit will beconnected internally. Overflow from 1st recharge pit be entered to 2nd Recharge pit.Before Screen chamber drain will be diverted to main plant drain by means of 2 no’s ofMS shutter plate. Filter bed at the bottom of the Recharge pit will consist of : 1st layer -0.5 m of coarse sand (1.5-2 mm size), 2nd layer - .5 m of gravel (5-10 mm size) and 3rd

layer -1 m of loose boulders (10-30 cm size). 2 nos of pits will be used as Injection wellfor recharging of rainwater into ground.

From conical bottom of the Recharge pits through which rainwater will be recharged 1no. of 150 mm dia slotted UPVC pipe (Ultra Poly Venyle Chloride) will be driven to 1mbelow the 1st aquifer level through 200mm dia bore for recharging of ground water. Forgetting the 1st Aquifer level necessary hydro-geological study to be done. There will bean overflow line from 2nd recharge pit which will be connected to the main drain so that incase of heavy rain no water logging will be there.

Collection & Reuse

Plant storm water drainage system will be allowed to receive treated effluentsconforming to statutory norms from individual premises. The storm water from the plantproper will be collected by open drain system and finally lead to a settling pond locatedtowards the west of south western side of the plant boundary through storm waterdrainage network. Settled storm water will overflow from the pond to the nearest existingnallah once the pond is filled up. Necessary inlet outlet arrangement for this pond hasbeen envisaged. However, the details of the size & levels of pond and drains will beworked out during detail engineering.

EIA REPORTFOR




While developing the Plant General Layout, it will be ensured that rain water is harvested/ recharged. Run-off water from the administrative building roofs will be collected andstored for future use.

Sanitary wastewater treatment: A sewage treatment plant will be provided for theexpansion plant and treated waste water will be utilised for afforestation.

4.5.5 Solid Waste: Mitigation Measures

The source of solid waste generation along with their re-use, re-cycle, utilization anddisposal methodology are presented in Table 4.19.

Table 4.19: Solid Waste Generation their Re-Use, Re-Cycle, Utilization andDisposal

SN Type ofSolid Waste


Within Plant To be Sold1 BF slag - To C em ent P lants2 BO F S lag - Crushed w ill be used

for m ak ing roads, civ ilworks , etc .

- Used in Sinte r P lant- Used in BOF- Used in BF

- W ill be sold toparties for build ingroads (aggregate forroad m ak ing), c ivileng ineering works,etc.

- Rail track ballast- Scientific dumping for

residual slag3 W aste

Refractory- Used in P lant for

m ak ing refractorym orta rs in captivem orta r shops

- M ak ing / repairing plantroads

Sold as m aterial form ak ing roadembankm ent o r forfilling low lying areas

4 C inder - - do -5 Lim e/do lom i

te F inesRe-used in Sinter P lant

6 M ill scale - Reused in Sinter Plant (Oilcontent from 1 - 3%).

- Reused as a reductantinput material in BF (Oilcontent up to 15%)

7 BF F lueDust

Sold to downstream IronIndustries foragglomeration and reusein Iron making - BFroute.

8 BF GC PSludge

- Re-used in Sinter P lant -

9 BO F S ludge - - R ecycled @ of 10.2Kg/tof liquid steel

-

10 S inter ESPDust

Recyc led inS inter p lant

- -

Recycle of waste means utilization of waste in the same process from which it has beengenerated

EIA REPORTFOR




SN Type ofSolid Waste


Within Plant To be Sold Re-use of waste means utilization of the waste in any process other than the process from

which the waste has been generated. The process utilizing the waste may be within the plantor out side the plant. In case of utilization outside plant, the waste is sold to firm utilizing thewaste

Disposal means dumping of waste in designated areas.

Hazardous waste disposal from the expansion plant and their utilization is given in Table4.20.

Table 4.20 : Hazardous waste generation & Utilisation

S.No.

Hazardous wasteGenerated from


Mode of utilisation


70 t The entire generation will be disposed inMPCB approved TSDF plants.

2 BOD plant sludge 250 t The entire generation will bedespatched to MPCB approved TSDFplants.

3. Spent/Wash/Lubricant(Category 5.1) and batteries

30 KL/lot Will be sold to registered recyclers.

4.5.6 Green Belt Development: Mitigation Measures

Green belt, is an important sink for air pollutants, it also absorbs noise. Enhancing greencover not only mitigates pollutants but also improves the ecological conditions /aesthetics and reduces the adversities of extreme weather conditions. Trees also havemajor long-term impacts on soil quality and the ground water table. By using suitableplant species, green belts can be developed in strategic zones to provide protection fromemitted pollutants and noise.

Plant species suitable for green belts should not only be able to flourish in the area butmust also have rapid growth rate, evergreen habit, large crown volume and small /pendulous leaves with smooth surfaces. All these traits are difficult to get in a singlespecies. Therefore a combination of these is sought while selecting trees for green belt.

The green belt should be planted close to the source or to the area to be protected tooptimize the attenuation within physical limitations.

The green belt / cover will serve the following purposes:

Compensate the damage to vegetation due to setting up and operation of theexpansion plant.

Prevent the spread of fugitive dust generated due to project and allied activities. Attenuate noise generated by the project. Reduce soil erosion Help stabilise the slope of project site.

EIA REPORTFOR




Increases green cover and improve aesthetics. Attract animals to re-colonise the area.

Selection of Species

The species for plantation have been selected on the basis of soil quality, place ofplantation, chances of survival, commercial value (timber value, ornamental value, etc.),etc. It is to be noted that only indigenous species will be planted. Exotic species likeEucalyptus and Australian acacia will not be planted. The species for green belt /vegetation cover developm ent will be selected in consultation with State ForestDepartment and State Soil Conservation Department. Mixed plantations will be donekeeping optimum spacing between the saplings. However, the species suitable forplanting in the area as recommended by Central Pollution Control Board in theirpublication “Guidelines for Developing Greenbelts” (PROBES/75/1999 -2000) aregiven under various heads here under.

Plantation Scheme

Since most of the project area lies on the plateau of hillocks and slopes, saplings will beplanted in pits at about 2.0 m to 3.0 intervals along contours so that the tree density isabout 1600 trees per ha. The pits will be filled with a mixture of good quality soil andorganic manure (cow dung, agricultural waste, kitchen waste) and insecticide. Thesaplings / trees will be watered using the effluent from the sewage treatment plant andtreated discharges from project. They will be manured using sludge from the sewagetreatment plant. In addition kitchen waste from the town-ship and plant canteen can beused as manure either after composting or by directly burrying the manure at the base ofthe plants. Since, tests have shown that availability of phosphorus, a limiting nutrient, islow, phosphoric fertilisers will also be added. The saplings will be planted just after thecommencement of the monsoons to ensure maximum survival. The species selected forplantation will be locally growing varieties with fast growth rate and ability to flourisheven in poor quality soils.

A total of 90 ha area will be developed as green belt or green areas in project area(including waste dump site) and township. The widths of the belt around the plant willmaximum 50m all around the project boundary. Whereas, around waste dumps site anarea of about 20 ha will be under green belt with a width ranging from 5 m to 10 m asper the availability of space. A total of about 1,44,000 plants will be planted.

A very elaborate green belt development plan has been drawn for the expansion plant.The areas, which need special attention regarding green belt development in theindustrial area, are:

1. Steel Plant Area- Around Various Shops2. Areas Around Waste Dumps and Plant Boundary3. Vacant Areas in Plant4. Around Office Buildings, Garage, Stores etc. and Along Road Sides

EIA REPORTFOR




5. Township

Steel Plant Area

Winds in the study area are very strong and are mainly westerly or south westerly duringthe monsoon. The predominant winds except monsoon (when scavenging of pollutantsare more in the atmosphere), the winds are from N, NE & E in the morning and betweenwest and north-west in the afternoons.

Inside the steel plant works area, the region with high pollution load are areas aroundraw material & coal handling areas, Lime Calcination Plant, Blast furnace, near sinteringplant, near coke ovens and Power Plant, Steel Melting Shop.

To arrest the fugitive emissions emitted from above units massive tree plantation will beundertaken in strategic places on West, SW, S, and SE side of the above units alongwith that in other directions.

As there will be limited space (in height) due to various over head pipelines, thus smalland medium sized species are suggested and they should be planted depending on thevertical height and lateral space available for the plant growth. The above-mentionedareas / direction should be covered with pollution tolerant species (in the space availablearound) as mentioned below:

Scientific Nam e Com mon NamePithecolobium dulce Jungle JalabeeZizyphus xylopyra Ghot berPongamia pinnata KaranjMurraya koegnigii Curi pattaFicus religiosa PeepalAcacia mangium -Saraca indica AshokAcacia arabica BaboolThevieta peruviana Yellow KaneerNerium sp Pink KanerBougainvillea spp. BougainvelleaDuranta sp. DurantaCassia auriculata CassiaAnnona squamosa Sharifa

The sensitive varieties like gulmohar, amaltas, Kachnar, Kadamb should not be plantedin the works area. The plants in the steel plant works area should be periodically washedwith water spray, especially during dry and dusty seasons.

Areas Around Waste Dumps and along Plant Boundary

Green belt is to be developed in the vacant spaces around waste dump areas and along

EIA REPORTFOR




the plant boundary. The expansion plantation should be in three concentric orbits:

(i) Curtain belt on the outermost boundary comprising tall trees with conical canopy(ii) Middle belt of large size trees with globose and spreading canopy and(iii) Inner belt with medium size trees with spreading or trailing canopy. The desired

minimum thickness of these belts should be as follows:

Location Width (m)Outer belt (pollution attenuation) 30Middle belt (pollution attenuation) 50Inner belt (pollution attenuation and training of winds to middle & outer belt) 20

However, the above-mentioned thickness of each belt may be proportionately reducedor increased in view of the total space available for plantation work. The list of plants tobe used in each belt is given in the following paragraphs.

In the curtain belt the following species of trees be planted keeping a space of 2.5m fromplant to plant as well as from row to row:

Scientific Nam e Com monNam e

Rem arks

Pongamia pinnata KaranjDalbergia sissoo ShishamArtocarpus heterophyllus KathalAzadirachta indica NeemAlbizzia lebbek SirisPithecolobium dulce Junglee jilebi On the outer edge of the boundaryPolyalthia longifolia Druping Ashok - Do -Acacia mangium -Syzygium cuminii JamunTectona grandis TeakLeucaena leucocephala Subabool

In the middle belt the following species of trees to be planted 3 m apart, from tree to treeas well as from row to row:

Scientific Nam e Com mon NameCassia siamea CassiaLagerstroemia parviflora LagerstroemiaAzadirachta indica NeemMangifera indica MangoTamarindus indica ImliFicus bengalensis BargadFicus religiosa PeepalPongamia pinnata Karanj

EIA REPORTFOR




In the inner belt the following species of trees and shrubs to be planted 2.0 m apart fromtree to tree as well as from row to row:

Scientific Nam e Com mon NameNerium sp KaneerZizyphus spp BerMurriya exocitica KamayaniProsopis juliffera Bilayati BaboolAcacia arabica BaboolAcacia mangium -Sarca indica AshokBougainvillia spectabilis Baganvileas

Vacant Areas in Plant

Plantation in vacant areas will be selected from among the following species.Plantation will be done in staggered trench manner 3.0 apart.

Scientific Nam e Com mon NameArtocarpus heterophyllus KathalAzadirachta indica NeemButea spp PalasPongamia pinnata KaranjFicus bengalensis BargadFicus religiosa PeepalMangifera indica MangoLagerstroemia parviflora LagerstroemiaSyzygium cuminii JamunTectona grandis Teak

Plantation around Office Buildings, Stores, Garage etc. and Along Roads

The species recommended for plantation around various buildings will include:

Scientific Nam e Com mon NameAzadirachta indica NeemFicus bengalensis BargadLagerstroemia parviflora LagerstroemiaDalbergia latifolia SishamFicus religiosa` PeepalMangifera indica MangoPolyalthia longifolia AshokDelonix regia Gul moharCassia javanica Java-ki-raniThevieta peruviana Yellow KaneerNerium sp Pink Kaner

EIA REPORTFOR




Scientific Nam e Com mon NameBougainvillea spp. BougainvelleaDuranta sp. DurantaCassia auriculata CassiaCassia fistula BhayaCassia siamea Cassia

The species, which may be planted along the side of roads, include:

Scientific Nam e Com mon NameAzadirachta indica NeemFicus bengalensis BargadFicus religiosa` PeepalPolyalthia longifolia AshokTectona grandis TeakDelonix regia Gul moharCassia javanica Java-ki-raniLagerstroemia parviflora LagerstroemiaCassia fistula AmaltasCassia siamea Cassia

Township

Township will be a planned industrial township, where open spaces and greenery willbe in abundance. It will be clothed in a mantel of vegetation. Trees will be plantedalong the roads. There will be parks and cluster of trees in empty spaces. The areas tobe planted will be as follows:

Along the township boundary Avenue Plantation

Outer Avenue Inner Avenue

Open Spaces

Along Township Boundary

The following species of trees be planted keeping a space of 3m from plant to plant aswell as from row to row:


Rem arks

Pongamia pinnata KaranjDalbergia sissoo ShishamAzadirachta indica NeemAlbizzia lebbek SirisMangifera indica MangoPithecolobium dulce Junglee jilebi On the outer edge of the boundary

EIA REPORTFOR





Rem arks

Pongamia pinnata KaranjPolyalthia longifolia Druping Ashok - Do -Eugenia jambolana JamunLeucaena leucocephala Subabool

Avenue Plantation

Double rows of avenue trees on the outer side of the footpaths are recommended; anouter row of shade trees and an inner row of ornamental flowering trees will beplanted.

(a) Foliage Trees for Outer Avenue:

Scientific Nam e Com mon NameSyzigium cumnii JamunMimusops elengi MimusopsAzadirachta indica NeemTamarindus indica ImliTectona grandis TeakDalbergia latifolia Sisham

(b) Flowering / Ornamental Trees for Inner Avenue:

Scientific Nam e Com mon NameDelonix regia Gul moharCassia javanica Java-ki-raniLagerstroemia parviflora LagerstroemiaPolyalthia longifolia AshokAnthocephalus cadamba KadambThevieta peruviana Yellow KaneerNerium sp Pink KanerBougainvillea spp. BougainvelleaDuranta sp. DurantaCassia auriculata CassiaCassia fistula BhayaCassia siamea Cassia

Open Spaces

In free open spaces in parks or elsewhere, cluster of the following trees species willcreate beautiful scenic effects:

Scientific Nam e Com mon NameAnthocephalus cadamba KadambAlbezzia procera Yellow siris

EIA REPORTFOR




Scientific Nam e Com mon NamePongamia glabra KaranjAzadirachta indica NeemDalbergia latifolia SishamThevieta peruviana Yellow KaneerNerium sp Pink KanerBougainvillea spp. BougainvelleaDuranta sp. DurantaCassia auriculata CassiaAnnona squamosa Sharifa

Post Plantation Care

Immediately after planting the seedlings, watering will be done. The wastewaterdischarges from different outfalls will be used for watering the plants during non-monsoon period. Further watering will depend on the rainfall. In the dry seasonswatering will be regularly done especially during February to June. Watering of youngersaplings will be more frequent. Manuring will be done using organic manure (animaldung, agricultural waste, kitchen waste etc.). Younger saplings will be surrounded withtree guards. Diseased and dead plants will be uprooted and destroyed and replaced byfresh saplings. Growth / health and survival rate of saplings will be regularly monitoredand remedial actions will be undertaken as required.

.Phase Wise Green Belt / Cover Development Plan

Green belt will be developed in a phase wise manner right from the construction phaseof the proposed project. In the first phase along with the start of the construction activitythe plant boundary, the township boundary, around the proposed waste dumps, and themajor roads will be planted. In the second phase the office building area will be planted.In the third phase when all the construction activity is complete plantation will be takenup in the plant area, in stretch of open land, along other roads and in the township.

4.5.7 Resource Conservation: Mitigation Measures

Management plan for resource conservation has been discussed below. Wasteminimization audit, optimizing water use and handling of recycled waste materials alsoforms part of resource conservation plan and discussed in this section.

Waste minimization is defined simply as : “a systematic approach to the reduction ofwaste at source, by understanding and changing processes and activities to preventand reduce waste”. A variety of techniques can be classified under the term wasteminimization, from basic housekeeping through statistical measurement, toapplication of clean technologies. In the context of waste minimization, waste relatesto the inefficient use of raw materials and other substances at an installation. Aconsequence of waste minimization will be the reduction of gaseous, liquid and solidemissions.

EIA REPORTFOR




The use and fate of raw materials and other materials, including by-products,solvents and other support materials, such as fuels, catalysts and abatement agents,will be mapped onto a process flow diagram. This will be achieved by using datafrom the raw materials inventory and other company data as appropriate. Data willbe incorporated for each principal stage of the operation in order to construct a massbalance for the installation.

Using the information, opportunities for improved efficiency, changes in process andwaste reduction will be generated and assessed. An action plan will then beprepared for implementing improvements to a timescale.

Efforts will be made to reclaim raw materials from waste prior to disposal to land and,where feasible, the recovered materials will be recycled or utilized as secondary by-products, in order to minimize the quantities landfilled. Where practicable scale,dusts and sludges recovered from the steel making processes will be re-used in theprocess (or sold), provided this does not adversely affect the operation of theprocess plant, jeopardize product quality or create environmental risks.

Reducing water use is normally a valid environmental (and economic) aim in itself,but any water passing through an industrial process is generally degraded so therewill usually be an increase in pollutant load. The use of a simple mass balance forwater use will help to reveal where reductions can be made.

Water will be recycled within the process from which it issues, by treating it first ifnecessary. Where this is not practicable, it will be recycled to another part of theprocess that has a lower water-quality requirement.

The water-quality requirements associated with each use will be established, and thescope for substituting water from recycled sources identified and input into theimprovement plan.

Less contaminated water streams, such as cooling waters, will be kept separate frommore contaminated streams where there is scope for reuse though possible aftersome form of treatment.

Most wastewater streams will however need some form of treatment but for manyapplications, the best conventional effluent treatment can produces a water that isusable in the process directly or when mixed with fresh water. Though treatedeffluent quality can very, it can often be recycled selectively used when the quality isadequate, discharged when the quality falls below that which the system cantolerate.

Recycled materials includes dusts, scale and sludge recovered from operations atthe installation (many of these are commonly termed “reverts”) and returned to sinterplant. Other materials will be explored for recovery (e.g. metal recovery from slag)then for disposal or landfill (including on-site facilities).

EIA REPORTFOR




A system will be in place and maintained to record the quantity, nature and origin ofany waste that is disposed of or recovered and also, where relevant, the destination,frequency of collection, mode of transport and treatment method for those wastes.Records will be maintained of any waste sent off-site.

Wastes will be segregated wherever practicable, and the disposal routes identified.Disposal will be as near to the point of generation as is practicable.

Appropriate storage facilities will be provided for special requirements such as forsubstances that are flammable, and incompatible by-product and waste types will bekept separate.

Passive mitigation measures that will be considered are dyke walls around the liquidfuel storage tanks, enclosures, drains, sumps, fire walls, etc. wherever necessary.Adequate capacity dyke wall around the tank to contain the entire volume of tank iscase of spill will be made.

Emergency isolation valves at critical locations on equipments / pipings will beplaced to isolate high inventory of hydrocarbons.

Nitrogen / steam purging facilities will be provided on critical equipment / system fordriving out hydrocarbons.

In case of fire, the cooling of adjoining tanks will be started immediately. It is alsonecessary to cool the tank on fire.

All hazardous storage systems will be designed with safety features as appropriateand recommended to enhance the safety against design failure.

With all the above mitigation measures, the impact in resources will be very minimum.

4.5.8 Energy Efficiency and Greenhouse Gas Emissions : Mitigation Measures

Energy efficiency and greenhouse gas emissions are linked together. Consumption ofmore energy or energy guzzling manufacturing process generates more greenhousegases that in turn contribute to adverse climate change. Implementing energy efficiencyprograms in steel and power sector not only makes the steel production cost-effectivebut also reduces greenhouse gas emissions. As per the Koyoto protocol requirements,the Govt. of India does not have a target to reduce the CO2 emission; however, SUSPLis considering CO2 reduction in the process through energy efficiency and energyrecovery and apply for Carbon Credit benefits in future. The project is being designed tobe most carbon efficient. However, the exact CO2 emission can only be determinedaccurately during the actual operation of the plant. The recommendations for reducinggreen house gas emission is given below :

The proposed project will be optimized in terms of energy consumption andutilization. Waste flue gases and heat from process will be converted to energy

EIA REPORTFOR




through the use of pressure recovery turbines and other waste heat recoverysystems. The recovered energy will not be not flared but designed for utilization tosupply heat to the various furnaces.

Energy efficient building materials will be considered for construction of structures.Rat trap cavity brickwork using bricks / blocks will be considered. Thermally insulatedbuilding roof through traditional methods of brick batcoba technique / otherrecommended technique will be considered. Natural ventilation system comprisingscreen walls, low emissive double glazed glass with U value of less than 2.8 W/2K,shading coefficient of 0.5 will be considered for the buildings. Fenestration withUPVC framing that reduces solar heat gain will be considered. Landscaping withdeciduous tree canopy will be considered for reducing heat gain into the structures(by blocking sun rays in summer and permitting penetration during winter).

Energy efficient process and building structures will achieve 20% reductions inenergy consumption. Benchmarking energy consumption and estimating energyefficiency of the process is beyond the scope of this EIA. It is recommended that theproject authorities will undertake yearly energy audit for their entire manufacturingprocess and ancillary facilities.

EIA REPORTFOR




Annexure

CONC. OF RSPM IN MICROGRAMS / m3

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)0 500 1000 1500 2000

19500 0 0 0 0 019000 0 0 0 0 018500 0 0 0 0 018000 0 0 0 0 017500 0 0 0 0 017000 0 0 0 0 016500 0 0 0 0 016000 0 0 0 0 015500 0 0 0 0 015000 0 0 0 0 014500 0 0 0 0 014000 0 0 0 0 013500 0 0 0 0 013000 0 0 0 0 012500 0 0 0 0 012000 0 0 0 0 011500 0.00002 0.00001 0.00001 0.00001 0.0000111000 0.00015 0.00015 0.00015 0.00015 0.0001410500 0.00107 0.00116 0.00125 0.00135 0.0014610000 0.00566 0.0065 0.00751 0.00875 0.01029

9500 0.02318 0.02772 0.03347 0.04085 0.050469000 0.07465 0.09122 0.11255 0.14032 0.176898500 0.19219 0.23578 0.2914 0.36276 0.454788000 0.40197 0.48734 0.59269 0.72224 0.880317500 0.69367 0.81972 0.96605 1.56744 2.664827000 1.44212 2.36693 3.68409 5.21762 6.435886500 4.58305 5.87743 6.58355 6.2308 4.836736000 6.42257 5.72328 4.28263 2.67876 1.454545500 3.78254 2.36406 1.30526 0.95917 0.808885000 1.18023 0.88135 0.75866 0.61877 0.472484500 0.71268 0.59625 0.47308 0.35215 0.487064000 0.46777 0.3628 0.34779 0.51789 0.73813500 0.27968 0.37752 0.54158 0.74563 0.9766

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)0 500 1000 1500 2000

3000 0.40254 0.55928 0.74766 0.95444 1.480532500 0.57201 0.74558 0.93116 1.57275 4.858292000 0.74046 0.90747 1.69185 5.07052 5.778721500 0.88385 1.91196 5.25766 5.97808 3.084221000 2.12718 5.42238 6.14923 3.33005 1.20336500 5.56699 6.29517 3.56225 1.23546 0.90713

0 6.41853 3.77965 1.33011 0.90395 0.66051

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)2500 3000 3500 4000 4500

19500 0.00001 0.00002 0.00009 0.00031 0.0009919000 0 0.00001 0.00004 0.00017 0.0006118500 0 0 0.00002 0.00009 0.0003518000 0 0 0.00001 0.00004 0.0001817500 0 0 0 0.00002 0.0000917000 0 0 0 0.00001 0.0000316500 0 0 0 0 0.0000116000 0 0 0 0 015500 0 0 0 0 015000 0 0 0 0 014500 0 0 0 0 014000 0 0 0 0 013500 0 0 0 0 013000 0 0 0 0 012500 0 0 0 0 012000 0 0 0 0 011500 0.00001 0.00001 0 0 011000 0.00014 0.00013 0.00012 0.00011 0.000110500 0.00159 0.00174 0.00192 0.00213 0.002410000 0.01223 0.01475 0.01808 0.02266 0.029189500 0.06319 0.08039 0.10419 0.13805 0.187759000 0.22564 0.29149 0.38155 0.50625 0.680678500 0.57372 0.72731 0.92436 1.17323 1.871848000 1.07039 1.71238 3.02843 4.84116 6.410867500 4.22268 5.87257 6.73806 6.01561 4.050187000 6.61241 5.431 3.50517 1.86403 1.261196500 3.05272 1.63607 1.15427 0.90692 0.63295

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)2500 3000 3500 4000 4500

6000 1.05049 0.86101 0.64632 0.60456 0.994065500 0.63751 0.46175 0.66008 1.01713 1.427935000 0.44786 0.69828 1.02075 1.37374 3.30664500 0.72316 1.01222 1.31588 3.69446 4.243964000 0.99648 1.27026 4.03957 4.63347 1.869073500 1.37004 4.34625 4.97865 2.02055 1.342593000 4.61797 5.28239 2.29013 1.31998 0.852982500 5.54795 2.56068 1.29343 0.87584 0.595872000 2.82677 1.26448 0.89235 0.62067 0.427961500 1.2342 0.90229 0.63836 0.43045 0.561771000 0.90687 0.65019 0.45734 0.43777 0.69149500 0.65727 0.47925 0.34223 0.55237 0.814840 0.4967 0.3422 0.44097 0.66224 0.97533

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)5000 5500 6000 6500 7000

19500 0.00287 0.00747 0.01757 0.04055 0.1145319000 0.00195 0.00552 0.01396 0.03162 0.0953618500 0.00125 0.00389 0.0107 0.02609 0.0771418000 0.00074 0.00258 0.00785 0.02085 0.0602517500 0.0004 0.0016 0.00545 0.01602 0.0450417000 0.00019 0.0009 0.00354 0.01171 0.0327416500 0.00008 0.00045 0.0021 0.00803 0.0253516000 0.00003 0.00019 0.00111 0.00507 0.0185615500 0.00001 0.00007 0.0005 0.00286 0.012615000 0 0.00002 0.00018 0.00138 0.0077214500 0 0 0.00005 0.00054 0.0040914000 0 0 0.00001 0.00015 0.0017413500 0 0 0 0.00003 0.0005313000 0 0 0 0 0.000112500 0 0 0 0 0.0000112000 0 0 0 0 011500 0 0 0 0 011000 0.00009 0.00007 0.00006 0.00004 0.0000310500 0.00273 0.00316 0.00367 0.00428 0.0049410000 0.03888 0.05402 0.07888 0.12218 0.20279

9500 0.26336 0.38286 0.57921 0.91333 1.49276

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)5000 5500 6000 6500 7000

9000 0.9258 1.26838 2.0062 3.8141 5.652398500 3.45017 5.44524 6.49743 5.2891 2.871218000 6.45991 4.68142 2.50777 1.41561 1.312717500 2.15286 1.35158 0.90283 1.41741 2.635367000 0.92861 0.85223 1.47698 2.49753 3.183486500 0.94218 1.49146 2.33621 2.9201 2.345916000 1.47084 2.47695 2.82312 2.26072 1.287565500 2.85864 3.27266 2.15368 1.33554 1.061665000 3.80551 2.04318 1.3602 0.75186 1.429184500 1.93712 1.36631 0.772 1.04255 2.010184000 1.35906 0.81303 0.76531 1.33122 3.25783500 0.83911 0.55792 0.98795 1.86152 5.797993000 0.56268 0.7484 1.22387 3.06098 6.308622500 0.56548 0.92549 1.70433 5.76571 3.840622000 0.72115 1.1271 2.82678 7.35613 2.684261500 0.86688 1.56433 5.55692 5.74624 2.369861000 1.04492 2.59395 7.80463 3.63394 1.96131500 1.44336 5.24642 7.25902 2.70886 1.4298

0 2.37541 7.85177 5.19891 2.21715 1.23361

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)7500 8000 8500 9000 9500

19500 0.27251 0.54761 0.93209 1.34843 1.6642719000 0.24413 0.51963 0.9228 1.37307 1.7201718500 0.21482 0.48838 0.91023 1.39805 1.780718000 0.18494 0.4537 0.89393 1.42358 1.8471317500 0.15496 0.41546 0.87324 1.44996 1.9212817000 0.12545 0.37351 0.84717 1.47731 2.0056816500 0.09712 0.32775 0.81411 1.50525 2.1035316000 0.07084 0.27826 0.7716 1.53208 2.2184515500 0.04767 0.2257 0.71636 1.55379 2.3538715000 0.03196 0.17172 0.64483 1.56287 2.512214500 0.02165 0.11935 0.5547 1.54766 2.6939314000 0.01288 0.07287 0.44713 1.49317 2.8970513500 0.00627 0.0426 0.32872 1.38512 3.1150613000 0.0022 0.02483 0.21128 1.21828 3.327212500 0.00043 0.01075 0.10911 1.00481 3.467

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)7500 8000 8500 9000 9500

12000 0.00003 0.00261 0.06225 0.76259 3.3628611500 0 0.00018 0.02273 0.4711 2.735211000 0.00002 0.00001 0.00252 0.31538 1.5055110500 0.00548 0.0055 0.0043 0.11753 2.0033910000 0.36401 0.7046 1.37372 2.0159 1.68

9500 2.46693 4.31843 5.84282 3.47266 4.643869000 5.50957 3.07261 3.07206 4.11098 5.559948500 1.51225 2.7278 3.6575 4.3896 5.754698000 2.67503 3.42152 2.66731 3.99699 6.159687500 3.39962 2.3042 3.0877 3.62204 6.901847000 2.37412 1.89573 3.50219 3.51914 7.120746500 1.21883 2.29955 3.81178 3.65443 6.962576000 1.50446 3.40928 2.70139 3.7222 6.709945500 2.11696 4.8726 2.57468 3.64946 6.454895000 3.36304 3.24105 2.50021 3.5485 6.214114500 5.37808 2.27117 2.37969 3.48469 5.991134000 4.56359 2.14251 2.23789 3.45875 5.786393500 2.77649 1.94491 2.12623 3.45374 5.598583000 2.28924 1.76203 2.0637 3.45634 5.425472500 2.17903 1.5977 2.04347 3.45925 5.264762000 1.66684 1.47462 2.05135 3.45901 5.259651500 1.43611 1.39693 2.07513 3.45414 5.428891000 1.26884 1.35733 2.10646 3.44413 5.59863500 1.1427 1.34531 2.1402 3.429 5.76654

0 1.05617 1.35155 2.17326 3.40902 5.93048

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)10000 10500 11000 11500 12000

19500 1.75881 1.59576 1.24394 0.83173 0.4756419000 1.82344 1.64174 1.25696 0.81653 0.4485418500 1.89359 1.69037 1.26901 0.79874 0.4200318000 1.9707 1.74254 1.28055 0.77876 0.3909117500 2.05694 1.79983 1.29263 0.7574 0.3624717000 2.15556 1.86476 1.30708 0.73599 0.6054816500 2.27108 1.94104 1.32672 0.71648 1.1981116000 2.40944 2.03366 1.35545 0.70173 2.3119815500 2.57795 2.14857 1.39829 0.69617 3.72162

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)10000 10500 11000 11500 12000

15000 2.78512 2.29156 1.4614 1.25313 4.4766814500 3.04121 2.46627 1.55292 2.18712 2.6209814000 3.36144 2.67079 1.68717 3.36033 1.64613500 3.77532 2.89343 1.8996 3.15059 2.0165113000 4.34459 3.11014 3.00236 2.05272 5.1275712500 5.18492 3.30365 4.02865 4.8031 15.5343712000 6.46544 3.62303 5.94457 15.45208 18.8604511500 8.32338 5.30679 15.55836 19.38892 12.9916311000 11.05605 15.43339 19.43509 13.26429 10.0640710500 7.66805 18.68041 10.85561 12.97959 14.972210000 2.48823 16.98156 23.85176 28.10197 28.986379500 17.7629 20.51453 13.68179 12.99255 9.04639000 12.73579 10.20014 16.8692 11.57786 9.607478500 13.76915 7.99206 8.41869 13.29619 9.707258000 12.59347 5.60848 7.17156 8.60819 10.599187500 11.31545 6.04553 6.56013 6.47529 7.716597000 10.3371 6.35525 4.79796 3.98737 5.968636500 9.5509 6.30476 3.6857 6.31383 3.716056000 8.8812 6.22165 3.70218 6.40392 2.509545500 8.29992 6.09478 3.5458 3.5894 5.939525000 8.47842 5.93906 3.31624 2.64261 10.223544500 8.679 5.77364 3.25396 2.22397 6.084194000 8.87211 5.60807 3.24598 1.92968 3.373843500 9.05138 5.4461 3.25091 1.71484 2.507213000 9.1962 5.28901 3.25853 1.60259 1.948972500 9.28618 5.13726 3.26394 1.58735 1.551332000 9.36256 4.99117 3.26462 1.66209 1.292511500 9.42694 4.85102 3.2597 1.73178 1.155661000 9.48097 4.86041 3.24923 1.79517 1.10137

500 9.52614 5.0518 3.23381 1.85202 1.091270 9.56338 5.22868 3.21415 1.90245 1.1004

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)12500 13000 13500 14000 14500

19500 0.23388 1.03309 4.26172 6.04793 3.5828419000 0.32176 1.93423 5.5816 4.90064 2.5609818500 0.54397 3.24959 5.98537 3.48152 1.64228

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)12500 13000 13500 14000 14500

18000 1.12779 4.74894 4.93619 2.48235 0.8298917500 2.16965 5.68472 3.28137 1.66429 0.7226617000 3.60719 4.96459 2.25824 0.84337 1.1016916500 4.97765 3.02853 1.63259 0.99468 1.7201316000 4.8931 1.84048 0.87734 1.6011 3.1066415500 2.79262 1.493 1.46517 2.82709 7.5675115000 1.70761 1.31193 2.56571 7.05187 17.8189214500 1.35265 2.40422 6.54369 17.25657 19.9098314000 2.21418 6.04164 16.72636 19.38735 12.0159313500 5.55461 16.26739 18.96157 11.76348 5.443513000 15.87056 18.69979 11.70424 5.24302 2.2619912500 18.62734 11.86357 5.03355 2.02255 3.092312000 12.27903 4.73823 3.07864 7.66639 11.5430111500 4.33061 9.31836 11.96471 9.60939 5.4845111000 10.49143 7.07841 4.40536 4.23336 4.2343310500 15.80833 16.32133 16.52986 16.49219 16.2796910000 28.47238 27.52818 26.4443 25.2738 25.04199500 9.05735 8.07242 7.99558 8.20905 8.419249000 7.04198 6.25671 5.81218 4.79137 3.768778500 8.01401 5.45997 5.46789 6.11965 5.378198000 7.89042 6.66225 4.70167 3.67626 4.724827500 9.842 7.01455 5.68476 3.81382 2.953817000 6.53522 10.98381 6.96258 5.51752 3.357986500 5.14032 5.80156 12.07983 7.76666 5.56966000 3.57853 4.4036 5.4237 13.08431 8.734195500 2.4446 3.03344 3.9498 5.27429 13.972775000 2.4988 2.3374 2.68873 3.68515 5.76344500 5.04202 3.08012 1.93265 2.49262 3.557534000 11.79231 3.16075 1.90272 1.74722 2.377923500 10.90908 4.83631 3.70361 1.37614 1.646713000 5.58047 11.0778 3.6696 2.65771 1.253762500 3.43569 13.81981 4.95124 4.10744 1.477562000 2.45573 9.87838 9.70746 3.90202 3.404071500 1.82226 5.30362 14.50578 5.07069 4.389811000 1.36815 3.49526 13.41739 8.67322 3.91425

500 1.07453 2.43653 8.90334 13.86019 5.158390 0.90934 1.73867 5.19504 15.3224 8.13077

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)15000 15500 16000 16500 17000

19500 1.59173 0.4312 0.67608 1.01549 1.4836519000 0.81413 0.61482 0.95234 1.42606 2.3697918500 0.54924 0.8826 1.35968 2.20921 4.5791218000 0.80605 1.28387 2.05042 4.28389 10.1055317500 1.19801 1.90992 3.98839 9.62127 19.7179917000 1.82287 3.69181 9.11731 19.46233 21.8977916500 3.39678 8.60107 19.1417 21.62737 14.3481416000 8.08266 18.76243 21.29171 13.86844 7.1539215500 18.33071 20.89972 13.37848 6.76537 3.1621115000 20.4548 12.88653 6.38305 2.94467 1.7143514500 12.40935 6.01764 2.73973 1.60919 1.0085314000 5.69858 2.54891 1.48463 0.89281 1.1335813500 2.42785 1.33673 1.05962 3.09738 6.0669613000 1.22355 3.13318 6.43392 8.87371 10.9470312500 6.62483 10.20422 11.55787 9.63816 6.4692712000 11.23799 7.87078 4.54927 2.55092 1.588711500 2.97346 2.22339 2.08844 2.03284 2.0356611000 4.33264 4.48282 4.65925 4.8463 5.0333910500 15.97572 15.62339 15.53258 15.77493 16.0002510000 24.80729 24.59919 24.43443 24.30741 24.196549500 8.60856 8.77481 8.92032 9.04647 9.152719000 3.12881 2.89293 2.98939 3.11119 3.248528500 4.30915 3.23481 2.43093 1.94996 1.691258000 6.86318 6.29176 4.55738 3.3976 2.471077500 3.00637 4.32321 7.15928 7.80072 5.851587000 2.37701 2.19513 2.72355 4.0703 6.999876500 3.17312 2.12387 1.76463 1.8276 2.550946000 5.76736 3.11815 1.96662 1.58154 1.442355500 9.76655 6.06234 3.15417 1.87204 1.463285000 14.69713 10.73536 6.39889 3.24751 1.822564500 6.42 15.2181 11.62245 6.76308 3.384844000 3.55685 7.10927 15.656 12.43078 7.15923500 2.32167 3.76433 7.80654 16.02526 13.152313000 1.58505 2.30704 4.00593 8.48999 16.336592500 1.18851 1.55205 2.32183 4.27591 9.137662000 1.25289 1.14582 1.5407 2.35401 4.56536

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)15000 15500 16000 16500 17000

1500 2.14239 1.07763 1.11958 1.54493 2.398751000 4.0202 1.61007 0.88219 1.10633 1.56169

500 4.58943 2.8166 1.30255 0.85932 1.103450 3.78427 4.50498 2.04506 0.85881 0.84618

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)17500 18000 18500 19000 19500

19500 2.53215 5.17235 11.42235 20.26976 22.4173319000 4.87515 11.00852 20.18657 22.39694 16.2503218500 10.56876 20.07046 22.34084 15.94024 8.9508818000 19.91675 22.24422 15.59578 8.61579 4.3387817500 22.10059 15.2176 8.27003 4.09923 2.2536417000 14.80106 7.91241 3.86082 2.12026 1.4081316500 7.53828 3.62322 1.98965 1.34881 0.9535816000 3.38925 1.87541 1.28019 0.88752 0.6216415500 1.80247 1.20127 0.81412 0.55747 0.6478515000 1.11103 0.73304 0.68664 1.27729 2.8270914500 0.73363 1.21765 2.93273 5.25205 7.5081114000 3.02444 5.65714 8.09877 9.31464 9.9836813500 8.60129 9.85462 10.50684 9.09753 6.7509213000 10.47498 8.06542 5.39531 3.37994 2.0934812500 3.89161 2.29942 1.43453 1.15087 1.0649312000 1.43986 1.35469 1.30627 1.28712 1.2903511500 2.07883 2.15068 2.26562 2.36372 2.4447211000 5.21308 5.38028 5.53181 5.6661 5.7827510500 16.19063 16.36552 16.52243 16.66464 16.7910610000 24.04333 23.8912 23.73472 23.57755 23.416939500 9.23752 9.29953 9.52939 9.74897 9.950549000 3.3939 3.54171 3.6878 3.82927 3.963938500 1.56452 1.58922 1.69283 1.78622 1.86928000 1.84675 1.45945 1.23032 1.10259 1.038067500 3.8283 2.76399 2.01351 1.51773 1.195797000 8.70797 7.50466 5.02568 3.19933 2.309926500 3.86395 6.65222 9.05632 8.86979 6.648856000 1.61691 2.40993 3.67527 6.28628 9.008445500 1.28235 1.25275 1.47508 2.27348 3.523285000 1.38255 1.18027 1.09858 1.12874 1.45168

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)17500 18000 18500 19000 19500

4500 1.80792 1.32691 1.11042 1.00086 0.97624000 3.55354 1.82161 1.28998 1.06047 0.93523500 7.57538 3.74455 1.85854 1.26772 1.024153000 13.78247 7.99772 3.94917 1.91492 1.257912500 16.59268 14.32476 8.41908 4.16678 1.989122000 9.74451 16.81047 14.79107 8.83568 4.395561500 4.87714 10.30973 16.99648 15.18908 9.241361000 2.49889 5.20678 10.83132 17.15479 15.52609

500 1.58824 2.65034 5.54947 11.30927 17.288550 1.10887 1.62249 2.81316 5.90038 11.74482

EIA REPORTFOR




CONC. OF SO2 IN MICROGRAMS / m3

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)0 500 1000 1500 2000

19500 0 0 0 0 019000 0 0 0 0 018500 0 0 0 0 018000 0 0 0 0 017500 0 0 0 0 017000 0 0 0 0 016500 0 0 0 0 016000 0 0 0 0 015500 0 0 0 0 015000 0 0 0 0 014500 0 0 0 0 014000 0 0 0 0 013500 0 0 0 0 013000 0 0 0 0 012500 0 0 0 0 012000 0 0 0 0 011500 0.00005 0.00004 0.00004 0.00004 0.0000311000 0.00036 0.00037 0.00038 0.00038 0.0003810500 0.00214 0.00235 0.00257 0.00283 0.0031210000 0.00994 0.01144 0.01327 0.0155 0.01827

9500 0.03661 0.04363 0.05246 0.0637 0.078219000 0.10872 0.13184 0.16129 0.19922 0.248648500 0.26353 0.32025 0.39179 0.48256 0.598398000 0.52863 0.63496 0.76483 0.92311 1.114997500 0.89008 1.04419 1.22222 1.74456 2.728177000 1.61922 2.46496 3.63138 4.93194 5.875546500 4.43222 5.49522 6.00917 5.67575 4.620496000 5.94012 5.3499 4.24005 3.02086 2.005975500 3.88972 2.74718 1.81824 1.43255 1.275315000 1.66229 1.31095 1.17881 1.01823 0.838384500 1.09567 0.9601 0.80826 0.64901 0.492774000 0.77744 0.64028 0.50342 0.49067 0.712473500 0.50749 0.39202 0.52627 0.73955 1.191953000 0.39465 0.5565 0.77609 1.22187 1.74462

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)0 500 1000 1500 2000

2500 0.58178 0.81875 1.24215 1.72431 2.16892000 0.85437 1.25478 1.69887 2.16803 2.355261500 1.26136 1.67021 2.29598 2.26453 2.280381000 1.63965 2.4161 2.29784 2.2454 1.99881500 2.52878 2.42158 2.30007 1.94074 1.60517

0 2.56658 2.36263 1.88447 1.58196 1.19284

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)2500 3000 3500 4000 4500

19500 0 0.00001 0.00004 0.00014 0.0004719000 0 0 0.00002 0.00007 0.0002718500 0 0 0.00001 0.00003 0.0001518000 0 0 0 0.00001 0.0000717500 0 0 0 0.00001 0.0000317000 0 0 0 0 0.0000116500 0 0 0 0 016000 0 0 0 0 015500 0 0 0 0 015000 0 0 0 0 014500 0 0 0 0 014000 0 0 0 0 013500 0 0 0 0 013000 0 0 0 0 012500 0 0 0 0 012000 0 0 0 0 011500 0.00003 0.00002 0.00002 0.00001 0.0000111000 0.00038 0.00038 0.00037 0.00036 0.0003410500 0.00345 0.00383 0.00427 0.00478 0.0053710000 0.02175 0.02617 0.03188 0.0394 0.04947

9500 0.09723 0.12262 0.15713 0.2051 0.273419000 0.31388 0.40115 0.5196 0.68263 0.909858500 0.74689 0.9378 1.183 1.49564 2.059328000 1.34532 1.89131 3.05192 4.62748 5.892717500 4.08405 5.44308 6.04295 5.45144 4.168617000 5.92409 5.02097 3.70538 2.507 1.981426500 3.3327 2.2277 1.75946 1.52098 1.220186000 1.57929 1.3884 1.15064 0.8866 0.87796

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)2500 3000 3500 4000 4500

5500 1.08191 0.86584 0.64545 0.92443 1.641325000 0.65186 0.63532 1.01887 1.70599 2.394014500 0.67801 1.09324 1.74294 2.38456 2.783424000 1.14999 1.75812 2.3489 2.7201 2.715833500 1.75711 2.29664 2.63724 2.63975 2.272513000 2.23497 2.54483 2.55267 2.2278 1.653232500 2.44947 2.46115 2.17476 1.65926 1.288272000 2.36951 2.11727 1.65483 1.26685 0.975441500 2.05802 1.64298 1.24317 0.9833 0.704521000 1.62589 1.21805 0.98581 0.73068 0.81655500 1.19212 0.98408 0.75077 0.65859 1.02011

0 0.97905 0.76571 0.5524 0.82408 1.23633

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)5000 5500 6000 6500 7000

19500 0.00145 0.00407 0.01046 0.02469 0.0560419000 0.00093 0.00283 0.00779 0.01949 0.0454618500 0.00056 0.00188 0.00561 0.01501 0.0363518000 0.00032 0.00119 0.00389 0.01123 0.0289817500 0.00016 0.0007 0.00256 0.00812 0.0225617000 0.00007 0.00037 0.00158 0.00563 0.017116500 0.00003 0.00018 0.00089 0.00368 0.0125216000 0.00001 0.00007 0.00044 0.00221 0.0087515500 0 0.00002 0.00018 0.00118 0.0056915000 0 0 0.00006 0.00052 0.0033114500 0 0 0.00001 0.00018 0.0016214000 0 0 0 0.00004 0.000613500 0 0 0 0 0.0001513000 0 0 0 0 0.0000212500 0 0 0 0 012000 0 0 0 0 011500 0.00001 0 0 0 011000 0.00031 0.00029 0.00025 0.00021 0.0001610500 0.00606 0.00687 0.00784 0.00901 0.0104610000 0.06324 0.08251 0.11009 0.15045 0.21011

9500 0.37329 0.52353 0.75556 1.11969 1.679549000 1.229 1.6753 2.2792 3.93259 5.75519

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)5000 5500 6000 6500 7000

8500 3.45637 5.24891 6.08789 5.3747 3.730018000 5.86432 4.7424 3.29494 2.46824 1.816817500 2.86139 2.23906 1.79839 1.38206 2.162827000 1.6687 1.27264 1.365 2.06274 2.592016500 0.89045 1.40821 2.13903 2.48932 2.715046000 1.54348 2.2851 2.68998 2.68681 2.445635500 2.36535 2.78976 2.77164 2.33431 1.889955000 2.81298 2.79503 2.29584 1.85062 1.330114500 2.77162 2.31426 1.79416 1.31375 2.085674000 2.30362 1.7318 1.32332 1.31152 2.203173500 1.66911 1.31896 1.00756 2.1082 2.151973000 1.30624 0.93751 1.29718 2.53622 2.350042500 0.9608 1.01939 2.02026 2.17518 2.506722000 0.80099 1.281 2.6801 2.19164 2.900211500 1.02351 1.90058 2.50598 2.29669 3.464681000 1.26155 2.73209 2.08207 2.60008 3.27489500 1.77307 2.75556 2.15533 3.20866 2.59661

0 2.71435 2.34829 2.38525 3.32547 1.99966

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)7500 8000 8500 9000 9500

19500 0.1428 0.31496 0.61332 1.06882 1.6662319000 0.12401 0.28681 0.57726 1.03378 1.6557218500 0.10626 0.25977 0.54159 0.99578 1.6387118000 0.08952 0.23403 0.50738 0.95611 1.6147317500 0.07376 0.20961 0.4758 0.91688 1.5837917000 0.05896 0.18631 0.44799 0.88122 1.5467216500 0.0452 0.16369 0.42481 0.85355 1.5056816000 0.03267 0.14107 0.40636 0.83962 1.4650315500 0.02171 0.11771 0.39146 0.84618 1.4324515000 0.01499 0.09309 0.37694 0.88001 1.4204814500 0.00975 0.06742 0.35718 0.94576 1.4480514000 0.00542 0.04224 0.32424 1.04237 1.5405713500 0.00233 0.02078 0.26964 1.15767 1.7249313000 0.00064 0.01021 0.18984 1.26062 2.0140712500 0.00008 0.0035 0.09707 1.28798 2.3822512000 0 0.0005 0.02565 1.12879 2.73629

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)7500 8000 8500 9000 9500

11500 0 0.00001 0.00536 0.67808 2.8819611000 0.00011 0.00006 0.00013 0.20514 2.479610500 0.01217 0.0139 0.015 0.0147 2.0297410000 0.2965 0.41232 0.55854 0.77873 1.286269500 2.426 4.13471 4.03984 3.04132 2.388939000 5.68907 3.79503 2.12928 3.80213 6.804048500 2.4748 2.12115 1.82252 2.99163 6.685838000 2.24199 2.41713 2.58809 3.97966 9.315827500 2.61151 2.74821 2.48958 5.28038 10.922087000 2.78465 2.54899 2.67604 6.51745 10.274066500 2.52493 1.87885 3.2921 7.41112 8.675016000 1.89345 2.25727 3.97179 7.33793 7.360685500 1.9323 2.63085 4.53379 6.57449 6.452965000 2.05046 3.04219 4.661 5.73649 5.823084500 2.32274 3.39137 4.37022 5.07723 5.373734000 2.60095 3.73831 3.91886 4.59759 5.045573500 2.83426 3.78707 3.4997 4.24382 4.800243000 3.28063 3.07921 3.17346 3.97374 4.611832500 3.67995 2.75673 2.93214 3.76158 4.581532000 3.12971 2.47302 2.75229 3.59177 4.695121500 2.41234 2.2475 2.61467 3.45427 4.789981000 2.16433 2.07505 2.50687 3.3421 4.86838500 1.94778 1.94401 2.42129 3.25006 4.93248

0 1.77015 1.84375 2.35309 3.17415 4.98418

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)10000 10500 11000 11500 12000

19500 2.29063 2.72001 2.73688 2.30101 1.602519000 2.33458 2.82156 2.85048 2.36473 1.5945218500 2.37585 2.93135 2.97669 2.43202 1.5796418000 2.4132 3.05075 3.11849 2.50329 1.5563617500 2.44492 3.18145 3.27984 2.57886 1.5229117000 2.46866 3.32535 3.46581 2.65871 1.4773116500 2.48092 3.48417 3.68281 2.74204 2.0752716000 2.47635 3.65873 3.93865 2.82662 2.2506515500 2.44659 3.84742 4.24244 2.90796 1.2720715000 2.37874 4.04305 4.60383 2.97859 1.17326

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)10000 10500 11000 11500 12000

14500 2.25379 4.22616 5.0299 3.02857 1.1359914000 2.0475 4.35251 5.51758 3.05316 1.2717813500 1.74021 4.33724 6.0446 3.09177 1.9352813000 1.34205 4.05532 6.58935 3.37041 5.2410412500 0.91871 3.42958 7.29554 4.75345 10.8241212000 0.57203 2.80624 9.00106 9.76868 11.2080611500 0.51149 3.8389 10.43622 7.6791 21.8159511000 2.97158 9.1922 5.41871 17.37975 11.9831110500 9.21386 1.02561 6.33353 10.01842 16.3566810000 7.48588 14.70034 11.35592 12.82824 16.50829500 12.04958 8.80792 8.90779 16.78689 16.586139000 5.62106 9.75688 12.70352 11.08264 17.566698500 9.17852 7.58872 12.10491 11.32777 9.775098000 8.11028 7.10621 11.22842 10.75045 10.222337500 6.31481 7.97006 10.46341 6.62972 11.691937000 5.30315 8.26748 9.8753 5.33987 8.381626500 4.82391 7.86978 9.96993 5.4919 5.116636000 4.70623 7.5768 10.12697 5.62835 3.390325500 4.88074 7.3772 9.41739 6.20864 2.633295000 4.95448 7.19707 8.59784 6.91078 2.985064500 4.95834 7.02259 8.07748 6.80245 3.747784000 4.91628 6.85467 7.75876 6.0913 4.715523500 4.84618 6.69503 7.52643 5.41145 5.613883000 4.79507 6.54087 7.32337 4.96859 4.858882500 4.80411 6.39413 7.13741 4.70032 4.281142000 4.79619 6.25638 6.96716 4.52205 3.788861500 4.77338 6.12734 6.81014 4.38733 3.478811000 4.73817 6.00662 6.66487 4.27659 3.30585

500 4.69304 5.89385 6.53027 4.18207 3.20780 4.64021 5.78873 6.40544 4.10045 3.14423

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)12500 13000 13500 14000 14500

19500 0.92131 1.55006 2.80666 1.76845 2.7046919000 0.87157 2.33562 2.27451 1.67395 3.0026918500 1.04012 2.74405 1.51213 2.12121 2.6010118000 1.84168 2.3041 1.15684 2.67914 1.62346

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)12500 13000 13500 14000 14500

17500 2.5279 1.37183 1.4779 2.5394 0.9200217000 2.33104 0.76365 2.23833 1.58598 1.1896216500 1.31488 0.85857 2.45828 0.99958 1.9943116000 0.58991 1.65358 1.55986 1.7491 3.9625915500 0.51557 2.3358 1.48552 3.54361 8.7366515000 0.95739 1.58727 3.0699 8.27434 13.6268714500 2.07801 2.54704 7.71435 13.39789 14.6333914000 2.05499 7.02096 13.16578 14.41495 20.1968513500 6.16342 12.81056 14.31506 20.97478 13.113213000 12.07872 14.16508 21.93566 13.35719 6.7785212500 13.43237 22.89404 13.65731 6.62178 3.2567612000 23.20305 13.89576 6.4215 4.47506 6.9892511500 13.7313 5.77748 6.91622 5.83646 4.1587611000 6.79452 5.69106 6.03082 6.94106 7.6684310500 19.78791 21.49257 21.61259 20.79372 19.8844810000 19.88133 21.34048 21.792 22.03844 21.76519500 13.58642 11.52239 8.17886 7.74252 7.975779000 15.3529 10.71877 9.75769 8.56622 6.449578500 16.70033 14.07756 8.66446 7.03892 6.705368000 9.0998 15.46892 12.52999 7.69483 5.623527500 7.56233 8.72061 14.35359 10.82832 6.623547000 8.68968 6.2632 8.19507 13.468 10.157296500 7.59883 6.82367 5.73275 7.63691 12.773786000 6.08012 5.68144 6.13838 5.52156 7.154725500 4.1731 4.73672 4.69922 6.73092 5.440875000 3.0065 5.95872 3.54487 4.17395 7.227684500 2.34513 4.3836 3.39752 2.9512 4.304264000 1.88879 2.8474 5.17419 2.60944 2.610373500 2.48046 2.2578 5.95013 2.68154 2.208133000 3.40445 1.90754 3.25351 4.11565 2.118712500 5.08092 1.9052 2.27641 6.19548 2.242362000 4.96523 2.67519 1.90649 4.93068 3.231821500 3.69059 4.51692 1.73847 2.53779 5.743941000 3.18643 5.48635 2.30514 1.95298 5.90253

500 2.78667 4.30372 3.93153 1.84704 3.96850 2.53451 2.95181 5.60774 2.18064 2.54428

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)15000 15500 16000 16500 17000

19500 2.63928 0.88762 0.75863 1.23245 2.0015819000 1.65772 0.65588 1.12038 1.84852 3.1739918500 0.91103 0.99649 1.68344 2.97402 5.6002218000 0.86281 1.52226 2.75977 5.30549 10.4971817500 1.3657 2.52669 5.00099 10.19616 14.8663117000 2.27179 4.67936 9.86915 14.6249 16.4668816500 4.33684 9.51682 14.36226 16.12117 18.3968916000 9.14179 14.09816 15.74272 18.60869 13.2450115500 13.84752 15.34905 18.87764 13.12633 7.6744215000 14.96175 19.20256 13.02674 7.46855 4.3282614500 19.62125 12.96471 7.26568 4.11662 2.4788514000 12.98347 7.07714 3.89919 2.26291 1.379713500 6.91547 3.66932 2.04578 2.01844 3.7916613000 3.41889 2.00102 3.80962 5.98196 7.9087712500 3.88229 6.59928 7.91822 7.05094 5.2905212000 7.22131 5.52147 3.89158 2.86261 2.6194111500 3.75265 3.63172 3.54728 3.53906 3.7704811000 8.14717 8.41353 8.51945 8.51194 8.4270310500 19.46656 18.96642 18.46423 17.9836 17.9006910000 21.22574 20.57623 19.91238 19.83261 20.088859500 8.32951 8.53295 8.77293 8.97141 9.129269000 4.62206 3.45248 3.4043 3.49387 3.788168500 6.21199 5.15919 3.99028 3.05624 2.4098000 5.04061 4.94892 5.05996 5.12008 3.767077500 4.92029 4.33139 3.96564 3.97873 4.667477000 6.01961 4.37299 3.70875 4.06254 3.922776500 9.75537 5.59504 4.02996 3.27174 3.051396000 12.23097 9.52467 5.30929 3.79064 3.016155500 6.78232 11.80701 9.3969 5.13037 3.620085000 5.536 6.51448 11.4541 9.31185 5.034994500 7.59532 5.72075 6.46936 11.16539 9.266214000 4.75836 7.89251 5.92011 6.5512 10.941893500 2.4419 5.16749 8.13044 6.13547 6.691033000 1.90936 2.38544 5.52993 8.31994 6.363812500 2.23711 1.73561 2.39586 5.84414 8.464462000 1.80923 1.61742 1.64211 2.6017 6.113661500 1.94107 2.24891 1.39985 1.60592 2.81642

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)15000 15500 16000 16500 17000

1000 2.80173 1.59012 1.84695 1.29194 1.60885500 5.05315 1.71706 2.24494 1.20046 1.22869

0 6.19962 2.54245 1.53593 2.02932 1.09378

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)17500 18000 18500 19000 19500

19500 3.36379 6.16597 11.26343 15.62294 17.5842219000 5.88674 11.0297 15.46472 17.42772 17.7542818500 10.77487 15.28714 17.24352 17.83952 13.751818000 15.08991 17.02846 17.94783 13.67134 8.6207617500 16.77246 18.08304 13.58599 8.44482 5.2552917000 18.22565 13.48839 8.26622 5.09007 3.2923916500 13.36842 8.07547 4.91579 3.15425 2.1469416000 7.87736 4.72932 3.0064 2.01963 1.3850215500 4.5332 2.84667 1.87668 1.253 0.8620615000 2.67217 1.7153 1.11829 0.99727 2.0623814500 1.53706 1.06096 2.05784 3.65327 5.2776114000 2.04315 3.73361 5.37943 6.86855 8.1875813500 5.3924 7.48067 8.32103 7.63252 6.1548813000 7.99804 6.65188 4.98002 3.56428 2.5245512500 3.7515 2.66399 2.07075 1.90156 1.7685312000 2.44123 2.31652 2.24324 2.23028 2.365811500 3.99156 4.18257 4.33743 4.45639 4.5423911000 8.29034 8.30293 8.4192 8.51674 8.5975210500 18.15413 18.33288 18.44405 18.51277 18.5481510000 20.27577 20.40109 20.46995 20.49621 20.487629500 9.25128 9.3429 9.40916 9.45429 9.481499000 4.03191 4.22918 4.38437 4.50202 4.586628500 1.98589 1.9561 2.01246 2.19737 2.36458000 2.88434 2.33021 1.91302 1.60771 1.38597500 5.41984 4.3035 2.97366 2.29908 1.920247000 3.86431 4.45121 5.43582 5.06146 3.533926500 3.92254 4.21361 4.02978 4.40629 5.286246000 2.66956 2.6224 3.93048 4.66133 4.423475500 2.84084 2.44197 2.29948 2.31212 3.807835000 3.49514 2.71964 2.28299 2.08186 2.045744500 5.00598 3.40335 2.63195 2.175 1.92649

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)17500 18000 18500 19000 19500

4000 9.24617 5.02918 3.33878 2.56528 2.10063500 10.77153 9.24314 5.09049 3.29731 2.512883000 6.87246 10.64051 9.24214 5.17707 3.277882500 6.60213 7.07962 10.53508 9.24787 5.285642000 8.58053 6.84878 7.30648 10.46147 9.262931500 6.3459 8.67567 7.1021 7.54961 10.416031000 3.02567 6.54549 8.75587 7.35918 7.8039

500 1.63693 3.22823 6.7171 8.82578 7.617280 1.19915 1.73291 3.42319 6.86511 8.88898

EIA REPORTFOR




CONC. OF NOX IN MICROGRAMS / m3

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)0 500 1000 1500 2000

19500 0 0 0 0 019000 0 0 0 0 018500 0 0 0 0 018000 0 0 0 0 017500 0 0 0 0 017000 0 0 0 0 016500 0 0 0 0 016000 0 0 0 0 015500 0 0 0 0 015000 0 0 0 0 014500 0 0 0 0 014000 0 0 0 0 013500 0 0 0 0 013000 0 0 0 0 012500 0 0 0 0 012000 0 0 0 0 011500 0.00004 0.00004 0.00004 0.00003 0.0000311000 0.00033 0.00034 0.00035 0.00035 0.0003610500 0.00192 0.00211 0.00232 0.00256 0.0028410000 0.00863 0.00996 0.01157 0.01356 0.01602

9500 0.0309 0.03683 0.04427 0.05373 0.06599000 0.08952 0.10838 0.13231 0.16297 0.202688500 0.21279 0.2579 0.31453 0.386 0.47668000 0.42092 0.50419 0.6055 0.72844 0.87687500 0.70267 0.82257 0.96082 1.37999 2.079027000 1.27354 1.87741 2.70848 3.6689 4.459446500 3.29514 4.12105 4.62268 4.54397 3.866316000 4.62658 4.31429 3.54641 2.59199 1.731315500 3.25065 2.34635 1.56478 1.14357 1.021965000 1.42656 1.04552 0.94316 0.81748 0.675334500 0.87558 0.76952 0.6498 0.52326 0.398184000 0.62398 0.51529 0.40614 0.35878 0.526583500 0.40875 0.31643 0.38862 0.55152 0.779333000 0.29169 0.41429 0.57108 0.81755 1.2315

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)0 500 1000 1500 2000

2500 0.43607 0.58601 0.84771 1.23529 1.643962000 0.597 0.87101 1.2325 1.60384 1.899061500 0.88852 1.22487 1.56237 1.82628 2.164251000 1.21374 1.52081 1.83755 2.19193 1.76488500 1.47989 1.90016 2.2246 1.70161 1.46139

0 1.99179 2.26169 1.64206 1.42845 1.11126

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)2500 3000 3500 4000 4500

19500 0 0 0.00002 0.00006 0.0002319000 0 0 0.00001 0.00003 0.0001318500 0 0 0 0.00002 0.0000718000 0 0 0 0.00001 0.0000317500 0 0 0 0 0.0000117000 0 0 0 0 016500 0 0 0 0 016000 0 0 0 0 015500 0 0 0 0 015000 0 0 0 0 014500 0 0 0 0 014000 0 0 0 0 013500 0 0 0 0 013000 0 0 0 0 012500 0 0 0 0 012000 0 0 0 0 011500 0.00003 0.00002 0.00002 0.00001 0.0000111000 0.00036 0.00036 0.00035 0.00034 0.0003310500 0.00316 0.00354 0.00397 0.00447 0.0050610000 0.0191 0.02303 0.0281 0.03474 0.04361

9500 0.08177 0.10279 0.13108 0.16984 0.223979000 0.25467 0.32348 0.41556 0.54 0.709488500 0.59184 0.73854 0.92473 1.15882 1.642518000 1.05402 1.50618 2.33096 3.46846 4.535877500 3.04504 4.08451 4.7236 4.53812 3.625467000 4.69324 4.19629 3.21064 2.17318 1.58676500 2.87385 1.9276 1.40792 1.22365 0.986136000 1.26221 1.1147 0.92779 0.71707 0.61694

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)2500 3000 3500 4000 4500

5500 0.87038 0.69894 0.52212 0.66303 1.015575000 0.52653 0.45773 0.69844 1.09612 1.712974500 0.49553 0.7244 1.15468 1.73434 2.252324000 0.74238 1.19437 1.73118 2.1972 2.395033500 1.21883 1.71132 2.12798 2.30272 2.11323000 1.68079 2.05224 2.20674 2.04522 1.58512500 1.97494 2.12532 1.97354 1.57293 1.066522000 2.14199 1.90168 1.55144 1.06879 0.809251500 1.83175 1.52421 1.0908 0.81392 0.584991000 1.49366 1.10388 0.81401 0.60579 0.65741500 1.11016 0.8106 0.62129 0.53869 0.80414

0 0.80453 0.63237 0.45774 0.66196 0.95474

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)5000 5500 6000 6500 7000

19500 0.00075 0.00224 0.0062 0.01579 0.0369119000 0.00045 0.00147 0.00436 0.01184 0.0294318500 0.00026 0.00093 0.00296 0.0086 0.022818000 0.00014 0.00055 0.00193 0.00603 0.0171317500 0.00007 0.00031 0.0012 0.00408 0.0124617000 0.00003 0.00016 0.0007 0.00265 0.0087816500 0.00001 0.00007 0.00038 0.00164 0.0059916000 0 0.00003 0.00018 0.00095 0.0039315500 0 0.00001 0.00007 0.00049 0.0024415000 0 0 0.00002 0.00021 0.0013714500 0 0 0.00001 0.00007 0.0006614000 0 0 0 0.00002 0.0002413500 0 0 0 0 0.0000613000 0 0 0 0 0.0000112500 0 0 0 0 012000 0 0 0 0 011500 0.00001 0 0 0 011000 0.00031 0.00028 0.00025 0.00021 0.0001610500 0.00575 0.00658 0.00759 0.00883 0.0103510000 0.05569 0.07252 0.09657 0.13185 0.1846

9500 0.30119 0.41378 0.58147 0.83464 1.211699000 0.94099 1.25497 1.72591 2.93631 4.43417

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)5000 5500 6000 6500 7000

8500 2.63694 3.97847 4.92039 4.66128 3.279458000 4.83611 4.12828 2.86518 1.99218 1.498547500 2.48297 1.7943 1.45766 1.02803 1.45047000 1.34554 1.03147 0.90694 1.46289 2.017456500 0.72107 0.95117 1.45283 2.0588 2.438266000 0.98168 1.55924 2.20484 2.53378 2.108375500 1.65781 2.27269 2.56104 2.19823 1.589455000 2.2824 2.53637 2.22742 1.55016 1.069594500 2.4764 2.21382 1.505 1.09717 1.325844000 2.17206 1.55918 1.10394 1.02993 1.583683500 1.58285 1.09807 0.79718 1.27576 1.821753000 1.0846 0.78027 1.01848 1.49474 2.048932500 0.79864 0.80842 1.23028 1.69153 2.233082000 0.64516 1.00122 1.50459 1.86842 2.558451500 0.8099 1.18656 1.58753 2.00762 3.329951000 0.97981 1.48452 1.73066 2.28013 2.99502500 1.14339 1.60232 1.8395 3.10189 2.29325

0 1.42733 1.61899 2.07398 3.30847 1.78761

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)7500 8000 8500 9000 9500

19500 0.07885 0.18132 0.39457 0.76362 1.2946519000 0.06665 0.15827 0.35882 0.72332 1.2759518500 0.05495 0.13699 0.32349 0.67925 1.2501418000 0.04408 0.11774 0.28955 0.63221 1.2163917500 0.03433 0.10066 0.25808 0.58358 1.1740317000 0.02596 0.08566 0.23012 0.53538 1.1227416500 0.01909 0.07242 0.20649 0.49046 1.0628616000 0.0137 0.06047 0.18749 0.45243 0.9958715500 0.00959 0.04924 0.17267 0.42548 0.9252415000 0.00647 0.03824 0.16046 0.41374 0.8576314500 0.00406 0.02735 0.14817 0.41994 0.8041714000 0.00221 0.017 0.13216 0.44357 0.7810913500 0.00094 0.00833 0.10872 0.47865 0.8062313000 0.00026 0.00411 0.07612 0.51169 0.8878112500 0.00003 0.0014 0.03884 0.51748 1.0093612000 0 0.0002 0.01026 0.45181 1.12483

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)7500 8000 8500 9000 9500

11500 0 0 0.00214 0.27124 1.1602411000 0.00011 0.00006 0.00005 0.08206 0.9921410500 0.01211 0.01387 0.01499 0.0147 0.8118910000 0.26341 0.37706 0.53526 0.77414 1.28284

9500 1.71875 2.89287 3.62847 2.96492 1.939759000 4.8792 3.47777 1.82486 1.65551 3.976668500 2.07084 1.36217 1.56263 2.21686 4.671738000 1.3945 1.91114 2.36847 2.74288 6.715467500 2.02691 2.4022 2.20165 3.85464 8.100867000 2.35545 2.21156 2.15207 4.9 7.453546500 2.15519 1.55734 2.75993 5.66759 5.974256000 1.59931 1.8768 3.38486 5.54516 4.822845500 1.38577 2.27603 3.88341 4.78905 4.079825000 1.70226 2.69209 3.95454 3.99026 3.599634500 2.00066 3.03323 3.61883 3.38471 3.281294000 2.30204 3.34888 3.13302 2.96378 3.067153500 2.55013 3.4014 2.68834 2.66929 3.025993000 2.91697 2.67588 2.34415 2.45721 3.142262500 3.40107 2.33786 2.09131 2.301 3.227792000 2.79236 2.0394 1.90532 2.18471 3.293921500 2.13911 1.80014 1.76597 2.09803 3.343891000 1.88882 1.61511 1.65993 2.03375 3.38048500 1.66888 1.47271 1.57874 2.09989 3.40608

0 1.48688 1.36233 1.51683 2.17069 3.42263

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)10000 10500 11000 11500 12000

19500 1.88576 2.31889 2.3767 2.01366 1.4036519000 1.92105 2.41168 2.48237 2.07328 1.3972518500 1.95389 2.51281 2.60002 2.13598 1.384218000 1.98312 2.62378 2.73242 2.202 1.3629917500 2.00716 2.74645 2.88323 2.27148 1.3318317000 2.02374 2.883 3.05721 2.34425 1.2885916500 2.02944 3.03566 3.26042 2.41938 1.2308816000 2.01904 3.20614 3.50029 2.49446 1.1566215500 1.98452 3.39431 3.7855 2.56448 1.0655615000 1.91386 3.5952 4.12481 2.62013 0.96369

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)10000 10500 11000 11500 12000

14500 1.79007 3.79214 4.52306 2.64584 0.8748314000 1.5932 3.94361 4.97139 2.62071 0.8729413500 1.31185 3.96493 5.43197 2.53712 1.3558713000 0.96925 3.7221 5.8364 2.48333 2.9340712500 0.64535 3.096 6.17499 2.9211 6.6430312000 0.43149 2.26598 6.81493 5.39304 10.0765911500 0.36988 2.09251 7.26444 6.78567 20.7105311000 1.25599 3.81528 4.8357 16.63083 9.9990810500 3.68558 0.4815 6.31697 8.72549 15.1070210000 3.2213 6.37222 6.78416 10.81543 11.50749

9500 6.49095 8.08515 8.76522 14.79693 15.186599000 5.55159 8.81736 11.43922 9.50246 15.326398500 8.67373 6.89097 10.82657 9.47789 8.545588000 7.31759 6.58276 10.05426 7.56206 8.54167500 5.41273 7.0695 9.37194 4.72759 8.868967000 4.34422 7.20686 8.8248 4.76926 6.50356500 3.79815 6.99502 8.62597 4.91821 4.192146000 3.97149 6.79254 8.50724 4.97829 2.881945500 4.13902 6.61747 8.0763 5.17226 2.388595000 4.21985 6.45092 7.62219 5.39948 2.617144500 4.23795 6.29142 7.3006 5.29307 2.979224000 4.21307 6.14054 7.0685 4.93899 3.405143500 4.16057 5.99919 6.87809 4.59432 3.607323000 4.0916 5.86385 6.7009 4.34458 3.511832500 4.01381 5.73601 6.53446 4.16734 3.291212000 3.93381 5.61702 6.38055 4.03056 3.096221500 3.8556 5.50643 6.23797 3.91676 2.967151000 3.78182 5.40374 6.10582 3.81866 2.88752500 3.71409 5.30846 5.98332 3.73329 2.83383

0 3.65331 5.22017 5.8698 3.65921 2.79098

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)12500 13000 13500 14000 14500

19500 0.80368 0.62861 1.21455 1.19633 2.5924519000 0.75898 0.95452 1.07859 1.45395 2.9142418500 0.7077 1.14195 0.89505 2.04827 2.5079818000 0.74341 1.01003 0.95239 2.62769 1.54136

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)12500 13000 13500 14000 14500

17500 1.02889 0.70689 1.43762 2.47394 0.8290417000 0.97366 0.57185 2.21723 1.51939 0.8961816500 0.60696 0.84193 2.41777 0.82285 1.5607516000 0.39914 1.65084 1.50543 1.31608 2.8691715500 0.42304 2.31085 1.05312 2.56632 5.6446315000 0.95828 1.52972 2.20328 5.35853 9.1532214500 2.04666 1.78002 4.98296 9.02166 12.7012114000 1.64417 4.46126 8.88725 12.61621 18.9944713500 3.74949 8.6139 12.63496 19.77606 11.8681813000 7.9262 12.61091 20.70047 12.03436 5.9210312500 12.05294 21.58861 12.21482 5.71862 2.6691412000 21.86357 12.28186 5.36592 2.49545 4.849411500 11.8864 4.61933 5.1437 4.8859 3.5983411000 5.78461 5.18087 5.57829 6.42992 7.0803410500 18.26644 19.70965 19.62833 18.69401 17.5105210000 14.45137 16.20003 16.89731 16.55419 16.00249500 12.32708 10.45012 7.19179 5.53116 5.747389000 13.89441 9.53838 8.8374 7.89043 5.936698500 14.85253 12.11137 7.68773 6.23689 6.07188000 7.90199 14.04882 11.01324 6.63512 4.918867500 6.18893 7.54043 13.23165 9.95414 5.945257000 6.3392 5.02295 7.08614 12.53826 9.423236500 5.93489 4.76134 4.53655 6.61601 11.970896000 5.36964 4.19748 3.92799 4.32837 6.210155500 3.63502 3.95508 3.30377 3.91534 4.275195000 2.64063 5.95173 2.84215 2.80238 4.193144500 2.06485 4.3727 2.93827 2.28384 2.55394000 1.65104 2.55957 5.16659 2.19074 1.943243500 1.87283 2.0147 5.93807 2.36369 2.170563000 2.27111 1.6919 3.24618 4.10607 1.824022500 2.5614 1.45011 2.05759 6.17756 1.998172000 2.61127 1.68945 1.70645 4.91662 3.220511500 2.48351 2.03394 1.49641 2.47446 5.719231000 2.31056 2.43617 1.43982 1.76572 5.87595

500 2.17423 2.01759 1.74562 1.52284 3.965230 2.09174 1.8675 2.39214 1.41404 2.35116

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)15000 15500 16000 16500 17000

19500 2.5207 0.793 0.59931 1.01624 1.6243919000 1.56077 0.50383 0.90344 1.50601 2.4312118500 0.81682 0.78292 1.37421 2.29511 3.9105718000 0.657 1.228 2.14425 3.7331 6.7390717500 1.0678 1.97399 3.54718 6.53861 10.1193217000 1.7803 3.34656 6.32928 9.91182 13.7480216500 3.12447 6.11218 9.69794 13.55491 16.8972716000 5.88702 9.49119 13.3377 17.18326 12.0552215500 9.305 13.10777 17.52291 11.95001 6.8090715000 12.88046 17.91252 11.85591 6.61602 3.8103114500 18.38475 11.78813 6.42379 3.61985 2.1785114000 11.78442 6.2412 3.42097 1.97901 1.1766613500 6.07641 3.20414 1.75899 1.19865 2.3461313000 2.94842 1.58896 2.28499 4.04494 5.889712500 2.23682 4.46206 6.04059 5.70321 4.3476112000 5.72274 4.57394 3.25264 2.41512 2.1549711500 3.15005 3.06392 3.02441 3.21067 3.4131311000 7.47523 7.66161 7.69803 7.63377 7.5047810500 16.98884 16.41446 15.8625 15.35209 15.5215910000 15.72455 15.32919 14.90562 14.49181 14.286219500 6.18698 6.44404 6.57139 6.60865 6.583279000 4.19792 3.06787 2.60802 2.60709 2.85858500 5.72784 4.78824 3.69613 2.80998 2.189958000 4.43975 4.45535 4.68559 4.85688 3.584977500 4.25446 3.58141 3.44893 3.53434 4.231327000 5.45444 3.86212 3.11992 2.86527 2.872396500 9.11471 5.10565 3.60357 2.83901 2.511726000 11.51444 8.94715 4.86868 3.4218 2.656825500 5.89203 11.1505 8.86297 4.72236 3.287585000 4.34031 5.81965 10.8393 8.80845 4.649854500 4.39403 4.39705 5.83352 10.57907 8.784254000 2.78156 4.54792 4.45936 5.90626 10.373523500 1.75273 2.9991 4.66456 4.53366 6.021873000 1.52662 1.6624 3.18472 4.75265 4.622312500 2.22247 1.35136 1.6359 3.34011 4.817132000 1.58204 1.59697 1.24722 1.76195 3.46881500 1.74085 2.23746 1.13864 1.19401 1.87835

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)15000 15500 16000 16500 17000

1000 2.71463 1.54576 1.83346 1.031 1.17561500 5.02272 1.54599 2.23246 1.02165 0.96378

0 6.15904 2.457 1.53431 2.01463 0.89835

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)17500 18000 18500 19000 19500

19500 2.55671 4.24921 7.28157 10.81916 14.2714519000 4.082 7.11029 10.66423 14.21114 15.8686318500 6.92973 10.49679 14.13426 16.03287 12.4372918000 10.31717 14.03791 16.21941 12.38707 7.679317500 13.91208 16.43153 12.32918 7.52025 4.6389617000 16.65067 12.25615 7.35702 4.49116 2.9049216500 12.15952 7.18138 4.33512 2.78304 1.8971916000 6.99806 4.16861 2.65227 1.7833 1.2213415500 3.99352 2.51027 1.65465 1.10185 0.7349415000 2.35383 1.50844 0.97219 0.7887 1.2813514500 1.34405 0.8527 1.21903 2.41094 3.7389214000 1.14674 2.38715 3.75937 5.04219 6.2964913500 3.73704 5.50489 6.4772 6.14221 5.019413000 6.33634 5.41246 4.07507 2.9146 2.0685812500 3.08696 2.2017 1.68416 1.55268 1.451612000 2.0201 1.9306 1.88865 1.99858 2.1159111500 3.5976 3.75084 3.86997 3.95667 4.0144111000 7.33562 7.23545 7.31499 7.37945 7.4306810500 15.69593 15.80352 15.85003 15.85956 15.840510000 14.55436 14.75834 14.9038 15.00452 15.06839500 6.61639 6.71325 6.79306 6.8582 6.910589000 3.07098 3.24701 3.38944 3.5013 3.585778500 1.7754 1.55848 1.54185 1.69435 1.833398000 2.67095 2.14799 1.75214 1.4607 1.247077500 5.06513 4.0891 2.83174 2.12074 1.766857000 2.97746 3.88997 5.023 4.72315 3.365636500 2.43884 2.50169 2.89614 3.66732 4.796996000 2.2776 2.14326 2.15309 2.53275 2.847775500 2.53422 2.11896 1.932 1.89241 1.9845000 3.18588 2.44712 2.01175 1.78163 1.696334500 4.63741 3.10981 2.38103 1.93842 1.67758

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)17500 18000 18500 19000 19500

4000 8.77901 4.67271 3.05652 2.32834 1.886153500 10.21252 8.78564 4.74272 3.02345 2.285463000 6.16631 10.08345 8.79046 4.83556 3.010412500 4.72489 6.32513 9.97492 8.79905 4.948222000 4.86757 4.84136 6.4944 9.89262 8.813861500 3.57596 4.90967 4.97136 6.67174 9.83321000 1.98575 3.66542 4.94774 5.1129 6.85369

500 1.23796 2.08481 3.74083 4.98498 5.263690 0.92679 1.30154 2.1763 3.80542 5.02368

EIA REPORTFOR




CONC. OF FUGITIVE EMISSION IN MICROGRAMS / m3

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)0 500 1000 1500 2000

19500 0 0 0 0 019000 0 0 0 0 018500 0 0 0 0 018000 0 0 0 0 017500 0 0 0 0 017000 0 0 0 0 016500 0 0 0 0 016000 0 0 0 0 015500 0 0 0 0 015000 0 0 0 0 014500 0 0 0 0 014000 0 0 0 0 013500 0 0 0 0 013000 0 0 0 0 012500 0 0 0 0 012000 0 0 0 0 011500 0 0 0 0 011000 0 0 0 0 010500 0.00001 0.00001 0.00001 0.00001 0.0000110000 0.00003 0.00003 0.00004 0.00005 0.00006

9500 0.00008 0.0001 0.00012 0.00015 0.000189000 0.00019 0.00023 0.00028 0.00035 0.000438500 0.00038 0.00045 0.00055 0.00066 0.001338000 0.00078 0.00142 0.00252 0.00439 0.009077500 0.00379 0.00737 0.01369 0.02331 0.035067000 0.0174 0.02579 0.03387 0.0381 0.035226500 0.03108 0.03196 0.02759 0.01922 0.010376000 0.02194 0.015 0.00825 0.00381 0.001885500 0.00672 0.00329 0.00174 0.00075 0.000515000 0.00161 0.00076 0.0005 0.00039 0.000324500 0.00048 0.00039 0.0003 0.00035 0.000554000 0.00031 0.00026 0.00037 0.00062 0.001123500 0.00028 0.0004 0.00069 0.00118 0.002753000 0.00043 0.00075 0.00122 0.00309 0.03085

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)0 500 1000 1500 2000

2500 0.00081 0.00125 0.00406 0.03318 0.113612000 0.00128 0.00511 0.03511 0.10813 0.131771500 0.00622 0.03668 0.10299 0.12354 0.055921000 0.03792 0.09819 0.11617 0.05636 0.00992500 0.0937 0.10952 0.05644 0.01152 0.00156

0 0.10352 0.05624 0.01307 0.00178 0.00097

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)2500 3000 3500 4000 4500

19500 0 0 0 0 019000 0 0 0 0 018500 0 0 0 0 018000 0 0 0 0 017500 0 0 0 0 017000 0 0 0 0 016500 0 0 0 0 016000 0 0 0 0 015500 0 0 0 0 015000 0 0 0 0 014500 0 0 0 0 014000 0 0 0 0 013500 0 0 0 0 013000 0 0 0 0 012500 0 0 0 0 012000 0 0 0 0 011500 0 0 0 0 011000 0 0 0 0 010500 0.00002 0.00002 0.00003 0.00003 0.0000410000 0.00007 0.00009 0.00012 0.00016 0.00022

9500 0.00023 0.0003 0.00039 0.00052 0.000719000 0.00054 0.00068 0.00111 0.0026 0.005938500 0.00264 0.00513 0.01147 0.02607 0.050048000 0.01834 0.03298 0.04974 0.05852 0.048847500 0.0446 0.04543 0.03458 0.01811 0.006557000 0.02538 0.01345 0.00537 0.00215 0.000756500 0.00449 0.00202 0.00071 0.00052 0.000666000 0.00072 0.00052 0.00041 0.00079 0.00179

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)2500 3000 3500 4000 4500

5500 0.00038 0.00045 0.00089 0.00182 0.013895000 0.00048 0.00098 0.00183 0.01775 0.145134500 0.00106 0.00197 0.0215 0.13856 0.191894000 0.00237 0.02499 0.13198 0.17652 0.045063500 0.02812 0.12557 0.16312 0.04875 0.003293000 0.11943 0.15136 0.05157 0.00377 0.001272500 0.14098 0.05363 0.00515 0.00132 0.000662000 0.05504 0.00668 0.00136 0.00074 0.000391500 0.00829 0.0014 0.00081 0.00041 0.000411000 0.00142 0.00087 0.00044 0.00031 0.00067500 0.00092 0.0005 0.00031 0.00044 0.00117

0 0.00056 0.00033 0.00033 0.00071 0.00203

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)5000 5500 6000 6500 7000

19500 0 0 0 0.00001 0.0000219000 0 0 0 0.00001 0.0000118500 0 0 0 0 0.0000118000 0 0 0 0 0.0000117500 0 0 0 0 017000 0 0 0 0 016500 0 0 0 0 016000 0 0 0 0 015500 0 0 0 0 015000 0 0 0 0 014500 0 0 0 0 014000 0 0 0 0 013500 0 0 0 0 013000 0 0 0 0 012500 0 0 0 0 012000 0 0 0 0 011500 0 0 0 0 011000 0 0.00001 0.00001 0.00001 0.0000110500 0.00006 0.00008 0.00012 0.00019 0.0003210000 0.00032 0.00048 0.00076 0.00125 0.00217

9500 0.001 0.00219 0.00652 0.0205 0.073079000 0.01502 0.04045 0.08369 0.10832 0.06492

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)5000 5500 6000 6500 7000

8500 0.07334 0.07167 0.03877 0.01048 0.001938000 0.02561 0.00817 0.00216 0.00115 0.004587500 0.00222 0.00083 0.00144 0.00439 0.160577000 0.00057 0.00163 0.005 0.16344 0.321486500 0.00173 0.00679 0.16159 0.2855 0.014486000 0.01014 0.15694 0.25533 0.02147 0.002245500 0.15137 0.23026 0.02839 0.00229 0.000755000 0.20963 0.03482 0.00228 0.00088 0.00194500 0.04042 0.00225 0.00101 0.00087 0.004924000 0.00274 0.00111 0.00051 0.00204 0.013073500 0.0012 0.00051 0.00097 0.00457 0.080393000 0.00058 0.00056 0.0021 0.011 0.217182500 0.00038 0.00106 0.00421 0.05925 0.300782000 0.00062 0.00211 0.0094 0.16064 0.2451500 0.00113 0.00388 0.04515 0.24715 0.131271000 0.00208 0.00812 0.12127 0.23983 0.05057500 0.00358 0.03535 0.20015 0.16019 0.01503

0 0.00709 0.0934 0.22055 0.0791 0.00504

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)7500 8000 8500 9000 9500

19500 0.00004 0.00012 0.00033 0.00071 0.0012219000 0.00004 0.0001 0.00029 0.00067 0.0012318500 0.00003 0.00007 0.00025 0.00063 0.0012418000 0.00002 0.00006 0.00021 0.00059 0.0012417500 0.00002 0.00005 0.00016 0.00053 0.0012417000 0.00001 0.00004 0.00012 0.00048 0.0012516500 0.00001 0.00002 0.00009 0.00041 0.0012516000 0 0.00002 0.00006 0.00035 0.0012515500 0 0.00001 0.00004 0.00027 0.0012315000 0 0 0.00003 0.00019 0.0011814500 0 0 0.00001 0.00011 0.0010714000 0 0 0.00001 0.00005 0.0008713500 0 0 0 0.00002 0.0005913000 0 0 0 0.00001 0.0002912500 0 0 0 0 0.0000712000 0 0 0 0 0.00001

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)7500 8000 8500 9000 9500

11500 0 0 0 0 011000 0.00001 0.00002 0.00002 0.00002 0.0000110500 0.00058 0.00116 0.00269 0.00775 0.0494910000 0.00583 0.02999 0.18209 0.34101 0.06315

9500 0.16175 0.1294 0.0187 0.06669 0.596039000 0.01383 0.00368 0.09928 0.53899 0.063288500 0.00444 0.12972 0.47211 0.00721 1.023558000 0.1503 0.41491 0.00729 0.03742 0.741217500 0.36438 0.00687 0.00506 0.49327 0.06677000 0.00842 0.00175 0.0263 0.75234 0.012786500 0.00208 0.00532 0.27698 0.2341 0.006236000 0.00168 0.01999 0.58309 0.02686 0.004685500 0.0052 0.17134 0.35805 0.0085 0.004465000 0.0159 0.41931 0.09379 0.00417 0.004544500 0.11383 0.38462 0.01375 0.00257 0.004664000 0.2992 0.17138 0.00632 0.00205 0.004763500 0.35316 0.0452 0.00343 0.00195 0.004833000 0.22494 0.00849 0.00208 0.00199 0.004862500 0.0895 0.00497 0.00149 0.00208 0.004872000 0.0249 0.00294 0.00126 0.00219 0.004861500 0.00639 0.00185 0.00119 0.0023 0.004831000 0.00403 0.00129 0.0012 0.00239 0.00478500 0.00256 0.00102 0.00124 0.00248 0.00473

0 0.00169 0.00089 0.0013 0.00256 0.00505

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)10000 10500 11000 11500 12000

19500 0.00302 0.00498 0.00316 0.00125 0.0007319000 0.00312 0.00541 0.00328 0.00126 0.000718500 0.00321 0.00592 0.0034 0.00127 0.0006618000 0.00328 0.0065 0.0035 0.00128 0.0006117500 0.00334 0.00719 0.00359 0.00128 0.0005617000 0.00336 0.00802 0.00365 0.00129 0.0005116500 0.00333 0.00901 0.00366 0.00131 0.0005716000 0.00324 0.01022 0.00361 0.00132 0.0025415500 0.00309 0.01174 0.00347 0.00131 0.0130115000 0.00356 0.01367 0.00369 0.00128 0.06205

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)10000 10500 11000 11500 12000

14500 0.00413 0.01619 0.00432 0.00273 0.2145414000 0.00479 0.01958 0.00507 0.0227 0.2962113500 0.00547 0.02439 0.00589 0.15854 0.0788113000 0.00597 0.03168 0.00663 0.499 0.0080112500 0.00579 0.04334 0.05281 0.14684 0.3067412000 0.00408 0.06412 0.69736 0.23972 1.4433111500 0.0011 0.11393 0.44647 1.69103 0.2276611000 0 0.66905 2.36831 2.21511 0.0743810500 1.43182 22.06893 7.06131 0.33181 0.4190310000 0.61709 3.9818 1.69319 0.19344 1.934969500 2.62317 2.57143 4.37575 1.1951 0.289239000 0.28828 1.85943 0.74183 0.82784 1.055828500 0.031 1.43294 0.03756 1.69351 0.046858000 0.02158 1.15992 0.02103 1.51576 0.624477500 0.01995 0.96861 0.02066 0.24034 0.672967000 0.01871 0.83117 0.01949 0.02634 1.378546500 0.01728 0.72401 0.01795 0.00728 0.647726000 0.01826 0.63853 0.02103 0.00355 0.12095500 0.02123 0.56902 0.02466 0.00398 0.021095000 0.0242 0.51158 0.02815 0.00432 0.007214500 0.02707 0.46343 0.03137 0.00455 0.003224000 0.02974 0.4226 0.03635 0.00472 0.001923500 0.03492 0.38811 0.04287 0.00482 0.00153000 0.04053 0.359 0.04905 0.00488 0.001662500 0.04582 0.33351 0.05467 0.0049 0.001852000 0.05067 0.31104 0.05968 0.00489 0.002021500 0.05505 0.29111 0.06405 0.00487 0.002171000 0.05892 0.27331 0.06781 0.00483 0.0023500 0.0623 0.25735 0.07098 0.00494 0.00241

0 0.06518 0.24296 0.0736 0.00551 0.00251

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)12500 13000 13500 14000 14500

19500 0.00034 0.00064 0.0122 0.07686 0.0778519000 0.0003 0.00201 0.03078 0.10629 0.0443218500 0.00026 0.00616 0.06843 0.10014 0.017118000 0.00059 0.01862 0.11651 0.05886 0.0047

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)12500 13000 13500 14000 14500

17500 0.00228 0.05221 0.12949 0.02115 0.0008917000 0.0086 0.11672 0.08124 0.00491 0.0010816500 0.03146 0.16602 0.02699 0.00091 0.0019916000 0.09918 0.11803 0.005 0.00176 0.005515500 0.20282 0.0359 0.0015 0.00428 0.0374115000 0.18144 0.00482 0.00348 0.03004 0.3929314500 0.05061 0.00303 0.02324 0.40463 0.6765914000 0.00423 0.01713 0.40731 0.77148 0.0633213500 0.0119 0.39521 0.88832 0.04857 0.0049113000 0.36177 1.03342 0.03502 0.00409 0.0115412500 1.21761 0.02343 0.00964 0.08036 0.3428312000 0.01615 0.12441 0.712 0.74374 0.1596311500 1.63282 0.40331 0.02884 0.00884 0.0073711000 0.07414 0.08617 0.09727 0.11619 0.1362810500 0.48413 0.51899 0.52711 0.52241 0.5070710000 0.56701 0.04133 0.01311 0.0104 0.01149

9500 0.05104 0.77695 0.85449 0.13858 0.022529000 0.38269 0.00864 0.03659 0.38872 0.734478500 0.9398 0.43126 0.00977 0.00707 0.027618000 0.01463 0.84103 0.44945 0.01257 0.003047500 0.11498 0.02381 0.75087 0.44762 0.018827000 0.47857 0.00827 0.03513 0.67139 0.434086500 0.31084 0.1696 0.00394 0.04697 0.602386000 0.92903 0.371 0.02514 0.00429 0.058495500 0.83094 0.16637 0.19319 0.00262 0.004635000 0.3269 0.57724 0.29375 0.0482 0.001674500 0.07296 0.76174 0.13788 0.19523 0.007914000 0.0172 0.4918 0.35866 0.23865 0.069773500 0.00688 0.18847 0.60343 0.1175 0.187123000 0.00329 0.04921 0.54545 0.22949 0.198452500 0.00184 0.01425 0.30682 0.44854 0.101842000 0.00127 0.00643 0.12 0.51061 0.15151500 0.00105 0.00331 0.03556 0.37954 0.325411000 0.00097 0.00187 0.01198 0.20133 0.43557500 0.001 0.00121 0.00596 0.08176 0.39768

0 0.0011 0.00091 0.00325 0.02689 0.26617

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)15000 15500 16000 16500 17000

19500 0.01414 0.00114 0.00062 0.00105 0.0017419000 0.00443 0.00054 0.00095 0.00163 0.0040518500 0.00104 0.00085 0.00151 0.00346 0.013918000 0.00074 0.00138 0.00291 0.01197 0.0740317500 0.00123 0.00242 0.01016 0.06771 0.3045617000 0.00218 0.00848 0.06065 0.32202 0.4018216500 0.00692 0.05303 0.34008 0.43927 0.1215616000 0.04516 0.35823 0.48304 0.11369 0.0159115500 0.37639 0.53486 0.10368 0.01323 0.0032215000 0.59898 0.09173 0.01077 0.00261 0.0014214500 0.07807 0.00854 0.0024 0.00125 0.0027314000 0.00656 0.00215 0.00211 0.01189 0.0350113500 0.00184 0.0121 0.04407 0.14915 0.2874513000 0.05778 0.21886 0.44245 0.41573 0.1885712500 0.64211 0.35188 0.08387 0.01545 0.0055812000 0.02039 0.00629 0.00311 0.00245 0.0024911500 0.0076 0.00804 0.00861 0.00926 0.0104411000 0.15404 0.16853 0.17958 0.18741 0.1924110500 0.48605 0.4623 0.43775 0.41355 0.3903110000 0.01262 0.01413 0.01655 0.01884 0.02093

9500 0.00874 0.00443 0.00291 0.00276 0.003049000 0.31347 0.05436 0.0145 0.00667 0.003578500 0.22347 0.53512 0.39977 0.13296 0.027118000 0.00701 0.02162 0.14146 0.37571 0.393087500 0.00307 0.00253 0.00658 0.01743 0.096227000 0.02592 0.00343 0.00168 0.00247 0.006066500 0.41458 0.03349 0.00363 0.00145 0.001466000 0.54297 0.39257 0.04113 0.00448 0.00165500 0.07043 0.49249 0.3712 0.04853 0.005875000 0.00644 0.08295 0.45028 0.35045 0.057364500 0.0019 0.00846 0.09381 0.41354 0.330524000 0.00111 0.00207 0.01068 0.10279 0.381433500 0.01681 0.00104 0.00221 0.01309 0.109933000 0.08593 0.0032 0.00107 0.00232 0.015642500 0.17387 0.02754 0.00076 0.00117 0.002942000 0.16782 0.09591 0.00696 0.00077 0.001291500 0.08942 0.15909 0.0382 0.00152 0.00079

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)15000 15500 16000 16500 17000

1000 0.10324 0.14401 0.10071 0.01211 0.0006500 0.23521 0.07938 0.14453 0.04747 0.00328

0 0.35332 0.07248 0.12514 0.10168 0.01805

Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)17500 18000 18500 19000 19500

19500 0.00468 0.01815 0.08799 0.24475 0.2761319000 0.01597 0.0842 0.25816 0.29533 0.1359518500 0.07954 0.27258 0.31696 0.13557 0.0317918000 0.28801 0.34148 0.13417 0.02849 0.0072817500 0.3695 0.13151 0.02516 0.00636 0.0023717000 0.12741 0.02191 0.0055 0.00204 0.0012816500 0.01882 0.00468 0.00186 0.00118 0.0007716000 0.00392 0.00173 0.00107 0.00069 0.0010515500 0.00158 0.00095 0.00081 0.00349 0.0098915000 0.00083 0.00319 0.01062 0.02402 0.0632114500 0.01133 0.02867 0.08117 0.13767 0.2282414000 0.10767 0.18762 0.30102 0.27961 0.1694813500 0.37563 0.26136 0.11331 0.03454 0.009813000 0.05121 0.01214 0.00503 0.00244 0.0014212500 0.00259 0.00161 0.00138 0.00138 0.0014212000 0.00261 0.00277 0.00296 0.00318 0.0034111500 0.01188 0.01327 0.01458 0.01578 0.0168611000 0.1951 0.19637 0.19617 0.19478 0.1924910500 0.36841 0.34885 0.33061 0.31363 0.2978510000 0.02278 0.02436 0.02568 0.02673 0.02907

9500 0.00334 0.00367 0.004 0.00434 0.004699000 0.00222 0.00163 0.00138 0.00149 0.001628500 0.01019 0.0053 0.00305 0.00193 0.001368000 0.20603 0.06581 0.01576 0.0076 0.004317500 0.26653 0.34505 0.24649 0.11197 0.036677000 0.0144 0.06936 0.19327 0.28626 0.254026500 0.00253 0.00553 0.01212 0.05203 0.143356000 0.00116 0.00139 0.00252 0.00504 0.010365500 0.00177 0.00105 0.00103 0.00136 0.002455000 0.00742 0.00191 0.00101 0.00088 0.000964500 0.06559 0.00912 0.00202 0.00103 0.00082

EIA REPORTFOR




Y-COORD(METERS)

X-COORD (METERS)17500 18000 18500 19000 19500

4000 0.31171 0.07286 0.01096 0.00228 0.001143500 0.35322 0.29419 0.07911 0.01293 0.002813000 0.11538 0.3284 0.27797 0.0843 0.014982500 0.01831 0.11936 0.30637 0.26295 0.088512000 0.00363 0.02103 0.12205 0.28672 0.249081500 0.00139 0.00437 0.02372 0.12366 0.269131000 0.00082 0.00147 0.00517 0.02668 0.12439500 0.00061 0.00085 0.00154 0.00603 0.02996

0 0.00081 0.00062 0.00091 0.00167 0.00694

EIA REPORTFOR




5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

5.1 INTRODUCTION

The monitoring and evaluation of the management measures envisaged are criticalactivities in implementation of the Project. Monitoring involves periodic checking toascertain whether activities are going according to the plan. It provides the necessaryfeedback for project management to keep the program on schedule. The purpose of theenvironmental monitoring plan is to ensure that the envisaged purpose of the project isachieved and results in desired benefits.

To ensure the effective implementation of the proposed mitigation measures, the broadobjectives of monitoring plan are:

To evaluate the performance of mitigation measures proposed in the EMP. To evaluate the adequacy of Environmental Impact Assessment To suggest improvements in environmental management plan, if required To enhance environmental quality. To implement and manage the mitigative measures defined in EMP. To undertake compliance monitoring of proposed project operation and

evaluation of mitigative measure.

5.2 ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS TO BE MONITORED

5.2.1 General

Several measures have been proposed in the environmental mitigation measures formitigation of adverse environmental impacts. These shall be implemented as perproposal and monitored regularly to ensure compliance to environmental regulation andalso to maintain a healthy environmental conditions around the steel works.

A major part of the sampling and measurement activity shall be concerned with longterm monitoring aimed at providing an early warning of any undesirable changes ortrends in the natural environment that could be associated with the plant activity. This isessential to determine whether the changes are in response to a cycle of climaticconditions or are due to impact of the plant activities. In particular, a monitoring strategyshall be ensured that all environmental resources, which may be subject tocontamination, are kept under review and hence monitoring of the individual elements ofthe environment shall be done. During the operation phase Environmental ManagementDepartment (EMD) shall undertake all the monitoring work to ensure the effectiveness ofenvironmental mitigation measures. The suggestions given in the EnvironmentalMonitoring Programme shall be implemented by the EMD by following animplementation schedule.

In case of any alarming variation in, ground level concentration in ambient air, stackemission, work zone air and noise monitoring results, performance of effluent treatmentfacilities, wastewater discharge from outfalls, etc. shall be discussed in the EMD and any

11.S

2.20

14.E

E 2

175

EIA REPORTFOR




variance from norms shall be reported for immediate rectification action at highermanagement level. In addition to the monitoring programme the following shall also bedone to further ensure the effectiveness of mitigation measures:

Quarterly internal environmental audits shall be carried out to check for compliancewith standards / applicable norms by in-house experts.

Third party environmental audits shall be carried out once every year. In addition to the above, all necessary steps to have been taken to implement the

measures suggested by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) in the Charter onCorporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection (CREP) for Integrated Ironand Steel Industry. These measures have already been included in the plant design,for example:

Direct injection of reducing agents for example, pulverized coal into the BlastFurnaces.

100% utilisation of Blast Furnace and Steel Melting Slag. Hazardous wastes to be handled and disposed off strictly in accordance with

Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2003. Specific water consumption to be brought down to less than 5 m3/t of crude steel. Promotion of Energy Optimization Technology including periodic energy audits. All new stacks to be provided with continuous stack monitoring facilities.

The environmental aspects to be monitored to ensure proper implementation andeffectiveness of various mitigative measures envisaged / adopted during the design andcommissioning stage of the proposed plan are described here under.

5.2.2 Maintenance of Drainage System

The effectiveness of the drainage system depends on proper cleaning of all drainagepipes/channels. Regular checking will be done to see that none of the drains are cloggeddue to accumulation of sludge/sediments. The catch-pits linked to the storm waterdrainage system from the raw material handling areas will be regularly checked andcleaned to ensure their effectiveness. This checking and cleaning will be rigorous duringthe monsoon season, especially if heavy rains are forecast.

5.2.3 Meteorology

It is necessary to monitor the meteorological parameters regularly for assessment andinterpretation of air quality data. The continuous monitoring will also help in emergencyplanning and disaster management. The proposed plant shall have a designatedautomatic weather monitoring station. The following data shall be recorded and archived:

- Wind speed and direction- Rainfall- Temperature and humidity- Solar Radiation

EIA REPORTFOR




5.2.4 Plant Stack Emissions Monitoring

Periodical monitoring of stacks for SPM, SO2, NOx in case of process stacks shall bedone to assess the performance of pollution control facilities installed for the unit. Incase emissions are found to exceed the norms, the ‘on duty’ personnel shall check therelevant process parameters and take appropriate corrective action.

All major stacks for the proposed plant will be provided with on-line monitoring system.

After the implementation of project, the stacks will be monitored as per plan given inTable 5.1 *.

Table 5.1: Stacks to be Monitored after the Implementation of the Project

Shop / Unit Nos. of Stacks(Working)

Monitoring FrequencyPer Month

1. Sinter Plants Process Two (in rotation) 22. Coke Ovens Four (in rotation) 23. Blast Furnaces Process Two (in rotation) 24. Steel Melting Shop Process Two (in rotation) 25. Hot Strip Mill Two (in rotation) 26. Dolo Plant Process One (in rotation) 27. Lime Calcination Plant Process Three (in rotation) 28. Power Plants Process Two (in rotation) 2* Parameters = TPM, SO2, NOX & CO

Further for the units / facilities commissioned during the proposed plant the followingshall be followed: Along with the performance and guarantee test of main plant equipment,

performance and guarantee test of pollution control equipment will be made beforetaking over the various units. EMD shall also be a party in preliminary and finalacceptance tests.

A detailed maintenance schedule shall be drawn for all pollution control systems.The maintenance shall be done strictly as per schedule and guidelines furnished byplant manufacturer.

5.2.5 Solid / Hazardous Waste Generation & Utilisation

Maximum re-cycling and utilization of generated waste as per guidelines shall be done.Hazardous waste shall be disposed off as per applicable statutory conditions.

5.2.6 Green Belt Development

The following plan has been made for implementation:

EIA REPORTFOR




Annual plans for tree plantation with specific number of trees to be planted shall bemade. The fulfillment of the plan shall be monitored by the EMD every six months.

A plan for post plantation care will be reviewed in every monthly meeting. Anyabnormal death rate of planted trees shall be investigated.

Watering of the plants, manuring, weeding, hoeing will be carried out for minimum 3years.

5.2.7 House Keeping

The Safety Department will keeping a very close monitoring of house keeping activitiesand organising regular meetings of joint forum at the shop level (monthly), zonal level –(once in two months) and apex level (quarterly). The individual shop concern will betaking care for the house keeping of shops.

5.2.8 Occupational Health and Safety

Routine medical examination of personnel will be carried out in a systematic programmeat plant medical unit. A systematic programme for medical check-up at regular intervalsshall be followed for all workers to ascertain any changes in health condition due to theworking conditions.

5.2.9 Socio-Economic Development

The setting up of the steel plant will improve the infra-structure & economic conditionsthus will improve the socio economic development. The communities, which arebenefited by the steel plant, are thus one of the key stakeholders for the steel plant. It issuggested that the plant management should have structured interactions with thecommunity to disseminate the measures taken by the steel plant and also to elicitsuggestions for overall improvement for the development of the area.

5.2.10 Effluent Quality

Effluent characteristics at inlet and out let of Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) dedicated todifferent units shall be regularly monitored* (as per Table 5.2) to assess theperformance of different effluent treatment facilities.

Table 5.2: Monitoring of Effluent Outlet & Inlet of ETP

Description Nos. of Locations Monitoring FrequencyIn let and out let of ETP of different units 6X2 Once a month* Parameters = pH, SS, Phenol, Cyanide, COD, BOD, DO, NH3-N, Temp. O & G

5.2.11 Work Zone Air Quality

Work zone air quality will be monitored as per directives of MSPCB to assess the levelsof Particulate matter, NOx and SO2 in the work zone.

EIA REPORTFOR




5.2.12 Work Zone Noise

Noise levels shall be measured at the source of generation. The noise attenuationmeasures have been taken at the design stage of the plant itself. However in case ofhigh noise generating equipment which are not frequented by the plant personnel, thearea shall be cleanly marked as ‘High Noise” area and the employees be provided withpersonal protective equipment like ear plugs/ear muffs.

After the implementation of the project, the noise level shall be monitored* as given inTable 5.3 and all preventive measures shall be followed. Work zone noise shall bemonitored at all units to cover all shift operations once in a year.

Table 5.3: Noise Level to be Monitored

Description Nos. of Locations Monitoring FrequencyWork zone Noise At all shops eight hours per shift

continuous to cover all shift operationsonce in a year

Once in a year to coverall shifts

*Noise Level in Leq (A)

5.2.13 Ambient Air Quality

It is necessary to monitor the air quality at the boundary of the steel works specificallywith respect to particulates. It is proposed that continuous particulate matter monitoringstations be established at two locations of the steel works. The equipment shall havefacilities to monitor both PM10 and PM2.5 particulates.

After the implementation of the proposed plan, the ambient air shall be regularlymonitored* as given in Table 5.4.

Table 5.4: Ambient Air to be monitored

Description Number of AAQStations

Monitoring Frequency

1. Ambient Air Quality 4 Twice in a week2. Online Particulate Matter Monitoring atSteel Plant Boundary

2 Continuous

* Parameters = PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO

5.2.14 Wastewater Discharge from Plant Outfalls

A small quantity of wastewater will be discharged from the plant after treatment. Majorityof the treated wastewater will be utilized with in the plant area for dust suppression andafforestation.

EIA REPORTFOR




5.2.15 Ambient Noise

Ambient noise shall be monitored at six locations all along the boundary once in amonth.

5.2.16 Ground Water Monitoring

Ground water shall be sampled from up gradient and down gradient of the plantincluding slag dump area to check for possible contamination and to ascertain the trendof variation in the water quality, if any. In case any adverse trend is noticed, immediateremedial measures shall be taken. A total of nine samples (two inside the plant area &seven out side) shall be monitored once in a month for the critical parameters.

5.3 MONITORING PLAN

5.3.1 General

The target of the Environmental Control Department implementing the environmentalmonitoring plan on a short-term basis would be to:

Prepare specific unit operation plan for different shops along with HumanResource Department ;

Interpret requirements of the EIA documentation into an environmentaleducation plan;

Assist engineering team with the incorporation of EMP requirements in contractspecifications and contract terms and conditions;

Undertake and/or co-ordinate all internal compliance monitoring and evaluationand external monitoring through suitable outside consulting firm;

Advice the top management on all matters related to environmentalrequirements of the project;

Provide all necessary specialized environmental expertise as needed during theproject period.

The long-term objective of EMD would be to build environmental awareness andsupport, both within and outside the plant premises. The other long-term tasks would beto develop environmental training programme for the target groups of different units ofthe plant.

The environmental monitoring plan contains: Performance indicators Environmental monitoring programme Progress of Monitoring and Reporting Arrangements Budgetary provisions Procurement Schedules

EIA REPORTFOR




5.3.2 Performance Indicators

The physical, biological and social components identified to be particularly significant inaffecting the environment at critical locations have been suggested as PerformanceIndicators (PIs). The performance indicators will be evaluated under two heads:

a) Environmental condition indicators to determine efficiency of environmentalmanagement measures in control of air, noise and water pollution and solid wastedisposal.

b) Environmental management indicators to determine compliance with the suggestedenvironmental management measures.

The Performance Indicators and monitoring plans will be prepared for the project foreffective monitoring.

5.3.3 Environmental Monitoring Programme

The Environmental Monitoring Plan during construction and operation stages envisagedfor the proposed project, for each of the environmental condition indicator is given inTable 5.5A & B.

The monitoring plan specifies: Parameters to be monitored Location of the monitoring sites Frequency and duration of monitoring Special guidance Applicable standards Institutional responsibilities for implementation and supervision

EIA

REP

OR

TFO

RPR

OPO

SED

PR

OJE

CT

OF

3.0

MTP

AIN

TEG

RA

TED

STEE

L PL

AN

TO

F SH

REE

UTT

AM S

TEEL

& P

OW

ER L

IMIT

ED

©20

12M

ECO

N L

imite

d. A

ll rig

hts

rese

rved

5-8

Tabl

e 5.

5: P

art A

-Env

ironm

enta

l Mon

itorin

g Pr

ogra

mm

eEn

viro

nmen

tal I

ssue

/Im

pact

sM

itiga

tion

Mea

sure

Ref

eren

ce to

Con

trac

tD

ocum

ents

App

roxi

mat

eLo

catio

nTi

me

Fram

eM

itiga

tion

Cos

tIn

stitu

tiona

l Res

pons

ibili

tyIm

plem

en-

tatio

nSu

per-

visi

on

Con

stru

ctio

n St

age

1.D

ust G

ener

atio

nA

ll po

ssib

le

mea

sure

s w

ill

be

done

to

m

inim

ize

dust

gene

ratio

n du

ring

cons

truct

ion,

like

wat

er s

pray

ing,

etc

.P

roje

ctR

equi

rem

ent

Con

stru

ctio

n si

te

with

inpl

ant

Dur

ing

cons

truct

ion

stag

e

Pro

ject

prep

arat

ion

cost

Con

tract

orP

roje

cts

2.S

olid

Was

te d

ispo

sal

Sol

id

was

te

gene

rate

d du

ring

cons

truct

ion

will

be

disp

osed

in p

re-id

entif

ied

dum

ping

are

a.-D

o-C

onst

ruct

ion

site

w

ithin

plan

t and

dum

ping

are

a.-D

o--D

o--D

o--D

o-

3.A

ir Q

ualit

y at

cons

truct

ion

site

Air

Qua

lity

with

res

pect

to

vario

us p

ollu

tant

s sh

all

bem

onito

red.

-Do-

At c

onst

ruct

ion

site

-Do-

-Do-

-Do-

-Do-

4.E

nviro

nmen

tal

Pro

tect

ion

Mea

sure

s

Impl

emen

tatio

n/In

stal

latio

n of

all

Env

ironm

enta

l Pro

tect

ion

Mea

sure

s as

en

visa

ged

inC

hapt

er

3 &

4

for

cont

rolli

ng/a

batin

g po

llutio

n.

-Do-

Diff

eren

t uni

tsof

the

proj

ect

-Do-

-Do-

-Do-

-Do-

Ope

ratio

n St

age

1.E

nviro

nmen

tal

Pro

tect

ion

Mea

sure

s

Pro

per

func

tioni

ng

of

all

Env

ironm

enta

l P

rote

ctio

nM

easu

res

as

envi

sage

din

Cha

pter

3

&

4fo

rco

ntro

lling

/aba

ting

pollu

tion.

Pro

ject

/Sta

tuto

ryre

quire

men

tD

iffer

ent u

nits

of th

e pr

ojec

tC

ontin

uous

ly

Pro

duct

ion

cost

Con

cern

edP

lant

Uni

ts/E

MD

Top

Man

agem

ent

2.M

aint

enan

ce o

f Sto

rmW

ater

D

rain

age

Sys

tem

The

drai

ns w

ill b

e pe

riodi

cally

cle

ared

to

mai

ntai

n st

orm

wat

er fl

ow w

ithin

the

Pla

nt.

-Do-

Ent

ire

drai

nage

ne

twor

k of

the

plan

t.B

egin

ning

and

end

ofea

chm

onso

on.

Pro

duct

ionc

ost

Con

tract

orC

ivil

Mai

nt.D

epa

rtmen

t

3.M

eteo

rolo

gyM

eteo

rolo

gica

l pa

ram

eter

s th

roug

h a

cont

inuo

usly

mon

itorin

g sy

stem

.-D

o-S

uita

ble

loca

tion

with

in p

lant

prem

ises

Con

tinuo

usl

yen

viro

nmen

tal

mon

itorin

gcos

t

EM

D/P

ollu

tion

Mon

itorin

gA

genc

y,

Top

Man

agem

ent

4.S

tack

em

issi

ons

/P

erfo

rman

ce

ofst

ack

emis

sion

spo

llutio

n co

ntro

lfa

cilit

ies

Out

let

of

all

proc

ess

&

de-d

ustin

g (m

ajor

) st

acks

in

diffe

rent

uni

ts.

-Do-

All

units

of t

he p

ropo

sed

plan

Thro

ugh

out

oper

atio

nst

age

-Do-

-Do-

-Do-

5.P

artic

ulat

e M

onito

ring

insi

de

Pla

ntB

ound

ary

Onl

ine

SP

M M

onito

ring

at tw

o lo

catio

ns.

-Do-

Insi

de th

e pl

ant

Con

tinuo

usl

y-D

o--D

o--D

o-

6.S

olid

was

te/H

azar

dous

Was

te

gene

ratio

nan

d ut

ilisat

ion

Max

imum

re

-cyc

ling

and

utili

zatio

n of

ge

nera

ted

solid

was

te a

s pe

r EM

P-D

o-A

ll un

its o

f the

prop

osed

plan

tge

nera

ting

& u

tiliz

atio

n so

lidw

aste

s

-Do-

-Do-

Con

cern

edP

lant

Uni

ts/E

MD

-Do-

EIA

REP

OR

TFO

RPR

OPO

SED

PR

OJE

CT

OF

3.0

MTP

AIN

TEG

RA

TED

STEE

L PL

AN

TO

F SH

REE

UTT

AM S

TEEL

& P

OW

ER L

IMIT

ED

©20

12M

ECO

N L

imite

d. A

ll rig

hts

rese

rved

5-9

Envi

ronm

enta

l Iss

ue/

Impa

cts

Miti

gatio

n M

easu

reR

efer

ence

toC

ontr

act

Doc

umen

ts

App

roxi

mat

eLo

catio

nTi

me

Fram

eM

itiga

tion

Cos

tIn

stitu

tiona

l Res

pons

ibili

tyIm

plem

en-

tatio

nSu

per-

visi

on

7.G

reen

Bel

tA

lread

y go

od

gree

n co

ver

exis

ts,

effo

rts

to

furth

erst

reng

then

the

gree

n co

ver

-Do-

Pla

ntin

g tre

es

in

the

open

area

-Do-

-Do-

Hor

ticul

ture

Dep

artm

ent/E

MD

-Do-

8.H

ouse

Kee

ping

Cle

anlin

ess

of w

ork

plac

eC

orpo

rate

resp

onsi

bilit

yA

ll un

its o

fthe

prop

osed

plan

t-D

o--D

o-A

ll re

spon

sibl

eun

its/s

afet

yD

ept./

EM

D

-Do-

9.O

ccup

atio

nal H

ealth

Hea

lth o

f wor

kers

/ S

taff

-Do-

-Do-

-Do-

-Do-

Pla

nt

Med

ical

Uni

t-D

o-

10.S

ocio

-eco

nom

icD

evel

opm

ent

Stru

ctur

ed in

tera

ctio

ns w

ith th

e co

mm

unity

to d

isse

min

ate

the

mea

sure

s ta

ken

by t

he s

teel

pla

nt a

nd a

lso

to e

licit

sugg

estio

ns f

or o

vera

ll im

prov

emen

t fo

r th

e de

velo

pmen

tof

the

area

-Do-

Sta

ke H

olde

rs-D

o-C

SR

cos

tP

erso

nnel

Dep

t. / E

MD

-Do-

11.P

erfo

rman

ce

ofE

fflue

nt

Trea

tmen

tFa

cilit

ies

Effl

uent

Tr

eatm

ent

faci

litie

sin

stal

led

at d

iffer

ent u

nits

Sta

tuto

ryre

quire

men

tA

llun

its o

f th

epr

opos

edpl

ant

-Do-

Env

ironm

enta

l Cos

tC

once

rned

plan

t un

its/

EM

D

-Do-

12.W

ork

zone

A

irQ

ualit

yA

t all

units

oft

he p

lant

-Do-

-Do-

-Do-

-Do-

Saf

ety

Dep

t.-D

o-

13.W

ork

zone

N

oise

leve

lsA

t all

units

oft

he p

lant

-Do-

-Do-

-Do-

-Do-

Saf

ety

Dep

t.-D

o-

14.A

tmos

pher

icP

ollu

tion

(AA

Q)

Am

bien

t Air

Qua

lity

with

res

pect

to v

ario

us p

ollu

tant

s sh

all

be m

onito

red

as e

nvis

aged

in

the

pollu

tion-

mon

itorin

gpl

an.

-Do-

As

per

spec

ified

A

AQ

mon

itorin

g pr

ogra

mm

e-D

o--D

o-E

MD

-Do-

15. A

mbi

ent N

oise

Noi

se p

ollu

tion

will

be

mon

itore

d.-D

o-A

s pe

r th

e no

ise

pollu

tion

mon

itorin

g pr

ogra

mm

e-D

o--D

o--D

o--D

o-

16.G

roun

d W

ater

Qua

lity

Cha

nges

in g

roun

d w

ater

qua

lity

will

be

mon

itore

din

the

up-g

radi

ent a

nd d

own

grad

ient

of

the

plan

tin

clud

ing

slag

dum

p w

ill b

e m

onito

red

-Do-

As

per

grou

nd

wat

erm

onito

ring

prog

ram

me

-Do-

Env

. Cos

t-D

o--D

o-

Not

e: E

MP

= en

viro

nmen

tal m

anag

emen

t pla

n, E

MD

= E

nviro

nmen

tal M

anag

emen

t Dep

artm

ent ,

CS

R=

Cor

pora

te S

ocia

l Res

pons

ibili

ty, R

PM

(PM

10

& P

M 2

.5)

= R

espi

rabl

e pa

rticu

late

mat

ter,

SO

2 =

sulp

hur d

i-oxi

de, N

Ox

= ni

troge

n ox

ides

, CO

= c

arbo

n m

ono-

oxid

e, H

C =

hyd

roca

rbon

s, P

b =

lead

, CS

R–

Cor

pora

te S

ocia

lR

espo

nsib

ility.

EIA

REP

OR

TFO

RPR

OPO

SED

PR

OJE

CT

OF

3.0

MTP

AIN

TEG

RA

TED

STEE

L PL

AN

TO

F SH

REE

UTT

AM S

TEEL

& P

OW

ER L

IMIT

ED

©20

12M

ECO

N L

imite

d. A

ll rig

hts

rese

rved

5-10

Tabl

e 5.

5: P

art B

:Env

ironm

enta

lMon

itorin

g Pl

an fo

r the

Per

form

ance

Indi

cato

rs

Envi

ronm

enta

lco

mpo

nent

Proj

ect S

tage

Para

met

ers

Loca

tion

Freq

uenc

ySt

anda

rds

App

roxi

mat

eco

st (R

s)Im

plem

en-

tatio

nSu

perv

isi

on

Effl

uent

Qua

lity

Ope

ratio

n st

age

All

the

para

met

ers

as s

peci

fied

byst

atut

ory

agen

cies

At o

utle

t of d

iffer

ent

efflu

ent t

reat

men

t pla

nts

Onc

e in

a m

onth

IS :2

490

IS:3

025

2X1X

12x7

000

=Rs1

6800

0E

MD

and

/ or

thro

ugh

appr

oved

mon

itorin

gag

ency

EM

D

Wor

k zo

neA

ir Q

ualit

yO

pera

tion

stag

eA

s pe

r app

licab

lest

atut

ory

stan

dard

sA

ll un

itsof

the

plan

t8

hr p

er s

hift

cont

inuo

us (t

oco

ver a

ll sh

ifts

of o

pera

tion

in a

year

for e

ach

unit)

per

yea

r.

Fact

orie

s A

ct9x

3X70

00=R

s189

000

-Do-

-Do-

Am

bien

tA

ir Q

ualit

yO

pera

tion

stag

eP

M 1

0, P

M2.

5,N

Ox,

CO

, HC

, Pb,

SO

2

4 lo

catio

nsTw

ice

a w

eek

NA

AQ

Sta

ndar

ds

IS:5

182

4X12

X15,

000

=Rs7

2000

0

-Do-

-Do-

Am

bien

tN

oise

leve

ls

Ope

ratio

n st

age

As

per N

atio

nal

Am

bien

t Noi

seS

tand

ard

as p

erE

nviro

nmen

tal

Pro

tect

ion

Act,

1986

amen

ded

2002

All

alon

g th

e bo

unda

ryO

nce

in a

mon

th d

urin

g th

eop

erat

ion

perio

d.N

oise

Pol

lutio

nC

ontro

lR

ules

, 200

0

6x12

x4,0

00

=Rs

2880

00

-Do-

-Do-

Gro

und

Wat

erQ

ualit

y

Ope

ratio

n st

age

Crit

ical

par

amet

ers

as p

er IS

105

005

wel

ls (

2 in

side

+3

outs

ide)

Onc

e in

a m

onth

IS:1

0500

5X12

x8,0

00= R

s48

0000

-Do-

-Do-

Sta

ckém

issi

onm

onito

ring

Ope

ratio

n st

age

PM

,SO

2, N

Ox

All

proc

ess

stac

ks o

fpl

ant i

n ro

tatio

n5

stac

ks in

a m

onth

in ro

tatio

nIS

:112

555x

12x1

0000

= R

s.60

0,00

0-D

o--D

o-

Tota

l24

,45,

000

Say

25,

00,0

00To

tal M

onito

ring

Cos

ts=

Rs

25,0

0,00

0pe

r yea

r dur

ing

the

oper

atio

n ye

ar o

f the

pro

pose

dpl

ant

Not

e:C

O-C

arbo

n M

onox

ide;

Cr-

Chr

omiu

m;E

MD

= E

nviro

nmen

tal C

ontro

l Dep

artm

ent,

HC

-Hyd

roca

rbon

; IS

-Ind

ian

Sta

ndar

d; N

Ox

-Nitr

ogen

Oxi

de; P

b-P

lum

bum

(lea

d); S

O2-S

ulfu

r Dio

xide

;RP

M (P

M 1

0 &

PM

2.5

) = R

espi

rabl

e pa

rticu

late

mat

ter,

PM

-Par

ticul

ate

Mat

ter

EIA REPORTFOR




5.3.4 Progress Monitoring and Reporting Arrangements

The rational for a reporting system is based on accountability to ensure that themeasures proposed as part of the Environmental Monitoring Plan get implemented in theproject. The monitoring and evaluation of the management measures are criticalactivities in implementation of the project. Monitoring involves periodic checking toascertain whether activities are going according to the plans. It provides the necessaryfeedback for the project management to keep the programme on schedule. The rationalfor a reporting system is based on accountability to ensure that the measures proposedas part of Environmental Management Plan get implemented in the project.

A reporting system for environmental monitoring plan is given in Table 5.6.

Table 5.6: Reporting System for Environmental Monitoring Plan

S.N Details Indicators Stage ResponsibilityA. Pre-Construction Stage: Environmental Management Indicators and Monitoring Plan1 Suitable location for dumping of

wastes has to be identified.Dumping locations Pre-

constructionProjects

2 Suitable location for constructionworker camps have to be identified(if applicable) and parametersindicative of environment in thearea has to be reported

Construction camps Pre-construction

Projects

B. Construction Stage: Environmental Condition Indicators and Monitoring Plan1. Dust suppression at construction

siteConstruction site Construction Projects

2 The parameters to be monitored asper frequency, duration & locationsof monitoring specified in theEnvironmental MonitoringProgramme

Air quality Construction Projects throughapprovedmonitoring agency

C. Operation Stage: Management & Operational Performance Indicators1 Solid waste generation, utilization

and dumpingAs per guidelines of statutorybodies

Operation Concerned PlantUnits / EMD

2 Hazardous waste re-utilisation anddumping in designated pits asspecified by statutory authorities.

As per the notifications /guidelines specified by statutoryauthorities.

Operation -Do-

3 Stack Emissions from Process &de-dusting stacks

All parameters as specified forstacks of different units byStatutory Authorities

Operation Concerned PlantUnits / EMD

4 Meteorology, Ambient air quality,Waste water discharge throughplant outfalls and Noise levels.

All parameters as specified byStatutory Authorities

Operation -Do-

5.3.5 Emergency Procedures

Suitable emergency procedures will be formulated and implemented at design stageitself for tackling of emergency situations arising out of the proposed operations.

EIA REPORTFOR




Emergency situations arising out of non-functioning of the air pollution controlsystems and inter-locking of the systems.

Emergency situations arising out of non-functioning of effluent treatment plant andsuitable storage facilities for effluent generation.

To contain oil spillage, proper system will be provided around the storage facilities tocollect & use them later.

5.3.6 Budgetary Provisions for Environmental Monitoring Plan

The break-up of equipment cost for monitoring is given in Table 5.7. A capital costprovision of about Rs.7,00,00,000/- has been kept towards the cost of monitoringequipments for environmental laboratory in the EMP. The budgetary cost estimate forimplementation of the environmental monitoring measures is elaborated in Table 5.5(Part B) and the environmental protection and enhancement measures included in theproject cost is given in Table 5.5 (Part A). The summary of the cost of environmentalbudgetary provisions for environmental monitoring programme is given in Table 5.8.

Table 5.7: Estimated Cost of Monitoring Equipments

SN. Monitoring Equipments Nos Required Unit Cost (Rs) Total Cost (Rs)1 High Volume Sampler 5 70000 3500002 Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS) 2 100000 2000003 Stack Monitoring Kit 2 100000 2000004 On line stack monitoring facilities along with

accessory facilities for monitoring of SO2, NOx,CO2, CO and Particulate Matter

4 5000000 20000000

5 On Line AAQ Monitoring Station 4 10000000 400000006 Flue Gas Analyser 1 300000 3000007 Hot Air Oven 1 25000 250008 Automatic weather monitoring station 1 400000 4000009 Hot Plate 2 10000 2000010 Muffle Furnace 1 50000 5000011 BOD Incubator 1 70000 7000012 BOD Apparatus, Oxitop 1 200000 20000013 DO Meter 1 100000 10000014 Spectrophotometer with Digestion Assembly, HACH 1 300000 30000015 pH meter 2 35000 7000016 Conductivity Meter 1 25000 2500017 AAS 1 2000000 200000018 Digital Balance (five digits) 1 125000 12500019 Filtration Apparatus 1 7000 700020 Heating mental 2 2500 500021 Refrigerator 1 20000 2000022 Fuming Chamber 1 300000 30000023 Water Bath 1 20000 2000024 Auto Titrator 1 15000 1500025 Turbidity Meter 1 20000 20000

Total 6,48,22,000Say Rs.7,00,00,000/-

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 5.8: Summary of Cost of Environmental Monitoring Plan

SN. Item Cost in Rs.A. Capital Cost1. Cost of Environmental Monitoring Equipments Rs. 6,48,22,000/-

Say Total Capital Cost Rs.7,00,00,000/-B. Operation Phase Recurring Cost in Rs./ yr.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan

Monitoring during operation @ Rs 50,00,000/yr for the operation phase ofthe proposed plant

50,00,000

Say Total 50,00,000Total Recurring Cost 50,00,000

*Note: estimates are on the basis of present cost (2011)

5.3.7 Budgetary Provisions for Environmental Protection Measures

Total capital cost of the project will be around Rs. 16000 Crores. The environmentalprotection and enhancement measures (as mentioned in Chapters 4.0) included in theproject cost in Table 5.5 (Part A), as estimated are given in Table 5.9.

Table 5.9: Cost of Environmental Protection Measures (Rs. Crores)

SN Environmental Protection Measures Recurring Cost perannum

Capital Cost (Rs. Crores)

1 Air Pollution Control 112 480.02 Water Pollution Control 34 100.03 Noise Pollution Control Included in item no.1 Included in 14 Environment Monitoring Programme 0.50 7.05 Green Belt 0.50 5.06 Others (Solid waste management,

ventilation / air conditioning, fire fighting etc.)93 368.0

Total 240 960Note: estimates are on the basis of present cost (2011)

5.3.8 Procurement Schedule

The construction phase of the proposed project will be complete in 48 months. Thus theprocurement of different equipments (Table 5.7) shall be planned in phased manner in48 months so as to ensure environmental enhancement measures are implementedbefore the commissioning of the project as planned in the EMP.

5.4 UPDATING OF EMP

The directives from MOEF and the regulations in force at any time shall govern theperiodicity of monitoring. However it is suggested that the implementation of variousmeasures recommended in the Environmental Monitoring Programme be taken asEMPs to effectively implement the measures for continual improvement in environmentalperformance.

EIA REPORTFOR




6.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

6.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

Socio-economic survey was carried out covering all the villages / towns of the study areato record awareness, opinion, apprehensions, quality of life and expectations of the localpeople about the proposed plant. The opinion of local people about the proposed planwas obtained through socio-economy survey of the villages in the study area.

The survey has been conducted through specially designed questionnaire coveringevery aspect of the present study. In addition to the field data, secondary data /information collected, compiled and published by different Governmental agencies /departments were also collected and utilized appropriately.

For selection of respondents from the study area, Two Stage Random Sampling hasbeen adopted. In the first stage, villages are selected and in the second stage,households/ respondents are selected. From each selected village, the respondents areselected randomly to account intra-village variability among the respondents for thecharacter under study. As the variability of the characters under in each strata study donot vary widely among the households, a smaller sample size is expected to representthe population.

A sample of 33 respondents is drawn from the study area. The sample covers anestimated 175 persons.

Peoples' perception regarding the project is a very important factor because it is thepeople on whom the major part of the impact will fall. To this end, an opinion poll wasconducted as a part of field survey. With a view to cover the peoples perception in thestudy area, an effort was made to collect the detailed information on this aspect duringthe field survey. People of the area are mostly aware of the activities of the project,specifically, the developmental ones. They are also quite aware of the its likelyadvantages and disadvantages.

The results of the poll are analysed and furnished in Table 6.1. It is observed that 67% ofthem have identified creation of employment opportunity as the main advantage. Peopleare hopeful of getting employment in the small-scale units likely to come up in the vicinityof the plant. Around 58% of the respondents feel improvement in peripheral developmentactivities. 21% of the respondents are expecting improvement in business. About 42% ofthe respondents are fearful about environmental aspect.

11.S

2.20

14.E

E 2

175

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 6.1 : Peoples’ Perception on the Project

Perception No of respondents Distribution (%)ADVANTAGESEmployment opportunity 22 66.7Business opportunity 7 21.2Peripheral development 19 57.6Improvement of social infrastructure 10 30.3DIS-ADVANTAGESLikely effect on environment 14 42.4

Conclusions

On the basis of the overall results of the present impact assessment the followingconclusions are drawn:

Overall peoples’ perception on the project is good. The project is going to generate moreemployment opportunities both direct and indirect to the local people. This project will alsoplay a vital role in socio-economic development of the area as well as the local persons.However, based on the extensive mitigation measures being adopted in the proposedenviro-friendly project, there will be more advantages.

6.2 RISK ASSESMENT

6.2.1 INTRODUCTION

Industrial activities, which produce, treat, store and handle hazardous substances, havea high hazard potential endangering the safety of man and environment at work placeand outside. Recognizing the need to control and minimize the risks posed by suchactivities, the Ministry of Environment & Forests have notified the “Manufacture Storage& Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules ”in the year 1989 and subsequently modified,inserted and added different clauses in the said rule to make it more stringent. Foreffective implementation of the rule, Ministry of Environment & Forests has provided aset of guidelines. The guidelines, in addition to other aspects, set out the duties requiredto be performed by the occupier along with the procedure. The rule also lists out theindustrial activities and chemicals, which are required to be considered as hazardous.

The proposed project is engaged in the production of Steel from iron ore and otherrequired raw materials. During the process of manufacture of steel and other associatedmaterials hazardous gases are generated which are stored and used in the plant. Inaddition to this also some other hazardous chemicals, which are required in themanufacture of steel or produced as a bye product also, being stored and handled bythe plant. The major chemicals handled / stored by the plant includes coke oven gas(COG), blast furnace gas (BF gas), basic oxygen furnace gas (BOF gas), LPG, differentacids etc. In view of this, proposed activities are being scrutinized in line of the above

EIA REPORTFOR




referred “Manufacture, storage and import of hazardous chemicals rules” andobservations / findings are presented in this chapter.

The assessment has been made in a systematic manner covering the requirements ofthe above-mentioned rules. Accordingly subsequent sections have been divided asfollows:

i) Process descriptionii) Applicability of the ruleiii) Description of hazardous chemicalsiv) Hazard identification & risk analysis (HIRA)v) Hazard assessmentvi) Consequence analysis including MCACAvii) Brief description of the measures taken andviii) On site emergency plan

Accordingly next sections are elaborated.

6.2.2 PROCESS DESCRIPTION

The proposed plant is following the BF- BOF-Continuous Casting Route of steel making.Iron ore lumps, sinters and, coke (made from cooking coal) and fluxes such aslimestone, dolomite are the major raw materials. The main steps in manufacturingprocess are as follows:

Coke Making - Coal Carbonisation

Coking coals are the coals which when heated in the absence of air, first melt, go in theplastic state, swell and re-solidify to produce a solid coherent mass called coke. Whencoking coal is heated in absence of air, a series of physical and chemical changes takeplace with the evolution of gases and vapours, and the solid residue left behind is calledcoke. Coke is used in Blast Furnace (BF) both as a reductant and as a source ofthermal energy. It involves reduction of ore to liquid metal in the blast furnace andrefining in convertor to form steel. The various stages of the steel plant is describedbelow

Sintering

Sintering is a technology for agglomeration of iron ore fines into useful Blast Furnaceburden material. The raw materials used are as follows - Iron ore fines (-10 mm), cokebreeze (-3 mm), Lime stone & dolomite fines (-3mm) and other metallurgical wastes. Theproportioned raw materials are mixed and moistened in a mixing drum. The mix isloaded on sinter machine through a feeder onto a moving grate (pallet) and then the mixis rolled through segregation plate so that the coarse materials settle at the bottom andfines onto the top.

EIA REPORTFOR




The top surface of the mix is ignited through stationary burners at 1200oC. As the palletmoves forward, the air is sucked through wind box situated under the grate. A hightemperature combustion zone is created in the charge -bed due to combustion of solidfuel of the mix and regeneration of heat of incandescent sinter and outgoing gases. Dueto forward movement of pallet, the sintering process travels vertically down.Sinter is produced as a combined result of locally limited melting, grain boundarydiffusion and recrystallisation of iron oxides.

On the completion of sintering process, finished sinter cake is crushed and cooled. Thecooled sinter is screened and is dispatched to blast furnace.

Blast Furnace

The Blast furnace iron making process basically consists of the conversion of iron oxideto iron in liquid form. This requires reductant for reduction of iron oxide and heat for theabove reduction reaction to take place and for melting the products of smelting. Theprimary source to fulfill both these requirements is carbon (in the form of coke).The blastfurnace is a vertical counter-current heat exchanger as well as a chemical reactor inwhich burden material charged from the top descend downward and the gassesgenerated at the tuyere level ascend upward.

The top gas containing the flue dust is routed from the furnace top to the gas purifiersand then to the consumption zones. The hot air for combustion is injected through water-cooled tuyeres into the blast furnace. Hot metal is tapped through the tap hole, which isopened by power driven drills into a train of ladles kept below the runner of the casthouse. Slag comes along with the metal and is skimmed off with the help of skimmerplate towards slag runner and is collected in slag thimbles. Raw material (ore, sinter,coke) are screened before being charged into the blast furnace through conveyors orskip. Air for combustion in the blast furnace is blown from turbo blowers, which arepreheated in hot blast stoves to temperatures around 1300oC, which is then blownthrough tuyers into the blast furnace. Each blast furnace is equipped with two or morestoves, which operate alternatively. Preheating of air helps in reducing fuel consumptionin the furnace.

Hot metal produced in the blast furnace is sent to Basic oxygen Furnace for steel makingor to Pig casting machines.

Pre-Treatment Of Hot Metal

Hot metal from blast furnaces is treated to remove undesired elements like sulphur,silicon or phosphorous before being transformed to steel. Desulphurising agents areapplied to reduce sulphur content of the metal.

EIA REPORTFOR




Basic Oxygen Furnace

The basic oxygen furnace (LD convertor) is a pear shaped vessel lined inside withrefractory bricks. The vessel lining consists of tar bonded dolomite /magnesia carbonbricks or other refractories. The vessel can be rotated 360 degree on its axis. Oxygen isblown into the vessel with the help of water-cooled lance.

The 'heat' begins with the addition of scrap into the slightly tilted convertor, hot metal isthen added after straightening the convertor, and Oxygen is blown into the bath throughthe lance .The necessary fluxes are added during blowing. Flux addition is doneautomatically and precisely through bunkers situated above the convertor. A sample istaken after blowing for 16-18 minutes and temperature is measured using athermocouple. The steel is tapped by tilting the convertor to the tapping side and alloyingelements are added via chutes while metal is being tapped The convertor is tilted to thecharging side in order to remove the floating slag.

Reaction

During blowing operation, oxygen oxidises iron into iron oxide and carbon into carbonmonoxide. The iron oxide immediately transfers the oxygen to the tramp elements. Thecenter of the reaction has temperatures of around 2000o-2500oC. The development ofcarbon monoxide during refining process promotes agitation within the molten bath. Thereaction of the tramp elements with the oxygen and the iron oxide developed in thecenter of reaction leads to formation of reactive slag. As blowing continues, there is acontinuous decrease of carbon, phosphorous, manganese and silicon within the melt.Phosphorous is removed by inducing early slag formation by adding powder lime withoxygen. The refining process is completed when the desired carbon content is attained.The steel produced in the basic oxygen furnace is sent to continuous casting or for ingotteeming.

Continuous Casting

During continuous casting, the liquid steel passes from the pouring ladle, with theexclusion of air, via a tundish with an adjustable discharge device into the short, water-cooled copper mould. The shape of the mould defines the shape of the steel. Beforecasting, the bottom of the mould is sealed with a so-called dummy bar. As soon as thebath reaches its intended steel level, the mould starts to oscillate vertically in order toprevent the strand adhering to its walls. The red-hot strand, solidified at the surfacezones, is drawn from the mould, first with the aid of a dummy bar, and later by drivingrolls. Because of its liquid core, the strand must be carefully sprayed and cooled downwith water. Rolls on all sides must also support it until it has completely solidified. Thisprevents the still thin rim zone from disintegrating. Once it has completely solidified,mobile cutting torches or shears can divide the strand. Intensive cooling leads to ahomogeneous solidification microstructure with favourable technological properties.

EIA REPORTFOR




From the process description it can be noticed that the process of manufacture requiresconsiderable thermal energy. This thermal energy is supplied through fuel gassesgenerated in the plant e.g. Coke oven gas, Blast Furnace gas and BOF gas. If there isany shortfall of these generated gasses then fuel gas is also supplied from outsidesource also. In plant generation of fuel gasses will not meet the requirement of proposedcapacity. Therefore use of LPG has been considered. Further Oxygen is also required.Therefore to run the plant, it is required to store all these chemicals along with theirdistribution arrangement.

6.2.3 APPLICABILITY OF THE RULE

From the above description of the process, it is observed that the chemicals handled andinvolved are:

(i) Blast furnace gas (ii) Coke Oven gas (iii) BOF Gas (iv) Liquid oxygen (v) LPG

To decide whether the above mentioned industrial activities are likely to come within thescope of the above mentioned “Manufacture Storage and Import of HazardousChemicals Rules” and the threshold quantities mentioned in the rules are used forcomparison as given in Table 6.2.

Table: 6.2: Threshold Quantity & the Chemicals Stored and Handled

SN Chemical Stored /Handled

Qty. Stored / Handled(In Tonne) And Storage /Handling Conditions

WhetherIncluded inThe List ofHazardous &ToxicChemicals

LowerThresholdQty. (InTonne)

UpperThresholdQty. (InTonne)

1 Blast Furnace Gas(Major ConstituentsCarbon Monoxide)

3,00,000 m3 (About 142.5t) Gaseous, Ambient temp& Press.

Yes 15 200

2 Coke Oven Gas (MajorConstituents Hydrogen& Methane)

40,000 m3 (About 137t)Gaseous Ambient temp &Press.

Yes 15 200

3 BOF Gas (MajorConstituents CarbonMonoxide)

30,000 m3 (About 41.7t)Ambient temp &Press.

Yes 15 200

4 Liquid Oxygen 1000t Liquid &pressurized

Yes 200 2000

5 LPG 2x50 t Liquid &pressurized

Yes 25 200

After comparison of the stored / handled and threshold quantities, it can be noticed thatmajority of the chemicals are crossing the lower threshold quantities but are below theupper threshold quantities. Accordingly, rule nos. 7,8,9,13,14, and 15 will be applicable,whereas for the other chemical, the stored / handled quantities are less than the lowerthreshold quantity. Accordingly only rule 17 i.e. preparation and maintenance of materialsafety data sheets for these chemicals are required. Rule -7 i.e. notification of site

EIA REPORTFOR




requires submission of a written report containing among other information thefollowings:

a) Identification of major accident hazardsb) The conditions or events which could be significant in bringing one aboutc) Brief descriptions of the measures takend) Area likely to be affected by the major accident etc.

6.2.4 DESCRIPTION OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

The chemicals which are expected to be handled, are presented in Table 6.2. TheMaterial Safety data sheets of different chemicals are presented below.

DATA SHEET

Carbon monoxide CAS : 630-08-0

CO RTECS : FG3500000Synonyms & Trade Names DOT ID & Guide :1016 119Carbon oxide, Flue gas, Monoxide 9202 168 (cryogenic liquid)Exposure NIOSH REL: TWA 35 ppm (40 mg/m3) C

200 ppm (229 mg/m3)Limits OSHA PEL†: TWA 50 ppm (55 mg/m3)IDLH Conversion1200 ppm See: 630080 1 ppm = 1.15 mg/m3

Physical Description Colorless, odorless gas. [Note: Shipped as a nonliquefied orliquefied compressed gas.]

MW: 28.0 BP: -313°F MLT: -337°F Sol: 2%

VP: >35 atm IP: 14.01 eV RGasD: 0.97

Fl.P: NA (Gas) UEL: 74% LEL: 12.5%

Flammable Gas

Incompatibilities & Reactivities Strong oxidizers, bromine trifluoride, chlorinetrifluoride, lithium

EIA REPORTFOR




Measurement Methods NIOSH 6604; OSHA ID209, ID210See: NMAM or OSHA Methods

Personal Protection &Sanitation

(See protection)Skin: FrostbiteEyes: FrostbiteWash skin: No recommendationRemove: When wet (flammable)Change: No recommendationProvide: Frostbite wash

First Aid(See procedures)Eye: FrostbiteSkin: FrostbiteBreathing: Respiratory support

Respirator Recommendations NIOSH

Up to 350 ppm (APF = 10) Any supplied-air respirator

Up to 875 ppm (APF = 25) Any supplied-air respirator operated ina continuous-flow mode

Up to 1200 ppm: (APF = 50) Any air-purifying, full-facepiecerespirator (gas mask) with a chin-style, front- orback-mounted canister providing protectionagainst the compound of concern† (APF = 50)Any self-contained breathing apparatus with a fullfacepiece (APF = 50) Any supplied-air respiratorwith a full facepiece

Emergency or Planned Entry into Unknown Concentrations or IDLH Conditions

(APF = 10,000) Any self-contained breathing apparatus that has a full face-piece and isoperated in a pressure-demand or other positive-pressure mode (APF = 10,000) Anysupplied-air respirator that has a full face-piece and is operated in a pressure-demand orother positive-pressure mode in combination with an auxiliary self-contained positive-pressure breathing apparatus.

Escape

(APF = 50) Any air-purifying, full-facepiece respirator (gas mask) with a chin-style, front-or back-mounted canister providing protection against the compound of concern†/Anyappropriate escape-type, self-contained breathing apparatus

EIA REPORTFOR




Important Additional Information About Respirator Selection

Exposure Routes

Inhalation, skin and/or eye contact (liquid)

Symptoms

Headache, tachypnea, nausea, lassitude (weakness, exhaustion), dizziness, confusion,hallucinations; cyanosis; depressed S-T segment of electrocardiogram, angina, syncope

Target Organs

Cardiovascular system, lungs, blood, central nervous system

DATA SHEET

METHANE ICSC: 0291 October 2000Methyl hydrideCAS No: 74-82-8RTECS No: PA1490000UN No: 1971EC No: 601-001-00-4

(cylinder) CH4Molecular mass: 16.0

Types ofHazard /Exposure

Acute Hazards /Symptoms

Prevention First Aid / Fire Fighting

FIRE Extremelyflammable.

NO open flames,NO sparks, and NOsmoking.

Shut off supply; if not possibleand no risk to surroundings, letthe fire burn itself out; in othercases extinguish with waterspray, powder, carbon dioxide.

EXPLOSION

Gas/air mixturesare explosive.

Closed system,ventilation,explosion-proofelectricalequipment andlighting. Use non-sparking handtools.

In case of fire: keep cylindercool by spraying with water.Combat fire from a shelteredposition.

EXPOSUREInhalation Suffocation. See

Notes.Ventilation.Breathingprotection if highconcentration.

Fresh air, rest. Artificialrespiration if indicated. Referfor medical attention.

Skin ON CONTACTWITH LIQUID:

Cold-insulatinggloves.

ON FROSTBITE: rinse withplenty of water, do NOT

EIA REPORTFOR




Types ofHazard /Exposure

Acute Hazards /Symptoms

Prevention First Aid / Fire Fighting

FROSTBITE. remove clothes. Refer formedical attention.

Eyes ON CONTACTWITH LIQUID:FROSTBITE.

Safety goggles. First rinse with plenty of waterfor several minutes (removecontact lenses if easilypossible), then take to adoctor.

Ingestion

SPILLAGE DISPOSAL PACKAGING & LABELLINGEvacuate danger area! Consult an expert!Ventilation. Remove all ignition sources.Personal protection: self-contained breathingapparatus. NEVER direct water jet on liquid.

F+ SymbolR: 12S: (2-)9-16-33UN Hazard Class: 2.1

EMERGENCY RESPONSE SAFE STORAGETransport Emergency Card: TEC (R)-20G1FNFPA Code: H 1; F 4; R 0

Fireproof. Cool. Ventilation along thefloor and ceiling.

IMPORTANT DATAPhysical State; AppearanceCOLOURLESS, COMPRESSED LIQUEFIEDGAS, WITH NO ODOUR.

Physical dangersThe gas is lighter than air.

Occupational exposure limitsTLV: Simple asphyxiant (ACGIH 2000).MAK not established.

Routes of exposureThe substance can be absorbed intothe body by inhalation.

Inhalation riskOn loss of containment this gas cancause suffocation by lowering theoxygen content of the air in confinedareas.

Effects of short-term exposureRapid evaporation of the liquid maycause frostbite.

Physical Properties Environmental DataBoiling point: -161°CMelting point: -183°CSolubility in water, ml/100 ml at 20°C: 3.3Relative vapour density (air = 1): 0.6Flash point: Flammable GasAuto-ignition temperature: 537°CExplosive limits, vol% in air: 5-15Octanol/water partition coefficient as log Pow:

EIA REPORTFOR




Physical Properties Environmental Data1.09Notes: Density of the liquid at boiling point: 0.42 kg/l. High concentrations in the aircause a deficiency of oxygen with the risk of unconsciousness or death. Check oxygencontent before entering area. Turn leaking cylinder with the leak up to prevent escape ofgas in liquid state. After use for welding, turn valve off; regularly check tubing, etc., andtest for leaks with soap and water. The measures mentioned in section PREVENTIONare applicable to production, filling of cylinders, and storage of the gas. Other UNnumber: 1972 (refridgerated liquid), Hazard class: 2.1. Card has been partly updated inOctober 2005. See section Emergency Response.

DATA SHEET

LPG CAS : 68476-85-7C3H8/C3H6/C4H10/C4H8 RTECS : SE7545000Synonyms & Trade Names DOT ID & Guide : 1075 115

Bottled gas, Compressed petroleum gas,Liquefied hydrocarbon gas, Liquefied petroleumgas, LPG [Note: A fuel mixture of LPG, propylene,butanes & butylenes.]

Exposure NIOSH REL: TWA 1000 ppm (1800 mg/m3)Limits OSHA PEL: TWA 1000 ppm (1800 mg/m3)IDLH Conversion1 ppm = 1.72-2.37 mg/m3 2000 ppm [10%LEL] See: 68476857

PhysicalDescription

Colorless, non-corrosive, odorless gas when pure. [Note: A foul-smelling odorant is usually added. Shipped as a liquefied compressedgas.]

MW: 42-58 BP: >-44°F FRZ: ? Sol: InsolubleVP: >1 atm IP: 10.95 eV RGasD: 1.45-2.00Fl.P: NA (Gas) UEL: 9.5% (LPG) 8.5%

(Butane)LEL: 2.1% (LPG) 1.9%(Butane)

Flammable GasIncompatibilities & Reactivities Strong oxidizers, chlorine dioxideMeasurement Methods NIOSH S93 (II-2) ; See: NMAM or OSHA Methods

EIA REPORTFOR




Personal Protection & Sanitation

Skin: Frostbite , Eyes: FrostbiteWash skin: No recommendationRemove: When wet (flammable)Change: No recommendationProvide: Frostbite wash

First Aid

Eye: Irrigate immediately (liquid)Skin: Water flush immediately (liquid)Breathing: Respiratory support

Respirator Recommendations NIOSH/OSHA

Up to 2000 ppm (APF = 10) Any supplied-air respirator(APF =50) Any self-contained breathing apparatuswith a full face-piece

Emergency or Planned Entry into Unknown Concentrations or IDLH Conditions

(APF = 10,000) Any self-contained breathing apparatus that has a full facepiece and isoperated in a pressure-demand or other positive-pressure mode (APF = 10,000) Anysupplied-air respirator that has a full facepiece and is operated in a pressure-demand orother positive-pressure mode in combination with an auxiliary self-contained positive-pressure breathing apparatus.

Escape

Any appropriate escape-type, self-contained breathing apparatus

Important Additional Information About Respirator Selection

Exposure Routes

Inhalation, skin and/or eye contact (liquid)

Symptoms

Dizziness, drowsiness, asphyxia; liquid: frostbite

Target Organs

Respiratory system, central nervous system

6.2.5 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

Hazards associated with the above mentioned chemicals are presented in Table 6.3. .

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 6.3: Type Of Hazards

Name of theChemical

Type ofHazard

Hazard Rating IDLHValue

Vap.Press

@ latm.

RemarksHealth Flammability Reactivity

LPG 1, 9 1 4 0 -- -- Liquified underpressure & storedat ambient temp.

Hydrogen 1, 6, 9 0 4 0 -- -- Gas stored underpressure atambient temp.

Carbonmonoxide

1,3,9 2 4 0 Gas stored underpressure atambient temp.

Oxygen 2,9 Gas stored underpressure atambient temp.

Methane 1 4 0 Gas stored underpressure atambient temp.

Note:

Type of Hazard1. Flammable substance2. Oxidising substance, reacts with reducing agents3. Emits a toxic gas or vapour4. Emits an irritating gas or vapour5. Emits a narcotic gas or vapour6. Gas or vapour not dangerous other than displacing air7. Causes skin irritation or burns8. Toxic substance9. Explosive material under certain conditions

Hazard Ratinga. Health

1 None2 Minor3 Moderate, could cause temporary incapacitation or injury4 Severe, short exposure may cause serious injury5 Extreme, short exposure may cause death

EIA REPORTFOR




b. Flammability

1 None, Material does not burn2 Minor, material must be preheated to ignite3 Moderate, moderate heating is required for ignition and volatile vapours

are released4 Severe, material ignites at normal temperature5 Extreme, very flammable substance that readily forms explosive mixtures

c. Reactivity

1 None, stable when exposed to fire2 Minor, unstable at high temp. or press and may react with water3 Moderate, unstable but does not explode, may form explosive mixture

with water4 Severe, Explodes if heated or water added5 Extreme, readily explosives under normal condition

From the above table it can be observed that LPG, BF, BOF and CO gas are most`dangerous’ materials since all these are gaseous under ambient condition except thesechemicals, all others are liquid at ambient condition. Further, among LPG, BF, BOF andCO gas, except LPG, all are stored more or less under ambient temperature andpressure. The catastrophic potential of a hazardous substance depends both on toxicityand volatility. The ambient temperature vapour pressure of a substance is used as ameasure of the ability to become air borne. Since LPG is gaseous at ambienttemperature and pressure and are stored in pressurised condition to keep it in liquidform, the catastrophic potential of this chemical is maximum. Accordingly, theconsequence analysis carried out subsequently covers analysis of LPG only since therelease of this quantity and in case of any eventuality it may affect the maximum area.

6.2.6 HAZARD ASSESSMENT

In the earlier section, type of hazard associated with different type of chemicals and theevent of release of these chemicals is being identified. It has also been identified thecategory of hazard associated with different chemicals. LPG is stored under pressurisedcondition with elaborate arrangement for controlling storage pressure and distributionfacilities whereas all other chemicals are stored under ambient temperature andpressure or in liquid condition.

Hazardous situation arising due to:

Failure in the monitoring of crucial process parameters e.g. pressure,temperature, flow quantity etc.

Failure in the utilities e.g. cooling water Failure control elements e.g. pressure, temperature level, flow controllers etc. Failure of components such as pumps, compressor etc.

EIA REPORTFOR




Failure of safety systems, safety valves / relief valves, sprinkler systems, alarmetc.

Mechanical failure of vessels or pipe work due to excessive stress, overpressure, corrosion etc.

Wrong operation, failing to adhere to the safety norms etc.

It has been mentioned that release of LPG may lead to hazardous situation in case ofaccidental release of large quantity. Such situation is possible from the storage areawhere bulk quantities are being stored. It is unlikely that small leakage through pipes,gaskets, glands or any other means within the plant proper itself (user points) will createa hazardous situation unless allowed to be released for a long time. It is expected thatduring such small leakage preventive steps will be taken within a specified time span.

EFFECTS OF THE ABOVE HAZARDS

The effect of accidents in these areas will be confined to the facilities only and can becontrolled within the areas by the operating personnel themselves.

At the extreme it may require the resources of the whole facility to control the effects butthese are not at all expected to spill over to the community.

EXPLOSION RISK

Liquefied Petroleum Gas at LPGComplex

`BLEVE’ / Unconfined Vapour cloud explosionrisk

6.2.7 HAZOP Study

It is suggested to have HAZOP Study for the fuel distribution network handling facilitiesprior to commissioning, for last minute corrections in the design of the systems from failsafe angle. The HAZOP analysis for the fuel handling system will be carried out andsuitable measures will be implemented for safe operations.

Electrical safety: Adequately rated and quick response circuit breakers, aided by reliableand selective digital or microprocessor based electro-magnetic protective relays wouldbe incorporated in the electrical system design for the proposed project. The meteringand instruments would be of proper accuracy class and scale dimensions.

6.2.8 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

In this section, accident consequence analysis to determine the consequence of apotential major accident on the installation, the neighbourhood and the environment arebeing discussed by evaluating the consequence of incidence involving hazardousmaterials vis-a-vis LPG. Consequence analysis also involves assessment of releasequantity which is again dependent upon chemical, storing condition, type of release,duration etc. Catastrophic flammable material normally involves the air borne release of

EIA REPORTFOR




these materials. A potential catastrophic release of flammable material would involve airborne release and subsequent explosion or fire i.e. a sufficiently large fuel – air mixturewithin flammable mix rapidly developed and finds a source of ignition. However LPG willbe stored under pressurized condition in liquid form and is expected to be distributed tothe user points in gaseous form.

When a pressurised liquified gas is released from containment, a portion flashes off.Following flash off, residual liquid is at its boiling point and the vapourisation continuesas a rate limit process. The second stage of rate limit vapourisation is usually regardedas relatively less important compared with the initial flash off. Fraction flash off isapproximately 17% at 15°C as Butane. From the above it is clear that release of liquidLPG is potentially more catastrophic than release of vapour.

Flammable releases cause harms as a results of fire or explosion. Flammable vapourcloud resulting from rapid, release of LPG is being calculated. Since the cloud centercannot be predicted, a conservation approach has been followed and it has beenassumed that the cloud drift towards downwind from the point of release when thedanger of ignition occurs. Assuming that the cloud would drift in any direction, the“Hazard Area” around LPG storage area has been established by drawing a circle ofradius equal to the distance, which may be affected due to heat intensity, if BLEVEoccurs. A `BLEVE’ can occur, if a pressure vessel becomes completely filled with liquid.The temperature, rises and pressure relief capacity is insufficient to keep the internalpressure from exceeding tank strength. One of the hazards of a `BLEVE’ of apressurized tank containing liquefied gas is the fireball created by combustion of themixture of vapour liquid that is explosively dispersed by the sudden rupture. The suddenexpansion of compressed vapour and the large quantities of vapour suddenly producedby liquid flashing combine to create a large ball of liquid droplets and vapour. The heatcreated by the burning of the dispersed liquid and vapour causes a powerful thermalupdraft. As already explained, sudden release of a liquid stored at a temperature aboveits boiling point will result in the instantaneous and adiabatic vaporization of a fraction ofthe liquid. It is usually taken as half the tank capacity while calculating the radiative fluxincident, on a target some distance away from the LPG tank. However, as the storagequantities along with its details have not yet been finalized, the assessments have beenmade on the assumption that maximum instantaneous release of total 50 tonne release.

Unconfined vapoour cloud explosion is one of the most serious hazards of LPG. Avapour cloud explosion may cause harm by direct or indirect blast effects. The peakincident pressure at different distance due to explosion of various quantities of vapourcloud are being calculated and is presented in Table 6.4. The effect of this over pressureis presented in Table 6.5.

Table 6.4: Over Pressure generation from vapour cloud explosion

Over Pressure (bar) Distance in meter0.09 2000.06 300

EIA REPORTFOR




Over Pressure (bar) Distance in meter0.04 4000.35 5000.03 600

0.026 7000.022 800

Table 6.5: Effect of Different Overpressure

Over Pressure(Milibar)

Type of Damage

10 – 15 Typical window glass breakage35 – 75 Windows shattered, Plaster cracked, Minor damage to some

building70 – 100 Personnel knocked down75 -125 Panels of sheet metal buckled125 -200 Failure of walls constructed of concrete blocks or cinder blocks200 - 300 Oil storage tank ruptured400 - 600 RCC Structure severely damaged350 - 1000 Ear drum rupture2000 - 5000 Lung damage7000 - 10,000 Lethal

The heat radiation intensity at different distances for different quantities of releases arepresented in Table 6.6. The effect of thermal radiation on unprotected skin is alsopresented below in Table 6.7.

Table 6.6 : Heat radiation intensity at different distances for 50 t

Distance in meter Thermal load ( Kw/m2)120 117.3

130.9 92.6141.8 76.1152.7 63.9163.6 54.6218.1 28.9327.2 12.0436.3 6.5545.4 4.11090.7 0.91636.1 0.42181.4 0.2

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 6.7: Relation Between Heat Radiation Intensity, Time and Effect onMan

Heat Radiation Level (Kw / m2) Duration (Secs) Effect2.5 65 Blistering Starts5 25 Do8 13.5 Do

11 8.5 Do18 4.5 Do22 3 Do

10.2 45.2 Lethal (1%)33.1 10.1 Do146 1.43 Do

6.2.9 ON-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN / DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

The on-site emergency plan relates to the laid-down and well-practiced procedure aftertaking care of all design based precautionary measures for risk control. This plan isaimed for tackling any emergency situation, if arises.

Objective of the Plan

The emergency plan has been prepared to ensure the smooth working of the steel plantcomplex. The main objectives of the plan are to take immediate actions to meet anyemergency situation making maximum use of combined in-plant and allied resources forthe most effective, speedy and efficient rescue and relief operations. These are brieflyenumerated below:

1. Cordon and isolate the affected area for smooth rescue operation2. Rescue and treat casualties and safeguard the rest3. Minimize damage to persons, property and surroundings4. Contain and ultimately bring the situation under control5. Secure and safe rehabilitation of the affected area6. Provide necessary information to statutory agencies7. Provide authoritative information to the news media.8. Ward off unsocial elements and prying onlookers.9. Counter rumor mongering and panic by relevant accurate information.

Methodology

Keeping in mind the detailed information on the proposed steel plant, the plan is formedon the following basis:

identification of possible hazards in various units and their impact on thesurroundings

detailed information on the available resources and control measures.

EIA REPORTFOR




6.2.10 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND FIRE FIGHTING

As detailed above, some of the working premises of the plant have hazardous andfire-prone environment. To protect the working personnel and equipment from anydamage or loss and to ensure uninterrupted production, adequate safety and fire fightingmeasures have been proposed for the project.

6.2.11 SAFETY OF PERSONNEL

All workmen employed in hazardous working conditions will be provided with adequatepersonal safety appliance as applicable to the work like;

- Industrial safety boots- Industrial helmets- Hand gloves- Ear muffs- Welder's screens and aprons- Gas masks- Respirators Resuscitators

6.2.12 FIRE PROTECTION FACILITIES

Keeping in view the nature of fire and vulnerability of the equipment and the premises,the following fire protection facilities have been proposed for the plant.

Portable Fire Extinguishers

All plant units, office buildings, stores, laboratories, MCCs etc. will be provided withadequate number of portable fire extinguishers. The distribution and selection ofextinguishers will be done as per IS:2190.

Hydrant System

Hydrants will be provided at suitable locations and in different levels inside the plantbuildings. Yard hydrants will be provided in the vicinity to meet the additionalrequirement of water to extinguish fire. Sprinkler system for LPG, MRSS, Oil cellars alsohave been provided.

Automatic Fire Detection System

Unattended vulnerable premises like electrical control rooms, cable tunnels, MCC, oilcellars, etc. will be provided with automatic fire detection and alarm systems.

EIA REPORTFOR




Manual Call Point Systems

All major units and welfare/administrative building will be provided with manual callpoints for summoning the fire fighting crew from the fire station for necessary assistance.

Fire Station

The Fire station will be centrally located with adequate communication facilities andtrained man power. There will be one central fire station with fire tenders to extend thenecessary assistance required for fighting fire in any of the plant units and associatepremises. The following equipment will be provided in fire station/fire posts.

- Water tender- Foam tender- Portable pump- Wireless set Hoses

6.2.13 PLANT DISASTER CONTROL

The On Site Emergency Plan will be made available considering all the different units ofthe proposed steel plant complex.

Organisation

A Central Disaster Control Cell will be set up under the direct charge of the GM I/c(works). He will be the person nominated to declare any major emergency and would bein-charge of all operations in such situations. In his absence, GM (HRM & Maint.) wouldbe the in-charge. He will be supported by the other nominated members of cell, e.g.,General Manager for Plant operations and service agencies , Personnel, Security, Fireand safety, Administration and Medical Officer. In case of any major emergency, theDisaster Control Cell would operate from Disaster Control Room. At the shop level,Deputy General Managers, have been nominated as Controllers who will be assisted byManager, Shift-in-charges and trained key workers to deal with any minor emergenciesarising at the shop.

Information Flow

The following guidelines will be observed by any person after noticing a gas leak, fire,etc. till help is made available from Central Disaster Control Cell or Shop level DisasterControl Cell.

Raise alarm Communicate to the control room about the incident/emergency. Communicate to fire station for relief in case telephone is available otherwise try to

attract attention by any available means.

EIA REPORTFOR




Attempts to close doors, windows or ventilators of the room to prevent anycontaminated air getting in.

6.2.13.1 CENTRAL DISASTER CONTROL ROOM

Upon receiving information from any site regarding emergency, the person operatingfrom the Disaster Control room will :

Depute a person to rush to site and assess the situation.

Inform fire, transport, safety, medical and concerned control room.

Organise operating personnel and arrange for control over the situation.

Keep the management informed about the gravity of the situation from time to time.

On receiving the call, the Disaster Control room would immediately direct thedifferent supporting service agencies as enumerated below :

Security and Administration services : responsible for safety of the plant againsttrespassers, saboteurs, any crowd, information to Government authorities and in theneighbourhood (if required), provision of transport facilities, telecommunicationfacilities and fire service facilities.

Safety service: responsible for implementation of safety measures at work place andoccupational safety.

Medical service: responsible for providing medical care to the injured or the affectedin an event of emergency.

Stores: responsible for providing adequate number of tools, tackles and accessoriesfor proper emergency control.

Preservation of evidence and taking of photographs, if necessary, for futureenquiries to determine the cause and taking further preventive actions.

Welfare: Provide food, clothes, shelter etc., as per requirements.

Power and water supply : To ensure supply of fire fighting water requirement andprovisions of power supply.

Alerted by news, all key personnel will arrive immediately at the respective reportingplace during emergency.

6.2.13.2 SHOP LEVEL DISASTER CONTROL CELL

The Controller at the shop level would take immediate charge of any emergencysituation and would assume full responsibility regarding mobilisation of resources, guideand help service agencies in properly carrying out their assigned duties. Being from theoperations side of the plant, he has full knowledge of the process aspects and he woulddecide whether to stop the plant/process. He will be responsible for overall co-ordination.

EIA REPORTFOR




In his absence, his Deputy would be Controller of the operations. The duties of the Shoplevel Controller are enumerated below:

Assess the scale of emergency and decide, if any possibility of major emergencyexists and inform the Central Control Room, if necessary.

Direct Safe close down of plant or any operation, if necessary.

Direct evacuation of areas in the vicinity, which may be endangered.

Ensure key personnel are called in immediately and they start carrying out theirassigned duties.

Direct rescue and fire fighting operations from safe operation point of view.

Direct the shop personnel to the designated places for safe assembly.

Control rehabilitation of affected areas and any victim on emergency.

Ensure complete safety before restarting the plant/ operation.

At Shop floor, teams of workers will be trained, who will be present at the incident site fordoing the needful. They will assist and extend help to the following :

Fire brigade team in controlling fire.

Operational staff in shutting down plant to make it safe.

Search, evacuation, rescue team.

Movement of vehicles for emergency control.

Plant pollution monitoring staff for carrying out atmospheric tests.

Medical team for providing necessary help.

Any other special operation.

6.2.13.3 CONTINGENCY PLAN

It has been based on the following considerations :

The plant general layout. The available resources. The analysis of hazards.

EIA REPORTFOR




And is aimed at the

Pre-emergency activities. Emergency time activities. Post-emergency activities.

In the event of an emergency, the people from affected pockets would be directed tomove to safe assembly places nearby the units.

The following facilities will be provided.

Security service Fire fighting service Medical service Pollution control service Public relation service Telecommunication service Transport service Evacuation service Welfare service

An alarm system will be provided with a wailing type siren at a centralised place andactuators at the strategic locations in the plant. Adequate number of telephones will beprovided in each unit at Shop floor so that a person can either directly raise the alarm orring up disaster control room from where the alarm can be raised directly. The wailingsiren will mark the beginning of the emergency while a continuous note will mark the endmeaning all clear signal.

All fire fighting equipment like valves, fire hydrants, pumps, monitors, etc., will bechecked periodically to detect defective parts and such parts would be immediatelyreplaced. Mock drills will be conducted for training the persons and to check theperformance of men and equipment and also to keep them fit for any emergency. Theplant will be equipped with a separate Medical Centre with necessaryinstrument/appliances, medicines and trained manpower. The Medical Officer willmaintain close liaison with different hospitals in the nearby city.

6.2.13.4 RESCUE AND REPAIR SERVICES

The responsibility of effective working of Rescue and Repair Services will be with theincident controller.

Rescue Services

To extricate persons from the debris of collapsed building/structure and save humanlives.

EIA REPORTFOR




To hand over the extricated persons to first aid parties.

To take immediate steps as may be necessary for the temporary supports ordemolition of buildings and structures, the collapse of which is likely to endanger lifeor obstruct traffic.

To cut off supplies of water, gas, electricity to damaged buildings.

Trained Rescue parties shall be formed at Shop levels, who will be provided with thefollowing equipment :

1. Self contained oxygen breathing apparatus2. Blower type gas mask3. Resuscitators4. Petromax lamp / Torches5. Axe/hand saw6. Bamboo ladder7. Necessary Safety appliances8. First aid box9. Blankets

On-site emergency planning rehearsals need to be carried out from time to time. Itrequires monitoring by experienced persons from other similar factories or by seniorofficials from the State Inspectorate of Factories and/or the Directorate of Fire Services,who can help in updating the emergency plan procedure.

6.2.14 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLANNING

Off-site emergency planning is normally under the jurisdiction of the districtadministration. The designated official of the Steel Plant is required to have co-ordinationwith the district administration for responsive action in off-site emergency planning.

6.2.15 FIRE FIGHTING ORGANISATION AND PROCEDURE

There will be trained fire fighting personnel and a Fire Officer under the Fire & SafetyDepartment. The following important instructions will be given for fire prevention andtackling of any fire in the plant.

Overall control of the Fire fighting operations will rest with the senior most officerpresent at the scene of fire, who will be assisted by the operational and fire staff.Close co-ordination and planning for fire protection will be done between PlantOperations and Fire Service.

While turning out for fire calls, the fire staff will be guided to the correct locationimmediately on their arrival.

EIA REPORTFOR




In-charge of the section at Shop floor will explain special risks involved and guidethe In-charge of the Fire fighting crew. He will, however, not interfere in the methodof fire fighting operations.

No one would tamper with the sources of water supply/ fire hydrants or misusethem in any manner. The passages/approach to/from fire hydrants to the fireappliances would always be kept clear.

Fire drills would be held in each, zone periodically under the direction of the Fire Officer.

The organisation and brief procedure for fighting small, major and simultaneous fire isgiven below :

Degree of fireemergency

Fire chief Siren code Personsattending

Small fire

Major fire/Disaster

Simultaneous fire

BLEVE

Functional head in chargeof affected area

Head of the worksdepartment

In-charge of affected area

Head of works

No siren

DoubleWailings

Single wailing

Triple wailing

CISF/Fire

On siteemergency plan

Persons alreadypresent at thescene of fire,operators

As per on siteemergency plan

Definitions :

Small fire : A fire in its incipient stage which is controlled by the firstline fire fighting team.

Major fire : The fire is spreading to other equipment or areas andwhich threatens to go beyond the control of first line andsecond line fire fighting teams.

Simultaneous fire : More than one fire occurring at the same time.

Fire Control Office : The Fire Control Officer will be in-charge at the scene offire. In case of small fire, Section Head/ Functional Head ofaffected area will be fire Officer.

In major fire, Head of works will be Fire Control Officer.

EIA REPORTFOR




In simultaneous fires, in-charges of the respective affectedareas will be Fire Control Officers.

Fire call : Fire call will be received at the fire station regardingoccurrence of fire and its location. The message will beconveyed either by telephone or fire alarm or in person.

While giving Fire call message on telephone, the personwill

Give his name, Section & Department.

Exact location of Fire and if possible, nature of fire.

Confirm that the Fire call message is repeated by theControl room attendant.

When the call message is given by the Fire alarm, theperson would stand rear the Fire alarm to guide the Firefighting team to the location of the fire.

Fire Siren Code : For small fire : No siren will be sounded.For major fire : Double WailingFor all clear : Steady siren for one minute.

Fire Fighting for Small Fire

The small fire will be tackled by the first line team which would comprise of the personsalready present at the scene of fire. However, the second line fire fighting team whosecomposition is given below will also report at the scene of fire immediately after receivingthe Fire Call of affected area at the time of fire. The team will consist of the following :

Fire Control Officer

First line Fire Fighting team:Operational / maintenance staff and/or other plant personnel working in the area.

Second line Fire Fighting team :

Fire station shift-in-charge and trained fire fighting personnel. Ambulance driver with ambulance. Functional head of affected area. Shift Officer production. Security personnel.

EIA REPORTFOR




Third line Fire Fighting team :

Fire Officer & Auxiliary Fire Fighting personnel. All Departmental & Functional Heads. Local Fire Brigade from Govt., if necessary.

Fire Fighting for Major Fire :

The major fire will be tackled by the first line, second line and the third line fire fightingteams. The fire chief in this case is the Head of works. The fire chief for small fire willjudge the nature of fire and in case of major fire, he will inform Fire Officer (either himselfor through responsible persons) to sound the fire sirens (double wailing type). The teamwill consist of the following who will immediately report at the scene of the fire.

1. Fire Officer2. First, Second and Third line Fire Fighting team.3. Auxiliary Fire Fighting personal

All the members of the auxiliary fire fighting crew will have thorough training on the job.

Responsibilities of Fire Control Room Operator :

During fire Call :

To take correct message regarding location, type of fire etc., from the caller.

To repeat the message.

To inform fire fighting personnel on duty immediately for turn out by hearing thebell.

To ask the pump house operator to maintain adequate head in the fire water line.

To inform Telephone Exchange.

To inform first aid centre.

Responsibilities of Fire Fighting Personnel :

To report immediately at the scene of fire.

To take instructions from Fire Officer.

Responsibilities of Fire Officer :

To direct the deployment of Fire fighting personnel and fire fighting appliances.

EIA REPORTFOR




To organise additional fire fighting crew, if required, depending upon gravity of thesituation.

To guide plant employees in fire fighting.

To co-ordinate between different groups of fire fighting personnel & team of trainedworkers from the department.

To control the spread of fire and rescue operation, if necessary. To extinguish the fire.

To replenish the required fire fighting material/ equipment.

To arrange relievers wherever necessary.

To assess the situation and arrange additional help if necessary in co-ordinationwith Disaster Control room.

To advice for all clear siren to be blown after the major fire emergency is over.

Responsibilities of Ambulance Driver:

To report to the scene of fire with ambulance immediately.

To carry the casualties, if any, to the medical centre as directed by MedicalOfficer/Fire Officer at the earliest.

To park the ambulance without obstructing the fire fighting operations and traffic.

Responsibilities of Security personnel at the manned gate :

To prevent entry of unauthorized persons.

To keep the gate open for emergency vehicles and officers and staff concernedwith fire fighting and allied operations.

Responsibilities of Telephone Operator :

To receive fire call messages.

To inform Shift Officer for all fires.

Responsibilities of Medical Officer during major fire :

To be available at the first aid centre for necessary medical advice.

EIA REPORTFOR




To depute one of the medical staff to the scene of fire to render any medicalassistance, required at site.

Responsibilities of Head of the Personnel and Welfare Department during majorfire :

To arrange the transport of the fire fighting personnel with minimum loss of time inconsultation with the Fire Control/Fire Officer.

To make arrangements for the refreshment/meals for persons engaged in firefighting.

To inform the Fire Officer regarding the actions taken.

Responsibilities of Head of the Maintenance Department during major fire:

To report to Fire Chief and render all help that may be required from MaintenanceDepartment.

Responsibilities of Head of the Electrical Maintenance Department during majorfire :

To report to Fire Officer and render assistance to be required from ElectricalDepartment such as installation of equipment, provision of temporary lighting etc.

Responsibilities of Head of the Materials Procurement Department during majorfire :

To arrange to man the stores for emergency issue of materials. If the materials arenot available in the stores or are likely to be exhausted during fire fightingoperations, he would arrange for the same from other sources.

6.2.16 CLOUD BURST / LIGHTNING

Cloud burst / lightning may at times lead to minor to major emergency. In such anemergency, actions indicated under fire and explosion will be undertaken.

6.2.17 FOOD POISONING

In case of food poisoning in plant canteens, the following will be done :

Disaster Controller will inform Medical Officer for immediate first aid.

Medical Officer will contact other hospitals and seek their help, if necessary.

EIA REPORTFOR




Security will help in evacuating the affected people to various hospitals, inco-ordination with the Medical Officer.

6.2.18 MUTUAL-AID SYSTEM

At times the possibility of a major emergency (a situation out of control of plant authority)cannot be ruled out. In such a case, the plant authority would declare it to be a majoremergency and total control would be transferred to the district level office ofcontingency plan committee.

Necessary help would also be sought from Government sources having necessaryinfrastructure for dealing with disaster.

6.3 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

6.3.1 Introduction

All industrial projects have social and economic linkages. Therefore, putting up a newproject and/or modernization/ expansion of existing projects have impact on the socio–economic environment of the locality around it. This impact may be marginal or non–marginal. The intensity of impact may depend upon the various social and environmentalfactors associated with it and the extent of change caused by the project to alter theexisting equilibrium of the socio – economic system. Influx of people from outside duringvarious stages of the project may also alter the existing cultural identity of the localpeople. Further, there is a cash flow associated with the project which may affects theexisting socio–economic activities and introduces many more new activities associatedwith the project to which the local people have strong adherence. M/s Shree Uttam Steel& Power Limited has proposed an integrated steel plant near Satarda, Maharashtra. Thevarious activities of the projects are likely to stimulate the existing socio–economicenvironment in the surrounding area. The influx of money and various constructionactivities may not only change the economic status of the area but also influence theexisting cultural scenario. This impact is expected to be more in the area closer to thesite, which decreases with increase of distance from the site.

6.3.2 Objectives

The proposed project will have a widespread impact on the social and economicconditions of the people of the region in terms of direct and indirect employment, skilldiversification, infrastructure development, business development etc. On this backdrop,the present study is directed towards the following objectives:

i) To assess the impact of the project on agricultural situation;ii) To assess the impact of the project on pattern of demand;iii) To examine the impact of the project on consumption pattern;iv) To examine the employment and income effects of the project;v) To assess the impact of the project on education;vi) To ascertain the impact of the project on industrialization in the study area;

EIA REPORTFOR




vii) To examine the impact of the project on community development activities;

6.3.3 Brief outline of Sindhudurg district

A 10km radius circle centering the plant area is considered as the study area for thisproject. The study area falls under Sindhudurg district of Maharashtra. Within the districtthe study area falls under Sawantwadi thesil. Demographic pattern on the district isgiven in Table 6.8 while a brief on the thesil is given in Table 6.9.

Table 6.8 : Brief on Sindhudurg districtItem Unit Sindhudurg

PopulationMale

Female

RuralUrban

No 868825417890450935

78650682319

Distribution of populationMale

FemaleRural

Urban

% of totalpopulation 48.1

51.990.1

9.9Literates

TotalMale

Female

No612919328199284720

Distribution of WorkersTotal workersMain workers

Marginal workers

No404985233827171158

Source : Census 2001

Table 6.9 : Brief on Sawantwadi Taluka

Item Unit Sawantwadi thesilPopulation

MaleFemale

RuralUrban

No 1489807192077060

12607922901

Distribution of populationMale

Female

RuralUrban

% of totalpopulation 48.3

51.7

84.615.4

EIA REPORTFOR




LiteratesTotalMale

Female

No107170

5716750003


Marginal workers

No682134194826265

Source : Census 2001

6.3.4 The Study Area

The study area covers a 10km radius circle centering the project site. Demographicpattern of the study area is as follows (Table 6.10). There are about 81,000 persons inthe study area. Of this, 51.5% are male and the rest are female. Literacy rate is 75%.

Table 6.10: Demographic pattern of the study area

Item Unit Study area

PopulationMale

Female

No 812694185439415

Distribution ofpopulation

MaleFemale

% of totalpopulation

51.548.5

Literates No 60952


Marginal workers

No24764213653399

6.3.5 Analytical Framework

MethodologyThe present study is carried out using different quantitative techniques suitable forexplaining various objectives of the study. Major methods used as tools of analysis inthis study are as given below :

Regression AnalysisSimple linear regression of the following type in considered and fitted to cross sectiondata collected in course of field survey :

Yi = a + b Xi + Ui

EIA REPORTFOR




Where,Y = Dependent variableX = Explanatory variableU is the stochastic error term having its usual properties.

The above model is fitted to data applying Ordinary Least Square (OLS) technique toobtain estimated demand and consumption functions.

Fitted regression models are used to work out

i) Elasticity of demand (e), for food and non-food items with respect todisposable income (e) in case of demand functions :

e = (dY / dX).(X / Y)

i) Marginal Propensity to Consume (MPC) from consumption function :

MPC = dC / dY

In case of aspects like demographic parameters, peoples’ perception, educationalstatus, agricultural status, methods of descriptive statistics are used.

Field Survey

Baseline data on socio-economic parameters such as demography, infrastructure,economic resource base, health status, cultural aspects and aesthetic attribute weregenerated using information available with Govt. agencies, census data, and statisticalabstract and health agencies.

Socio-economic survey was carried out covering all the villages of the study area torecord awareness, opinion, apprehensions, quality of life and expectations of the localpeople about the proposed project. The opinion of local people about the proposed planwas obtained through socio-economy survey of the villages in the study area.

A brief about the sampling design adopted for the field survey is described below. Thesurvey has been conducted through specially designed questionnaire covering everyaspect of the present study. In addition to the field data, secondary data / informationcollected, compiled and published by different Governmental agencies / departmentswere also collected and utilized appropriately.

Sampling

For selection of respondents from the study area, Two Stage Random Sampling hasbeen adopted. In the first stage, villages are selected and in the second stage,households/ respondents are selected. From each selected village / town, therespondents are selected randomly to account intra-village variability among the

EIA REPORTFOR




respondents for the character under study. As the variability of the characters undereach strata study do not vary widely among the households, a smaller sample size isexpected to represent the population.

A sample of 33 respondents is drawn from the study area. The sample covers anestimated 175 persons.

Composition of the Questionnaire

Households/respondents were interviewed with the structured questionnaire specificallydesigned for this study keeping in view the objectives of the study. The questionnaireconsists of following major sections :

Demographic profile of the households Information on agricultural situation Educational status Employment (sources of employment) Income of the family (income from various sources) Information on family budget Consumption and saving Energy consumption Respondents’ perception about the project

6.3.6 Prediction of Impacts

Pattern of Demand

The survey reveals that the respondents spend major portion of their disposable incomeon food items. However, there has been a growing tendency among the respondents ofallocating higher expenditure on non-food items although their basket of consumptionhave only few items other than food. To go to the details of their pattern of demand,income elasticity of demand is calculated by fitting demand functions. Table 6.11presents the results of the regression analysis conducted for fitting the demandfunctions. It is observed that all the demand functions give uniformly good fits to the databecause R2 in all the cases are found to be quite high. Moreover, as indicated by t-test,the relevant parameter of the demand functions is found to be statistically highlysignificant at 1% level. The income elasticity of demand as measured from the fittedfunctions is 0.33 and 0.94 for food and non-food items respectively.

The inelastic nature of demand for food items indicates their necessity for these items tothe households. The non-food items are found to be elastic to the income of households.This implies that for any additional income , households will expend for non-food itemsincluding luxurious goods.

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 6.11 : Demand Functions for Food and Non-food Items

Demand Function Item Regression Parameterslog a b R2

Dij = a * Ybj * U

(Where,Dij = Demand for the ith item by

jth respondent.Yj= Disposable income of the jth

respondent

Food

Non-Food

2.722

0.103

0.328(6.8)*

0.943(17.1)*

0.899

0.907

Figures in () indicate t - values and * Significant at 1% level

With the implementation of the project and development of the locality, new type ofdemand pattern may emerge which is likely to place more importance on consumergoods and quality products. This is not a bad impact provided considerable income isgenerated due to the project and sufficient income is earned by them; otherwise, if theshift is a substitution of necessary food requirements then it is not desirable in truesocio-economic sense.

Employment and income Effect

Direct employment

Agriculture, business, and service are major sources of income in the study area.However, unemployment is quite common in the study area. The project hasemployment generation potential by way of recruiting local people directly for differentactivities of the project, specifically at the construction phase. It is expected thatsubstantial portion of the investment in this project will trickle down to the local people inthe form of employment and income.

Indirect employment

Indirect employment and income effects of a steel plant is widespread. Income andemployment opportunities generated in the ancillaries, which are likely to come in thevicinity of the steel plant, along with growth of employment in services activities are likelyto be much stronger due to its multiplier effect. Besides this, increase of population in thestudy area as a result of the project will lead to higher demand for food. Asconsequence, price of food is expected to increase. It is expected that the project maybring infrastructure development in the study area which may multiply in employmentgeneration many fold. Hence, the project is expected to generate substantial indirectemployment in other sectors.

Overall assessment of the employment and income effects indicates that the project hasstrong positive direct as well as indirect impact on employment and income generation.

EIA REPORTFOR




Consumption Behaviour

Table 6.12 presents the source-wise distribution of average family consumption. It isobserved that the major portion of total consumption expenditure goes to meet the needfor food (50%). The consumption expenditure on clothing is second highest (16%).Average expenditure on medical purposes is 5%. About 27% of total consumptionexpenditure goes to meet the other social requirements. Expenditure on education in thestudy area is observed to be low.

Table 6.12: Source-wise Distribution of Family Consumption

Item Food Education Clothing Medical Others TotalConsumption(Rs/yr)Distribution in total(%)

17067

49.7

1064

3.1

5331

15..5

1768

5.1

9136

26.6

34367

100.0

To investigate the consumption behaviour of the respondents in detail, MarginalPropensity to Consume (MPC) is calculated by fitting the consumption function. Theresults of the regression analysis performed for fitting the consumption function arepresented in Table 6.13. It is observed that the function gave uniformly good fit to databecause R2 is high and parameters are also found to be statistically significant at 1%level. The MPC worked out on the basis of the fitted consumption function is 0.52.

Table 6.13 : Fitted Consumption Function

Demand Function Regression parametersa b R2

Cj = a + b Yj + Uj

where,Cj = Consumption of the jth respondentYj = Gross income of the jth respondent

11621.2 0.521(8.2)*

0.884

Figures in ( ) indicate t - values and * Significant at 1% level.

The multiplier effect of investment on the people of the study area has been worked outby using the following model:

Consider the consumption behaviour of the respondents closely follow the following typeof consumption function:

C = a + bY (1)We know that, in equilibrium

Y = C + I (2)

EIA REPORTFOR




where, Y = Gross income, C = Consumption & I = Investment

Putting (1) in (2) one gets,

Y = a + bY + I

=> Y = ( 1 / (1-b) * [ a +I ] (3)

where, 1 / (1-b) is the multiplier.

Assuming that consumption behaviour of the people in the study area closely follow thisfitted consumption function, one can easily see that existing size of the multiplier is 2.1.Hence, investment on this project and the consequent generation of additional incomewill have multiplier effect in raising average consumption.

The proposed project is going to have positive income effect and consequently, themultiplier effect is expected to lead to an overall increase in average consumption of thepeople of the study area. Therefore, one can conclude that the impact of the project onconsumption behaviour of the local people is likely to be satisfactory and positive.

Educational Status

The existing educational status of members of the households is presented in Table6.14. From the table it is clear that 40% of the members have education at primary leveland middle school level taken together. People up to the high school and intermediatelevel are about 21% and 11% respectively of total population. It is worth noting that thegraduation level people are of the order of around 10%. The survey further reveals thatabout 18% of the members are illiterate. As reported by the respondents, their thrusttowards education has been increasing due to the lure of getting jobs specially in thenon-agricultural sources. The project is expected to increase such aspirations bybringing opportunities of some direct & indirect employment for the local people. Thegeneral awareness towards the importance of education is expected to increase as aresult of the new project and hence, it can be said that the project will have positiveimpact on the level of education of the people of the study area.

Table 6.14 : Educational Status in the Study Area

Education Level No Distribution (%)Illiterate * 31 17.7Primary schooling 40 22.9Middle schooling 30 17.1High Schooling 37 21.1Intermediate 20 11.4Graduation 17 9.7

Total 175 100.0* Includes children below 6 yrs also.

EIA REPORTFOR




Industrialisation Around the Project

Steel plants by nature serve as the nuclei for development of small-scale industries in theareas around them. These small-scale units usually have input-output linkages with thesteel plants. The demand for spares, assemblies and sub-assemblies by steel plants aregenerally met through the supply (of these items) from small-scale units located nearly.The small-scale units, in turn, get necessary steel products from the steel plants. Theadvantages to steel plants as well as small-scale units are listed below:

Advantages to the proposed plant Assurance of a reliable source of supply of spares and consumables; Supply on short-delivery schedules enabling maintenance of lower inventory; Saving foreign exchange through import substitution; Lower freight element in comparison to materials supplied by firm located far away; Better service facilities etc.

Advantages to Small Scale Units Availability of ready market; Availability of raw material source for steel/by-product consuming industries; Getting price preference over distant suppliers; Availability of facilities from government; Availability of infrastructure support from the steel plant etc.

Proper utilisation of these mutual advantages is likely to play a catalytic role in thedevelopment of the region around the plant.

The small scale industries that are likely to come in the vicinity of the plant can be groupedinto major three categories -- spares, metal based and chemical based, besides theservice units. These are complemented by the service units. The present project is likely toaccelerate such industrialization through “Bubble Effects” in the study area. It is importantto note that the small scale units are usually labour-intensive and high-priority industriesfrom social point of view.

The proposed project is expected to serve as centre of significant small-scale industrialeconomy around it complemented by the services sector. This is expected to play a majorrole in the future economic and social development of this area.

6.3.7 Conclusions

On the basis of the overall results of the present impact assessment the followingconclusions are drawn:

i) The project is not going to cause any damage to the existing agricultural situation.Instead, it is likely to provide the farmers with non-farm income.

EIA REPORTFOR




ii) The project is going to foster the change in pattern of demand among people of thestudy area by way of shift from food items to non-food items.

iii) The project has strong positive effect on average consumption in the study area,which is likely to lead to increase in average income through multiplier effect.

iv) The project has very strong positive employment and income effects, both direct aswell as indirect.

v) There is a possibility of increase in industrialisation in the vicinity of the project.This is likely to bring more skill diversification among local people.

vi) The project has positive impact on educational status of people of the study area.

vii) Community development activities due to the proposed project will further boostthe socio-economic condition.

6.3.8 Corporate Social Responsibility

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) is a form of corporate self-regulation integratedinto a business model. CSR refers to strategies of corporations or firms to conduct theirbusiness in a way that is ethical, society friendly and beneficial to community in terms ofdevelopment. CSR is the deliberate inclusion of public interest into corporate decision-making, and the honoring of a triple bottom line: People, Planet, Profit.

Community Development (CD) refers to initiatives undertaken by community withpartnership with external organizations or corporation to empower individuals andgroups of people by providing these groups with the skills they need to effect change intheir own communities. These skills are often concentrated around making use of localresources and building political power through the formation of large social groupsworking for a common agenda.

The role of CSR in CD is any direct and indirect benefits received by the community asresults of social commitment of corporations to the overall community and social system.The common roles of CSR in CD are as follows:

To share the negative consequences as a result of industrialization. Closer ties between corporations and community. Helping to get local talents as an attractive employer for potential candidates.

Community development activities (including that for its employees) are very importantaspects for any organization like SUSPL. SUSPL will be implementing a large number ofsocial development activities under its CSR.

EIA REPORTFOR




SUSPL’s social initiatives are as follows :

EducationWomen empowermentVocational trainingHealthEnvironmentInfrastructure developmentSportsArt, culture and heritage

SUSPL is committed to community development around the steel plant. It has anambitious plan to adopt Satarda & Satose villages , Taluka Sawantwadi for communitydevelopment. In addition to above, need based assessment was carried out in the studyarea during socio-economic survey which can help in upliftment of poor section ofsociety and is consistent with the traditional skills of the people. The following needswere identified and a substantial amount has been allocated and being implemented forthe activities for the social up-liftment of surrounding villages :

Provision of drinking water facilities in surrounding villages Bus Stop/rest shelter for villagers at Satarda & Satose Medical facilities along with Ambulance for peripheral villagers Annual Eye checking and other medical camps Drinking water facilities with over head tanks at each peripheral villages An school for children of surrounding villages upto XIIth standard Community centre, temples, ponds, connecting roads for peripheral villages Traffic signal post at NH near Naibaugh/ Satarda village boarder SUSPL are facilitating the technical training institute such as ITI in collaboration with

state authority. Library and community development schemes for local wood craft

The main occupation of the people at present is agriculture, fishing and allied activities.The agriculture is only during the rainy season. Now after the development in the tourismsector, people are attracted over the hospitality industry, thus hospitality sector is comingup in the region. The infrastructure development is not enough to sustain the potentialgrowth. The need is felt for round the year water supply from an assured surface sourcewhich is the basic need to achieve expected development.

In spite of ample rainfall, the region is short of drinking water in summer. Just after rainyseason is over, most of the rivers become dry, as water flows to the sea very fast due tosteep slopes. It is, therefore, need of the time to take up the ambitious water supplyproject for Sindhdurg District in Konkan region covering about 20 villages and towns.

EIA REPORTFOR




Along with the industrial water supply to our steel plant the drinking water for about 18villages is also being taken care of through the Government agency Maharashtra JeevanPradhikaran.

The project area for Tillari Water supply project starts from village Sasoli up to Vengurlatown in Sindhdurg District. The distance from Sasoli to Vengurla is nearly 100 Kms. In all18 enroute villages & 1 town viz. Vengurle are covered in this project along withindustries, institutions, & tourist places.

The total project cost for water supply is around 216.90 crores.

These villages and towns are listed below.

Sr.No

Name Of The Villages Sr.No.

Name Of The Villages

1 Satarda 11 Sasoli2 Aronda 12 Kalne3 Redi 13 Adyali4 Shiroda 14 Fondye5 Arawali 15 Morgaon6 Mochemad 16 Padave7 Ubhadanda 17 Degave8 Sateli 18 Banda9 Vengurla Town 19 Kas10 Raosaheb Gotge College 20 Satose

SUSPL is also making a Zilla Parishad road of 4.155 km connecting 5 villages at theestimated cost of 2.95 crores under CSR scheme. A copy of the letter from concerneddepartment is enclosed as Annexure-I.

It is proposed to keep provision for training of women folks (sewing, stitching etc) ofsurrounding villages for their economic up-liftment. The CSR activities which aresponsored by SUSPL is indicated along with action plan and budgetary allocation ingiven below:

PROVISIONAL ACTION PLAN AND BUDGETARY ALLOCATION FOR CSR ACTIVITES

Sl.Activity and Implementation target

Capitalcost in

(Rs)Crores

Recurring cost in(Rs)Crores/annumNo.

A. Water

1.Provision of potable drinking water supply innearby villages through wells, hand pumps,tankers etc.

140 25

EIA REPORTFOR




2. Awareness campaigns for water bornediseases, sanitation and hygiene 1 0.6

Sub total 141 25.6B. Health

1. Mobile Clinic with testing and diagnosticfacilities 11 3

2. Upgradation of local PHC with equipmentsand infrastructure and medicines 6.5 1.5

3. Partnership with Govt. for National HealthProgrammes like Polio, TB, Malaria etc. 6.5 1.5

4. Health Camps for Family Planning, HIV/AIDSand other communicable diseases 3 0.65

5. Addressing local health related issuesthrough audio visuals and group meetings 3 0.65

6. Subsidized treatment in hospital with whichtie-up will be there 3 0.65

7. Specific Programmes for hygiene andsanitation 2 0.45

Sub total 35 8.4C. Education1. Providing free ITI training - 3

2.Augmentation of infrastructure andequipments, furniture, blackboard, toilets etc.in villages schools

22 5

3. Scholarship to meritorious students - 14. School wall boundary maintenance - 1

5.Existing govt. school strengthening byboundary wall construction, construction oftoilets, roof repair, drinking water taps, etc

12 3

Sub total 34 13D. Physically Challenged

1. Helping aids to each category of physicallychallenged as per requirement. 12 2

2. Eye camps to address the issue of cataractsspecially 7 1

Sub total 19 3E. Capacity Building1. Scholarship for ITI training - 1.5

EIA REPORTFOR




2. Short term courses for skill up gradation 6.5 1.5

3. Vocational training (dairy, poultry, beekeeping, sericulture) 6.5 1.5

4. Specific programmes for Ladies (stitching,embroldery, tailoring etc.) 6.5 1.5

Sub total 19.5 6F. Vulnerable Persons1. Pensions to vulnerable (Elderly / Widows etc.) - 1.52. Gainful engagement on priority - 1.5

Sub total - 3G. Infrastructure

3.

Construction of roads, drainage, communityhalls, school buildings, health centres, streetlighting, equipments to education institutions,public utilities, sanitation facililties, etc. innearby area.

35 8

Sub total 35 8H. Sports and Culture1. Regular Rural Sports - 2.52. Facilitation / Sponsorship to local talent - 2.53. Promotion of local festivals - 1.5

4. Participation of local community in nationalfestivals - 1.5

5. Preservation of culture and heritage - 1.5Sub total - 9.5

GRAND TOTAL 283.5 76.5

The above table is a broad description of CSR activities which will be spread over aspan of 10 years depends upon the urgency & benefit of the society and shall be fine-tuned on yearly basis. However in overall commitment to CSR will remain same asmentioned in the TOR granted by MoEF to the Project.

6.3.9 Flood HazardsThere are six major Rivers in the district of Sindhudurg i.e. (1) Vaghothan, (2) Sukhnadi,(3) Tillari, (4) Karli, (5) Gadnadi, (6) Terekhol. The rivers in the district receive water fromSahyadri main range and flow westwards to join the Arabian Sea through deep well cutchannels. Terekhol, the southern most river of the district known in it’s upper reaches asBanda river and in the lower reaches as Terekhol, rises in the environs of the

EIA REPORTFOR




Manohargad in the Sahyadris and flows in a south west direction to meet the sea. TheTerekhol river forms the boundary for some stretch between Sindhudurg district and GoaState. All these rivers are fed by the rain in the Sahyadri mountains. Also at the time ofhigh-hides the water from the sea rushes back into the rivers causing rivers to flood theirbanks. There is only one major dam Tillari constructed on the river Tillari, while Talambais proposed on Karli river.The Sindhudurg district has high amount of rainfall primarily because the clouds of thesouth west monsoon winds are blocked at the Sahyadri mountains and so shed a lot ofthe precipitation on the eastern side of the Western Ghat. The flooding in the major riversmentioned above is not only due to heavy rainfall in catchment areas. During high tides,there is a rush of sea water into river channels leading to a backwater current upstreamthe river. This sometimes leads to flooding along the banks of the rivers.

Sr.No.

Name of theRiver

Flooding frequencyover years

Location and Extent of AreaInundated (worst case) in sq.

Kms.

1 Terekhol 4 times in rainyseason

Villages Satarda & Satose, 0-03 sq.k.m.

The flood hazard map of India is enclosed. It can be seen that the project site is notfalling under area liable to floods.

According to the district administration, the probability of disaster occurrence and thepossible intensity of disasters, based on the earlier history is given below.

Events Ranking in terms of pastOccurrences

Probability of Futureoccurrence

High Medium Low

Earthquake III - - Low

Flood I - Medium -

Cyclone II - Medium -

Industrial andChemical accidents VI - - Low

Fires V - Medium -

Road accidents II - Medium -

Epidemics II - - Low

EIA REPORTFOR




6.3.10 Seismicity in Project Area

The project area falls in Zone III of Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) seismic zone. ZoneIII is a Moderate Damage Risk Zone, in which the maximum expected intensity is VII(MSK). BIS is the official agency for publishing seismic hazard maps and codes in India.According to the above Map, India has been divided into five seismic zones as givenbelow.

Sindhudurg and its surrounding area are situated on the fringe of hard rock formation.

Seismic zones of India with seismic intensitySeismic Zones of India Maximum Intensity on Modified Mercalli Scale:

Intensity in MSKZone V IX or moreZone IV VIIIZone III VIIZone II VI

Zone V is the most vulnerable to earthquakes, where historically some of the country'smost powerful shock has occurred whereas Zone II is a low damage risk zone.

EIA REPORTFOR




Fig 6.2 : Seismic Map of India

EIA REPORTFOR




Annexure-I

EIA REPORTFOR




7.0 PROJECT BENEFITS

7.1 INTRODUCTION

The development of industrial projects plays a key role in the economic growth of anycountry. The growth of the steel industry significantly contributes to economic growth asit generates employment both directly and also due to development of downstreamindustries. Peripheral development takes place and due to more influx of money throughthe area, overall importance of the area increases and overall the infrastructureimproves.

7.2 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

7.2.1 Skilled and Semi-skilled

Skilled and Semi-skilled employment potential in terms of indirect employment of thearea will be non-marginal and will usually remain widespread across a long region. Asthe proposed project takes place indirect employment is likely to grow further. Theproject is expected to generate substantial indirect employment in other sectors such asmetal-based industries, chemical-based industries, small rolling units, scrap dealingunits, service units etc. Overall assessment of the employment and income effectsindicates that the project has strong positive direct as well as indirect impact onemployment and income generation of the area.

7.2.2 Un-skilled

Unemployment for un-skilled workers is quite common in the study area. The proposedproject has employment generation potential by way of recruiting local people directly fordifferent activities of the project, specifically at the construction phase. It is expected thatsubstantial portion of the investment in this project will trickle down to the local people inthe form of employment and income.

7.3 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

7.3.1 Education

The local peoples’ interest towards education will increase due to the expectation ofgetting jobs, especially from non-agricultural sources such as the industries in thearea.

The project is expected to increase such aspirations by bringing opportunities ofsome direct & indirect employment for the local people.

The general awareness towards the importance of education is expected to increaseas a result of the new project.

The project will have positive impact on the level of education of the people of thestudy area. 11

.S2.

2014

.EE

217

5

EIA REPORTFOR




7.3.2 Industrialisation Around the Project

Steel plants by nature serve as the nuclei for development of small-scale industries in theareas around them. These small-scale units usually have input-output linkages with thesteel plants. The demand for spares, assemblies and sub-assemblies by steel plants aregenerally met through the supply (of these items) from small-scale units located nearby.

The present project is likely to accelerate such industrialization through “Bubble Effects” inthe study area. It is important to note that the small-scale units are usually labour-intensiveand high-priority industries from social point of view.

The proposed project is expected to serve as centre of significant small-scale industrialeconomy around it complemented by the services sector. This is expected to play a majorrole in the future economic and social development of this area.

7.3.3 Pattern of Demand

As indicated in Chapter 6, the questionnaire survey reveals that the respondents spendmajor portion of their disposable income on food items. However, the respondents areheavily influenced by the changing demand pattern of fast growing Indian consumersociety. There has been a tendency among the respondents of allocating higherexpenditure on non-food items although their basket of consumption has only few itemsother than food.

With the implementation of the project and development of the locality, existing demandpattern is likely to continue which indicates more importance on consumer goods andquality products. This will increase the local consumer goods market, thus creating moreincome opportunities to the local people.

7.3.4 Consumption Behaviour

The proposed project is going to have positive income effect and consequently, themultiplier effect is expected to lead to an overall increase in average consumption of thepeople of the study area.

7.3.5 Revenue to Govt.

The project will contribute huge amount of money to Government in terms of taxes whichwill be utilized for various social developments.

EIA REPORTFOR




8.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) : ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS

8.1 ORGANIZATION POLICY

The importance of environmental control has been recognised by project proponent andit has taken necessary steps to identify and control pollution in the plant, respond toimpacts on its own captive population and also in the peripheral areas.

“Environment Management” is one of the thrust areas of operation. It has alreadyadopted a two-pronged strategy to abate pollution, as follows:

Installation of new state of art pollution control equipment at the design stageitself.

By developing a very strong monitoring/analysis and inspection setup forcompliance.

The above objective has been intended to be achieved through the following:

i) Improvement in the quality of raw materials.ii) Using automation & Computer control to have improvement on technology and

on working condition,iii) Pollution Monitoring and Control,iv) Implementation of occupational health set up including regular medical

monitoring of employees,v) A well developed safety management system,vi) Preparation of Emergency/Disaster Control plan and a properly trained group to

meet the emergency situations,vii) Green belt development inside the plant and township.viii) Development of awareness in employees and public including student population

towards environmental preservation,ix) R & D activities in regard to specific pollution problems.

Project proponent has given maximum importance for adopting latest technologies forkeeping the pollution to minimum levels. A separate Environment ManagementDepartment will be set up with an Environmental Laboratory with latest monitoringinstruments.

8.2 IMPLEMENTATION OF MITIGATIVE MEASURES

Mitigative measures for air, water & noise pollution control, solid /hazardous wastemanagement have already been envisaged in the proposed project. Various proposedmitigation measures are given in Clause 4.1.4 (Impact & mitigation measures duringoperation phase). Environmental mitigation measures are also a part of equipment andwill be commissioned along with the main equipment. Also, critical emission parametershave been covered under the performance guarantee clause so that to ensurecompliance.

11.S

2.20

14.E

E 2

175

EIA REPORTFOR




8.3 ORGANISATIONAL SET UP

8.3.1 Administrative Set Up

A senior officer, of the rank of General Manager will be the head of the EMD. In his dayto day work he is assisted by two Sr. Managers / AGMS. GM (EMD) reports to theExecutive Director (ED)/ Director (Incharge). The organizational chart of EMD (proposedsetup) is given in Fig. 8.1. A laboratory have been proposed to carry out theenvironmental monitoring and surveillance programme of the plant.

SR. ENVIRONMENTSCIENTIST-ENV.LAB

Fig. 8.1: Organisation Chart ( Proposed) of Environment Management Department

8.3.2 Laboratory Set Up

A well-equipped environmental laboratory will be set up inside the plant premises. All thepersonnel deployed in the laboratory will be given training to carry out necessaryenvironmental monitoring as well as analysis also. The requirement of equipments forcarrying out environmental monitoring and frequency of the use of different equipments(as required for the environmental requirements of proposed plant) are given in Table8.1.

GM (EMD)

SR. MANAGER / AGM SR.MANAGER/AGM (SE&FS)

MANAGER DY. MANAGER

JR. MANAGER JR. MANAGER

TECHNICIAN

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR /DIRECTOR (I/C)

TECHNICIAN

SR.ENVIRONMENTSCIENTIST-ENV. LAB

ANALYTICALCHEMIST - 4

EIA REPORTFOR




Table 8.1: Monitoring / Analytical Equipments / Usage for proposed plant

SN. Monitoring Equipments Parameter /Function

Frequency Ambientair FugitiveEmission

Stack GasSourceEmissionEquipments Nos

RequiredAir Monitoring1. Respirable Dust

Sampler (RDS)4 NOX

PM 10PM 2.5SO2

Twice in aweek

YesYesYesYes

2. Online AAQ MonitoringStations

2 PM 10 & PM 2.5 Continuous Yes No

3. Sound Level Meter 2 Noise level Twice in aweek

Yes

4. Stack Monitoring Kit(Manually Operated)

2 PM All stack twicein a month

No Yes

5. Online Stack MonitoringSet

4 ParticulateMatter (PM)

Continuous No Yes

6. Flue Gas Analyser 1 O2%CO%SO2 mg/m3

NOX mg/m3

NO mg/m3

CXHY PPMAmbient temp

Once in amonth forcoke ovenbattery stacks

No Yes

7. Automatic WeatherMonitoring Station

1 Meteorologicalparameters

Continuous - -

Water Monitoring8. Hot Air Oven 1 Moisture

content & dryingof samplesglassware

Regularly - -

9. Hot Plate 2 O&G Iron &various purposelike boiling &digestion ofsample

Regularly - -

10. Muffle Furnace 1 Digestion athigher temp, upto 1000°C

As and whenrequired

- -

11. BOD Incubator 1 BOD Twice in aweek

- -

12. BOD Apparatus 1 BOD Twice in aweek

- -

13. DO Meter 1 BOD As and whenrequired

- -

14. Spectrophotometer withDigestion, Assembly

1 COD,PhenolNO3 – N

Daily - -

EIA REPORTFOR




SN. Monitoring Equipments Parameter /Function

Frequency Ambientair FugitiveEmission

Stack GasSourceEmissionEquipments Nos

RequiredPO4 - P

15. pH meter 2 pH Daily - -16. Conductivity Meter 1 TDS Daily17. Orion 10 W Analyser 1 NH3, CN, F Daily - -18. AAS 1 Heavy metals As and when

required- -

19. Analytical / DigitalBalance

1 Weighing Daily - -

20. Filtration Apparatus 1 SS / MLSS Daily - -21. Heating mental 2 Distillation Daily - -22. Refrigerator 1 Preservation of

chemicals andsamples

Regularly - -

23. Fuming Cupboard 1 For exhaust As and whenrequired

- -

24. Water Bath 1 Evaporation ofsample

As whenrequired

- -

25. Auto Titrator 1 Hardnessalkalinity etc.

As and whenrequired

- -

26. Turbidity Meter 1 Turbidity As and whenrequired

- -

27. Autoclave 1 Microbiologytest

As and whenrequired

- -

28. Bacteriological Incubator 1 Faecal coliform, total coliform, E. coli cellcount etc.

As and whenrequired

- -

8.3.3 Functioning

Environmental monitoring programme and its reporting has been designed to provide aclose watch on the surrounding natural environment and provide early warnings of anyadverse changes that may be related to some dimension of the plant’s operations.

A separate department "Environmental Management Department" (EMD) will be formedfor environmental monitoring of the plant and for development and maintenance jobs likedrainage, settling tanks etc. assistance from the Projects, Civil engineering departmentare taken.

EMD will functioning in the plant to look after all environmental aspects, carry out day today environmental monitoring / inspection requirements and maintain records. Part ofthe environmental monitoring programme is carried out through external agencies on apart time basis. However, casual labourers etc. is employed for plantation, draincleaning etc as and when required.

EIA REPORTFOR




The EMD carries out complete Air Monitoring, Noise Level Monitoring, Specialmonitoring on water and air, effluent, special surveys, solid waste management etc.Safety management & Occupational health aspects will be dealt by Safety Engineering& Fire Services / Factory Medical Officer (FMO). Green belt development aspects will bedealt by horticulture department. Community welfare & peripheral development aspectswill be dealt by Personnel Department. The officers of EMD shall frequently analyse thedata and periodically assess the progress of the EMP.

8.4 IMPLEMENTATION ARRANGEMENT

8.4.1 Institutional Implementation Arrangements

The proposed plant will be responsible for implementation of all the mitigation andmanagement measures suggested in Environmental Monitoring Programme. A separatedepartment "Environmental Management Department" (EMD) will be formed to look afterall environmental related matters of the plant. In addition higher Management will alsomonitor the smooth implementation of Environment Management Plan. The in-charge ofEMD (Dy. General Manager) will report all the environmental matters to highermanagement as per the reporting schedule on prescribed formats. The highermanagement will supervise the reported activity from time to time for smoothimplementation of Environmental Mitigation and Management measures and will takenecessary actions, if required.

For successful implementation of the environmental management plan other agencies ofthe State may also be involved, if required (for regulatory requirement or technicalsupport). The coordinating agencies, which may be involved for specific environmentalrelated activities, are given in Table 8.2.

Table 8.2: List of Coordinating Agencies, which may be involved for specificEnvironmental Activities

State Level Agency SFD MPCB DOH SCChairman Chief Engineer Chief Engineer

District Level DFO D.E.E Ex. Engr. Ex.Engr.Project Area: Plantation ProgrammeStudy Area: Air, noise, water quality, wastewater discharge quality monitoring.Project Area: Stack monitoring, work-zone air,work-zone noise, effluents from outlet of effluenttreatment plants, fugitive emissionsProject Area: Solid / Hazardous WasteUtilisation & DumpingProject Area: Human HealthStudy Area / Project Area Interface: Roadsafety measures

Index:SFD – State Forest DepartmentMPCB – Maharashtra Pollution Control BoardDOH – Department of Health

EIA REPORTFOR




SC – Satarda CorporationDFO – District Forest OfficerDEE – District Environmental Engineer

Local NGOs will also be identified at the district and block level to provide help andadvice for implementation of EMP especially on matters related to communitydevelopment programmes.

8.4.2 Co-ordination with Other Departments

The Environment Management Department (EMD) also co-ordinates with otherdepartments like Occupational Health, Safety Management, Project Engineering,Horticulture, CSR, Town administration, Water Supply Department etc. and also do theliaison work with external agencies like State & Central Pollution Control Boards andEnvironment Management Division (EMD), Corporate Office.

8.4.3 Interaction with State Pollution Control Board /CPCB / MoEF

EMD shall be in regular touch with MPCB and shall send them monthly progress reportsin the prescribed format, as per the prevailing practice. Any new regulations consideredby State/Central Pollution Control Board for the Industry shall be taken care of by EMDof the plant. Also, half yearly compliance reports will be sent to MoEF as per theguidelines in the prescribed format.

8.4.4 Training

The EMD, who would be responsible for the implementation of the EMP, needs to betrained on the effective implementation of the environmental issues. To ensure thesuccess of the implementation set up proposed, there is a high requirement of trainingand skill up-gradation. For the proposed project, training facilities will be developed forenvironmental control. For proper implementation of the EMP, the officials responsiblefor EMP implementation will be trained accordingly.

To achieve the overall objective of pollution control it is essential not only to providelatest pollution control and monitoring systems but also to provide trained man powerresources to operate and maintain the same. So far, the practice with many plants is toutilize the plant operations and maintenance crew for operation of systems. This hasshown adverse results due to lack of specialized knowledge in addition to priorityselection. Therefore apart from the EMD, specific training will be provided to personnelhandling the operation and maintenance of different pollution control equipments.In-plant training facilities will be developed for environmental control. Specialisedcourses at various Research / Educational institutes will be organised.

The training will be given to employees to cover the following fields: Awareness of pollution control and environmental protection to all.

EIA REPORTFOR




Operation and maintenance of specialised pollution control equipment. Field monitoring, maintenance and calibration of pollution monitoring instruments. Laboratory testing of pollutants. Repair of pollution monitoring instruments. Occupational health/safety. Environmental management. Afforestation / plantation and post care of plants. Knowledge of norms, regulations and procedures. Risk assessment and Disaster Management.

8.5 ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITING

The proposed project will be audited by third party after commissioning in phases. Thiswill help in identifying any non-compliance through structured internal /external audits inthe area of environment and occupational safety & health areas and to take correctiveaction.

8.6 WATER AND ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES

Rain water harvesting measures will be implemented for the proposed project to reusethe rain water or to recharge the ground water as part of water conservation measures.Proper functioning of the systems provided will be ensured by regular monitoring.

Energy conservation measures as per the design plan will be implemented so as to bringenergy saving and also possible CDM benefits. This will include providing VVVF drivesfor higher capacity motors, CFL lamps etc.

8.7 OTHER MEASURES

The following activities will be carried out in a structured way for the benefit of thesurrounding people through close co-ordination with Personnel Department:

Improvement of social infrastructure through CSR activities like school buildings,drinking water facilities, street lights, roads, sanitary facilities etc.

Community education & training. Medical welfare. Sports activities.

EIA REPORTFOR



© 2012MECON Limited. All rights reserved 9 - 1

9.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

In the design phase of the project, Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) was done toassess the possible impacts of the proposed plant. In the plant design itself latest stateof art technology has been envisaged so as to achieve the desired air emissions andnoise levels from plant operation levels and the effluent quality at the outlet belowstatutory norms. Further, maximum re-use and re-utilisation of generated solid wastehas been envisaged.

Primary and secondary data were used to assess the environmental impacts of theproposed project. The potential environmental impacts were assessed in acomprehensive manner. All the potential environmental impacts associated with differentphases (i.e, during design or pre-construction, construction and operation) of the Projectwere assessed.

The EIA report has thoroughly assessed all the potential environmental impactsassociated with the project. The environmental impacts identified by the study aremanageable. The implementation of environmental mitigation measurers recommendedin the report will bring the anticipated impacts to minimum.

Site specific and practically suitable mitigation measures are recommended to mitigatethe impacts. Further, a suitable monitoring plan has been designed to monitor theeffectiveness of envisaged mitigation measures during the operation phase.

The introduction of state of art technology (including the technological mitigationmeasures) during the design has limited the environmental impacts related with theProject. The implementation and monitoring of effectiveness of the environmentalmitigation measures during the operation phase will be assigned to the EnvironmentalControl Department. An Environmental Management Unit, comprising of seniormanagement level officers will periodically assess and monitor the implementation ofmitigation measures, and will tackle the management bottle necks of implementation ofmitigation measures and environmental monitoring programme.

11.S

2.20

14.E

E 2

175

EIA REPORTFOR




10.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS (MECON LIMITED)

MECON LIMITED is a Public Sector Undertaking under Ministry of Steel, Government ofIndia, as one of the leading design, engineering and consultancy organizations, withextensive in house and overseas experience. MECON has wide exposure andinfrastructure for carrying out detailed design engineering, consultancy and site servicesor any other technical services for various sectors but predominantly in steel.

MECON’s services include the whole range of work relating to setting up of projects inthe field of infrastructure, power, metallurgy both ferrous & non- ferrous, chemicals/petrochemicals and allied engineering complexes including specialized fields such ashydro engineering, sewerage scheme, sewage treatment, industrial effluent treatment,solid waste disposal including municipal waste disposal system, ports, defense projects,mints/ currency note presses, environmental engineering, system engineering, etc.Because of being under Ministry of Steel MECON has wide exposure in providingengineering and consultancy services for the steel sector in India and abroad. MECONwas involved in the planning stage of a large number of important steel plants in India.

MECON is registered with World Bank, ADB, EBRD, African Development Bank,UNIDO, etc. MECON has collaboration agreements with the leading firms from USA,Germany, France, Italy, erstwhile U.S.S.R etc. in various fields and possesses processknow-how & intend to make alliances & agreements to pool up and offer the bestresources as may be available for specific requirement. MECON is the first engineering& consultancy organization in the country to be accredited with ISO: 9001 by RW TUV ofGermany in the field of design, engineering, consultancy, contracting & supplying,inspection and project management services.

M ECON’s Engineering Resources

MECON has a large set up with about 1700 strong workforce, of which about 1100 aregraduate/ postgraduate engineers and technical staff in about 30 technical disciplines.We possess our own in-house mainframe computer and host of LANS, mini computers,PCs, latest facilities of CAD/ CAM and other design & engineering aids. MECON isequipped with laboratories including electro-technological laboratory (ETL),environmental laboratory and R & D laboratory and E-Mail connectivity through VSAT ofNICNET.

With head office at Ranchi; and engineering offices at Bangalore & Delhi, 35 project siteoffices and liaison offices spread all over the country including Kolkata, Delhi, Chennai &Mumbai. MECON can assist very effectively in executing projects.

10.1 PROFILE OF CONSULTANT

MECON's services include the whole range of work relating to setting up of industrialprojects in the field of power, metallurgy, ferrous and non-ferrous,chemicals/petrochemical and allied engineering complexes including specialised fields,such as, Defence Projects, mints/currency note presses, Environmental Engineering,

11.S

2.20

14.E

E 2

175

EIA REPORTFOR




Systems Engineering, etc. MECON has an established track record of providing itsexpertise in the area of design, engineering, supply, inspection, project management,construction management, construction supervision, testing and commissioning servicesfor large industrial projects in India and abroad.

MECON’s consultancy services in the field of Environmental Engineering & Managementincludes but not limited to Project Specific EIA/EMP study, Regional EIA Study,ISO:14000 Consultancy, Environmental Audit, Ground water contamination study,Preparation of industry specific norms for CPCB, ETP/STP/Tailing disposal(FR/DPR/DE/Turnkey execution), Socio-Economic study, Rehabilitation & Resettlementstudy, Environmental Baseline data generation, Environmentally compatible land usezoning, Air Pollution (Dust Suppression & Dust Extraction Systems) /WaterManagement, Ecological study (Terrestrial & Aquatic/Marine), Effluent Treatment Plant,Sewage Treatment Plant and Rainwater Harvesting. All these proposals have receivedEnvironmental Clearance from MoEF.

MECON’s Environmental Engineering Division is a multi-disciplinary group of 30engineers, specialists and scientists whose services are backed up by a sophisticatedEnvironmental Engineering Laboratory recognized by Ministry of Environment & Forestsand several State Pollution Control Boards. There are specialists in the field ofhydrogeology, Geology, Ecology, Forestry, Land use & GIS expert, Agricultural statistics,Microbiology, Soil sciences, Biotechnology, Technical audit & Socio–Economics andengineers from different disciplines in the field of Environmental Engineering. In MiningEnvironmental Sector, MECON has a dedicated group where Mining Engineers,Geologists, Hydrogeologists, Ecologists, Social scientists work under one umbrella. Inaddition, the group gets back up support from Engineers and Scientists of Mining andcivil section. Brief credentials of the Engineers/ Scientists are given in Table 10.1.

Table 10.1 Brief credentials of the Engineers/ Scientists of MECON working in thefield of Environment

Sl.No. Discipline Nos. Yrs. of

experience Field of experience

1. ChemicalEngineers 5 2 - 34

Sewerage and effluent treatment, Water & AirPollution Control, EIA/EMP reports, Safety &Disaster Management Studies, Industrialventilation.

2. MiningEngineers 5 5 - 20

EIA/EMP repots, Environmental Audit, ISO 14000and Environmental Management Systemconsultancy. Preparation of DPR/ FR.

3. Meteorologist 1 17 -18 Acoustics, EIA, Air Pollution, Meteorology,

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl.No. Discipline Nos. Yrs. of

experience Field of experience

Dispersion modeling

4. Ecologist 2 15 -18

Ecology related studies, Greenbelt &afforestation, Environmental Biological Studies,EIA, Env. Audit, Environmental monitoring &testing.

5. Geologist 4 6 - 22 Geological block modeling, reserve estimation,preparation of mining plan / DPR/ FR.

6. Hydrogeologist 2 6 -20Ground water modeling, Surface Water modeling,Watershed management, Basin calculation,drainage.

7. Micro biologist 1 18 Bio-technology, Sampling, monitoring & testing ofwater & effluents, Environmental studies.

8. EnvironmentalChemistry 8 13 - 27

Sampling, Monitoring & Testing of air, water,noise & soil, solid wastes, Leachate studies.Development activities of Laboratory

9. Socioeconomics 1 20

Demography, Market survey / research,Environmental economics, Socio economicstudies, R&R

National Accreditation Board for education and Training (NABET) has recommendedMECON as an EIA Consultant Organisation vide their letter dated 08, December, 2010for sixteen sectors including “Metallurgical Industries (Ferrous & Non-ferrous) – bothPrimary & Secondary (Category A)”.

MECON’s Environmental Engineering Division is well equipped with variouscomputerized predictive tools required for carrying out Environmental studies.

Table 10.2 List of Computer models for Environmental StudiesDeveloped In house

Multisource Dispersion Model based on Gaussian Model

Screening Model to determine Max. GLC at most unfavorable meteorologicalcondition

Determination of Atmospheric stability

EIA REPORTFOR




Noise Propagation Model

Coastal Zone Dispersion Model

Model for preparation of Wind Rose

Procured from outside

USEPA approved models

Industrial Source Complex Short Term (ISCST)

AEROMOD for Air Quality prediction

Industrial Point Source Complex Long Term (ISCLT)

Multiple Point Source Model With Terrain Adjustments (MPTER)

Fugitive Dust Model (FDM)

Qual 2E River Model

CALINE – 3 (Highway Model)

Complex Terrain Dispersion Model (CTDM PLUS)

Groundwater Modeling System (GMS)

Surface Water Modeling System (SMS)

Watershed Modeling System (WMS)

Green Belt Model

Phast Model for Risk Assessment

Environmental division has a sophisticated environmental engineering laboratoryequipped with modern state of the art apparatus/instruments for carrying out physico-chemical and biological analysis of environmental parameters. The equipment list isshown as Table 10.3 .

Table 10.3: List of major equipment at Environmental laboratory

Sl.No. Name of the instrument Make/ Model/ Specification

1. High Performance Liquid Chromatograph(HPLC) with UV Detector.

WATERS UK

2.Atomic Absorption Spectro-photometer (AAS) Perkin Elmer,

A Analyst - 1003. Ion Analyser with 10 ion selective electrodes ORION-960 Research USA4. Gas Chromatograph with FID Model – 7610 chemito make5. Portable Spectrophotometer HACH, DR-2000, USA

EIA REPORTFOR




Sl.No. Name of the instrument Make/ Model/ Specification

6. Oil Analyser Wilks-CVH, USA7. Hydrogen Generator Whatman, Model 75-348. CO Analyser( NDIR Based) Environment S.A. 011 M, France9. NOx Analyser (Chemiluminiscence) Environment S.A. AC-31 M, France10. Ozone-monitor Environment S.A. 41 M - France

11.

SpectrophotometersUV – Visible recording typeSpectrophotometerPhotometer

Chemito-2500 & ECIL, GS – 5701.Systronics – 106Systronics – 112

12. Digital Mercury Analyser ECIL, MA 584013. Flame Photometer with Compressor AIMIL14. Turbidity Meter Systronics15. Conductivity Meter Toshinwal, ModelLO110A16. pH Meter Multimake

17.BOD IncubatorOXI - Top

SICOE. Merck

18. Research Microscope Wild Leitz Germany

shree uttam steel and power limited (“f

Documents